WO2022188751A1 - Communication method and apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022188751A1
WO2022188751A1 PCT/CN2022/079566 CN2022079566W WO2022188751A1 WO 2022188751 A1 WO2022188751 A1 WO 2022188751A1 CN 2022079566 W CN2022079566 W CN 2022079566W WO 2022188751 A1 WO2022188751 A1 WO 2022188751A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
network device
terminal
parameter information
access network
edrx
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/079566
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
孔繁华
邝奕如
徐海博
薛丽霞
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202110350309.3A external-priority patent/CN115086987A/en
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2022188751A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022188751A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/20Manipulation of established connections
    • H04W76/28Discontinuous transmission [DTX]; Discontinuous reception [DRX]

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of wireless communication, and in particular, to a communication method and apparatus.
  • a terminal may adopt a discontinuous reception (discontinuous reception, DRX) mode to receive messages from a network-side device (eg, an access network device or a core network device).
  • a network-side device eg, an access network device or a core network device.
  • the terminal may be woken up once in each DRX cycle to receive messages from the network-side device, and in a sleep state at other times, neither receiving nor sending messages.
  • the terminal In the DRX mode, the terminal is in a sleep state most of the time, so that the power consumption of the terminal can be reduced.
  • discontinuous reception (eDRX) mode receives messages from network-side devices to further reduce terminal power consumption and prolong battery life. Compared with the DRX mode, the terminal using the eDRX mode is in the sleep state for a longer time, consumes less power, and has a longer battery life.
  • the eMTC terminal before receiving the message from the network side device, the eMTC terminal can receive the eDRX parameter 1 configured by the core network device and the eDRX parameter 2 configured by the access network device.
  • eDRX parameter 1 can indicate that the eMTC terminal receives the message of the core network device in the radio resource control idle (radio resource control idle, RRC-idle) state and the radio resource control inactive (radio resource control inactive, RRC-inactive) state.
  • the eMTC terminal may receive the message of the core network device according to the eDRX parameter 1, which may be specifically shown in (b) of FIG. 1 .
  • the eMTC terminal can be woken up at the position of the PTW according to the DRX cycle to receive messages from the core network device, and is in a sleep state at other times.
  • the eMTC terminal in the RRC-inactive state, can be woken up according to the DRX cycle at the position of the PTW in each eDRX cycle to receive messages from the core network device and the access network device.
  • the eDRX parameter 2 may indicate the position of the paging occasion (PO) at which the eMTC terminal receives the message of the access network device in the RRC-inactive state. Subsequently, in the RRC-inactive state, the eMTC terminal may receive messages from the access network device outside the PTW in each eDRX cycle, for example, at the position of the PO. Specifically, it can be shown as (c) in FIG. 1 .
  • a new radio (NR) system introduces a new type of terminal, a reduced capability (REDCAP) terminal.
  • REDCAP terminals Compared with legacy UEs, REDCAP terminals have reduced hardware capabilities. For example, the number of antennas, working bandwidth, and processing time of REDCAP terminals are lower than those of legacy UEs.
  • REDCAP terminals offer longer battery life, less complexity and lower cost.
  • eDRX In order to further reduce the power consumption of the REDCAP terminal and increase the battery life, it is proposed to apply eDRX to the scenario where the REDCAP terminal receives a paging message from a network-side device.
  • the situation in which the REDCAP terminal receives the paging message of the network-side device is different from that of the eMTC terminal.
  • the REDCAP terminal can not only wake up at the PO position in each eDRX cycle to receive the paging message of the access network device, but also can wake up at the PTW in each eDRX cycle. It is periodically woken up to receive paging messages from the access network equipment. Therefore, the method of configuring eDRX parameters for eMTC terminals cannot be used to configure eDRX parameters for REDCAP terminals. Then, how to configure the eDRX parameters in the RRC-idle state and the RRC-inactive state for the REDCAP terminal is an urgent problem to be solved at present.
  • the present application provides a communication method and device, which can configure eDRX parameters in RRC-idle state and RRC-inactive state for a terminal, and receive messages from network-side devices according to the eDRX parameters, which can reduce the need for terminals to receive paging messages from access network devices delay and improve user experience.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to a first access network device.
  • the method includes: acquiring first parameter information, where the first parameter information is used to indicate an eDRX parameter, and the eDRX parameter is used for the first
  • the access network device uses the eDRX mode to send the paging message; sends second parameter information to the core network device, where the second parameter information is used to indicate the modified eDRX parameters, and the modified eDRX parameters are used for the first access network device to send After the second parameter information, the paging message is sent in the eDRX mode.
  • the first access network device can change the eDRX parameters as needed, so that the terminal receives the paging message according to the changed eDRX parameters, thereby reducing the time when the terminal first receives the paging message of the access network device. to improve user experience.
  • the first access network device and the core network device use the same eDRX parameters to send the paging message, which is easy to implement and has high feasibility.
  • the second parameter information is sent to the core network device.
  • the eDRX parameters are changed, so that the terminal can use the changed eDRX parameters to receive the paging message of the first access network device in the RRC-inactive state, which can reduce The delay for the terminal to receive the paging message of the first access network device improves user experience.
  • the method further includes: according to the terminal capability information and/or the first condition information, determining whether to send the second parameter information to the core network device; wherein the terminal capability information is used to indicate at least one of the following information Item: whether the terminal supports eDRX, whether the terminal supports the RRC-inactive state, whether the terminal supports eDRX in the RRC-inactive state; the first condition information is used to indicate whether the eDRX period included in the first parameter information is greater than or equal to the first time length.
  • the terminal capability information is used to indicate at least one of the following information Item: whether the terminal supports eDRX, whether the terminal supports the RRC-inactive state, whether the terminal supports eDRX in the RRC-inactive state
  • the first condition information is used to indicate whether the eDRX period included in the first parameter information is greater than or equal to the first time length.
  • the second parameter information is carried in the RRC inactive transition report.
  • the first access network device may send the second parameter information to the core network device through the RRC inactive transition report.
  • obtaining the first parameter information includes: receiving the first parameter information from the core network device, where the first parameter information is carried in the initial context establishment request message, or carried in the core network assistance in the RRC-inactive state information. Based on the above method, the first parameter information may be obtained by the first access network device from the core network device.
  • the method further includes: sending the second parameter information to the terminal.
  • the first access network device may send the second parameter information to the terminal, so that the terminal receives the paging message according to the modified eDRX parameters.
  • the second parameter information is sent to the terminal through an RRC release message or an RRC connection reconfiguration message.
  • the method further includes: sending parameter information of the first eDRX to the second access network device, where the parameter information of the first eDRX includes the first parameter information or the second parameter information.
  • the first access network device can send the first parameter information or the second parameter information to the second access network device, so that after the terminal moves to the coverage of the second access network device in the RRC-inactive state, The second access network device may page the terminal according to the first parameter information or the second parameter information.
  • the parameter information of the first eDRX further includes at least one of a DRX cycle of the access network device configured by the first access network device and a terminal-specific DRX cycle.
  • the second access network device may determine the DRX cycle for the second access network device to page the terminal.
  • a possible implementation is to send the parameter information of the first eDRX to the access network device in the tracking area list of the first access network device, and the identifier of the second access network device is included in the tracking of the first access network device. in the list of regions.
  • the first access network device can send the first parameter information or the second parameter information to the access network device in the tracking area list of the first access network device, so that the access network device in the list can help paging the terminal.
  • the parameter information of the first eDRX is carried in the paging message of the access network device.
  • the first access network device may send the first parameter information or the second parameter information to the second access network device through a paging message of the access network device.
  • the first access network device includes a centralized unit and a distribution unit, and the first access network device obtains the first parameter information, including: the centralized unit obtains the first parameter information, and the method further includes: the centralized unit distributes the first parameter information.
  • the unit sends parameter information of the second eDRX, where the parameter information of the second eDRX includes the first parameter information or the second parameter information.
  • the parameter information of the second eDRX further includes the DRX cycle of the access network device configured by the centralized unit, and the terminal-specific DRX cycle. Based on the above method, the distribution unit can determine the DRX cycle for paging the terminal.
  • the parameter information of the second eDRX is carried in the paging message.
  • the centralized unit may send the first parameter information or the second parameter information to the distribution unit through a paging message.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to a terminal.
  • the method includes: acquiring first parameter information, where the first parameter information is used to indicate an extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter, and the eDRX parameter is used by the terminal to adopt The eDRX mode receives the paging message; receives the second parameter information from the first access network device, the second parameter information is used to indicate the changed eDRX parameter, and the changed eDRX parameter is used after the terminal receives the second parameter information , using eDRX mode to receive paging messages.
  • the terminal receives the paging message according to the modified eDRX parameters of the first access network device, so as to reduce the delay for the terminal to first receive the paging message of the access network device and improve the user experience.
  • the terminal can use the same eDRX parameters to receive the paging messages of the first access network device and the core network device, which is easy to implement and has high feasibility.
  • a possible implementation manner is to receive the second parameter information from the first access network device in the case of entering the radio resource control inactive RRC-inactive state.
  • the terminal can use the modified eDRX parameters to receive the paging message of the first access network device in the RRC-inactive state, thereby reducing the delay for the terminal to receive the paging message of the first access network device, and improving the user experience. experience.
  • the second parameter information is carried in the RRC release message or the RRC connection reconfiguration message.
  • the terminal may receive the second parameter information in the RRC release message or the RRC connection reconfiguration message.
  • acquiring the first parameter information includes: receiving the first parameter information from the core network device, where the first parameter information is carried in a non-access stratum NAS message. Based on the above method, the terminal may receive the first parameter information from the core network device through the NAS message.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which can be applied to a core network device.
  • the method includes: sending first parameter information to a first access network device, where the first parameter information is used to indicate extended discontinuity Receive eDRX parameters, the eDRX parameters are used by the core network equipment to send paging messages in the eDRX mode; receive second parameter information from the first access network equipment, the second parameter information is used to indicate the changed eDRX parameters, the changed The eDRX parameter is used for the core network device to send the paging message in the eDRX mode after receiving the second parameter information.
  • the first access network device after the first access network device changes the eDRX parameters configured by the core network device, it can indicate the changed eDRX parameters to the core network device, so that the core network device can also send messages according to the changed eDRX parameters. paging message. In this way, the first access network device and the core network device can use the same eDRX parameters to send the paging message, which is easy to implement and has high feasibility.
  • the terminal receives the second parameter information from the first access network device when the terminal enters the radio resource control inactive RRC-inactive state.
  • the first access network device changes the eDRX parameters only when it is determined that the terminal has entered the RRC-inactive state, so that the terminal can use the changed eDRX parameters in the RRC-inactive state to receive the data of the first access network device.
  • the paging message can reduce the delay for the terminal to receive the paging message of the first access network device, and improve the user experience.
  • the second parameter information is carried in the RRC inactive transition report.
  • the core network device may receive the second parameter information through the RRC inactivity transition report.
  • the first parameter information is carried in the initial context establishment request message, or carried in the core network assistance information in the RRC-inactive state.
  • the core network device may send the first parameter information to the first access network device through the initial context establishment request message or the core network assistance information in the RRC-inactive state.
  • the method further includes: sending the second parameter information to the terminal.
  • the first access network device can send the second parameter information to the terminal through the core network device, so that the terminal can receive the paging message according to the second parameter information.
  • the method further includes: sending first parameter information to the terminal, where the first parameter information is carried in a non-access stratum NAS message.
  • the core network device can send the first parameter information to the terminal through the NAS message, so that the terminal can receive the paging message according to the first parameter information before receiving the second parameter information.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which can be applied to a second access network device, the method includes: receiving parameter information of the first eDRX from the first access network device, parameter information of the first eDRX Including first parameter information or second parameter information, the first parameter information is used to indicate the extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter, the eDRX parameter is used by the first access network device to send a paging message to the terminal using the eDRX mode, and the second parameter information It is used to indicate the changed eDRX parameters, and the changed eDRX parameters are used to send a paging message to the terminal in the eDRX mode after the first access network device sends the second parameter information; send a paging message to the terminal according to the parameter information of the first eDRX. call message.
  • the second access network device may receive the first parameter information or the second parameter information from the first access network device, so as to subsequently page the terminal according to the first parameter information or the second parameter information .
  • the parameter information of the first eDRX further includes at least one of a DRX cycle of the access network device configured by the first access network device and a terminal-specific DRX cycle. Based on the above method, the second access network device may determine the DRX cycle for paging the terminal.
  • the identifier of the second access network device is included in the tracking area list of the first access network device.
  • the parameter information of the first eDRX is carried in the paging message of the access network device.
  • the second access network device may receive the first parameter information or the second parameter information through a paging message of the access network device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which can be applied to a first access network device.
  • the method includes: sending auxiliary information to a core network device, where the auxiliary information is used to assist the core network device to configure eDRX parameters;
  • the first indication information of the core network device where the first indication information is used to indicate the first extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter; the paging message is sent by using the first eDRX parameter.
  • the first access network device may send auxiliary information to the core network device as required, so as to trigger the core network device to configure appropriate eDRX parameters, so that the terminal receives the paging message from the access network device when Reduced latency and improved user experience.
  • the first access network device and the core network device can use the same eDRX parameters to send the paging message, which is easy to implement and has high feasibility.
  • the method further includes: acquiring first parameter information, where the first parameter information is used to indicate the second eDRX parameter, and the second eDRX parameter is used for the first access network device before receiving the first indication information. Paging messages are sent in eDRX mode.
  • the first access network device may acquire the first parameter information, so as to determine whether the second eDRX parameter is suitable for the first access network device to send the paging message according to the first parameter information.
  • a possible implementation manner is to send auxiliary information to the core network device when it is determined that the terminal is about to enter the radio resource control inactive RRC-inactive state.
  • the core network device is triggered to configure the eDRX parameters, so that the terminal can use the newly configured eDRX parameters to receive the paging of the first access network device in the RRC-inactive state message, which can reduce the delay for the terminal to receive the paging message of the first access network device, and improve the user experience.
  • the method further includes: determining whether to send auxiliary information to the core network device according to the terminal capability information and/or the first condition information; wherein the terminal capability information is used to indicate at least one of the following information: Whether the terminal supports eDRX, whether the terminal supports the RRC-inactive state, whether the terminal supports eDRX in the RRC-inactive state; the first condition information is used to indicate whether the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is greater than or equal to the first time length. Based on the above method, conditions are given for the first access network device to trigger the core network device to configure eDRX parameters.
  • the first indication information is carried in the terminal context termination response.
  • the first access network device may receive the first indication information through a terminal context termination response.
  • the auxiliary information is carried in the terminal context suspension request message or the terminal capability information indication message.
  • the first access network device may send auxiliary information to the core network device through a terminal context termination request message or a terminal capability information indication message.
  • acquiring the first parameter information includes: receiving the first parameter information from the core network device, where the first parameter information is carried in the initial context establishment request message, or carried in the core network assistance in the RRC-inactive state information. Based on the above method, the first access network device may receive the first parameter information of the core network device through the initial context establishment request message or the core network assistance information in the RRC-inactive state.
  • the method further includes: sending parameter information of the first eDRX to the second access network device, where the parameter information of the first eDRX includes first parameter information or first indication information.
  • the first parameter information or the second parameter information can be sent to the second access network device, so that the second access network device can page the terminal according to the first parameter information or the second parameter information.
  • the parameter information of the first eDRX further includes at least one of a DRX cycle of the access network device configured by the first access network device and a terminal-specific DRX cycle. Based on the above method, the second access network device may determine the DRX cycle for paging the terminal.
  • a possible implementation is to send the parameter information of the first eDRX to the access network device in the tracking area list of the first access network device, and the identifier of the second access network device is included in the tracking of the first access network device. in the list of regions.
  • the first access network device can send the first parameter information or the second parameter information to the access network device in the tracking area list of the first access network device, so that the access network device in the list can help paging the terminal.
  • the parameter information of the first eDRX is carried in the paging message of the access network device.
  • the first access network device may send the first parameter information and the second parameter information to the second access network device through a paging message of the access network device.
  • the first access network device includes a centralized unit and a distribution unit, and the first access network device receives the first indication information from the core network device, including: the centralized unit receives the first indication from the core network device.
  • the first access network device obtains the first parameter information, including: the centralized unit obtains the first parameter information, and the method further includes: the centralized unit sends the parameter information of the second eDRX to the distribution unit, and the parameter information of the second eDRX includes the first parameter information. parameter information or first indication information.
  • the centralized unit can send it to the distribution unit, so that the distribution unit can send the information to the distribution unit according to the first parameter information. or the second parameter information paging the terminal.
  • the parameter information of the second eDRX further includes the DRX cycle of the access network device configured by the centralized unit, and the terminal-specific DRX cycle. Based on the above method, the distribution unit can determine the DRX cycle for paging the terminal.
  • the parameter information of the second eDRX is carried in the paging message.
  • the centralized unit may send the first parameter information or the second parameter information to the distribution unit through a paging message.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to a terminal.
  • the method includes: acquiring first parameter information, where the first parameter information is used to indicate a second eDRX parameter, and the second eDRX parameter is used for the terminal to adopt an eDRX mode receiving a paging message; receiving first indication information from a first access network device or a core network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a first eDRX parameter; and using the first eDRX parameter to receive a paging message.
  • the terminal may also receive the first eDRX parameter configured by the core network device, and subsequently receive the paging message according to the first eDRX parameter.
  • the first indication information from the first access network device is received through an RRC release message or an RRC connection reconfiguration message; the first indication information from the core network device is received through a non-access stratum NAS message.
  • the terminal may receive the first indication information through an RRC release message or an RRC connection reconfiguration message, or receive the first indication information through a NAS message.
  • acquiring the first parameter information includes: receiving the first parameter information from the core network device, where the first parameter information is carried in the NAS message. Based on the above method, the terminal may receive the first parameter information of the core network device through the NAS message, so as to receive the paging message according to the first parameter information before receiving the first indication information.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to a core network device.
  • the method includes: receiving auxiliary information from a first access network device, where the auxiliary information is used to assist the core network device in configuring eDRX parameters;
  • An access network device sends first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter; the paging message is sent by using the first eDRX parameter.
  • the core network can configure the eDRX parameters according to the trigger of the first access network device, so that the delay of the terminal receiving the paging message of the access network device is reduced, and the user experience is improved.
  • the first access network device and the core network device can use the same eDRX parameters to send the paging message, which is easy to implement and has high feasibility.
  • the terminal receives auxiliary information from the first access network device when the terminal is about to enter the radio resource control inactive RRC-inactive state.
  • the core network device is triggered to configure the eDRX parameters, so that the terminal can use the newly configured eDRX parameters in the RRC-inactive state to receive the paging message of the first access network device , which can reduce the time delay for the terminal to receive the paging message of the first access network device, and improve the user experience.
  • the auxiliary information is carried in the terminal context suspension request message or the terminal capability information indication message.
  • the core network device may receive the auxiliary information through a terminal context termination request message or a terminal capability information indication message.
  • the first indication information is sent to the first access network device through a terminal context termination response. Based on the above method, the first indication information may be sent to the first access network device through a terminal context termination response.
  • the method further includes: sending the first indication information to the terminal.
  • the core network device can send the first indication information to the terminal, so that the terminal can receive the paging message according to the first indication information.
  • the first indication information is sent to the terminal through a non-access stratum NAS message.
  • the core network device can send the first indication information to the terminal through a NAS message.
  • the method further includes: sending first parameter information to the first access network device, where the first parameter information is used to indicate the second eDRX parameter, and the second eDRX parameter is used for the core network device to send the first indication Before the message, the paging message is sent in eDRX mode.
  • the core network device can send the first parameter information to the first access network device, so that the first access network device can determine whether to trigger the core network device to configure eDRX parameters according to the first parameter information.
  • the first parameter information is carried in the initial context establishment request message, or carried in the core network assistance information in the RRC-inactive state. Based on the above method, the first parameter information may be sent to the first access network device through an initial context establishment request message or core network assistance information in an RRC-inactive state.
  • the method further includes: sending first parameter information to the terminal, the first parameter information is used to indicate the second eDRX parameter, and the second eDRX parameter is used for the core network device to send the first indication information, using eDRX mode to send paging messages.
  • the core network device can also send the first parameter information to the terminal, so that the terminal can receive the paging message according to the first parameter information before receiving the first indication information.
  • the first parameter information is sent to the terminal through a non-access stratum NAS message.
  • the core network device may send the first parameter information to the terminal through a NAS message.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to a second access network device.
  • the method includes: receiving parameter information of the first eDRX from the first access network device, where the parameter information of the first eDRX includes: The first parameter information or the first indication information, the first parameter information is used to indicate the second eDRX parameter, and the second eDRX parameter is used for the first access network device to send the paging to the terminal in the eDRX mode before receiving the first indication information message, the first indication information is used to indicate the first eDRX parameter, and the first eDRX parameter is used for the first access network device to send a paging message to the terminal in the eDRX mode after receiving the first indication information; the second access network device Send a paging message to the terminal according to the parameter information of the first eDRX.
  • the second access network device may receive the first parameter information or the second parameter information from the first access network device, and then page the terminal according to the first parameter information or the second parameter information.
  • the parameter information of the first eDRX further includes at least one of a DRX cycle of the access network device configured by the first access network device and a terminal-specific DRX cycle. Based on the above method, the second access network device may determine the DRX cycle for paging the terminal.
  • the identifier of the second access network device is included in the tracking area list of the first access network device.
  • the parameter information of the first eDRX is carried in the paging message of the access network device.
  • the first access network device may send the first parameter information and the second parameter information to the second access network device through a paging message of the access network device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to a first access network device.
  • the method includes: acquiring first parameter information, determining a first time domain location according to the first parameter information, and using the first parameter information to use
  • the first eDRX parameter is used for the core network equipment to send the paging message in the eDRX mode
  • the first time domain position includes the position of at least one paging time unit; in the first time unit, according to the core network equipment Whether there is a paging time unit to send a paging message to the terminal, within the first time unit, the first access network device has a paging time unit.
  • the eDRX parameters used by the core network device to send the paging message are different from the eDRX parameters used by the first access network device to send the paging message.
  • the terminal can be woken up in one of the paging time units. In this way, the terminal can receive the paging messages of the access network equipment and the core network equipment according to the appropriate eDRX parameters, which can not only reduce the delay, improve the user experience, but also reduce the power consumption of the terminal.
  • the method further includes: determining a second time domain location according to second parameter information, where the second parameter information is used to indicate a second eDRX parameter, and the second eDRX parameter is used for the first access network device to adopt eDRX
  • the mode sends a paging message
  • the second time domain location includes the location of at least one paging time unit.
  • the first access network device may determine the second time domain location according to the second parameter information. In this way, the first access network device can send the paging message according to the first time domain location and the second time domain location.
  • the second parameter information is obtained according to the first parameter information, and within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device are within the same time period. There is overlap in the time domain.
  • the first access network device can acquire the second parameter information according to the first parameter information, so that within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device The time units overlap in the time domain.
  • the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is an even number
  • the identifier of the terminal is an even number.
  • the first access network device may configure appropriate second parameter information, so that within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device are within the same There is overlap in the time domain.
  • the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number. Based on the above method, in the case that the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number, within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device The time units overlap in the time domain.
  • the paging time unit includes a paging time window PTW or a paging occasion PO.
  • sending a paging message to the terminal according to whether the core network device has a paging time unit including: if the core network device has a paging time unit in the first time unit, In the first time unit, the paging message is sent to the terminal in the paging time unit where the first access network device exists, or, in the first time unit, the paging message is sent to the terminal in the paging time unit where the core network device exists.
  • the first access network device sends a paging message to the terminal in the paging time unit that exists in the first access network device information.
  • the first access network device and the core network device send paging in one of the paging time units message, which can reduce the number of times the terminal is woken up and reduce the power consumption of the terminal.
  • the DRX cycle for sending the paging message by the first access network device is the default DRX cycle;
  • the DRX cycle in which the network device sends the paging message is the terminal-specific DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle in which the first access network device sends the paging message is the DRX cycle of the access network device; or, the first access network device sends the paging message.
  • the DRX cycle of the paging message is the default DRX cycle, the minimum or maximum value between the terminal-specific DRX cycle and the DRX cycle of the access network device; or, if within the first time unit, the core network device does not have a paging time unit, then the DRX cycle of sending the paging message by the first access network device is the default DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle of sending the paging message by the first access network device is the DRX cycle of the access network device; or, the first The DRX cycle for the access network device to send the paging message is the minimum or maximum value among the default DRX cycle and the DRX cycle of the access network device. Based on the above method, the DRX cycle for sending the paging message by the first access network device in different situations is given.
  • acquiring the first parameter information includes: receiving the first parameter information from the core network device, where the first parameter information is carried in the initial context establishment request message, or carried in the core network assistance in the RRC-inactive state information. Based on the above method, the first access network device may receive the first parameter information through the initial context establishment request message or the core network assistance information in the RRC-inactive state.
  • the first time unit is a superframe.
  • the method further includes: sending parameter information of the first eDRX to the second access network device, where the parameter information of the first eDRX includes the first parameter information and the second parameter information.
  • the first access network device can send the first parameter information and the second parameter information to the second access network device, so that after the terminal moves to the coverage of the second access network device in the RRC-inactive state, The second access network device may page the terminal according to the first parameter information and the second parameter information.
  • the parameter information of the first eDRX further includes at least one of a DRX cycle of the access network device configured by the first access network device and a terminal-specific DRX cycle.
  • the second access network device may determine the DRX cycle for the second access network device to page the terminal.
  • the identifier of the second access network device is included in the tracking area list of the first access network device.
  • the parameter information of the first eDRX is carried in the paging message of the access network device.
  • the first access network device may send the first parameter information and the second parameter information to the second access network device through a paging message of the access network device.
  • the first access network device includes a centralized unit and a distribution unit
  • the first access network device acquiring the first parameter information includes: the centralized unit acquiring the first parameter information
  • the method further includes: the centralized unit sending the information to the distribution unit.
  • the distribution unit sends parameter information of the second eDRX, where the parameter information of the second eDRX includes first parameter information and second parameter information, the second parameter information is used to indicate the second eDRX parameter, and the second eDRX parameter is used for the first access network
  • the device sends paging messages in eDRX mode.
  • the centralized unit can send the information to the distribution unit, so that the distribution unit can send the information to the distribution unit according to the first parameter information. and the second parameter information to page the terminal.
  • the parameter information of the second eDRX further includes the DRX cycle of the access network device configured by the centralized unit, and the terminal-specific DRX cycle. Based on the above method, the distribution unit can determine the DRX cycle for paging the terminal.
  • the parameter information of the second eDRX is carried in the paging message.
  • the centralized unit may send the first parameter information and the second parameter information to the distribution unit through a paging message.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to a terminal.
  • the method includes: acquiring first parameter information and second parameter information, where the first parameter information is used to indicate a first eDRX parameter, and the first eDRX parameter is used for
  • the terminal uses the eDRX mode to receive the paging message from the core network device, the second parameter information is used to indicate the second eDRX parameter, and the second eDRX parameter is used for the terminal to use the eDRX mode to receive the paging message from the first access network device;
  • the first time domain position is determined according to the first parameter information
  • the second time domain position is determined according to the second parameter information
  • the first time domain position includes the position of at least one paging time unit
  • the second time domain position includes at least one paging time The location of the unit; in the first time unit, according to whether the core network device has a paging time unit to receive the paging message from the first access network device and the paging message from the core network
  • the eDRX parameters used by the core network device to send the paging message are different from the eDRX parameters used by the first access network device to send the paging message.
  • the terminal can be woken up in one of the paging time units. In this way, the terminal can receive the paging messages of the access network equipment and the core network equipment according to the appropriate eDRX parameters, which can not only reduce the delay, improve the user experience, but also reduce the power consumption of the terminal.
  • the paging time unit includes a paging time window PTW or a paging occasion PO.
  • the second parameter information is obtained according to the first parameter information, and within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device are within the same time period. There is overlap in the time domain.
  • the second parameter information can be acquired according to the first parameter information, so that within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device are in the time domain There is overlap.
  • the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is an even number
  • the identifier of the terminal is an even number.
  • the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number. Based on the above method, in the case that the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number, within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device The time units overlap in the time domain.
  • the first time unit receive the paging message from the first access network device and the paging message from the core network device according to whether the core network device has a paging time unit, including: In a time unit, the core network device has a paging time unit, then in the first time unit, the paging time unit of the first access network device receives a paging message from the first access network device and a paging message from the core network device.
  • the paging message of the network device or, in the first time unit, the paging message from the first access network device and the paging message from the core network device are received in the paging time unit that exists in the core network device; or, If in the first time unit, the core network device does not have a paging time unit, then within the first time unit, the core network device receives a paging message from the core network device in the paging time unit that exists in the core network device, and at the first time In the unit, the paging message from the first access network device is received in the paging time unit where the first access network device exists.
  • the terminal receives a paging message in one of the paging time units, which can reduce the number of times the terminal is woken up , reduce the power consumption of the terminal.
  • the discontinuous reception DRX cycle for the terminal to receive the paging message is the default DRX cycle;
  • the DRX cycle is the terminal-specific DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle of the terminal receiving the paging message is the DRX cycle of the access network device; or, the DRX cycle of the terminal receiving the paging message is the default DRX cycle, and the terminal-specific DRX cycle and The minimum or maximum value in the DRX cycle of the access network device; or, if the core network device does not have a paging time unit within the first time unit, the DRX cycle for the terminal to receive the paging message of the core network device is the default or, the DRX cycle of the terminal receiving the paging message of the core network device is the terminal-specific DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle of the terminal receiving the paging message of the core network device is the default DRX cycle and the
  • acquiring the first parameter information includes: receiving the first parameter information from the core network device, where the first parameter information is carried in a non-access stratum NAS message. Based on the above method, the terminal may receive the first parameter information of the core network device through the NAS message.
  • a possible implementation manner of acquiring the second parameter information includes: receiving the second parameter information from the first access network device, where the second parameter information is carried in the RRC release message or the RRC connection reconfiguration message. Based on the above method, the terminal may receive the second parameter information of the first access network device through the RRC release message or the RRC connection reconfiguration message.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to a core network device.
  • the method includes: acquiring second parameter information, determining a second time domain location according to the second parameter information, and the second parameter information is used to indicate The second eDRX parameter, the second eDRX parameter is used by the first access network device to send the paging message in the eDRX mode, and the second time domain location includes the location of at least one paging time unit; within the first time unit, according to the core network Whether the device has a paging time unit sends a paging message to the terminal, and within the first time unit, the first access network device has a paging time unit.
  • the eDRX parameters used by the core network device to send the paging message are different from the eDRX parameters used by the first access network device to send the paging message.
  • the terminal can be woken up in one of the paging time units. In this way, the terminal can receive the paging messages of the access network equipment and the core network equipment according to the appropriate eDRX parameters, which can not only reduce the delay, improve the user experience, but also reduce the power consumption of the terminal.
  • the method further includes: determining a first time domain position according to first parameter information, where the first parameter information is used to indicate a first eDRX parameter, and the first eDRX parameter is used for the core network device to send the search query in the eDRX mode.
  • paging message the first time domain location includes the location of at least one paging time unit.
  • the core network device may determine the first time domain location according to the first parameter information. In this way, the core network device can send the paging message according to the first time domain location and the second time domain location.
  • the second parameter information is obtained according to the first parameter information, and within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device are within the same time period. There is overlap in the time domain.
  • the second parameter information can be acquired according to the first parameter information, so that within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device are in the time domain There is overlap.
  • the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is an even number
  • the identifier of the terminal is an even number.
  • the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number. Based on the above method, in the case that the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number, within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device The time units overlap in the time domain.
  • the paging time unit includes a paging time window PTW or a paging occasion PO.
  • sending a paging message to the terminal according to whether the core network device has a paging time unit including: if the core network device has a paging time unit in the first time unit, In the first time unit, the paging message is sent to the terminal in the paging time unit where the first access network device exists, or, in the first time unit, the paging message is sent to the terminal in the paging time unit where the core network device exists. paging message; or, if the core network device does not have a paging time unit in the first time unit, send a paging message to the terminal in the paging time unit that the core network device exists in the first time unit.
  • the first access network device and the core network device send paging in one of the paging time units message, which can reduce the number of times the terminal is woken up and reduce the power consumption of the terminal.
  • the discontinuous reception DRX cycle for sending the paging message by the core network device is the default DRX cycle; or, the core network device sends The DRX cycle of the paging message is the terminal-specific DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle of the core network device sending the paging message is the DRX cycle of the access network device; or, the DRX cycle of the core network device sending the paging message is the default DRX cycle Period, the minimum or maximum value between the terminal-specific DRX cycle and the DRX cycle of the access network device; or, within the first time unit, if the core network device does not have a paging time unit, the core network device sends a paging message
  • the discontinuous reception DRX cycle is the default DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle in which the core network device sends the paging message is the terminal-specific DRX cycle; or the DRX
  • acquiring the second parameter information includes: receiving the second parameter information from the first access network device, where the second parameter information is carried in the RRC inactivity transition report. Based on the above method, the core network device may receive the second parameter information of the first access network device through the RRC inactive transition report.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to a second access network device.
  • the method includes: receiving parameter information of the first eDRX from the first access network device, parameter information of the first eDRX Including first parameter information and second parameter information, the first parameter information is used to indicate the first extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter, the first eDRX parameter is used for the core network device to send a paging message to the terminal using the eDRX mode, and the second parameter
  • the information is used to indicate the second eDRX parameter, and the second eDRX parameter is used for the first access network device to send a paging message to the terminal in the eDRX mode; the first time domain position is determined according to the first parameter information, and the first time domain position is determined according to the second parameter information.
  • the first time domain location includes the location of at least one paging time unit
  • the second time domain location includes the location of at least one paging time unit; in the first time unit, according to whether there is paging in the core network equipment
  • the time unit sends a paging message to the terminal, and within the first time unit, the first access network device has a paging time unit.
  • the first access network device may send the first parameter information and the second parameter information to the second access network device, so that the terminal moves to the second access network in the RRC-inactive state After the coverage of the device, the second access network device can page the terminal according to the first parameter information and the second parameter information.
  • the second parameter information is obtained according to the first parameter information, and within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device are within the same time period. There is overlap in the time domain.
  • the second parameter information can be acquired according to the first parameter information, so that within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device are in the time domain There is overlap.
  • the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is an even number
  • the identifier of the terminal is an even number.
  • the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number. Based on the above method, in the case that the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number, within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device The time units overlap in the time domain.
  • the paging time unit includes a paging time window PTW or a paging occasion PO.
  • sending a paging message to the terminal according to whether the core network device has a paging time unit including: if the core network device has a paging time unit in the first time unit, In the first time unit, the paging message is sent to the terminal in the paging time unit where the first access network device exists, or, in the first time unit, the paging message is sent to the terminal in the paging time unit where the core network device exists.
  • the first access network device sends a paging message to the terminal in the paging time unit that exists in the first access network device information.
  • the second access network device and the core network device send paging in one of the paging time units message, which can reduce the number of times the terminal is woken up and reduce the power consumption of the terminal.
  • the discontinuous reception DRX cycle in which the second access network device sends the paging message is the default DRX cycle;
  • the DRX cycle of the second access network device sending the paging message is the terminal-specific DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle of the second access network device sending the paging message is the DRX cycle of the access network device; or, the second access network device
  • the DRX cycle for the device to send the paging message is the default DRX cycle, the minimum or maximum value between the terminal-specific DRX cycle and the DRX cycle of the access network device; if the core network device does not have paging within the first time unit time unit, then the discontinuous reception DRX cycle of the second access network device sending the paging message is the default DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle of the second access network device sending the paging message is the DRX cycle of the access network device; Or, the DRX cycle of the second access network device sending the paging message is the DRX cycle of
  • the parameter information of the first eDRX further includes at least one of a DRX cycle of the access network device configured by the first access network device and a terminal-specific DRX cycle.
  • the second access network device may determine the DRX cycle for the second access network device to page the terminal.
  • the identifier of the second access network device is included in the tracking area list of the first access network device.
  • the parameter information of the first eDRX is carried in the paging message of the access network device.
  • the second access network device may receive the first parameter information and the second parameter information through a paging message of the access network device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to a first access network device.
  • the method includes: acquiring first parameter information, determining a first time domain location according to the first parameter information, and the first parameter information Used to indicate the first eDRX parameter, the first eDRX parameter is used for the core network device to send the paging message in the eDRX mode, and the first time domain position includes the position of at least one paging time unit; obtain the second parameter information, according to the second parameter The information determines the second time domain configuration, the second parameter information is obtained according to the first parameter information, the second parameter information is used to indicate the second eDRX parameter, and the second eDRX parameter is used by the first access network device to send the search request in the eDRX mode.
  • paging message the second time domain location includes the location of at least one paging time unit; the paging message is sent according to the first time domain location and the second time domain location.
  • the first access network device may determine the second parameter information according to the first parameter information, so that the position of the part of the paging time unit included in the second time domain location is the same as the first time domain location.
  • the positions of the included partial paging time units overlap in the time domain. In this way, for the overlapping paging time units in the first time domain location and the second time domain location, the terminal can be woken up in one of the paging time units, so that the terminal can both receive access network equipment and
  • the paging message of the core network equipment can reduce the delay, improve the user experience, and reduce the power consumption of the terminal.
  • the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device overlap in the time domain.
  • the terminal in the first time unit, can be woken up in one of the paging time units, so that the terminal can not only receive paging messages from the access network equipment and the core network equipment according to the appropriate eDRX parameters, but also reduce the Delay, improve user experience, and reduce terminal power consumption.
  • the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is an even number
  • the identifier of the terminal is an even number.
  • the second parameter information determined according to the first parameter information may be such that within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device are in the time domain There is overlap.
  • the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number. Based on the above method, in the case that the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number, within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device The time units overlap in the time domain.
  • sending a paging message according to the first time domain location and the second time domain location includes: in the first time unit, sending the paging message to the terminal in the paging time unit where the first access network device exists The paging message, or the paging message is sent to the terminal in the paging time unit where the core network device exists; or, outside the first time unit, the paging message is sent to the terminal in the paging time unit where the first access network device exists paging message.
  • the first access network device and the core network device have a paging time in the paging time unit existing in the first access network device and the paging time unit existing in the core network device. Sending a paging message in the unit can reduce the number of times the terminal is woken up and reduce the power consumption of the terminal.
  • the DRX cycle for sending the paging message by the first access network device is the default DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle for sending the paging message by the first access network device is the terminal DRX cycle.
  • the DRX cycle of the first access network device sending the paging message is the DRX cycle of the access network device; or, the DRX cycle of the first access network device sending the paging message is the default DRX cycle,
  • the minimum or maximum value between the terminal-specific DRX cycle and the DRX cycle of the access network device; outside the first time unit, the DRX cycle of the first access network device sending the paging message is the default DRX cycle;
  • the DRX cycle of the paging message sent by an access network device is the DRX cycle of the access network device; or, the DRX cycle of the first access network device to send the paging message is the default DRX cycle and the DRX cycle of the access network device. the minimum or maximum value of .
  • the DRX cycle for sending the paging message by the first access network device in different situations is given.
  • acquiring the first parameter information includes: receiving the first parameter information from the core network device, where the first parameter information is carried in the initial context establishment request message, or carried in the core network assistance in the RRC-inactive state information. Based on the above method, the first access network device may receive the first parameter information through the initial context establishment request message or the core network assistance information in the RRC-inactive state.
  • the paging time unit includes a paging time window PTW or a paging occasion PO.
  • the first time unit is a superframe.
  • the method further includes: sending parameter information of the first eDRX to the second access network device, where the parameter information of the first eDRX includes the first parameter information and the second parameter information.
  • the first access network device can send the first parameter information and the second parameter information to the second access network device, so that after the terminal moves to the coverage of the second access network device in the RRC-inactive state, The second access network device may page the terminal according to the first parameter information and the second parameter information.
  • the parameter information of the first eDRX further includes at least one of a DRX cycle of the access network device configured by the first access network device and a terminal-specific DRX cycle.
  • the second access network device may determine the DRX cycle for the second access network device to page the terminal.
  • the identifier of the second access network device is included in the tracking area list of the first access network device.
  • the parameter information of the first eDRX is carried in the paging message of the access network device.
  • the first access network device may send the first parameter information and the second parameter information to the second access network device through a paging message of the access network device.
  • the first access network device includes a centralized unit and a distribution unit, and the first access network device obtains the first parameter information, including: the centralized unit obtains the first parameter information, and the first access network device obtains the first parameter information.
  • the second parameter information includes: the centralized unit obtains the second parameter information, and the method further includes: the centralized unit sends the second eDRX parameter information to the distribution unit, where the second eDRX parameter information includes the first parameter information and the second parameter information.
  • the centralized unit can send the information to the distribution unit, so that the distribution unit can send the information to the distribution unit according to the first parameter information. and the second parameter information to page the terminal.
  • the parameter information of the second eDRX further includes the DRX cycle of the access network device configured by the centralized unit, and the terminal-specific DRX cycle. Based on the above method, the distribution unit can determine the DRX cycle for paging the terminal.
  • the parameter information of the second eDRX is carried in the paging message.
  • the centralized unit may send the first parameter information and the second parameter information to the distribution unit through a paging message.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to a terminal.
  • the method includes: acquiring first parameter information, determining a first time domain position according to the first parameter information, and the first parameter information is used to indicate the first Extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter, the first eDRX parameter is used by the terminal to receive a paging message from a core network device in an eDRX mode, and the first time domain location includes the location of at least one paging time unit; obtain the second parameter information, according to The second parameter information determines the second time domain configuration, the second parameter information is obtained according to the first parameter information, the second parameter information is used to indicate the second eDRX parameter, and the second eDRX parameter is used for the terminal to use the eDRX mode to receive data from the first For the paging message of the access network device, the second time domain location includes the location of at least one paging time unit; the paging message is received according to the first time domain location and the second time domain location.
  • the second parameter information may be determined according to the first parameter information, so that the position of the part of the paging time unit included in the second time domain location is the same as the part of the paging time included in the first time domain location.
  • the locations of the cells overlap in the time domain.
  • the terminal can be woken up in one of the paging time units, so that the terminal can both receive access network equipment and
  • the paging message of the core network equipment can reduce the delay, improve the user experience, and reduce the power consumption of the terminal.
  • the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device overlap in the time domain.
  • the terminal in the first time unit, can be woken up in one of the paging time units, so that the terminal can not only receive paging messages from the access network equipment and the core network equipment according to the appropriate eDRX parameters, but also reduce the Delay, improve user experience, and reduce terminal power consumption.
  • the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is an even number
  • the identifier of the terminal is an even number.
  • the second parameter information determined according to the first parameter information may be such that within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device are in the time domain There is overlap.
  • the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number. Based on the above method, in the case that the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number, within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device The time units overlap in the time domain.
  • a possible implementation manner of receiving the paging message according to the first time domain location and the second time domain location includes: in the first time unit, receiving the paging message from the first time unit in the paging time unit where the first access network device exists.
  • a paging message from an access network device and a paging message from a core network device or receive a paging message from the first access network device and a paging message from the core network device in the paging time unit that exists in the core network device or, outside the first time unit, receive a paging message from the core network device in the paging time unit where the core network device exists, and receive the paging message from the first access network device in the paging unit where the first access network device exists.
  • a paging message for an access network device Based on the above method, in the first time unit, the terminal receives the paging message in one of the paging time unit existing in the first access network device and the paging time unit existing in the core network device, which can reduce The number of times the terminal is woken up to reduce the power consumption of the terminal.
  • the discontinuous reception DRX cycle for the terminal to receive the paging message is the default DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle for the terminal to receive the paging message is the terminal-specific DRX cycle; or, The DRX cycle of the terminal receiving the paging message is the DRX cycle of the access network device; or, the DRX cycle of the terminal receiving the paging message is the default DRX cycle, the minimum value between the terminal-specific DRX cycle and the DRX cycle of the access network device or the maximum value; outside the first time unit, the DRX cycle in which the terminal receives the paging message of the core network device is the default DRX cycle; or the DRX cycle in which the terminal receives the paging message of the core network device is the terminal-specific DRX cycle; Or, the DRX cycle of the terminal receiving the paging message of the core network device is the minimum or maximum value between the default DRX cycle and the terminal-specific DRX
  • the DRX cycle of the paging message is the default DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle of the terminal receiving the paging message of the first access network device is the DRX cycle of the access network device; or, the terminal receiving the paging of the first access network device
  • the DRX cycle of the message is the minimum or maximum value among the default DRX cycle and the DRX cycle of the access network device. Based on the above method, the DRX cycle for the terminal to receive the paging message in different situations is given.
  • acquiring the first parameter information includes: receiving the first parameter information from the core network device, where the first parameter information is carried in a non-access stratum NAS message. Based on the above method, the terminal may receive the first parameter information through a NAS message.
  • the paging time unit includes a paging time window PTW or a paging occasion PO.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to a core network device.
  • the method includes: acquiring first parameter information, determining a first time domain location according to the first parameter information, and the first parameter information is used to indicate The first extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter, the first eDRX parameter is used for the core network device to send the paging message in the eDRX mode, and the first time domain position includes the position of at least one paging time unit;
  • the second parameter information determines the second time domain configuration, the second parameter information is obtained according to the first parameter information, the second parameter information is used to indicate the second eDRX parameter, and the second eDRX parameter is used for the first access network device to adopt the eDRX mode
  • Send a paging message the second time domain location includes the location of at least one paging time unit; send the paging message according to the first time domain location and the second time domain location.
  • the second parameter information may be determined according to the first parameter information, so that the position of the part of the paging time unit included in the second time domain location is the same as the part of the paging time included in the first time domain location.
  • the locations of the cells overlap in the time domain.
  • the terminal can be woken up in one of the paging time units, so that the terminal can both receive access network equipment and
  • the paging message of the core network equipment can reduce the delay, improve the user experience, and reduce the power consumption of the terminal.
  • the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device overlap in the time domain.
  • the terminal in the first time unit, can be woken up in one of the paging time units, so that the terminal can not only receive paging messages from the access network equipment and the core network equipment according to the appropriate eDRX parameters, but also reduce the Delay, improve user experience, and reduce terminal power consumption.
  • the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is an even number
  • the identifier of the terminal is an even number.
  • the second parameter information determined according to the first parameter information may be such that within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device are in the time domain There is overlap.
  • the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number. Based on the above method, in the case that the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number, within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device The time units overlap in the time domain.
  • a possible implementation manner of sending a paging message according to the first time domain location and the second time domain location includes: in the first time unit, sending a paging message to the terminal during the paging time when the first access network device exists. paging message, or send the paging message to the terminal in the paging time unit existing in the core network device; or, outside the second time unit, send the paging message to the terminal in the paging time unit existing in the core network device.
  • the first access network device and the core network device have a paging time in the paging time unit existing in the first access network device and the paging time unit existing in the core network device. Sending a paging message in the unit can reduce the number of times the terminal is woken up and reduce the power consumption of the terminal.
  • the discontinuous reception DRX cycle in which the core network device sends the paging message is the default DRX cycle; or the DRX cycle in which the core network device sends the paging message is the terminal-specific DRX cycle.
  • the DRX cycle of the core network device sending the paging message is the DRX cycle of the access network device; or, the DRX cycle of the core network device sending the paging message is the default DRX cycle, the terminal-specific DRX cycle and the access network device
  • the paging time unit includes a paging time window PTW or a paging occasion PO.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to a second access network device.
  • the method includes: receiving parameter information of the first eDRX from the first access network device, parameter information of the first eDRX Including first parameter information and second parameter information, the first parameter information is used to indicate the first extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter, the first eDRX parameter is used for the core network device to send a paging message to the terminal using the eDRX mode, and the second parameter
  • the information is used to indicate the second eDRX parameter, and the second eDRX parameter is used by the first access network device to send a paging message to the terminal using the eDRX mode, and the second parameter information is obtained according to the first parameter information; determined according to the first parameter information
  • the first time domain position, the second time domain position is determined according to the second parameter information, the first time domain position includes the position of at least one paging time unit, and the second time domain position includes the position of at least one paging time unit;
  • the second access network device may receive the first parameter information and the second parameter information sent by the first access network device, so that the terminal moves to the second access network in the RRC-inactive state After the coverage of the network device, the second access network device can page the terminal according to the first parameter information and the second parameter information.
  • the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device overlap in the time domain.
  • the terminal in the first time unit, can be woken up in one of the paging time units, so that the terminal can not only receive paging messages from the access network equipment and the core network equipment according to the appropriate eDRX parameters, but also reduce the Delay, improve user experience, and reduce terminal power consumption.
  • the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is an even number
  • the identifier of the terminal is an even number.
  • the second parameter information determined according to the first parameter information may be such that within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device are in the time domain There is overlap.
  • the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number. Based on the above method, in the case that the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number, within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device The time units overlap in the time domain.
  • sending the paging message according to the first time domain location and the second time domain location shown includes: in the first time unit, in the paging time unit where the first access network device exists, to the The terminal sends a paging message, or sends a paging message to the terminal in a paging time unit where the core network device exists; or, outside the first time unit, sends a paging message to the terminal in a paging time unit where the first access network device exists Send a paging message.
  • the second access network device and the core network device have a paging time in the paging time unit existing in the second access network device and the paging time unit existing in the core network device
  • Sending a paging message in the unit can reduce the number of times the terminal is woken up and reduce the power consumption of the terminal.
  • the discontinuous reception DRX cycle for sending the paging message by the second access network device is the default DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle for sending the paging message by the second access network device
  • the cycle is a terminal-specific DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle of the second access network device sending the paging message is the DRX cycle of the access network device; or, the DRX cycle of the second access network device sending the paging message is the default DRX cycle DRX cycle, the minimum or maximum value between the terminal-specific DRX cycle and the DRX cycle of the access network device; outside the first time unit, the DRX cycle of the second access network device sending the paging message is the default DRX cycle; Or, the DRX cycle of the paging message sent by the second access network device is the DRX cycle of the access network device; or, the DRX cycle of the paging message sent by the second access network device is the default DRX cycle and the
  • the paging time unit includes a paging time window PTW or a paging occasion PO.
  • the parameter information of the first eDRX further includes at least one of a DRX cycle of the access network device configured by the first access network device and a terminal-specific DRX cycle.
  • the second access network device may determine the DRX cycle for the second access network device to page the terminal.
  • the identifier of the second access network device is included in the tracking area list of the first access network device.
  • the parameter information of the first eDRX is carried in the paging message of the access network device.
  • the second access network device may receive the first parameter information and the second parameter information through a paging message of the access network device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which can implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing first aspect, or implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing fifth aspect.
  • the method, or the method in any possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect above, or the method in any possible implementation manner of the thirteenth aspect above can be implemented.
  • the apparatus comprises corresponding units or components for carrying out the above-described method.
  • the units included in the apparatus may be implemented by software and/or hardware.
  • the apparatus may be, for example, a first access network device, or a chip, a chip system, or a processor that can support the first access network device to implement the foregoing method.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which can implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing second aspect, or implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing sixth aspect.
  • the method, or the method in any possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect above, or the method in any possible implementation manner of the fourteenth aspect above can be implemented.
  • the apparatus comprises corresponding units or components for carrying out the above-described method.
  • the units included in the apparatus may be implemented by software and/or hardware.
  • the apparatus may be, for example, a terminal, or a chip, a chip system, or a processor that can support the terminal to implement the above method.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which can implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing third aspect, or implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing seventh aspect.
  • the method, or the method in any possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect above, or the method in any possible implementation manner of the fifteenth aspect above can be implemented.
  • the apparatus comprises corresponding units or components for carrying out the above-described method.
  • the units included in the apparatus may be implemented by software and/or hardware.
  • the apparatus may be, for example, a core network device, or a chip, a chip system, or a processor that can support the core network device to implement the above method.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which can implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing fourth aspect, or implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing eighth aspect.
  • method or can implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the twelfth aspect above, or can implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the sixteenth aspect above.
  • the apparatus comprises corresponding units or components for carrying out the above-described method.
  • the units included in the apparatus may be implemented by software and/or hardware.
  • the apparatus may be, for example, a second access network device, or a chip, a chip system, or a processor that can support the second access network device to implement the foregoing method.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which can be used to implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing first aspect, or can be used to implement any possible implementation manner of the foregoing fifth aspect
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which can be used to implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing second aspect, or can be used to implement any one of the possible implementation manners of the foregoing sixth aspect
  • the method in the implementation manner of the above-mentioned tenth aspect may be used to implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the above tenth aspect, or may be used to implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the above-mentioned fourteenth aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which can be used to implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing third aspect, or can be used to implement any one of the possible implementation manners of the foregoing seventh aspect or can be used to implement the method in any possible implementation of the eleventh aspect above, or can be used to implement the method in any possible implementation of the fifteenth aspect above .
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which can be used to implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing fourth aspect, or can be used to implement any one of the possible implementation manners of the foregoing eighth aspect. or can be used to implement the method in any possible implementation of the twelfth aspect above, or can be used to implement the method in any possible implementation of the sixteenth aspect above .
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including: a processor, the processor is coupled to a memory, the memory is used to store a program or an instruction, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor When executed, the device is made to implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the first aspect above, or the method in any possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect above, or implement any one of the above ninth aspects.
  • a communication device including: a processor, the processor is coupled to a memory, the memory is used to store a program or an instruction, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor
  • the device is made to implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the first aspect above, or the method in any possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect above, or implement any one of the above ninth aspects.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including: a processor, the processor is coupled to a memory, the memory is used to store a program or an instruction, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor
  • the device can implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the above second aspect, or can implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the above sixth aspect, or can implement the above tenth aspect.
  • the method in any possible implementation manner of , or the method in any possible implementation manner of the above fourteenth aspect can be implemented.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including: a processor, the processor is coupled to a memory, and the memory is used to store a program or an instruction, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor
  • the device can implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the above third aspect, or can implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the above seventh aspect, or can implement the above eleventh aspect
  • the method in any possible implementation manner of the aspect, or the method in any possible implementation manner of the fifteenth aspect above may be implemented.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including: a processor, the processor is coupled to a memory, the memory is used to store a program or an instruction, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor
  • the device can implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the above fourth aspect, or can implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the above eighth aspect, or can implement the above twelfth aspect.
  • the method in any possible implementation manner of the aspect, or the method in any possible implementation manner of the sixteenth aspect above can be implemented.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, where the chip system includes at least one processor for implementing the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing first aspect, or may be used for implementing the foregoing
  • the method in any possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect or can be used to implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect above, or can be used to implement any one of the thirteenth aspect above methods in possible implementations.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, where the chip system includes at least one processor, and is used to implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the second aspect above, or can be used to implement the above-mentioned first
  • the method in any possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect or can be used to implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the above tenth aspect, or can be used to implement any one of the above-mentioned possible implementation methods of the fourteenth aspect. method in the implementation.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, where the chip system includes at least one processor, and is used to implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the third aspect above, or can be used to implement the above
  • the method in any possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect or can be used to implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect above, or can be used to implement any of the fifteenth aspect above method in one possible implementation.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, where the chip system includes at least one processor, and is used to implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect above, or can be used to implement the above
  • the method in any possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect or can be used to implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the above-mentioned twelfth aspect, or can be used to implement any of the above-mentioned sixteenth aspects. method in one possible implementation.
  • the chip system further includes a memory, and the memory is used for storing program instructions and data,
  • the memory is either inside the processor or outside the processor.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable medium on which a computer program or instruction is stored, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, enables a computer to perform any possible implementation of the first aspect above
  • the method described in the method, or the method described in any possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect above, or the method described in any possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect above, or the tenth aspect above The method described in any one possible implementation manner of the three aspects.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable medium on which a computer program or instruction is stored, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, enables a computer to perform any possible implementation of the second aspect above
  • the method described in the method, or the method described in any possible implementation manner of the above sixth aspect, or the method described in any possible implementation manner of the above tenth aspect, or the above fourteenth aspect A method as described in any possible implementation of the aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable medium on which a computer program or instruction is stored, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, enables a computer to perform any possible implementation of the third aspect above method, or the method described in any possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect above, or the method described in any possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect above, or the tenth aspect above The method described in any one possible implementation manner of the five aspects.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable medium on which a computer program or instruction is stored, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, enables a computer to perform any possible implementation of the fourth aspect above
  • the method described in the method, or the method described in any possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect above, or the method described in any possible implementation manner of the twelfth aspect above, or the tenth aspect above The method described in any one possible implementation manner of the six aspects.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, which includes computer program code, and when the computer program code runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute any of the possible implementations of the first aspect above.
  • the method, or the method described in any possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect above, or the method described in any possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect above, or the thirteenth aspect above The method described in any of the possible implementations of .
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, which includes computer program code, and when the computer program code runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute any of the possible implementations of the second aspect above.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, which includes computer program code, and when the computer program code runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute any of the possible implementations of the third aspect above.
  • the method, or the method described in any possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect above, or the method described in any possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect above, or the fifteenth aspect above The method described in any of the possible implementations of .
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, which includes computer program code, and when the computer program code runs on a computer, the computer program code enables the computer to execute any of the possible implementations of the fourth aspect above.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system.
  • the system includes the device of the seventeenth aspect and/or the eighteenth aspect and/or the nineteenth aspect, or the system includes the twenty-first aspect and/or the twenty-second aspect and/or Or the device described in the above twenty-third aspect, or the system includes the communication device described in the above-mentioned twenty-fifth aspect and/or the above-mentioned twenty-sixth aspect and/or the above-mentioned twenty-seventh aspect, or the system includes The chip system according to the aforementioned twenty-ninth aspect and/or the aforementioned thirtieth aspect and/or the aforementioned thirty-first aspect, or the system includes the aforementioned thirty-third aspect and/or the aforementioned thirty-fourth aspect and/ Or the computer-readable medium described in the above thirty-fifth aspect, or the system includes the computer program product described in the above-mentioned thirty-seventh aspect and/or the above-mentioned thirty-e
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system.
  • the system includes the apparatus of the seventeenth aspect and/or the eighteenth aspect and/or the nineteenth aspect and/or the twentieth aspect, or the system includes the twenty-first aspect and/or
  • this embodiment of the present application further provides a first access network device, including:
  • the communication interface used for the first access network device to communicate is coupled to a memory, the memory is used to store a program or instruction, when the program or instruction is used by the When executed by the processor, the first access network device is caused to execute the method executed by the first access network device in any embodiment of the present application.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a terminal, including:
  • the communication interface is used for the terminal to communicate
  • the processor is coupled with a memory
  • the memory is used for storing programs or instructions, when the programs or instructions are executed by the processor
  • the terminal is caused to execute the method executed by the terminal in any embodiment of the present application.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a core network device, including:
  • the processor coupled to a memory for storing programs or instructions when the programs or instructions are executed by the processor , so that the core network device executes the method executed by the core network device in any embodiment of the present application.
  • this embodiment of the present application further provides a second core network device, including:
  • the processor coupled to a memory for storing programs or instructions when the programs or instructions are executed by the processor , so that the core network device executes the method executed by the second access network device in any embodiment of the present application.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication apparatus for executing the method provided by any embodiment of the present application, and the communication apparatus is, for example, a chip, a terminal, a first access network device, a second access network network equipment, core network equipment, etc.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, including a processor, where the processor is coupled to a memory, and the memory is used to store a program or an instruction, and when the program or instruction is executed by the processor, The communication apparatus is caused to execute the method executed by the core network device in any embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device is, for example, a chip, a terminal, a first access network device, a second access network device, a core network device, and the like.
  • any of the communication devices, chip systems, computer-readable media, computer program products or communication systems provided above are all used to execute the corresponding methods provided above, and therefore, the beneficial effects that can be achieved.
  • the beneficial effects in the corresponding method can be referred to, and details are not repeated here.
  • Fig. 1 is a kind of schematic diagram of DRX and eDRX
  • FIG. 2A is a schematic diagram of a communication system architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2B is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart 1 of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a second schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a third schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7A is a schematic diagram 1 of a time domain location of a paging message provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7B is a second schematic diagram of a time domain location of a paging message provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 7C is a schematic diagram 3 of a time domain location of a paging message provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 7D is a fourth schematic diagram of a time domain location of a paging message provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a fourth schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram 5 of a time domain location of a paging message provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a fifth schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a sixth schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram 1 of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a second schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a third schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a fourth schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • a terminal may be in a radio resource control connected (radio resource control connected, RRC-connected) state, an RRC-idle state or an RRC-inactive state.
  • RRC-connected state may be replaced with an RRC-connected state, an RRC connected state, a first state, a first state, or other names that can indicate that the terminal is in the RRC-connected state, or the like.
  • the RRC-idle state may be replaced by the RRC-idle state, the RRC idle state, the second state, the second state, or other names that can indicate that the terminal is in the RRC-idle state.
  • the RRC-inactive state may be replaced by the RRC-inactive state, the RRC inactive state, the third state, the third state, or other names that can indicate that the terminal is in the RRC-inactive state, etc., without limitation.
  • the access network device When the terminal is in the RRC-connected state, the access network device knows that the terminal is within the coverage or management range of the access network device.
  • the core network device knows which access network device the terminal is covered by or within the management range.
  • the access network equipment and the terminal may perform data channel and/or control channel transmission.
  • the access network device may send a terminal-specific physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) and/or a terminal-specific physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) to the terminal, and the terminal may also send a terminal to the access network.
  • the network device sends a terminal-specific physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) and/or a terminal-specific physical uplink control channel (PUCCH).
  • PUSCH terminal-specific physical uplink shared channel
  • PUCCH terminal-specific physical uplink control channel
  • the access network device When the terminal is in the RRC-idle state, the access network device does not know whether the terminal is within the coverage of the access network device or whether it is within the management range of the access network device.
  • the core network device does not know which access network device the terminal is covered by or within the management range.
  • the terminal may receive the paging message of the core network device.
  • the terminal cannot perform unicast data transmission with the access network device. For example, the terminal cannot receive the terminal-specific PDSCH and PDCCH from the access network device, and the terminal cannot send the terminal-specific PUSCH and PUCCH to the access network device. .
  • the access network device When the terminal is in the RRC-inactive state, the access network device does not know whether the terminal is within the coverage of the access network device or whether it is within the management range of the access network device.
  • the core network device knows which access network device the terminal is covered by or within the management range.
  • the terminal may receive a paging message from the access network device or the core network device.
  • receiving a paging message of an access network device by a terminal may be understood as the terminal receiving a paging message from an access network device, or that the paging message is used by the access network device to page the terminal.
  • the terminal receives the paging message of the core network it can be understood that the terminal receives the paging message from the core network, or the paging message is used by the core network device to page the terminal.
  • the terminal receiving the paging message from the core network device can be understood as: the terminal receives the paging message from the core network device through the access network device.
  • sending the paging message by the core network device to the terminal can be understood as: the core network device sends the paging message to the terminal through the access network device. That is, the core network device first sends the paging message to the access network device, and after receiving the paging message, the access network device sends the paging message to the terminal.
  • the core network device first sends the paging message to the access network device, and after receiving the paging message, the access network device sends the paging message to the terminal.
  • the terminal can also switch between the RRC-connected state, the RRC-idle state and the RRC-inactive state.
  • the terminal when the terminal is in the RRC-connected state, after receiving the RRC release (RRC release) message from the access network device, it can release the RRC connection between the terminal and the access network device, and switch to the RRC-idle state or RRC-inactive state.
  • the access network device may send an RRC inactive transition report (RRC inactive transition report) to the core network device to notify the core network device that the terminal transitions to the RRC-inactive state.
  • RRC inactive transition report RRC inactive transition report
  • the RRC establishment process may be initiated, or the RRC establishment process may be triggered by the upper layer of the terminal. Subsequently, the terminal attempts to establish an RRC connection with the access network device to enter the RRC-connected state.
  • the RRC recovery process may be initiated, or the RRC recovery process may be triggered by the upper layer of the terminal. Subsequently, the terminal attempts to restore the RRC connection with the access network device to enter the RRC-connected state.
  • the terminal when the terminal is in the RRC-inactive state, it can also receive an RRC release (RRC release) message from the access network device, and switch from the RRC-inactive state to the RRC-idle state.
  • RRC release RRC release
  • the terminal may use the DRX mode or the eDRX mode to receive the paging message.
  • Table 1 shows the cases in which different types of terminals use the DRX mode or the eDRX mode to receive paging messages.
  • the long term evolution (LTE) terminal does not support eDRX, but supports DRX, and the maximum period of DRX in the RRC-idle state and the RRC-inactive state is both 2.56 seconds (s).
  • the eMTC terminal supports eDRX.
  • the maximum eDRX period in the RRC-idle state is about 44 minutes (min), and the maximum eDRX period in the RRC-inactive state is 10.24s.
  • the NB-IoT terminal does not have an RRC-inactive state, and the NB-IoT terminal supports eDRX.
  • the maximum eDRX period in the RRC-idle state is about 3 hours (h).
  • the NR terminal does not support eDRX, but supports DRX.
  • the maximum period of DRX in both RRC-idle state and RRC-inactive state is 2.56s.
  • the maximum cycle of DRX is 2.56s
  • the maximum cycle of DRX is 2.56s eMTC terminal
  • the maximum period of eDRX is about 44min eDRX maximum cycle is 10.24s NB-IoT terminal
  • the maximum period of eDRX is about 3h - NR terminal
  • the maximum cycle of DRX is 2.56s
  • the maximum cycle of DRX is 2.56s
  • the terminals in the communication systems that do not support eDRX such as REDCAP terminals, also support eDRX.
  • the REDCAP terminal in the RRC-idle state, can use eDRX mode to receive paging messages from core network devices; or, in the RRC-inactive state, the REDCAP terminal can use eDRX mode to receive paging messages from access network devices or core network devices. call message.
  • an eMTC terminal in the RRC-idle state, it can wake up according to the DRX cycle at the position of the PTW in each eDRX cycle to receive messages from the core network device.
  • the eMTC terminal In the RRC-inactive state, the eMTC terminal can be woken up according to the DRX cycle at the position of the PTW in each eDRX cycle to receive messages from the core network device and the access network device.
  • a message from an access network device is received at the PO's location.
  • the REDCAP terminal supports not only receiving the paging message of the access network device at the PO position, but also receiving the paging message of the access network device in the PTW.
  • the location of the PTW of the message Therefore, the method of configuring eDRX parameters for eMTC terminals is not applicable to REDCAP terminals.
  • how to configure the eDRX parameters in the RRC-idle state and the RRC-inactive state for the REDCAP terminal is an urgent problem to be solved at present.
  • the core network device can configure eDRX parameters in the RRC-idle state and the RRC-inactive state.
  • the access network device can determine whether to change the eDRX parameters configured by the core network device according to the situation. If the access network device determines not to change the eDRX parameters configured by the core network device, in the RRC-idle state or the RRC-inactive state, the terminal receives the access network device or the core network device according to the eDRX parameters configured by the core network device. call message.
  • the terminal receives the paging message from the access network device or the core network device according to the changed eDRX parameters.
  • the access network device can change the eDRX parameters configured by the core network device, thereby reducing the delay for the terminal to receive the paging message and improving the user experience.
  • the terminal can receive the paging message of the core network device and the paging message of the access network device according to the same eDRX parameters, which is easy to implement and has high feasibility.
  • the introduction of the first solution can be described with reference to the methods shown in FIGS. 4-5 below.
  • the eDRX parameters used are the same.
  • the interval at which the core network device sends the paging message is usually longer than the interval at which the access network device sends the paging message. Therefore, if the terminal receives the paging message of the access network device according to the eDRX parameters configured by the core network device, it will cause a long delay and poor user experience. If the terminal receives the paging message of the core network device according to the eDRX parameters configured by the access network device, the power consumption of the terminal will be large and the battery life will be shortened.
  • the core network device and the access network device may be configured with eDRX parameters respectively.
  • the eDRX parameters configured by the core network device can be used by the terminal to receive paging messages from the core network device in the RRC-idle state or in the RRC-inactive state
  • the eDRX parameters configured by the access network device can be used by the terminal in the RRC-inactive state to receive paging messages Paging messages from access network devices.
  • the terminal can receive the core network device in one of the paging time units The paging message and/or the paging message of the access network device. If within the first time unit, there is a paging time unit of the core network device and no paging time unit of the access network device, the terminal receives the paging message of the core network device in the paging time unit of the core network device .
  • the terminal receives the paging time unit of the access network device in the paging time unit of the access network device call message. In this way, the terminal can receive the paging messages of the access network equipment and the core network equipment according to the appropriate eDRX parameters, which can not only reduce the delay, improve the user experience, but also reduce the power consumption of the terminal.
  • the first time unit may be a superframe.
  • the paging time unit may include PTW or PO.
  • the embodiments of this application are all described by taking the terminal receiving the paging message in the eDRX mode as an example.
  • the terminal can also use the eDRX mode to receive broadcast messages, system information, earthquake and tsunami warning system (ETWS), etc., without limitation.
  • ETWS earthquake and tsunami warning system
  • the terminal uses the eDRX mode to receive broadcast messages, system information, and ETWS, reference may be made to the introduction of the terminal using the eDRX mode to receive paging messages in the embodiments of the present application, and details are not repeated.
  • the eDRX cycle may be in units of hyperframes, for example, the eDRX cycle is 2 superframes or 3 superframes.
  • a superframe can be 10.24s. It should be understood that, in specific applications, the eDRX cycle may also take other time units as a unit, which is not limited.
  • the eDRX cycle includes at least one paging occasion (paging occasion, PO). If the eDRX cycle includes one PO, the terminal is woken up once at the PO position in the eDRX cycle to receive a paging message. In this case, the eDRX cycle is the length of time between two adjacent POs. Specifically, it can be shown as (c) in FIG. 1 . If the eDRX cycle includes multiple POs, the time window for receiving multiple POs may be referred to as PTW. In the PTW, the time length between two adjacent POs is the DRX cycle. Within the PTW, the terminal is woken up once at each PO location to receive paging messages.
  • PTW time window for receiving multiple POs
  • the eDRX cycle is the length of time between the start/end positions of two adjacent PTWs.
  • the eDRX cycle is greater than the second time length, the eDRX cycle includes multiple POs, or the eDRX cycle includes PTW; the eDRX cycle is less than or equal to the second time length, then the eDRX cycle includes one PO, and the eDRX cycle includes one PO.
  • the second time length can be 5.12s, 10.24s, etc., without limitation.
  • the method for determining the position of the PTW when the eDRX cycle includes multiple POs and the method for determining the position of the PO when the eDRX cycle includes one PO will be described in detail.
  • H-SFN mod T eDRX,H (UE_ID_H mod T eDRX,H ).
  • PH can be called the superframe number where the paging message is located, and mod is a modulo operator.
  • T eDRX,H is the eDRX period, and the unit is superframe.
  • UE_ID_H is a value corresponding to the highest 12 bits or 10 bits in the hashed ID.
  • the UE_ID_H is the highest hashed ID 10 bits correspond to the value. If the P-RNTI listens on a narrowband physical downlink control channel (narrowband physical downlink control channel, NPDCCH), UE_ID_H is a value corresponding to the highest 12 bits in the hashed ID.
  • the hashed ID may be a 5th generation (5th generation, 5G) system architecture evolved temporary mobile subscriber identity (5G-system architecture evolved-temporary mobile subscriber identity, 5G-S-TMSI).
  • PTW_start is the SFN where the starting position of the PTW is located
  • L is the length of the PTW, and the unit of L may be seconds.
  • the position of the second PTW, the position of the third PTW, and so on can be determined according to the eDRX cycle.
  • the start position of the second PTW is the sum of the start position of the first PTW and the eDRX cycle
  • the end position of the second PTW is the sum of the start position of the second PTW and the length of the PTW
  • the first The end position of the second PTW is the sum of the end position of the first PTW and the eDRX cycle.
  • PF is the system frame number where the paging message is located
  • T is the DRX cycle
  • div is the divisible symbol.
  • the UE_ID is 5G-S-TMSI mod 1024.
  • the UE_ID is 5G-S-TMSI mod 16384.
  • N is the minimum of T and nB
  • nB can be 4T, 2T, T, T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32, T/64, T/128 or T/256 .
  • nB can also be T/512 or T/1024.
  • the position of the second PO is determined, the position of the second PO, the position of the third PO, and so on can be determined according to the eDRX cycle.
  • the position of the second PO is the sum of the position of the first PO and the eDRX cycle.
  • the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application can be used in various communication systems.
  • the communication system may be an LTE system, a 5G communication system, a wireless-fidelity (WiFi) system, a communication system related to the 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP), a future evolution communication system, or a system that integrates multiple systems, etc., without limitation.
  • WiFi wireless-fidelity
  • 3GPP 3rd generation partnership project
  • NR future evolution communication system
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described below by taking the communication system 20 shown in FIG. 2A as an example.
  • FIG. 2A it is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system 20 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system 20 may include one or more core network devices 206 (only one is shown), an access network device 201 and an access network device 202 communicatively connected to the core network device 206, and an access network device 202.
  • a terminal 203 and a terminal 204 are communicatively connected to the device 201
  • a terminal 205 is communicatively connected to the access network device 202 .
  • FIG. 2A is only a schematic diagram, and does not constitute a limitation on the applicable scenarios of the technical solutions provided in the present application.
  • the core network device 206 may be a mobility management network element, which is mainly responsible for terminal access authentication, mobility management, and signaling interaction between various functional network elements, such as: registration status of users, The user's connection status, user registration and access to the network, tracking area update, cell handover user authentication and key security are managed.
  • the network element or entity corresponding to the mobility management network element may be an access and mobility management function (AMF).
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • the device for implementing the function of the core network device may be the core network device; it may also be a device capable of supporting the core network device to realize the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed in the core network device Or use it with core network equipment.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the device for implementing the function of the core network device as the core network device as an example.
  • an access network device may provide a wireless access service for a terminal.
  • each access network device corresponds to a service coverage area, and a terminal entering the area can communicate with the access network device through the Uu port to receive wireless access services provided by the access network device.
  • the service coverage area may include one or more cells.
  • the terminal and the access network device can communicate through the Uu interface link.
  • the Uu interface link can be divided into an uplink (uplink, UL) and a downlink (downlink, DL) according to the direction of the data transmitted thereon.
  • the uplink data sent from the terminal to the access network equipment can be transmitted on the UL, and the downlink data transmitted from the access network equipment to the terminal can be transmitted on the DL.
  • the terminal 203 is located in the coverage area of the access network device 201, the access network device 201 can send downlink data to the terminal 203 through DL, and the terminal 203 can send uplink data to the access network device 201 through UL.
  • the access network device in this embodiment of the present application may be any device with a wireless transceiver function. Including but not limited to: evolved base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B) in LTE, base station (gNodeB or gNB) or transceiver point (transmission receiving point/transmission receiving point, TRP) in NR, 3GPP Subsequent evolution of base stations, access nodes in WiFi systems, wireless relay nodes, wireless backhaul nodes, etc.
  • the base station can be: a macro base station, a micro base station, a pico base station, a small base station, a relay station, or a balloon station, etc.
  • the access network device may also be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario.
  • the access network device may also be a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU), and/or a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU).
  • the access network device may also be a server, a wearable device, a machine communication device, or a vehicle-mounted device. The following description is given by taking the access network device as the base station as an example.
  • the multiple access network devices may be base stations of the same type, or may be base stations of different types.
  • the base station can communicate with the terminal, and can also communicate with the terminal through the relay station.
  • the terminal can communicate with multiple base stations of different technologies.
  • the terminal can communicate with the base station supporting the LTE network, and can also communicate with the base station supporting the 5G network, and can also support dual connection with the base station of the LTE network and the base station of the 5G network.
  • the device for implementing the function of the access network device may be the access network device; it may also be a device capable of supporting the access network device to realize the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed in the access network device.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the device for implementing the function of the access network device as an example of the access network device.
  • a terminal in this embodiment of the present application is a device with a wireless transceiver function.
  • Terminals can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld or vehicle; can also be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); can also be deployed in the air (such as aircraft, balloons and satellites, etc.).
  • a terminal may also be referred to as a terminal device, and the terminal device may be a user equipment (UE), where the UE includes a handheld device, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, or a computing device with a wireless communication function.
  • the UE may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, or a computer with a wireless transceiver function.
  • the terminal device may also be a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, a wireless terminal in industrial control, a wireless terminal in unmanned driving, a wireless terminal in telemedicine, intelligent A wireless terminal in a power grid, a wireless terminal in a smart city, or a wireless terminal in a smart home, etc.
  • the device for implementing the function of the terminal may be a terminal; it may also be a device capable of supporting the terminal to implement the function, such as a chip system, which may be installed in the terminal or used in combination with the terminal.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the device for realizing the function of the terminal as a terminal as an example.
  • the terminal may be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices.
  • Wearable technology is used to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories.
  • a wearable device is not only a hardware device, but also a device that realizes powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include devices with full functions, large sizes, and can achieve complete or partial functions without relying on smartphones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and include only focusing on a certain type of application function, which needs to be integrated with other devices such as Devices used in conjunction with smartphones, such as various types of smart bracelets and smart jewelry that monitor physical signs.
  • the terminal may be a terminal in the Internet of Things (IoT) system.
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • Machine interconnection the intelligent network of the interconnection of things and things.
  • the terminal in this application may be a terminal in machine type communication (MTC).
  • MTC machine type communication
  • the terminal may also be a REDCAP terminal.
  • REDCAP terminals can be divided into industrial wireless sensors, video cameras and wearable devices according to the type of use.
  • the communication system 20 shown in FIG. 2A is only used for example, and is not used to limit the technical solution of the present application. Those skilled in the art should understand that in the specific implementation process, the communication system 20 may also include other devices, and the number of core network devices, access network devices or terminals may also be determined according to specific needs, which is not limited.
  • the access network device 201 and/or the access network device 202 may be a centralized unit-distributed unit separated architecture. That is, the access network device 201 and/or the access network device 202 may include a centralized unit and one or more distribution units.
  • the centralized unit is mainly used for centralized wireless resource and connection management control, and has the function of the wireless high-level protocol stack, for example, the function of the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer.
  • the centralized unit may be used to configure eDRX parameters.
  • the distribution unit has distributed user plane processing functions, and mainly has physical layer functions and layer 2 functions with high real-time requirements.
  • the distribution unit has physical layer (physical layer, PHY) functions, media access control (media access control, MAC) layer function and radio link control (radio link control, RLC) layer function and so on.
  • the distribution unit may also receive paging messages from the centralized unit and send the paging messages to the terminals.
  • the device for implementing the function of the centralized unit may be the centralized unit; it may also be a device capable of supporting the centralized unit to implement the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed in the centralized unit or combined with the centralized unit Match use.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the device for realizing the function of the centralized unit as the CU as an example.
  • the device for implementing the function of the distribution unit may be the distribution unit; it may also be a device capable of supporting the distribution unit to realize the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed in the distribution unit or combined with the distribution unit Match use.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the device for realizing the function of the distribution unit as a DU as an example.
  • the architecture of the access network device 201 may be as shown in FIG. 2B .
  • the access network device 201 includes a CU 2011, a DU 2012, and a DU 2013.
  • the DU 2012 and the DU 2013 can be connected to the terminal, for example, the DU 2012 is connected to the terminal 203, and the DU 2013 is connected to the terminal 204.
  • the CU 2011 can be connected with other devices, for example, the CU 2011 is connected with the access network device 202.
  • the CU 2011 may also be connected to the core network device 206.
  • the CU-DU architecture shown in FIG. 2B is only used for example, and is not used to limit the technical solution of the present application.
  • the above-mentioned CU-DU architecture can determine the number of CUs and DUs according to specific needs. It can also be deployed in different devices without limitation.
  • each network element for example, the core network device 206, the access network device 201, the access network device 202, the terminal 203, the terminal 204, or the terminal 205) in FIG. 2A in this embodiment of the present application may be composed of a
  • the device implementation may also be jointly implemented by multiple devices, or may be implemented by one or more functional modules in one device, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the above-mentioned functions may be either network elements in hardware devices, or software functions running on dedicated hardware, or a combination of hardware and software, or virtualization instantiated on a platform (eg, a cloud platform) Function.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a communication device applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus 30 includes at least one processor 301 and at least one communication interface 304, and is used for implementing the method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 30 may also include a communication line 302 and a memory 303 .
  • the processor 301 can be a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more processors for controlling the execution of the programs of the present application. integrated circuit.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • Communication line 302 may include a path, such as a bus, to transfer information between the components described above.
  • the communication interface 304 can be any device such as a transceiver, such as an Ethernet interface, a radio access network (RAN) interface, a wireless local area network (WLAN) interface, a transceiver, a pin , bus, or transceiver circuit, etc.
  • RAN radio access network
  • WLAN wireless local area network
  • Memory 303 may be read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (RAM) or other types of information and instructions It can also be an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), a compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disk storage, CD-ROM storage (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or capable of carrying or storing desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and capable of being executed by a computer Access any other medium without limitation.
  • the memory may exist independently and be coupled to the processor 301 through the communication line 302 .
  • the memory 303 may also be integrated with the processor 301 .
  • the memory provided by the embodiments of the present application may generally be non-volatile.
  • the memory 303 is used for storing computer-executed instructions involved in executing the solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application, and the execution is controlled by the processor 301 .
  • the processor 301 is configured to execute the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 303, so as to implement the method provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • the computer-executed instructions in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as application program codes, which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the coupling in the embodiments of the present application is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, which may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information exchange between devices, units or modules.
  • the processor 301 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 3 .
  • the communication apparatus 30 may include multiple processors, such as the processor 301 and the processor 307 in FIG. 3 .
  • processors can be a single-core (single-CPU) processor or a multi-core (multi-CPU) processor.
  • a processor herein may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (eg, computer program instructions).
  • the communication apparatus 30 may further include an output device 305 and/or an input device 306 .
  • Output device 305 is coupled to processor 301 and can display information in a variety of ways.
  • the output device 305 may be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (CRT) display device, or a projector (projector) Wait.
  • Input device 306 is coupled to processor 301 and can receive user input in a variety of ways.
  • the input device 306 may be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, a sensor device, or the like.
  • composition shown in FIG. 3 does not constitute a limitation on the communication device, and in addition to the components shown in FIG. some components, or a different arrangement of components.
  • the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described below by taking the architecture shown in FIG. 2A as an example.
  • Each network element in the following embodiments may have the components shown in FIG. 3 , which will not be repeated.
  • words such as “first” and “second” may be used to distinguish technical features with the same or similar functions.
  • the words “first”, “second” and the like do not limit the quantity and execution order, and the words “first”, “second” and the like do not limit the difference.
  • words such as “exemplary” or “for example” are used to represent examples, illustrations or illustrations, and any embodiment or design solution described as “exemplary” or “for example” should not be construed are preferred or advantageous over other embodiments or designs.
  • the use of words such as “exemplary” or “such as” is intended to present the relevant concepts in a specific manner to facilitate understanding.
  • a core network device, an access network device, or a terminal may perform some or all of the steps in the embodiments of the present application. These steps are only examples, and the embodiments of the present application may also perform other steps or various steps. Variation of steps. In addition, various steps may be performed in different orders presented in the embodiments of the present application, and it may not be necessary to perform all the steps in the embodiments of the present application.
  • a communication method is provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • a terminal may receive paging messages of a core network device and an access network device according to the same eDRX parameters.
  • the communication method includes S401-S402.
  • S401 The access network device acquires first parameter information.
  • the access network device may be any access network device in the communication system 20 shown in FIG. 2A , for example, the access network device 201 or the access network device 202 .
  • the first parameter information may be used to indicate eDRX parameters.
  • the eDRX parameter may be used by the core network device or the access network device to send the paging message in the eDRX mode, or the eDRX parameter may be used by the terminal to receive the paging message in the eDRX mode.
  • the core network device may be a core network device in the communication system 20 that is communicatively connected to the access network device, for example, the core network device 206 .
  • the terminal may be a terminal in the communication system 20 that is communicatively connected to the access network device.
  • the terminal may be the terminal 203 or the terminal 204 in the communication system 20
  • the terminal may be the terminal 205 in the communication system 20 .
  • the first parameter information may replace the eDRX parameter information described as configured by the core network device, the common eDRX parameter information (common eDRX parameter information), etc., which is not limited.
  • the first parameter information includes the eDRX cycle.
  • the first parameter information further includes the length of the PTW; or, the first parameter information further includes the number of DRX cycles included in the PTW. It can be understood that, if the first parameter information includes the eDRX cycle, it may indicate that one PO is included in the eDRX cycle. If the first parameter information includes the eDRX cycle and the length of the PTW, or the first parameter information includes the eDRX cycle and the number of DRX cycles included in the PTW, it may indicate that the eDRX cycle includes multiple POs or PTWs.
  • the DRX cycle may be a default DRX cycle (default DRX cycle); or, the DRX cycle may be a terminal-specific DRX cycle (UE specific DRX cycle); or, the DRX cycle may be a DRX cycle (RAN DRX cycle) of an access network device cycle); or, the DRX cycle may be the minimum or maximum value among the default DRX cycle and the UE-specific DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle may be the minimum or maximum value among the default DRX cycle and the RAN DRX cycle.
  • the DRX cycle can be the default DRX cycle, or the UE-specific DRX cycle, or the minimum or maximum value between the default DRX cycle and the UE-specific DRX cycle. If the terminal receives a paging message from an access network device, the DRX cycle can be the default DRX cycle, or the RAN DRX cycle, or the minimum or maximum value between the default DRX cycle and the RAN DRX cycle.
  • the default DRX cycle and the RAN DRX cycle may be configured by the access network device.
  • the access network device may send the default DRX cycle to the terminal through a system information block (system information block, SIB).
  • SIB system information block
  • the access network device can send the RAN DRX cycle to the terminal through the RRC release message.
  • the UE specific DRX cycle can be configured by the core network device.
  • the core network device may send the UE specific DRX cycle to the terminal through a non-access stratum (non access stratum, NAS) message.
  • NAS non access stratum
  • the access network device may obtain the first parameter information locally, or may obtain the first parameter information from other devices. If the access network device obtains the first parameter information locally, the first parameter information may be pre-configured locally, for example, the first parameter information is specified in the protocol, or the first parameter information may be the access network device Acquired from other devices in advance and stored locally. For example, the first parameter information may be acquired by the access network device in advance from the core network device and stored locally. If the access network device obtains the first parameter information from other devices, the access network device may receive the first parameter information from the core network device.
  • the first parameter information may be a message, or may be a cell or a field included in the message, which is not limited.
  • the first parameter information may be carried in an initial context setup request (initial context setup request) message; or, the first parameter information may be carried in an RRC-inactive state in the initial context setup request message for core network assistance information (core network assistance information for RRC inactive).
  • the access network device may send a paging message to the terminal according to the first parameter information.
  • the terminal may receive the paging message from the access network device according to the first parameter information. It can be understood that, before the terminal receives the paging message from the access network device according to the first parameter information, it can obtain the first parameter information.
  • the terminal may obtain the first parameter information locally, or may obtain the first parameter information from other devices. If the terminal obtains the first parameter information locally, the first parameter information may be pre-configured locally, for example, the first parameter information is specified in the protocol, or the first parameter information may be obtained by the terminal from other devices in advance, and stored locally.
  • the first parameter information may be acquired by the terminal from the core network device in advance and stored locally. If the terminal acquires the first parameter information from other devices, the terminal may receive the first parameter information from the core network device.
  • the first parameter information may be a message, or may be a cell or a field included in the message, which is not limited. As an example, the first parameter information may be carried in a NAS message.
  • sending the paging message to the terminal by the access network device according to the first parameter information includes: the access network device determines the first time domain position according to the first parameter information, and sends the paging message to the terminal at the first time domain position .
  • the first time domain location may include the location of at least one paging time unit.
  • the paging time unit may include PTW or PO. If the paging time unit includes PTW, the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information includes multiple POs; if the paging time unit includes PO, the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information includes one PO.
  • the terminal receiving the paging message from the access network device according to the first parameter information includes: the terminal determining the first time domain position according to the first parameter information, and receiving the paging message from the access network device at the first time domain position. call message. It can be understood that when the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal, or when the terminal receives a paging message from the access network device, the terminal may be in the RRC-inactive state.
  • the process in which the terminal determines the first time domain position according to the first parameter information is similar to the process in which the access network device determines the first time domain position according to the first parameter information. In the following, the access network device determines the first time domain position according to the first parameter information.
  • the domain location is used as an example.
  • the access network device sending a paging message to the terminal at the first time domain position can be understood as the access network device at the position of at least one PTW, according to the DRX Periodically send paging messages to the terminal.
  • the access network device determines the first time domain location according to the first parameter information, which may be performed when the terminal is in the RRC-connected state, or may be performed when the terminal is in the RRC-inactive state.
  • the access network device determines that the RRC connection between the access network device and the terminal will be released, the first time domain location is determined according to the first parameter information; A parameter information determines the first time domain location; or, after the access network device sends an RRC release message to the terminal, the first time domain location is determined according to the first parameter information.
  • the RRC release message can be used to release the terminal to the RRC-inactive state.
  • the access network device may determine the location of at least one PO according to the above method for determining the location of the PO. Subsequently, the access network device may send a paging message to the terminal at the location of at least one PO.
  • the access network device may determine the location of at least one PTW according to the above method for determining the location of the PTW. Subsequently, the access network device may send a paging message to the terminal at the location of at least one PTW.
  • the access network device can determine the PTW according to the DRX cycle and the number of DRX cycles included in the PTW. (for example, the length of the PTW is the product of the DRX cycle and the number of DRX cycles included in the PTW), and then determine the position of at least one PTW according to the above method for determining the position of the PTW. Subsequently, the access network device may send a paging message to the terminal at the location of at least one PTW.
  • the access network device sends the second parameter information to the terminal and the core network device.
  • the terminal and the core network device receive the second parameter information from the access network device.
  • the second parameter information may be used to indicate the changed eDRX parameters.
  • the changed eDRX parameters can be used after S402, and the core network device or the access network device uses the eDRX mode to send the paging message; or, the changed eDRX parameters can be used after S402, and the terminal uses the eDRX mode to receive the paging message; or , the changed eDRX parameters can be used in RRC-inactive state, the core network equipment or access network equipment uses eDRX mode to send paging messages; or, the changed eDRX parameters can be used in RRC-inactive state, the terminal uses eDRX mode to receive paging messages.
  • the second parameter information may replace the eDRX parameter information described as configured by the access network device, the modified common eDRX parameter information, the modified common eDRX parameter information, etc., without limitation.
  • the second parameter information may be a message, or may be a cell or a field contained in the message, which is not limited.
  • the second parameter information when the second parameter information is sent to the terminal, it may be carried in an RRC release message or an RRC connection reconfiguration (RRCReconfiguration) message.
  • the second parameter information when the second parameter information is sent to the core network device, it may be carried in the RRC deactivation transition report.
  • the second parameter information may also be sent by the access network device to the terminal through the core network device.
  • the access network device may send the second parameter information to the core network device through the RRC inactivity transition report.
  • the core network device After receiving the second parameter information, the core network device sends the second parameter information to the terminal through a NAS message.
  • the second parameter information includes the eDRX cycle.
  • the second parameter information further includes the length of the PTW; or, the second parameter information further includes the number of DRX cycles included in the PTW. It can be understood that if the second parameter information includes the eDRX cycle, it may indicate that one PO is included in the eDRX cycle. If the second parameter information includes the eDRX cycle and the length of the PTW, or the second parameter information includes the eDRX cycle and the number of DRX cycles included in the PTW, it may indicate that the eDRX cycle includes multiple POs or PTWs.
  • the eDRX parameter indicated by the second parameter information is different from the eDRX parameter indicated by the first parameter information.
  • the difference between the eDRX parameters indicated by the second parameter information and the eDRX parameters indicated by the first parameter information can be understood as: the eDRX parameters indicated by the second parameter information are totally different or partially different from the eDRX parameters indicated by the first parameter information.
  • the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is different from the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information; or, the length of the eDRX cycle and PTW included in the second parameter information is different from the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information and the length of the PTW;
  • the length of the PTW included in the second parameter information is different from the length of the PTW included in the first parameter information; or, the number of DRX cycles included in the second parameter information is different from the number of DRX cycles included in the first parameter information; or,
  • the eDRX cycle and the number of DRX cycles included in the second parameter information are different from the eDRX cycle and the number of DRX cycles included in the first parameter information.
  • the access network device when the access network device determines that the terminal enters the RRC-inactive state, it sends the second parameter information to the terminal and the core network device. For example, before the access network device sends the RRC release message to the terminal, or when the access network device sends the RRC release message to the terminal, or after the access network device sends the RRC release message to the terminal, it sends the first RRC release message to the terminal and the core network device. Two parameter information. Wherein, the RRC release message is used to release the RRC connection between the terminal and the access network equipment, so that the terminal transitions to the RRC-inactive state.
  • the access network device determines whether to send the second parameter information to the terminal and the core network device according to the terminal capability information and/or the first condition information. If the access network device wants to determine whether to send the second parameter information to the terminal and the core network device according to the capability information of the terminal, before S402, the access network device may send a terminal capability enquiry (UE capability enquiry) message to the terminal to request Terminal capability information, and receive terminal capability information (UE capability info) from the terminal.
  • the terminal capability information may indicate at least one of the following information: whether the terminal supports eDRX, whether the terminal supports the RRC-inactive state, and whether the terminal supports eDRX in the RRC-inactive state.
  • the first condition information may indicate whether the first parameter information is suitable for the access network device to send a paging message to the terminal. For example, the first condition information may indicate whether the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is greater than or equal to the first time length.
  • the access network device determining whether to send the second parameter information to the terminal and the core network device according to the terminal capability information as an example, if the terminal capability information indicates that the terminal does not support eDRX, or the terminal capability information indicates that the terminal does not support RRC- inactive state, or the terminal capability information indicates that the terminal does not support eDRX and does not support the RRC-inactive state, or, the terminal capability information indicates that the terminal does not support eDRX in the RRC-inactive state, then the access network device does not report to the terminal and the core network The device sends the second parameter information, that is, S402 is not performed in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the access network device sends the second parameter information to the terminal and the core network device.
  • the access network device determining whether to send the second parameter information to the terminal and the core network device according to the first condition information as an example, if the first condition information indicates that the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is greater than or equal to the first time length, it means that the time delay for the access network device to send the paging message to the terminal according to the first parameter information is relatively large. In this case, the access network device sends the second parameter information to the terminal and the core network device, and the time delay for the access network device to send the paging message to the terminal according to the second parameter information is shorter than that for sending the paging message to the terminal according to the first parameter information Delay for paging messages.
  • the access network device does not send the second parameter information to the terminal and the core network device, that is, the embodiment of the present application does not perform S402.
  • the access network device determining whether to send the second parameter information to the terminal and the core network device according to the terminal capability information and the first condition information as an example, if the terminal capability information indicates that the terminal does not support eDRX, or the terminal capability information indicates The terminal does not support the RRC-inactive state, or the terminal capability information indicates that the terminal does not support eDRX and does not support the RRC-inactive state, or the terminal capability information indicates that the terminal does not support eDRX in the RRC-inactive state, or, the first condition information Indicates that the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is less than the first time length, the access network device does not send the second parameter information to the terminal and the core network device, that is, S402 is not performed in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the access network device sends the second parameter information to the terminal and the core network device.
  • the access network device does not send the second parameter information to the terminal and the core network device, in the case of the terminal RRC-inactive state, the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal according to the first parameter information.
  • the terminal receives the paging message from the access network device according to the first parameter information.
  • the core network device sends a paging message to the terminal according to the first parameter information.
  • the terminal receives the paging message from the core network device according to the first parameter information.
  • the access network device sends the second parameter information to the terminal and the core network device
  • the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal according to the second parameter information.
  • the terminal receives the paging message from the access network device according to the second parameter information.
  • the core network device sends a paging message to the terminal according to the second parameter information.
  • the terminal receives the paging message from the core network device according to the second parameter information.
  • the terminal being in the RRC-idle state may mean that the terminal is released from the RRC-connected state to the RRC-inactive state, and then is re-entered.
  • the core network device may also send a paging message to the terminal. For example, if the terminal is in the RRC-inactive state, but the core network device considers that the terminal is in the RRC-idle state (ie, when a missmatch occurs), the core network device may also send a paging message to the terminal. It can be understood that, if the access network device does not send the second parameter information to the terminal and the core network device, and the terminal enters the RRC-inactive state, and the core network device has a missmatch, the core network device sends the information to the terminal according to the first parameter information.
  • the access network device sends the second parameter information to the terminal and the core network device, and when the terminal enters the RRC-inactive state, if a missmatch occurs on the core network device, the core network device sends the information to the terminal according to the second parameter information.
  • the terminal sends a paging message.
  • the access network device and the core network device may send a paging message to the terminal according to the first parameter information.
  • the access network device and the core network device may send a paging message to the terminal according to the second parameter information.
  • the first parameter information is configured by the core network, and is more suitable for the core network device to send a paging message to the terminal, which can reduce the power consumption of the terminal.
  • the second parameter information is configured by the access network device and is more suitable for the access network device to send a paging message to the terminal, which can reduce the long delay for the terminal to receive the paging message from the access network device and improve user experience.
  • the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal according to the second parameter information, which can reduce the long delay for the terminal to receive the paging message from the access network device, and improve the user experience. experience.
  • the core network device sends a paging message to the terminal according to the second parameter information, which will increase the power consumption of the terminal.
  • the core network device may reconfigure the eDRX parameters. For example, the core network device may send the reconfigured parameter information to the terminal and the access network device.
  • the access network device may send the second parameter information to the terminal and the core network device at the same time, and the access network device may also send the second parameter information to the terminal and the core network device at different times, without limitation.
  • the terminal can use the same eDRX parameters to receive the paging messages of the core network device and the access network device, which is easy to implement and has high feasibility.
  • the access network device can change the eDRX parameters as needed, thereby reducing the delay for the terminal to receive the paging message of the access network device, and improving the user experience.
  • the actions of the access network equipment or the core network equipment or the terminal in the above S401-S402 can be executed by the processor 301 in the communication apparatus 30 shown in FIG. 3 calling the application code stored in the memory 303, and this application implements The example does not impose any restrictions on this.
  • the second parameter information is configured by the access network device.
  • the second parameter information may also be configured by the core network device.
  • another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application includes S501-S502.
  • the access network device sends auxiliary information to the core network device.
  • the core network device receives auxiliary information from the access network device.
  • the auxiliary information may be used to assist the core network device to configure eDRX parameters.
  • the auxiliary information may be a message, or a cell or a field contained in the message, which is not limited.
  • the assistance information may be carried in a terminal context suspend request (UE context suspend request) message or a terminal capability information indication (UE capability info indication) message.
  • the auxiliary information may have the following three cases: Case 1, the auxiliary information may include the eDRX cycle expected by the access network device. Optionally, the auxiliary information further includes the length of the PTW expected by the access network device; or, the auxiliary information further includes the number of DRX cycles included in the PTW expected by the access network device. Case 2, the assistance information may indicate the range of eDRX parameters expected by the access network device. Exemplarily, the assistance information indicates the range of the eDRX cycle expected by the access network device, for example, indicates 2.56s-10.24s. Alternatively, the assistance information indicates the range of the eDRX cycle expected by the access network device and the range of the length of the PTW.
  • the assistance information indicates a range of eDRX cycles expected by the access network device and a range of the number of DRX cycles included in the PTW.
  • the auxiliary information may include multiple sets or groups of eDRX parameters, and each set or group of eDRX parameters may be as shown in case 1.
  • the auxiliary information includes eDRX parameter 1 and eDRX parameter 2.
  • the eDRX parameter 1 includes an eDRX cycle 1 expected by the access network device
  • the eDRX parameter 2 includes an eDRX cycle 2 expected by the access network device and a PTW length 1 expected by the access network device.
  • the auxiliary information may be used to instruct the core network device to configure eDRX parameters.
  • the auxiliary information may indicate parameters related to terminal services, such as time delay requirements.
  • the core network device may configure eDRX parameters according to the auxiliary information.
  • the access network device when it determines that the terminal is about to enter the RRC-inactive state, it sends auxiliary information to the core network device. For example, before sending the RRC release message to the terminal, the access network device sends auxiliary information to the core network device. Wherein, the RRC release message is used to release the RRC connection between the terminal and the access network equipment, so that the terminal transitions to the RRC-inactive state. For another example, the access network device sends auxiliary information to the core network device after receiving the request message from the terminal for requesting to release to the RRC-inactive state.
  • the access network device determines whether to send auxiliary information to the core network device according to the terminal capability information. If the access network device wants to determine whether to send auxiliary information to the core network device according to the capability information of the terminal, before S501, the access network device may receive the terminal capability information from the terminal.
  • the terminal capability information For the introduction of the terminal capability information, reference may be made to the description in S402 above.
  • the access network device determines whether to send auxiliary information to the core network device according to the terminal capability information as an example, if the terminal capability information indicates that the terminal does not support eDRX, or the terminal capability information indicates that the terminal does not support the RRC-inactive state, or , the terminal capability information indicates that the terminal does not support eDRX and does not support the RRC-inactive state, or the terminal capability information indicates that the terminal does not support eDRX in the RRC-inactive state, the access network device does not send auxiliary information to the core network device. If the terminal capability information indicates that the terminal supports eDRX and supports the RRC-inactive state, or the terminal capability information indicates that the terminal supports eDRX in the RRC-inactive state, the access network device sends auxiliary information to the core network device.
  • the access network device acquires the first parameter information before S501. In this way, the access network device can determine whether to send auxiliary information to the core network device according to the first condition information.
  • the access network device for the process of acquiring the first parameter information by the access network device, reference may be made to the corresponding description in the foregoing S401, and for the introduction of the first condition information, reference may be made to the foregoing description in S402.
  • the access network device determining whether to send auxiliary information to the core network device according to the first condition information as an example, if the first condition information indicates that the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is greater than or equal to the first time length, it means that The time delay for the access network device to send the paging message to the terminal according to the first parameter information is relatively large. In this case, the access network equipment sends auxiliary information to the core network equipment. If the first condition information indicates that the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is less than the first time length, it indicates that the time delay for the access network device to send the paging message to the terminal according to the first parameter information is small. In this case, the access network device does not send auxiliary information to the core network device.
  • the access network device may also determine whether to send auxiliary information to the core network device according to the terminal capability information and the first condition information. Exemplarily, if the terminal capability information indicates that the terminal does not support eDRX, or the terminal capability information indicates that the terminal does not support the RRC-inactive state, or the terminal capability information indicates that the terminal does not support eDRX and does not support the RRC-inactive state, or, the terminal If the capability information indicates that the terminal does not support eDRX in the RRC-inactive state, or the first condition information indicates that the eDRX period included in the first parameter information is less than the first time length, the access network device does not send auxiliary information to the core network device.
  • the access network device sends auxiliary information to the core network device.
  • the access network device does not send auxiliary information to the core network device, in the case that the terminal is in the RRC-idle state or the RRC-inactive state, the access network device or the core network device sends the information to the terminal according to the first parameter information. Send a paging message.
  • the terminal receives the paging message from the access network device or the core network device according to the first parameter information. If the access network device sends the auxiliary information to the core network device, when the terminal is in the RRC-idle state or the RRC-inactive state, the access network device or the core network device sends a search request to the terminal according to the first indication information in S502. call message.
  • the terminal receives the paging message from the access network device according to the first indication information.
  • the process for the access network device or the core network device to send the paging message to the terminal according to the first parameter information, and the process for the access network device or the core network device to send the paging message to the terminal according to the first indication information may refer to the above
  • the introduction of the access network device sending the paging message to the terminal according to the first parameter information in S401 will not be repeated here.
  • S502 The core network device sends first indication information to the access network device and the terminal.
  • the terminal and the access network device receive the first indication information from the core network device.
  • the first indication information may be used to indicate the first eDRX parameter.
  • the first eDRX parameter can be used after S502, and the core network device or the access network device uses the eDRX mode to send the paging message; or, the first eDRX parameter can be used after S502, and the terminal uses the eDRX mode to receive the paging message;
  • An eDRX parameter can be used in the RRC-inactive state, and the core network device or the access network device uses the eDRX mode to send paging messages; or, the first eDRX parameter can be used in the RRC-inactive state, and the terminal uses the eDRX mode to receive paging messages information.
  • the first eDRX parameter and the eDRX parameter indicated by the auxiliary information may be the same or different. It should be understood that if the first eDRX parameter and the eDRX parameter indicated by the auxiliary information are the same, S502 may not be performed.
  • the access network device does not receive the first indication information sent by the core network device within a period of time, for example, within 5 milliseconds, and may use the eDRX parameter indicated by the auxiliary information as the first eDRX parameter, and send the auxiliary information to the terminal. information or the first eDRX parameter.
  • the core network device or the access network device may send a paging message to the terminal according to the auxiliary information.
  • the first eDRX parameter may be included in the range of the eDRX parameter indicated by the auxiliary information, or may not be included in the range.
  • the first indication information may include the eDRX cycle.
  • the first indication information further includes the length of the PTW; or, the first indication information further includes the number of DRX cycles included in the PTW.
  • the first eDRX parameter may be one set or one set of parameters among multiple sets or sets of eDRX parameters included in the auxiliary information, or may not be. If the first eDRX parameter is one set or a set of parameters among multiple sets or sets of eDRX parameters included in the auxiliary information, the first indication information may include an identifier corresponding to the set or set of parameters, or the first indication information Included content can be as described above for Case 2.
  • the first eDRX parameter may be determined according to a parameter related to the terminal service, such as a time delay requirement. The content included in the first indication information may be as described above for Case 2.
  • the core network device may directly send the first indication information to the terminal, or may send the first indication information to the terminal through the access network device.
  • the first indication information may be carried in a NAS (eg, registration accept) message.
  • the auxiliary information is carried in the terminal context suspend request
  • the first indication information sent by the core network device to the access network device may be carried in the terminal context suspend response (UE context suspend response).
  • the core network device sends the first indication information to the terminal through the access network device
  • the first indication information sent by the core network device to the access network device may be carried in the terminal
  • the first indication information sent by the access network device to the terminal may be carried in the RRC release message.
  • the core network device may send the first indication information to the terminal and the access network device at the same time, or may send the first indication information to the terminal and the access network device at different times respectively. Sending the first indication information is not limited.
  • the core network device uses the first eDRX parameter to send a paging message to the terminal.
  • the terminal uses the first eDRX parameter to receive the paging message from the core network device.
  • the access network device uses the first eDRX parameter to send a paging message to the terminal.
  • the terminal uses the first eDRX parameter to receive the paging message from the access network device.
  • the core network device may reconfigure eDRX parameters. For example, the core network device may send the reconfigured parameter information to the terminal and the access network device.
  • the terminal can receive the paging messages of the access network device and the core network device according to the same eDRX parameters, which is easy to implement and has high feasibility.
  • the access network device can send auxiliary information to the core network device as needed to trigger the core network device to configure appropriate eDRX parameters, so that the delay of the terminal receiving the paging message of the access network device is reduced and the user experience is improved.
  • the actions of the access network device or core network device or terminal in the above S501-S503 can be executed by the processor 301 in the communication device 30 shown in FIG. 3 calling the application code stored in the memory 303, and the present application implements The example does not impose any restrictions on this.
  • the terminal may receive the paging messages of the core network device and the access network device according to the same eDRX parameters.
  • the interval at which the core network device sends the paging message is usually longer than the interval at which the access network device sends the paging message. Therefore, if the terminal receives the paging message of the access network device according to the eDRX parameters configured by the core network device, it will cause a long delay and poor user experience. If the terminal receives the paging message from the core network device according to the eDRX parameters configured by the access network device, the power consumption of the terminal will be large and the battery life will be shortened.
  • either the access network device or the core network device needs to configure the eDRX parameters multiple times. For example, when the access network device determines that the terminal will enter the RRC-inactive state, configure the eDRX suitable for the access network device. If the core network device determines that the terminal will enter the RRC-idle state, it configures eDRX parameters suitable for the core network device, and the signaling overhead is relatively large. Either after S402 or S503, the terminal receives the paging message of the core network device according to the eDRX parameters applicable to the access network device, resulting in increased power consumption of the terminal.
  • the terminal may use different eDRX parameters to receive the paging messages of the core network device and the access network device respectively.
  • the core network device and the access network device may be configured with eDRX parameters respectively.
  • the eDRX parameters configured by the core network device can be used by the terminal to receive paging messages from the core network device in the RRC-idle state or in the RRC-inactive state
  • the eDRX parameters configured by the access network device can be used by the terminal in the RRC-inactive state to receive paging messages
  • the paging message of the access network device and if in the first time unit, both the paging time unit of the core network device and the paging time unit of the access network device exist, the terminal can be in one of the paging time units Receive a paging message from a core network device and/or receive a paging message from an access network device.
  • the terminal receives the paging message of the core network device in the paging time unit of the core network device . If within the first time unit, there is a paging time unit of the access network device and no paging time unit of the core network device, the terminal receives the paging time unit of the access network device in the paging time unit of the access network device call message. In this way, the terminal can receive the paging messages of the access network equipment and the core network equipment according to the appropriate eDRX parameters, which can not only reduce the delay, improve the user experience, but also reduce the power consumption of the terminal.
  • the communication method includes: S601-S603.
  • S601 The terminal acquires first parameter information and second parameter information, determines a first time domain position according to the first parameter information, and determines a second time domain position according to the second parameter information.
  • the terminal may be any terminal in the communication system 20 shown in FIG. 2A , for example, the terminal 203 , the terminal 204 or the terminal 205 .
  • the first parameter information may be used to indicate the first eDRX parameter.
  • the first eDRX parameter may be used by the core network device to send the paging message in the eDRX mode, or the first eDRX parameter may be used by the terminal to receive the paging message of the core network device in the eDRX mode.
  • the first parameter information may be used to indicate the second eDRX parameter.
  • the second eDRX parameter may be used for the access network device to send the paging message in the eDRX mode, or the second eDRX parameter may be used for the terminal to receive the paging message of the access network device in the eDRX mode.
  • the first parameter information can also replace the eDRX parameter information described as the RRC-idle state, the eDRX parameter information configured by the core network device, etc., and the second parameter information can also replace the eDRX parameter information described as the RRC-inactive state, the access network device.
  • the configured eDRX parameter information, etc. is not limited.
  • the access network device may be an access network device in the communication system 20 that is communicatively connected to the terminal. For example, if the terminal is the terminal 203 or the terminal 204 in the communication system 20, the access network device is the access network device 202 in the communication system 20; if the terminal is the terminal 205 in the communication system 20, the access network device is Access network equipment 202 in the communication system 20 .
  • the core network device may be a core network device in the communication system 20 that is communicatively connected to the access network device, for example, the core network device 206 .
  • the first parameter information includes the eDRX cycle.
  • the first parameter information further includes the length of the PTW; or, the first parameter information further includes the number of DRX cycles included in the PTW.
  • the second parameter information includes the eDRX cycle.
  • the second parameter information further includes the length of the PTW; or, the second parameter information further includes the number of DRX cycles included in the PTW.
  • the DRX cycle may be the default DRX cycle; or the DRX cycle may be the UE-specific DRX cycle; or the DRX cycle may be the RAN DRX cycle; or the DRX cycle may be the minimum of the default DRX cycle and the UE-specific DRX cycle or The maximum value; alternatively, the DRX cycle may be the minimum or maximum value among the default DRX cycle and the RAN DRX cycle; alternatively, the DRX cycle may be the minimum or maximum value among the default DRX cycle, the UE specific DRX cycle, and the RAN DRX cycle. For example, as shown in FIG.
  • the DRX cycle can be It is the default DRX cycle, or UE specific DRX cycle, or RAN DRX cycle, or the minimum or maximum value among default DRX cycle, UE specific DRX cycle and RAN DRX cycle.
  • the DRX cycle can be the default DRX cycle, or the UE specific DRX cycle, or The minimum or maximum value between the default DRX cycle and the UE specific DRX cycle. If within the first time unit, there is a paging unit of the access network device (for example, PTW 704) and no paging unit of the core network device, the DRX cycle can be the default DRX cycle, or the RAN DRX cycle, or the default DRX cycle Minimum or maximum value in DRX cycle and RAN DRX cycle.
  • a paging unit for example, PTW 702
  • the DRX cycle can be the default DRX cycle, or the UE specific DRX cycle, or The minimum or maximum value between the default DRX cycle and the UE specific DRX cycle.
  • the first time unit is a logic unit in the time domain. This embodiment of the present application does not limit the length of the first time unit.
  • the first time unit may include one or more subframes, or one or more system frames, or one or more superframes, or the like.
  • the first time unit may also include any length of time, for example, the first time unit may include 8s, 15s, etc., which is not limited.
  • the paging time unit may include PTW or PO.
  • the introduction of the default DRX cycle, the UE specific DRX cycle and the RAN DRX cycle, and the introduction of the terminal acquiring the first parameter information may refer to the corresponding description in the above S401, and will not be repeated.
  • the terminal may obtain the second parameter information locally, or may obtain the second parameter information from other devices.
  • the second parameter information may be pre-configured locally, for example, the second parameter information is specified in the protocol, or the second parameter information may be obtained by the terminal from other devices in advance, and stored locally.
  • the second parameter information may be acquired by the terminal from the access network device in advance and stored locally.
  • the terminal may receive the second parameter information from the access network device.
  • the second parameter information may be a message, or may be a cell or a field contained in the message, which is not limited.
  • the second parameter information may be carried in the RRC release message.
  • the first time domain location includes the location of at least one paging time unit.
  • the first time domain position includes the position of PTW 701 and the position of PTW 702. If the paging time unit includes at least one PTW, the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information includes multiple POs; if the paging time unit includes at least one PO, the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information includes one PO .
  • the second time domain location includes the location of at least one paging time unit.
  • the second time domain position includes the position of PTW 703 , the positions of PTW 704 and PTW 705 . If the paging time unit includes at least one PTW, the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information includes multiple POs; if the paging time unit includes at least one PO, the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information includes one PO .
  • first time domain position and the second time domain position are not exactly the same. That is, the positions of all PTWs or the positions of all POs included in the first time-domain position do not completely overlap in the time domain with the positions of all PTWs or all POs included in the second time-domain position.
  • first time domain location for the process of the terminal determining the first time-domain location according to the first parameter information.
  • the process for the terminal to determine the second time domain position according to the second parameter information is similar to the process for the terminal to determine the first time domain position according to the first parameter information. Reference may also be made to the corresponding description in S401 above, which will not be repeated here.
  • the access network device acquires first parameter information, and determines the first time domain location according to the first parameter information.
  • this embodiment of the present application does not limit the execution order of S601 and S602. That is, in this embodiment of the present application, S601 may be performed first and then S602 may be performed, or S602 may be performed first and then S601 may be performed.
  • the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal according to whether the core network device has a paging time unit.
  • the terminal receives a paging message from the access network device according to whether the core network device has a paging time unit. paging message.
  • the first access network device has a paging time unit.
  • the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal in the paging time unit that exists in the access network device, Or, in the first time unit, the core network device sends a paging message to the terminal in the paging time unit that exists; or, if in the first time unit, the core network device does not have a paging time unit, then in the first time unit In the time unit, a paging message is sent to the terminal in the paging time unit where the first access network device exists.
  • the following four cases are used as examples to introduce.
  • the first time domain location includes the location of the first PTW, for example, the location of the first PTW may be the location of the PTW 701 or the location of the PTW 702 in FIG. 7A .
  • the second time domain location includes the location of the second PTW.
  • the location of the second PTW may be the location of the PTW 703, the location of the PTW 704, or the location of the PTW 705 in FIG. 7A.
  • the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal at the location of the first PTW.
  • the terminal can be woken up in one paging time unit within the first time unit to receive the access network device and the terminal. The paging message of the core network device, thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal.
  • the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal at the location of the second PTW . If the first PTW is located in the first time unit, and the access network device does not have a paging time unit within the first time unit, then within the first time unit, the core network device sends a paging message to the terminal at the location of the first PTW .
  • the access network device and the core network device may also send a search request to the terminal at the location of the second PTW. call message.
  • the core network device may acquire the second parameter information, and determine the second time domain location according to the second parameter information.
  • the core network device sends a paging message to the terminal according to whether the core network device has a paging time unit.
  • the terminal receives a paging message from the core network device according to whether the core network device has a paging time unit. call message.
  • the core network device may obtain the second parameter information locally, or may obtain the second parameter information from other devices.
  • the second parameter information may be pre-configured locally, for example, the second parameter information is specified in the protocol, or the second parameter information may be obtained from the core network device in advance from Other devices get it and store it locally.
  • the second parameter information may be acquired by the core network device from the access network device in advance and stored locally.
  • the core network device may receive the second parameter information from the access network device.
  • the second parameter information may be a message, or may be a cell or a field contained in the message, which is not limited.
  • the second parameter information may be carried in the N2 message.
  • the process for the core network device to determine the second time domain position according to the second parameter information is similar to the process for the terminal to determine the first time domain position according to the first parameter information. Reference may be made to the corresponding description in S401 above, which will not be repeated here.
  • the core network device may send a paging message to the terminal according to the first condition, and correspondingly, the terminal receives the paging message from the core network device according to the first condition.
  • the access network equipment and the core network equipment can communicate with the terminal at the position of the PTW 701.
  • the access network equipment and the core network equipment can also send a paging message to the terminal at the location of the PTW 703 .
  • the core network device can send a paging message to the terminal at the location of the PTW 702, and the access network device can be located at the location of the PTW 704 Send a paging message to the terminal.
  • the first time domain location includes the location of the first PTW, for example, the location of the first PTW may be the location of the PTW 706 or the location of the PTW 707 in FIG. 7B .
  • the second time domain location includes the location of the first PO.
  • the location of the first PO may be the location of PO 708, the location of PO 709, or the location of PO 710 in FIG. 7B.
  • the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal at the location of the first PTW within the first time unit.
  • the terminal can be woken up in one paging time unit within the first time unit to receive the access network device and the terminal. The paging message of the core network device, thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal.
  • the access network device sends paging to the terminal at the location of the first PO information. If the location of the first PTW is located in the first time unit, and the access network device does not have a paging time unit within the first time unit, then within the first time unit, the core network device sends paging to the terminal at the location of the first PTW information.
  • the access network equipment and the core network equipment can communicate with the terminal at the position of the PTW 706.
  • the core network device may send a paging message to the terminal at the location of the PTW 707
  • the access network device may be at the location of the PO 709 Send a paging message to the terminal.
  • the first time domain position includes the position of the first PO, for example, the position of the first PO may be the position of PO 711 or the position of PO 712 in FIG. 7C .
  • the second time domain location includes the location of the first PTW.
  • the location of the first PTW may be the location of the PTW 713, the location of the PTW 714, or the location of the PTW 715 in FIG. 7C.
  • the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal at the location of the first PTW
  • the core network device also sends a paging message to the terminal at the location of the first PTW.
  • both the access network device and the core network device send the paging message at the location of the first PTW. Therefore, the terminal can be woken up in one paging time unit within the first time unit to receive paging messages from the access network device and the core network device, thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal.
  • the core network device sends paging to the terminal at the location of the first PO information. If the location of the first PTW is located in the first time unit, and the core network device does not have a paging time unit in the first time unit, then within the first time unit, the access network device sends paging to the terminal at the location of the first PTW information.
  • the core network device may acquire the second parameter information, and determine the second time domain position according to the second parameter information.
  • the access network equipment and the core network equipment can communicate with the terminal at the position of the PTW 713.
  • the core network device can send a paging message to the terminal at the location of PO 712, and the access network device can be located at the location of PTW 714 Send a paging message to the terminal.
  • the first time domain position includes the position of the first PO, for example, the position of the first PO may be the position of PO 716 or the position of PO 717 in FIG. 7D .
  • the second time domain position includes the position of the second PO, for example, the position of the second PO may be the position of the PO 718, the position of the PO 719 or the position of the PO 720 in FIG. 7D.
  • the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal at the location of the first PO within the first time unit.
  • the core network device also sends a paging message to the terminal at the location of the first PO, so the terminal can be woken up in one paging time unit within the first time unit to receive the access network device and the core paging messages of network devices, thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal.
  • the access network device sends paging to the terminal at the location of the second PO information. If the location of the first PO is located in the first time unit, and the access network device does not have a paging time unit within the first time unit, then within the first time unit, the core network device sends paging to the terminal at the location of the first PO information.
  • the access network device and the core network device may also send a search request to the terminal at the location of the second PO. call message.
  • the core network device may acquire the second parameter information, and determine the second time domain location according to the second parameter information.
  • the access network equipment and the core network equipment can communicate to the terminal at the position of PO 716. After sending the paging message, the access network equipment and the core network equipment can also send the paging message to the terminal at the location of PO 718. If the location of the first PO is the location of PO 717 and the location of the second PO is the location of PO 719, the core network device can send a paging message to the terminal at the location of PO 717, and the access network device can be located at the location of PO 719 Send a paging message to the terminal.
  • the access network device sends the second indication information to the terminal.
  • the second indication information may indicate whether the terminal receives a paging message from the access network device according to whether the core network device has a paging time unit within the first time unit, or the first indication information may indicate that at the first time In the unit, whether the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal according to whether the core network device has a paging time unit.
  • the first indication information may be carried in the RRC release message.
  • the first indication information includes 1 bit, and if the value of the first indication information is 0, the first indication information indicates that within the first time unit, the terminal does not receive information from the core network device according to whether there is a paging time unit or not.
  • the paging message of the access network device, or the first indication information indicates that within the first time unit, the access network device does not send a paging message to the terminal according to whether the core network device has a paging time unit.
  • the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal at the second time domain location, and the terminal receives the paging message from the access network device at the second time domain location.
  • the core network device sends a paging message to the terminal at the first time domain position, and the terminal receives the paging message from the core network device at the first time domain position. If the value of the first indication information is 1, the first indication information indicates that within the first time unit, the terminal receives a paging message from the access network device according to whether the core network device has a paging time unit, or the first indication The information indicates that within the first time unit, the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal according to whether the core network device has a paging time unit.
  • the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal according to whether the core network device has a paging time unit, and the terminal receives the paging message from the access network device according to whether the core network device has a paging time unit .
  • the core network device and the access network device may configure eDRX parameters respectively.
  • the eDRX parameters configured by the core network device can be used by the terminal to receive paging messages from the core network device
  • the eDRX parameters configured by the access network device can be used by the terminal to receive paging messages from the access network device, and if the first time unit If there are both the paging time unit of the core network device and the paging time unit of the access network device, the terminal can be woken up in one of the paging time units. In this way, the terminal can receive the paging messages of the access network equipment and the core network equipment according to the appropriate eDRX parameters, which can not only reduce the delay, improve the user experience, but also reduce the power consumption of the terminal.
  • the actions of the access network device or core network device or terminal in the above S601-S603 can be executed by the processor 301 in the communication apparatus 30 shown in FIG. 3 calling the application code stored in the memory 303, and the present application implements The example does not impose any restrictions on this.
  • the access network device may determine the second parameter information according to the first parameter information, so that the position of the partial paging time unit included in the second time domain location is the same as the partial paging time unit included in the first time domain location. are overlapped in the time domain.
  • the terminal can be woken up in one of the paging time units, so that the terminal can receive the access network equipment and the core network according to the appropriate eDRX parameters
  • the paging message of the device can not only reduce the delay, improve the user experience, but also reduce the power consumption of the terminal.
  • another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application includes S801-S802.
  • S801 The access network device and the terminal acquire first parameter information, and determine a first time domain location according to the first parameter information.
  • the access network device and the terminal may execute S801 at the same time, or may not execute S801 at the same time.
  • S802 The access network device and the terminal acquire second parameter information, and determine the second time domain location according to the second parameter information.
  • the second parameter information is obtained according to the first parameter information.
  • the access network device may determine the second parameter information according to the first parameter information, so that the position of the partial paging time unit included in the second time domain location is the same as the location of the partial paging time unit included in the first time domain location.
  • the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the access network device overlap in the time domain.
  • the first time unit may be a superframe.
  • the paging time unit may include PTW or PO.
  • the terminal can be woken up in one of the paging time units to reduce power consumption.
  • the second parameter information includes the eDRX cycle.
  • the second parameter information further includes the length of the PTW; or, the second parameter information further includes the number of DRX cycles included in the PTW.
  • the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is an even number
  • the identifier of the terminal is an even number.
  • the identification of the terminal may be UE_ID_H.
  • the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number.
  • the second parameter information determined by the access network device may make the starting position of the partial paging time unit included in the second time domain location be the same as the starting location of the partial paging time unit included in the first time domain location.
  • the starting position is the same.
  • the starting position of the paging time unit existing in the core network device is the same as the starting position of the paging time unit existing in the access network device.
  • the access network device after the access network device obtains the second parameter information, it can send it to the terminal, so that the terminal can receive the paging message according to the second time domain location and the first time domain location.
  • the access network device sends a paging message according to the first time domain location and the second time domain location.
  • a possible implementation manner is, in the first time unit, send a paging message to the terminal in the paging time unit where the first access network device exists, or send the paging message to the terminal in the paging time unit where the core network device exists. Send a paging message; or, outside the first time unit, send a paging message to the terminal in a paging time unit where the first access network device exists.
  • the following four cases are used as examples to introduce.
  • the first time domain location includes the location of the first PTW
  • the second time domain location includes the location of the second PTW.
  • the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal at the location of the first PTW.
  • the core network device also sends a paging message to the terminal at the location of the first PTW, so the terminal can be woken up in one paging time unit within the first time unit to receive the access network device and the core paging messages of network devices, thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal.
  • the core network device sends a paging message to the terminal at the location of the first PTW within the first time unit. If the location of the first PTW is not within the first time unit and the location of the second PTW is within the first time unit, the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal at the location of the second PTW within the first time unit.
  • the access network device and the core network device may also send a search request to the terminal at the location of the second PTW. call message.
  • the access network device also sends the second parameter information to the core network device.
  • the core network device may determine the second time domain position according to the second parameter information.
  • the core network device can also send a paging message to the terminal according to the first time domain location and the second time domain location.
  • the terminal can receive the paging message from the core network device according to the first time domain location and the second time domain location. call message.
  • the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is 4, the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is 2, and the starting positions of PTW 901 and PTW 903 are the same.
  • the starting position of PTW 902 is the same as that of PTW 905.
  • core network equipment and access network equipment can send paging messages to the terminal at the location of PTW 901, and the terminal receives paging messages from core network equipment and access network equipment at the location of PTW 901 .
  • the core network equipment and the access network equipment can also send paging messages to the terminal at the location of the PTW 903, in this case, the terminal receives the paging messages from the core network equipment and the access network equipment at the location of the PTW 903 .
  • the core network equipment and the access network equipment can send paging messages to the terminal at the location of the PTW 902, and the terminal receives the paging messages from the core network equipment and the access network equipment at the location of the PTW 902.
  • the core network equipment and the access network equipment can also send paging messages to the terminal at the location of the PTW 905, in this case, the terminal receives the paging messages from the core network equipment and the access network equipment at the location of the PTW 905 .
  • the access network device can send a paging message to the terminal at the location of the PTW 904, and the terminal receives the paging message from the access network device at the location of the PTW 904.
  • the core network equipment does not send a paging message to the terminal at the location of the PTW 904.
  • the core network device can also send the paging message at the location of PTW 901, and the access network device can also send the paging message at the time domain location overlapping with PTW 903 in PTW 901 paging message.
  • the terminal receives the paging message of the core network equipment at the position of the PTW 901, and receives the paging message of the access network equipment at the time domain position overlapping with the PTW 903 in the PTW 901.
  • the terminal receives the paging message of the access network device and the paging message of the core network device at the time domain position overlapping with the PTW 903 in the PTW 901, and in the PTW 901, the time domain position that does not overlap with the PTW 903 Receive paging messages from core network devices.
  • the situations of PTW 902 and PTW 905 are similar to those of PTW 901 and PTW 903, and will not be repeated here.
  • the first time domain location includes the location of the first PTW, and the second time domain location includes the location of the first PO.
  • the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal at the location of the first PTW .
  • the core network device also sends a paging message to the terminal at the location of the first PTW, so the terminal can be woken up in one paging time unit within the first time unit to receive the access network device and the core paging messages of network devices, thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal.
  • the access network device sends a paging time unit to the terminal at the location of the first PO. call message. If the location of the first PTW is within the first time unit and the access network device does not have a paging time unit within the first time unit, the core network device sends a paging time unit to the terminal at the location of the first PTW within the first time unit. call message.
  • the first time domain location includes the location of the first PO
  • the second time domain location includes the location of the first PTW.
  • the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal at the location of the first PTW
  • the core network device also sends a paging message to the terminal at the location of the first PTW.
  • both the access network device and the core network device send the paging message at the location of the first PTW. Therefore, the terminal can be woken up within one paging time unit in the first time unit to receive paging messages from the access network device and the core network device, thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal.
  • the access network device sends a paging time unit to the terminal at the location of the first PTW. call message. If the location of the first PO is within the first time unit, and the access network device does not have a paging time unit within the first time unit, then within the first time unit, the core network device sends a paging time unit to the terminal at the location of the first PO. call message.
  • the access network device may also send the second parameter information to the core network device. After receiving the second parameter information, the core network device may determine the second time domain position according to the second parameter information.
  • Case H The first time domain location includes the location of the first PO, and the second time domain location includes the location of the second PO.
  • the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal at the location of the first PO .
  • the core network device also sends a paging message to the terminal at the location of the first PO, so the terminal can be woken up in one paging time unit within the first time unit to receive the access network device and the core paging messages of network devices, thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal.
  • the core network device sends a paging message to the terminal at the location of the first PO. If the location of the second PO is within the first time unit, and the core network device in the first time unit does not have a paging time unit, the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal at the location of the second PO.
  • the access network device and the core network device may also send a search request to the terminal at the location of the second PO. call message.
  • the access network device may also send the second parameter information to the core network device.
  • the core network device may determine the second time domain position according to the second parameter information.
  • the access network device may determine the second parameter information according to the first parameter information, so that the position of the part of the paging time unit included in the second time domain location is the same as the part of the paging time unit included in the first time domain location.
  • the positions of the call time units overlap in the time domain. In this way, for the overlapping paging time units in the first time domain location and the second time domain location, the terminal can be woken up in one of the paging time units, so that the terminal can both receive access network equipment and
  • the paging message of the core network equipment can reduce the delay, improve the user experience, and reduce the power consumption of the terminal.
  • the actions of the access network equipment or the core network equipment or the terminal in the above S801-S802 may be executed by the processor 301 in the communication apparatus 30 shown in FIG. 3 calling the application code stored in the memory 303, and this application implements The example does not impose any restrictions on this.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method.
  • an access network device can send to another access network device that the terminal is within the coverage of the access network device and uses the eDRX mode to receive paging The eDRX parameters of the message, so that another access device can page the terminal according to the received eDRX parameters.
  • the communication method includes S1001-S1002.
  • the first access network device sends eDRX parameter information to the second access network device.
  • the second access network device receives eDRX parameter information from the first access network device.
  • the first access network device and the second access network device may be access network devices in the communication system 20 shown in FIG. 2A .
  • the first access network device is the access network device 201 in the communication system 20, and the second access network device is the access network device 202 in the communication system 20; or, the first access network device is the communication system 20
  • the access network device 202 in the second access network device is the access network device 201 in the communication system 20 .
  • the identifier of the second access device is included in a tracking area (tracking area, TA) list of the first access network device.
  • the TA list may indicate access network devices capable of receiving paging messages of the first access network device.
  • the first access network device is a device that is communicatively connected before the terminal enters the RRC-inactive state.
  • the terminal may be a terminal in the communication system 20 . If the first access network device is the access network device 201 in the communication system 20 , the terminal is the terminal 203 or the terminal 204 in the communication system 20 . If the first access network device is the access network device 202 in the communication system 20 , the terminal is the terminal 205 in the communication system 20 .
  • the parameter information of the eDRX is sent to the second access network device.
  • the eDRX parameter information includes different contents.
  • the parameter information of the eDRX includes the first a parameter information or a second parameter information.
  • the parameter information of the eDRX includes the first parameter information; if the terminal moves to the second access network device after S402 or S503 Within the coverage range, the parameter information of the eDRX includes the second parameter information.
  • the parameter information of eDRX also includes the RAN DRX cycle configured by the first access network device.
  • the parameter information of eDRX also includes UE specific DRX cycle.
  • the parameter information of the eDRX includes: first parameter information and second parameter information.
  • the parameter information of eDRX also includes the RAN DRX cycle configured by the first access network device.
  • the parameter information of eDRX also includes UE specific DRX cycle.
  • the parameter information of the eDRX may be a message, or may be an information element or a field contained in the message, which is not limited.
  • the parameter information of the eDRX may be carried in a paging message (RAN paging message) of the access network device. It can be understood that, in addition to the parameter information of the eDRX, the paging message may also include other information.
  • the paging message may further include at least one of the following: a UE Identity Index Value (UE Identity Index Value), a radio access network (radio access network, RAN) paging identity (UE RAN Paging Identity) of the UE, a paging DRX (Paging DRX), RAN Paging Area (RAN Paging Area), Paging Priority (Paging Priority), RAN Paging Assistance Data (Assistance Data for RAN Paging), UE Radio Capability for Paging .
  • UE Identity Index Value UE Identity Index Value
  • UE DRX paging DRX
  • RAN Paging Area RAN Paging Area
  • Paging Priority Paging Priority
  • RAN Paging Assistance Data Assistance Data for RAN Paging
  • UE Radio Capability for Paging UE Radio Capability for Paging .
  • the second access network device sends a paging message to the terminal according to the parameter information of the eDRX.
  • the terminal receives the paging message from the second access network device according to the parameter information of the eDRX.
  • the second access network device determines the first time domain location according to the first parameter information, and sends a paging message to the terminal at the first time domain location. If the parameter information of the eDRX includes the second parameter information, the second access network device determines the second time domain position according to the second parameter information, and sends a paging message to the terminal at the second time domain position. If the parameter information of the eDRX includes the first parameter information and the second parameter information, the second access network device sends a paging message to the terminal according to the method shown in FIG. 6 or FIG. 8 .
  • the method shown in FIG. 10 may also be combined with the method shown in FIG. 4 , the method shown in FIG. 5 , the method shown in FIG. 6 or the method shown in FIG. 8 .
  • the method shown in FIG. 10 may be executed after S402, or before S502, or after S602, or after S802, which is not limited.
  • the first access network device can send to the second access network device the eDRX parameters that the terminal receives the paging message in the eDRX mode within the coverage of the first access network device, so that the second access network device can receive the eDRX parameters of the paging message in the eDRX mode.
  • the incoming device can page the terminal according to the received eDRX parameters.
  • the actions of the first access network device or the second access network device or the terminal in the above S1001-S1002 can be performed by the processor 301 in the communication apparatus 30 shown in FIG. 3 calling the application code stored in the memory 303 to Implementation, this embodiment of the present application does not make any restrictions on this.
  • the access network device in the method shown in FIG. 4 , the method shown in FIG. 5 , the method shown in FIG. 6 , or the method shown in FIG. 8 may be a CU-DU separation architecture.
  • the CU can send the eDRX parameter of the paging message to the DU by the terminal using the eDRX mode, so that the DU can page the terminal according to the eDRX parameter.
  • another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application includes S1101-S1102.
  • S1101 The CU sends eDRX parameter information to the DU.
  • the DU receives eDRX parameter information from the CU.
  • the CU may be the CU 2011 in FIG. 2B
  • the DU may be the DU 2012 or DU 2013 in FIG. 2B .
  • the eDRX parameter information includes different contents.
  • the parameter information of the eDRX includes the first a parameter information or a second parameter information.
  • S1101 is executed before S402 or S503, and the parameter information of eDRX includes the first parameter information; S1101 is executed after S402 or S503, and the parameter information of eDRX includes the second parameter information.
  • the parameter information of eDRX also includes RAN DRX cycle and UE specific DRX cycle.
  • the parameter information of the eDRX includes: first parameter information and second parameter information.
  • the parameter information of eDRX also includes RAN DRX cycle and UE specific DRX cycle.
  • the parameter information of the eDRX may be a message, or may be an information element or a field contained in the message, which is not limited.
  • the parameter information of the eDRX may be carried in a paging message.
  • the paging message may also include other information.
  • the paging message may further include at least one of the following: UE Identity Index Value (UE Identity Index Value), Paging Identity (Paging Identity), Paging DRX (Paging DRX), Paging Priority (Paging Priority), Paging Cell List, Paging Origin.
  • UE Identity Index Value UE Identity Index Value
  • Paging Identity Paging Identity
  • Paging DRX Paging DRX
  • Paging Priority Paging Priority
  • Paging Cell List Paging Origin.
  • the DU sends a paging message to the terminal according to the parameter information of the eDRX.
  • the terminal receives the paging message from the DU according to the parameter information of the eDRX.
  • the DU determines the first time domain position according to the first parameter information, and sends a paging message to the terminal at the first time domain position. If the parameter information of the eDRX includes the second parameter information, the DU determines the second time domain position according to the second parameter information, and sends a paging message to the terminal at the second time domain position. If the parameter information of the eDRX includes the first parameter information and the second parameter information, the DU sends a paging message to the terminal according to the method shown in FIG. 6 or FIG. 8 .
  • the CU can send the eDRX parameter of the paging message to the DU using the eDRX mode, so that the DU can page the terminal according to the eDRX parameter.
  • the actions of the CU or DU or the terminal in the above S1101-S1102 may be executed by the processor 301 in the communication device 30 shown in FIG. 3 calling the application code stored in the memory 303, which is not performed in this embodiment of the present application any restrictions.
  • the above-mentioned access network equipment, terminal, or core network equipment includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function.
  • the unit and algorithm operations of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented in hardware or in the form of a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
  • the access network equipment, the terminal, or the core network equipment may be divided into functional modules according to the foregoing method examples.
  • each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated in in a processing module.
  • the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware, and can also be implemented in the form of software function modules. It should be noted that, the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division manners in actual implementation.
  • FIG. 12 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device.
  • the communication apparatus may include a processing module 1201 and a transceiver module 1202 .
  • the communication device may be an access network device or a chip or a system-on-a-chip in the access network device, or other combined devices, components, etc. that can realize the functions of the above-mentioned access network device. It can be used to execute the functions of the access network device involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 and the functions of the first access network device involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 .
  • the processing module 1201 may be a processor, such as a baseband chip, etc., and the transceiver module 1202 may be a transceiver, which may include an antenna, a radio frequency circuit, and the like.
  • the processing module 1201 may be a processor, and the transceiver module 1202 may be a radio frequency unit.
  • the processing module 1201 may be a processor of the chip system, for example, a CPU, and the transceiver module 1202 may be an input and output interface of the chip system.
  • the processing module 1201 is configured to acquire first parameter information, where the first parameter information is used to indicate extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameters, and the eDRX parameters are used for the communication device to send a paging message in an eDRX mode.
  • the processing module 1201 may be configured to execute S401.
  • the transceiver module 1202 is configured to send second parameter information to the core network equipment, where the second parameter information is used to indicate the changed eDRX parameters, and the changed eDRX parameters are used for the communication device to send the second parameter information, and then use the eDRX mode to send the search query. call message.
  • the transceiver module 1202 may be configured to perform S402.
  • the transceiver module 1202 is specifically configured to send the second parameter information to the core network device when it is determined that the terminal enters the radio resource control inactive RRC-inactive state.
  • the processing module 1201 is further configured to determine whether to send the second parameter information to the core network device according to the terminal capability information and/or the first condition information; wherein, the terminal capability information is used to indicate the following information: At least one item: whether the terminal supports eDRX, whether the terminal supports the RRC-inactive state, whether the terminal supports eDRX in the RRC-inactive state; the first condition information is used to indicate whether the eDRX period included in the first parameter information is greater than or equal to the first time length.
  • the second parameter information is carried in the RRC inactive transition report.
  • the processing module 1201 is specifically configured to receive the first parameter information from the core network device, the first parameter information is carried in the initial context establishment request message, or the core network auxiliary information carried in the RRC-inactive state middle.
  • the transceiver module 1202 is further configured to send the second parameter information to the terminal.
  • the transceiver module 1202 is configured to send the second parameter information to the terminal through an RRC release message or an RRC connection reconfiguration message.
  • the transceiver module 1202 is further configured to send parameter information of the first eDRX to the second access network device, where the parameter information of the first eDRX includes the first parameter information or the second parameter information.
  • the parameter information of the first eDRX further includes at least one of the DRX cycle of the access network device configured by the communication apparatus and the terminal-specific DRX cycle.
  • the transceiver module 1202 is further configured to send parameter information of the first eDRX to the access network device in the tracking area list of the communication device, and the identifier of the second access network device is included in the tracking area of the communication device List.
  • the parameter information of the first eDRX is carried in the paging message of the access network device.
  • the communication device may be a terminal or a chip or a system-on-a-chip in the terminal, or other combined devices, components, etc. that can realize the above-mentioned terminal functions, and the communication device may be used to execute the above shown in FIG. 4 .
  • the processing module 1201 may be a processor, such as a baseband chip, etc., and the transceiver module 1202 may be a transceiver, which may include an antenna, a radio frequency circuit, and the like.
  • the processing module 1201 may be a processor, and the transceiver module 1202 may be a radio frequency unit.
  • the processing module 1201 may be a processor of the chip system, for example, a CPU, and the transceiver module 1202 may be an input and output interface of the chip system.
  • the processing module 1201 is configured to acquire first parameter information, where the first parameter information is used to indicate an extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter, and the eDRX parameter is used for the communication device to receive a paging message in an eDRX mode.
  • the transceiver module 1202 is configured to receive second parameter information from the first access network device, where the second parameter information is used to indicate the changed eDRX parameters, and the changed eDRX parameters are used for the communication device after receiving the second parameter information, Paging messages are received in eDRX mode.
  • the transceiver module 1202 is further configured to receive the second parameter information from the first access network device when the RRC-inactive state is entered.
  • the second parameter information is carried in the RRC release message or the RRC connection reconfiguration message.
  • the processing module 1201 is specifically configured to receive first parameter information from a core network device, where the first parameter information is carried in a non-access stratum NAS message.
  • the communication device may be a terminal or a chip or a system-on-chip in the terminal, or other combined devices, components, etc. that can realize the functions of the above-mentioned terminal.
  • the processing module 1201 may be a processor, such as a baseband chip, etc., and the transceiver module 1202 may be a transceiver, which may include an antenna, a radio frequency circuit, and the like.
  • the processing module 1201 may be a processor, and the transceiver module 1202 may be a radio frequency unit.
  • the processing module 1201 may be a processor of the chip system, for example, a CPU, and the transceiver module 1202 may be an input and output interface of the chip system.
  • the processing module 1201 is configured to acquire first parameter information, where the first parameter information is used to indicate the second extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter, and the second eDRX parameter is used for the communication device to receive the paging message in the eDRX mode.
  • the transceiver module 1202 is configured to receive first indication information from a first access network device or a core network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a first eDRX parameter.
  • the transceiver module 1202 is further configured to receive a paging message by adopting the first eDRX parameter.
  • the transceiver module 1202 is further configured to receive the first indication information from the first access network device through the RRC release message or the RRC connection reconfiguration message; the transceiver module 1202 is further configured to pass the non-access stratum The NAS message receives the first indication information from the core network device.
  • the processing module 1201 is specifically configured to receive the first parameter information from the core network device, and the first parameter information is carried in the NAS message.
  • the communication device may be an access network device or a chip or a system-on-a-chip in the access network device, or other combined devices, components, etc. that can realize the functions of the above-mentioned access network device. It can be used to execute the functions of the access network device involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 and the functions of the first access network device involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 .
  • the processing module 1201 may be a processor, such as a baseband chip, etc., and the transceiver module 1202 may be a transceiver, which may include an antenna, a radio frequency circuit, and the like.
  • the processing module 1201 may be a processor, and the transceiver module 1202 may be a radio frequency unit.
  • the processing module 1201 may be a processor of the chip system, for example, a CPU, and the transceiver module 1202 may be an input and output interface of the chip system.
  • the processing module 1201 is configured to obtain first parameter information, determine the first time domain position according to the first parameter information, the first parameter information is used to indicate the first extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter, and the first eDRX parameter is used for the core
  • the network device uses the eDRX mode to send the paging message, and the first time domain location includes the location of at least one paging time unit.
  • the transceiver module 1202 is configured to send a paging message to the terminal according to whether the core network device has a paging time unit within the first time unit, and within the first time unit, the communication device has a paging time unit.
  • the processing module 1201 is further configured to determine the second time domain position according to the second parameter information, the second parameter information is used to indicate the second eDRX parameter, and the second eDRX parameter is used for the communication device to send in the eDRX mode
  • the second time domain location includes the location of at least one paging time unit.
  • the second parameter information is obtained according to the first parameter information, and in the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network equipment and the paging time unit existing in the communication device have a difference in the time domain. overlapping.
  • the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is an even number
  • the identifier of the terminal is an even number
  • the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number.
  • the paging time unit includes a paging time window PTW or a paging occasion PO.
  • the transceiver module 1202 is specifically configured to, if within the first time unit, the core network device has a paging time unit, then within the first time unit, send the terminal to the terminal in the paging time unit that exists in the communication device. Send a paging message, or, in the first time unit, send a paging message to the terminal in the paging time unit where the core network equipment exists; If the device does not have a paging time unit, within the first time unit, the communication device sends a paging message to the terminal in the paging time unit that exists.
  • the discontinuous reception DRX cycle in which the communication device sends the paging message is the default DRX cycle; or, the communication device sends the paging message.
  • the DRX cycle of the message is the terminal-specific DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle of the communication device sending the paging message is the DRX cycle of the access network equipment; or, the DRX cycle of the communication device sending the paging message is the default DRX cycle, the terminal-specific DRX cycle.
  • the processing module 1201 is specifically configured to receive the first parameter information from the core network device, the first parameter information is carried in the initial context establishment request message, or the core network auxiliary information carried in the RRC-inactive state middle.
  • the first time unit is a superframe.
  • the transceiver module 1202 is further configured to send parameter information of the first eDRX to the second access network device, where the parameter information of the first eDRX includes the first parameter information and the second parameter information.
  • the parameter information of the first eDRX further includes at least one of the DRX cycle of the access network device configured by the communication apparatus and the terminal-specific DRX cycle.
  • the identifier of the second access network device is included in the tracking area list of the communication apparatus.
  • the parameter information of the first eDRX is carried in the paging message of the access network device.
  • the communication device may be a terminal or a chip or a system-on-a-chip in the terminal, or other combined devices, components, etc. that can realize the functions of the terminal.
  • the processing module 1201 may be a processor, such as a baseband chip, etc., and the transceiver module 1202 may be a transceiver, which may include an antenna, a radio frequency circuit, and the like.
  • the processing module 1201 may be a processor, and the transceiver module 1202 may be a radio frequency unit.
  • the processing module 1201 may be a processor of the chip system, for example, a CPU, and the transceiver module 1202 may be an input and output interface of the chip system.
  • the processing module 1201 is used to obtain first parameter information and second parameter information, the first parameter information is used to indicate the first extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter, and the first eDRX parameter is used by the terminal to receive data from the core network in eDRX mode.
  • the second parameter information is used to indicate the second eDRX parameter, and the second eDRX parameter is used for the terminal to receive the paging message from the first access network device in the eDRX mode.
  • the processing module 1201 is further configured to determine a first time domain position according to the first parameter information, and determine a second time domain position according to the second parameter information, where the first time domain position includes the position of at least one paging time unit, and the second time domain position The location includes the location of at least one paging time unit.
  • the transceiver module 1202 is configured to receive, in the first time unit, a paging message from the first access network device and a paging message from the core network device according to whether the core network device has a paging time unit, and within the first time unit , the first access network device has a paging time unit.
  • the paging time unit includes a paging time window PTW or a paging occasion PO.
  • the second parameter information is obtained according to the first parameter information, and within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device are within the same time period. There is overlap in the time domain.
  • the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is an even number
  • the identifier of the terminal is an even number
  • the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number.
  • the transceiver module 1202 is specifically configured to, if in the first time unit, the core network device has a paging time unit, then in the first time unit, the paging time that the first access network device exists in The paging message from the first access network device and the paging message from the core network device are received in the unit, or, in the first time unit, the paging time unit in which the core network device exists receives the paging message from the first access network The paging message of the device and the paging message from the core network device; or, the transceiver module 1202 is specifically configured to, if in the first time unit, the core network device does not have a paging time unit, then in the first time unit, The paging message from the core network device is received in the paging time unit where the core network device exists, and the paging message from the first access network device is received in the paging time unit where the first access network device exists in the first time unit. call message.
  • the discontinuous reception DRX cycle for the terminal to receive the paging message is the default DRX cycle;
  • the DRX cycle is the terminal-specific DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle of the terminal receiving the paging message is the DRX cycle of the access network device; or, the DRX cycle of the terminal receiving the paging message is the default DRX cycle, and the terminal-specific DRX cycle and The minimum or maximum value in the DRX cycle of the access network device; or, if the core network device does not have a paging time unit within the first time unit, the DRX cycle for the terminal to receive the paging message of the core network device is the default or, the DRX cycle of the terminal receiving the paging message of the core network device is the terminal-specific DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle of the terminal receiving the paging message of the core network device is the default DRX cycle and the
  • the processing module 1201 is specifically configured to receive first parameter information from a core network device, where the first parameter information is carried in a non-access stratum NAS message.
  • the processing module 1201 is specifically configured to receive second parameter information from the first access network device, where the second parameter information is carried in the RRC release message or the RRC connection reconfiguration message.
  • the communication device may be a core network device or a chip or a system-on-chip in the core network device, or other combined devices, components, etc. that can realize the functions of the above-mentioned core network device, and the communication device may be used for The functions of the core network equipment involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 are executed.
  • the processing module 1201 may be a processor, such as a baseband chip, etc., and the transceiver module 1202 may be a transceiver, which may include an antenna, a radio frequency circuit, and the like.
  • the processing module 1201 may be a processor, and the transceiver module 1202 may be a radio frequency unit.
  • the processing module 1201 may be a processor of the chip system, for example, a CPU, and the transceiver module 1202 may be an input and output interface of the chip system.
  • the processing module 1201 is configured to acquire second parameter information, determine the second time domain position according to the second parameter information, the second parameter information is used to indicate the second extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter, and the second eDRX parameter is used to An access network device uses the eDRX mode to send the paging message, and the second time domain location includes the location of at least one paging time unit.
  • the transceiver module 1202 is configured to send a paging message to the terminal according to whether the communication device has a paging time unit within the first time unit, and within the first time unit, the first access network device has a paging time unit.
  • the processing module 1201 is further configured to determine the first time domain position according to the first parameter information, the first parameter information is used to indicate the first eDRX parameter, and the first eDRX parameter is used for the communication device to send in the eDRX mode
  • the first time domain location includes the location of at least one paging time unit.
  • the second parameter information is obtained according to the first parameter information, and within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the communication device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device are at the same time. There is overlap on the domain.
  • the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is an even number
  • the identifier of the terminal is an even number
  • the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number.
  • the paging time unit includes a paging time window PTW or a paging occasion PO.
  • the transceiver module 1202 is specifically configured to, if within the first time unit, the communication device has a paging time unit, then within the first time unit, the first access network device has a paging time unit. send a paging message to the terminal in the middle, or, in the first time unit, send a paging message to the terminal in the paging time unit where the communication device exists; or, the transceiver module 1202 is specifically used for, if in the first time unit, If the communication device does not have a paging time unit, in the first time unit, the communication device sends a paging message to the terminal in the paging time unit where the communication device exists.
  • the discontinuous reception DRX cycle in which the communication device sends the paging message is the default DRX cycle; or, the communication device sends the paging message.
  • the DRX cycle is the terminal-specific DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle that the communication device sends the paging message is the DRX cycle of the access network equipment; or the DRX cycle that the communication device sends the paging message is the default DRX cycle, the terminal-specific DRX cycle
  • the minimum or maximum value of the DRX cycle and the DRX cycle of the access network equipment; or, in the first time unit, if the communication device does not have a paging time unit, then the discontinuous reception DRX cycle for the communication device to send the paging message is: The default DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle in which the communication device sends the paging message is a terminal-specific DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle in which the communication device sends the paging message is the minimum of the default DRX cycle and the terminal-specific DRX cycle, or maximum value.
  • the processing module 1201 is specifically configured to receive second parameter information from the first access network device, where the second parameter information is carried in the RRC inactivity transition report.
  • the communication device may be an access network device or a chip or a system-on-a-chip in the access network device, or other combined devices, components, etc. that can realize the functions of the above-mentioned access network device. It can be used to execute the functions of the access network device involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 and the functions of the first access network device involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 .
  • the processing module 1201 may be a processor, such as a baseband chip, etc., and the transceiver module 1202 may be a transceiver, which may include an antenna, a radio frequency circuit, and the like.
  • the processing module 1201 may be a processor, and the transceiver module 1202 may be a radio frequency unit.
  • the processing module 1201 may be a processor of the chip system, for example, a CPU, and the transceiver module 1202 may be an input and output interface of the chip system.
  • the processing module 1201 is configured to obtain first parameter information, determine the first time domain position according to the first parameter information, the first parameter information is used to indicate the first extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter, and the first eDRX parameter is used for the core
  • the network device uses the eDRX mode to send the paging message, and the first time domain location includes the location of at least one paging time unit.
  • the processing module 1201 is further configured to obtain second parameter information, and determine the second time domain configuration according to the second parameter information, the second parameter information is obtained according to the first parameter information, and the second parameter information is used to indicate the second eDRX parameter,
  • the second eDRX parameter is used by the communication device to send the paging message in the eDRX mode, and the second time domain location includes the location of at least one paging time unit.
  • the transceiver module 1202 is configured to send a paging message according to the first time domain location and the second time domain location.
  • the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the communication apparatus overlap in the time domain.
  • the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is an even number
  • the identifier of the terminal is an even number
  • the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number.
  • the transceiver module 1202 is specifically configured to send a paging message to the terminal in the paging time unit existing in the communication device in the first time unit, or, in the paging time unit existing in the core network equipment or, the transceiver module 1202 is specifically configured to send a paging message to the terminal in a paging time unit where the communication device exists outside the first time unit.
  • the discontinuous reception DRX cycle in which the communication device sends the paging message is the default DRX cycle; or the DRX cycle in which the communication device sends the paging message is the terminal-specific DRX cycle; Or, the DRX cycle of the communication device sending the paging message is the DRX cycle of the access network equipment; or, the DRX cycle of the communication device sending the paging message is the default DRX cycle, the terminal-specific DRX cycle and the DRX cycle of the access network device Outside the first time unit, the DRX cycle of the communication device sending the paging message is the default DRX cycle; Or, the DRX cycle of the communication device sending the paging message is the DRX cycle of the access network equipment; Alternatively, the DRX cycle in which the communication apparatus sends the paging message is the minimum or maximum value among the default DRX cycle and the DRX cycle of the access network device.
  • the processing module 1201 is specifically configured to receive the first parameter information from the core network device, the first parameter information is carried in the initial context establishment request message, or the core network auxiliary information carried in the RRC-inactive state middle.
  • the paging time unit includes a paging time window PTW or a paging occasion PO.
  • the first time unit is a superframe.
  • the transceiver module 1202 is further configured to send parameter information of the first eDRX to the second access network device, where the parameter information of the first eDRX includes the first parameter information and the second parameter information.
  • the parameter information of the first eDRX further includes at least one of the DRX cycle of the access network device configured by the communication apparatus and the terminal-specific DRX cycle.
  • the identifier of the second access network device is included in the tracking area list of the communication apparatus.
  • the parameter information of the first eDRX is carried in the paging message of the access network device.
  • the communication device may be a terminal or a chip or a system-on-chip in the terminal, or other combined devices, components, etc. that can realize the functions of the above-mentioned terminal, and the communication device may be used to perform the above-mentioned operations shown in FIG. 8 .
  • the processing module 1201 may be a processor, such as a baseband chip, etc., and the transceiver module 1202 may be a transceiver, which may include an antenna, a radio frequency circuit, and the like.
  • the processing module 1201 may be a processor, and the transceiver module 1202 may be a radio frequency unit.
  • the processing module 1201 may be a processor of the chip system, for example, a CPU, and the transceiver module 1202 may be an input and output interface of the chip system.
  • the processing module 1201 is configured to acquire first parameter information, determine the first time domain position according to the first parameter information, the first parameter information is used to indicate the first extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter, and the first eDRX parameter is used for communication
  • the apparatus adopts the eDRX mode to receive the paging message from the core network equipment, and the first time domain location includes the location of at least one paging time unit.
  • the processing module 1201 is further configured to obtain second parameter information, and determine the second time domain configuration according to the second parameter information, the second parameter information is obtained according to the first parameter information, and the second parameter information is used to indicate the second eDRX parameter,
  • the second eDRX parameter is used by the communication apparatus to receive the paging message from the first access network device in the eDRX mode, and the second time domain location includes the location of at least one paging time unit.
  • the transceiver module 1202 is configured to receive a paging message according to the first time domain location and the second time domain location.
  • the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device overlap in the time domain.
  • the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is an even number
  • the identifier of the communication device is an even number
  • the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number.
  • the transceiver module 1202 is specifically configured to receive, in the first time unit, a paging message from the first access network device and a paging message from the core in the paging time unit where the first access network device exists network device, or receive a paging message from the first access network device and a paging message from the core network device in the paging time unit that exists in the core network device; or, the transceiver module 1202, specifically using Outside the first time unit, the paging message from the core network device is received in the paging time unit where the core network device exists, and the paging message from the first access network device is received in the paging unit where the first access network device exists. paging message.
  • the discontinuous reception DRX cycle in which the communication device receives the paging message is a default DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle in which the communication device receives the paging message is a DRX cycle specific to the communication device Or, the DRX cycle that the communication device receives the paging message is the DRX cycle of the access network equipment; Or, the DRX cycle that the communication device receives the paging message is the default DRX cycle, the specific DRX cycle of the communication device and the DRX cycle of the access network equipment
  • the minimum or maximum value in the DRX cycle; outside the first time unit, the DRX cycle for the communication device to receive the paging message of the core network device is the default DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle for the communication device to receive the paging message of the core network device
  • the cycle is the DRX cycle specific to the communication device; or, the DRX cycle for the communication device to receive the paging message of the core network device
  • the processing module 1201 is specifically configured to receive first parameter information from a core network device, where the first parameter information is carried in a non-access stratum NAS message.
  • the paging time unit includes a paging time window PTW or a paging occasion PO.
  • the communication device may be a core network device or a chip or a system-on-chip in the core network device, or other combined devices, components, etc. that can realize the functions of the above-mentioned core network device, and the communication device may be used for The functions of the core network equipment involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 are executed.
  • the processing module 1201 may be a processor, such as a baseband chip, etc., and the transceiver module 1202 may be a transceiver, which may include an antenna, a radio frequency circuit, and the like.
  • the processing module 1201 may be a processor, and the transceiver module 1202 may be a radio frequency unit.
  • the processing module 1201 may be a processor of the chip system, for example, a CPU, and the transceiver module 1202 may be an input and output interface of the chip system.
  • the processing module 1201 is configured to acquire first parameter information, determine the first time domain position according to the first parameter information, the first parameter information is used to indicate the first extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter, and the first eDRX parameter is used for communication
  • the device sends the paging message in the eDRX mode, and the first time domain location includes the location of at least one paging time unit.
  • the processing module 1201 is further configured to obtain second parameter information, and determine the second time domain configuration according to the second parameter information, the second parameter information is obtained according to the first parameter information, and the second parameter information is used to indicate the second eDRX parameter,
  • the second eDRX parameter is used by the first access network device to send the paging message in the eDRX mode, and the second time domain location includes the location of at least one paging time unit.
  • the transceiver module 1202 is configured to send a paging message according to the first time domain location and the second time domain location.
  • the paging time unit existing in the communication apparatus and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device overlap in the time domain.
  • the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is an even number
  • the identifier of the terminal is an even number
  • the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number.
  • the transceiver module 1202 is specifically configured to send a paging message to the terminal during the paging time when the first access network device exists in the first time unit, or, in the paging time when the communication device exists Send the paging message to the terminal in the time unit; or, the transceiver module 1202 is specifically configured to send the paging message to the terminal in the paging time unit where the communication device exists outside the second time unit.
  • the discontinuous reception DRX cycle in which the communication device sends the paging message is the default DRX cycle; or the DRX cycle in which the communication device sends the paging message is the terminal-specific DRX cycle;
  • the DRX cycle of the communication device sending the paging message is the DRX cycle of the access network equipment; or, the DRX cycle of the communication device sending the paging message is the default DRX cycle, the terminal-specific DRX cycle and the DRX cycle of the access network device Outside the first time unit, the DRX cycle in which the communication device sends the paging message is the default DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle in which the communication device sends the paging message is the terminal-specific DRX cycle; or,
  • the DRX cycle in which the communication device sends the paging message is the minimum or maximum value among the default DRX cycle and the terminal-specific DRX cycle.
  • the paging time unit includes a paging time window PTW or a paging occasion PO.
  • the communication device is presented in the form of dividing each functional module in an integrated manner.
  • Module herein may refer to a specific ASIC, circuit, processor and memory executing one or more software or firmware programs, integrated logic circuit, and/or other device that may provide the functions described above.
  • the communication device may take the form shown in FIG. 3 .
  • the processor 301 in FIG. 3 may invoke the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 303 to cause the communication apparatus to execute the communication method in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the functions/implementation process of the processing module 1201 and the transceiver module 1202 in FIG. 12 may be implemented by the processor 301 in FIG. 3 calling the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 303 .
  • the function/implementation process of the processing module 1201 in FIG. 12 can be implemented by the processor 301 in FIG. 3 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 303, and the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1202 in FIG. 3 of the communication interface 304 to achieve.
  • the communication device provided in this embodiment can perform the above-mentioned communication method, the technical effect that can be obtained may refer to the above-mentioned method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 13 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus.
  • the communication device may include a transceiver module 1301 .
  • the communication device may be a core network device or a chip or a system-on-chip in the core network device, or other combined devices, components, etc. that can realize the functions of the above-mentioned core network device, and the communication device may be used for The functions of the core network equipment involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 are executed.
  • the transceiver module 1301 may be a transceiver, and may include an antenna, a radio frequency circuit, and the like.
  • the transceiver module 1301 may be a radio frequency unit.
  • the transceiver module 1301 may be an input and output interface of the chip system.
  • the transceiver module 1301 is configured to send first parameter information to the first access network device, where the first parameter information is used to indicate extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameters, and the eDRX parameters are used by the communication apparatus to send paging messages in eDRX mode.
  • the transceiver module 1301 is further configured to receive second parameter information from the first access network device, where the second parameter information is used to indicate the changed eDRX parameters, and the changed eDRX parameters are used after the communication device receives the second parameter information , the paging message is sent in eDRX mode.
  • the transceiver module 1301 is further configured to receive the second parameter information from the first access network device when the terminal enters the radio resource control inactive RRC-inactive state.
  • the second parameter information is carried in the RRC inactive transition report.
  • the first parameter information is carried in the initial context establishment request message, or carried in the core network assistance information in the RRC-inactive state.
  • the transceiver module 1301 is further configured to send the second parameter information to the terminal.
  • the transceiver module 1301 is further configured to send the first parameter information to the terminal, where the first parameter information is carried in the non-access stratum NAS message.
  • the communication device may be a core network device or a chip or a system-on-chip in the core network device, or other combined devices, components, etc. that can realize the functions of the above-mentioned core network device, and the communication device may be used for The functions of the core network equipment involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 are executed.
  • the transceiver module 1301 may be a transceiver, and may include an antenna, a radio frequency circuit, and the like.
  • the transceiver module 1301 may be a radio frequency unit.
  • the transceiver module 1301 may be an input and output interface of the chip system.
  • the transceiver module 1301 is configured to receive auxiliary information from the first access network device, and the auxiliary information is used to assist the communication apparatus to configure eDRX parameters.
  • the transceiver module 1301 is further configured to send first indication information to the first access network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter.
  • the transceiver module 1301 is further configured to send a paging message by using the first eDRX parameter.
  • the transceiver module 1301 is further configured to receive auxiliary information from the first access network device when the terminal is about to enter the radio resource control inactive RRC-inactive state.
  • the auxiliary information is carried in the terminal context suspension request message or the terminal capability information indication message.
  • the transceiver module 1301 is further configured to send the first indication information to the first access network device through a terminal context termination response.
  • the transceiver module 1301 is further configured to send the first indication information to the terminal.
  • the transceiver module 1301 is further configured to send the first indication information to the terminal through a non-access stratum NAS message.
  • the transceiver module 1301 is further configured to send the first parameter information to the first access network device, the first parameter information is used to indicate the second eDRX parameter, and the second eDRX parameter is used for the communication device to send the first parameter information. Before the indication information, the paging message is sent in the eDRX mode.
  • the first parameter information is carried in the initial context establishment request message, or carried in the core network assistance information in the RRC-inactive state.
  • the transceiver module 1301 is further configured to send the first parameter information to the terminal, the first parameter information is used to indicate the second eDRX parameter, and the second eDRX parameter is used for the communication device to send the first indication information, using The eDRX mode sends paging messages.
  • the transceiver module 1301 is further configured to send the first parameter information to the terminal through a non-access stratum NAS message.
  • the communication device may be a second access network device or a chip or a system-on-a-chip in the second access network device, or other combined devices that can implement the functions of the second access network device, components, etc., the communication apparatus can be used to perform the functions of the second access network device involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 above.
  • the transceiver module 1301 may be a transceiver, and may include an antenna, a radio frequency circuit, and the like.
  • the transceiver module 1301 may be a radio frequency unit.
  • the transceiver module 1301 may be an input and output interface of the chip system.
  • the transceiver module 1301 is configured to receive parameter information of the first eDRX from the first access network device, the parameter information of the first eDRX includes first parameter information or first indication information, and the first parameter information is used to indicate the second
  • the extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter the second eDRX parameter is used to send a paging message to the terminal in the eDRX mode before the first access network device receives the first indication information
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the first eDRX parameter
  • the first eDRX parameter is used for the first access network device to send a paging message to the terminal in the eDRX mode after receiving the first indication information.
  • the transceiver module 1301 is further configured to send a paging message to the terminal according to the parameter information of the first eDRX.
  • the parameter information of the first eDRX further includes at least one of a DRX cycle of the access network device configured by the first access network device and a terminal-specific DRX cycle.
  • the identifier of the communication apparatus is included in the tracking area list of the first access network device.
  • the parameter information of the first eDRX is carried in the paging message of the access network device.
  • the communication device is presented in the form of dividing each functional module in an integrated manner.
  • Module herein may refer to a specific ASIC, circuit, processor and memory executing one or more software or firmware programs, integrated logic circuit, and/or other device that may provide the functions described above.
  • the communication device may take the form shown in FIG. 3 .
  • the processor 301 in FIG. 3 may invoke the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 303 to cause the communication apparatus to execute the communication method in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1301 in FIG. 13 can be implemented by the processor 301 in FIG. 3 calling the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 303 .
  • the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1301 in FIG. 13 may be implemented through the communication interface 304 in FIG. 3 .
  • the communication device provided in this embodiment can perform the above-mentioned communication method, the technical effect that can be obtained may refer to the above-mentioned method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 14 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device.
  • the communication device may include a transceiver module 1401 and a processing module 1402 .
  • the communication device may be a second access network device or a chip or a system-on-a-chip in the second access network device, or other combined devices that can implement the functions of the second access network device, components, etc., the communication apparatus can be used to perform the functions of the second access network device involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 above.
  • the transceiver module 1401 may be a transceiver, which may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, and the processing module 1402 may be a processor, such as a baseband chip.
  • the transceiver module 1401 may be a radio frequency unit, and the processing module 1402 may be a processor.
  • the transceiver module 1401 may be an input/output interface of the chip system, and the processing module 1402 may be a processor of the chip system, for example, a CPU.
  • the transceiver module 1401 is configured to receive parameter information of the first eDRX from the first access network device, the parameter information of the first eDRX includes first parameter information or second parameter information, and the first parameter information is used to indicate the extended Discontinuous reception of eDRX parameters, the eDRX parameters are used for the first access network device to send a paging message to the terminal using the eDRX mode, the second parameter information is used to indicate the changed eDRX parameters, and the changed eDRX parameters are used for the first access After sending the second parameter information, the network device sends a paging message to the terminal in the eDRX mode.
  • the processing module 1402 is configured to send a paging message to the terminal according to the parameter information of the first eDRX.
  • the parameter information of the first eDRX further includes at least one of a DRX cycle of the access network device configured by the first access network device and a terminal-specific DRX cycle.
  • the identifier of the communication apparatus is included in the tracking area list of the first access network device.
  • the parameter information of the first eDRX is carried in the paging message of the access network device.
  • the transceiver module 1401 is configured to receive parameter information of the first eDRX from the first access network device, the parameter information of the first eDRX includes first parameter information and second parameter information, and the first parameter information is used to indicate the first eDRX parameter information.
  • An extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter the first eDRX parameter is used for the core network device to send a paging message to the terminal using the eDRX mode, the second parameter information is used to indicate the second eDRX parameter, and the second eDRX parameter is used for the first access
  • the network device sends a paging message to the terminal in the eDRX mode, and the second parameter information is obtained according to the first parameter information.
  • the processing module 1402 is configured to determine a first time domain position according to the first parameter information, and determine a second time domain position according to the second parameter information, where the first time domain position includes the position of at least one paging time unit, and the second time domain position Include the location of at least one paging time unit.
  • the transceiver module 1401 is further configured to send a paging message according to the first time domain location and the second time domain location shown.
  • the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device overlap in the time domain.
  • the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is an even number
  • the identifier of the terminal is an even number
  • the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number.
  • the transceiver module 1401 is specifically configured to send a paging message to the terminal in the paging time unit where the first access network device exists in the first time unit, or, when the core network device exists in the paging time unit. Send the paging message to the terminal in the paging time unit; or, the transceiver module 1401 is specifically configured to send the paging message to the terminal in the paging time unit where the first access network device exists outside the first time unit.
  • the discontinuous reception DRX cycle in which the communication device sends the paging message is the default DRX cycle; or the DRX cycle in which the communication device sends the paging message is the terminal-specific DRX cycle; Or, the DRX cycle of the communication device sending the paging message is the DRX cycle of the access network equipment; or, the DRX cycle of the communication device sending the paging message is the default DRX cycle, the terminal-specific DRX cycle and the DRX cycle of the access network device Outside the first time unit, the DRX cycle of the communication device sending the paging message is the default DRX cycle; Or, the DRX cycle of the communication device sending the paging message is the DRX cycle of the access network equipment; Alternatively, the DRX cycle in which the communication apparatus sends the paging message is the minimum or maximum value among the default DRX cycle and the DRX cycle of the access network device.
  • the paging time unit includes a paging time window PTW or a paging occasion PO.
  • the parameter information of the first eDRX further includes at least one of a DRX cycle of the access network device configured by the first access network device and a terminal-specific DRX cycle.
  • the identifier of the communication apparatus is included in the tracking area list of the first access network device.
  • the parameter information of the first eDRX is carried in the paging message of the access network device.
  • the transceiver module 1401 is configured to receive parameter information of the first eDRX from the first access network device, the parameter information of the first eDRX includes first parameter information and second parameter information, the first The parameter information is used to indicate the first extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter, the first eDRX parameter is used for the core network device to send a paging message to the terminal using the eDRX mode, the second parameter information is used to indicate the second eDRX parameter, the second eDRX parameter It is used for the first access network device to send a paging message to the terminal in the eDRX mode.
  • the processing module 1402 is configured to determine a first time domain position according to the first parameter information, and determine a second time domain position according to the second parameter information, where the first time domain position includes the position of at least one paging time unit, and the second time domain position Include the location of at least one paging time unit.
  • the transceiver module 1401 is configured to send a paging message to the terminal according to whether the core network device has a paging time unit within the first time unit, and the first access network device has a paging time unit within the first time unit.
  • the second parameter information is obtained according to the first parameter information, and within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device are within the same time period. There is overlap in the time domain.
  • the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is an even number
  • the identifier of the terminal is an even number
  • the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number.
  • the paging time unit includes a paging time window PTW or a paging occasion PO.
  • the transceiver module 1401 is specifically configured to, if within the first time unit, the core network device has a paging time unit, then within the first time unit, the first access network device has the paging time The unit sends a paging message to the terminal, or, in the first time unit, the core network device sends a paging message to the terminal in the paging time unit; or, the transceiver module 1401 is specifically used if the first time unit If the core network device does not have a paging time unit, then in the first time unit, the first access network device sends a paging message to the terminal in the paging time unit that exists in the first access network device.
  • the discontinuous reception DRX cycle in which the communication device sends the paging message is the default DRX cycle; or, the communication device sends the paging message.
  • the DRX cycle of the message is the terminal-specific DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle of the communication device sending the paging message is the DRX cycle of the access network equipment; or, the DRX cycle of the communication device sending the paging message is the default DRX cycle, the terminal-specific DRX cycle.
  • the parameter information of the first eDRX further includes at least one of a DRX cycle of the access network device configured by the first access network device and a terminal-specific DRX cycle.
  • the identifier of the communication apparatus is included in the tracking area list of the first access network device.
  • the parameter information of the first eDRX is carried in the paging message of the access network device.
  • the communication device is presented in the form of dividing each functional module in an integrated manner.
  • Module herein may refer to a specific ASIC, circuit, processor and memory executing one or more software or firmware programs, integrated logic circuit, and/or other device that may provide the functions described above.
  • the communication device may take the form shown in FIG. 3 .
  • the processor 301 in FIG. 3 may invoke the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 303 to cause the communication apparatus to execute the communication method in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the functions/implementation process of the transceiver module 1401 and the processing module 1402 in FIG. 14 may be implemented by the processor 301 in FIG. 3 calling the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 303 .
  • the function/implementation process of the processing module 1402 in FIG. 14 can be implemented by the processor 301 in FIG. 3 calling the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 303, and the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1401 in FIG. 3 of the communication interface 304 to achieve.
  • the communication device provided in this embodiment can perform the above-mentioned communication method, the technical effect that can be obtained may refer to the above-mentioned method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 15 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device.
  • the communication device may include a transceiver module 1501 .
  • the communication apparatus further includes a processing module 1502 .
  • the communication device may be an access network device or a chip or a system-on-a-chip in the access network device, or other combined devices, components, etc. that can realize the functions of the above-mentioned access network device. It can be used to execute the functions of the access network device involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 and the functions of the first access network device involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 .
  • the transceiver module 1501 may be a transceiver, which may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, and the processing module 1502 may be a processor, such as a baseband chip.
  • the transceiver module 1501 may be a radio frequency unit, and the processing module 1502 may be a processor.
  • the transceiver module 1501 may be an input/output interface of the system-on-chip, and the processing module 1502 may be a processor of the system-on-chip, for example, a CPU.
  • the transceiver module 1501 is used to send auxiliary information to the core network device, and the auxiliary information is used to assist the core network device to configure eDRX parameters.
  • the transceiver module 1501 is further configured to receive first indication information from the core network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter.
  • the transceiver module 1501 is further configured to send a paging message by using the first eDRX parameter.
  • the processing module 1501 is used to obtain first parameter information, the first parameter information is used to indicate the second eDRX parameter, and the second eDRX parameter is used to receive the first indication information.
  • the processing module 1501 is used to obtain first parameter information, the first parameter information is used to indicate the second eDRX parameter, and the second eDRX parameter is used to receive the first indication information.
  • the transceiver module 1501 is further configured to send auxiliary information to the core network device when it is determined that the terminal is about to enter the radio resource control inactive RRC-inactive state.
  • the processing module 1502 is further configured to determine whether to send auxiliary information to the core network device according to the terminal capability information and/or the first condition information; wherein the terminal capability information is used to indicate at least one of the following information: Item: whether the terminal supports eDRX, whether the terminal supports the RRC-inactive state, whether the terminal supports eDRX in the RRC-inactive state; the first condition information is used to indicate whether the eDRX period included in the first parameter information is greater than or equal to the first time length.
  • the first indication information is carried in the terminal context termination response.
  • the auxiliary information is carried in the terminal context suspension request message or the terminal capability information indication message.
  • the processing module 1502 is specifically configured to receive the first parameter information from the core network device, the first parameter information is carried in the initial context establishment request message, or the core network auxiliary information carried in the RRC-inactive state middle.
  • the transceiver module 1501 is further configured to send parameter information of the first eDRX to the second access network device, where the parameter information of the first eDRX includes first parameter information or first indication information.
  • the parameter information of the first eDRX further includes at least one of the DRX cycle of the access network device configured by the communication apparatus and the terminal-specific DRX cycle.
  • the transceiver module 1501 is further configured to send parameter information of the first eDRX to the access network device in the tracking area list of the communication device, and the identifier of the second access network device is included in the tracking area of the communication device List.
  • the parameter information of the first eDRX is carried in the paging message of the access network device.
  • the communication device is presented in the form of dividing each functional module in an integrated manner.
  • Module herein may refer to a specific ASIC, circuit, processor and memory executing one or more software or firmware programs, integrated logic circuit, and/or other device that may provide the functions described above.
  • the communication device may take the form shown in FIG. 3 .
  • the processor 301 in FIG. 3 may invoke the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 303 to cause the communication apparatus to execute the communication method in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the functions/implementation process of the transceiver module 1501 and the processing module 1502 in FIG. 15 can be implemented by the processor 301 in FIG. 3 calling the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 303 .
  • the function/implementation process of the processing module 1502 in FIG. 15 can be implemented by the processor 301 in FIG. 3 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 303, and the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1501 in FIG. 3 of the communication interface 304 to achieve.
  • the communication device provided in this embodiment can perform the above-mentioned communication method, the technical effect that can be obtained may refer to the above-mentioned method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable medium. All or part of the processes in the above method embodiments may be completed by instructing relevant hardware by a computer program, the program may be stored in the above computer readable medium, and when executed, the program may include the processes in the above method embodiments.
  • the computer-readable medium may be the communication device of any of the foregoing embodiments, for example, an internal storage unit including a transmitting end and/or a receiving end, such as a hard disk or a memory of the communication device.
  • the above-mentioned computer-readable medium can also be an external storage device of the above-mentioned communication device, such as a plug-in hard disk equipped on the above-mentioned communication device, a smart memory card (smart media card, SMC), a secure digital (secure digital, SD) card, flash memory card (flash card), etc. Further, the above-mentioned computer-readable medium may also include both an internal storage unit of the above-mentioned communication apparatus and an external storage device.
  • the above-mentioned computer-readable medium is used for storing the above-mentioned computer program and other programs and data required by the above-mentioned communication device.
  • the computer-readable medium described above can also be used to temporarily store data that has been output or is to be output.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product. All or part of the processes in the above method embodiments may be completed by a computer program instructing relevant hardware, the program may be stored in the above computer program product, and when executed, the program may include the processes in the above method embodiments.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer instruction. All or part of the processes in the above method embodiments may be completed by computer instructions to instruct relevant hardware (eg, computers, processors, access network devices, mobility management network elements or session management network elements, etc.).
  • the program may be stored in the above-mentioned computer-readable medium or in the above-mentioned computer program product.
  • the disclosed apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be Incorporation may either be integrated into another device, or some features may be omitted, or not implemented.
  • the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple different places . Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated units may be implemented in the form of hardware, or may be implemented in the form of software functional units.
  • the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it may be stored in a readable storage medium.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be embodied in the form of software products in essence, or the parts that contribute to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions, which are stored in a storage medium , including several instructions to make a device (may be a single chip microcomputer, a chip, etc.) or a processor (processor) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: a U disk, a removable hard disk, a ROM, a RAM, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk and other mediums that can store program codes.
  • RedCap UEs As agreed in last meeting,it should be possible for(at least some)RedCap UEs to receive emergency broadcast services.Different options allowing RedCap UEs to receive emergency broadcast services and/or reduce paging power consumption(and corresponding recommended eDRX are lower boundary) captured in[2]as followers.
  • eDRX supports a lower bound of 2.56s.
  • Option 3 gNB can configure 2.56s default broadcasted DRX cycle for those RedCap Ues that need to receive emergency broadcast services and a shorter UE-specific RAN paging cycle for Ues with tighter latency requirements(e.g.smartphones).
  • eDRX lower bound can be kept to baseline 5.12s.
  • RedCap UE can request an eDRX configuration while still monitoring in between for ETWS and CMAS.
  • eDRX lower bound can be kept to baseline 5.12s.
  • Option 1 and 2 (i.e.Solution 1 in TR38.875[3])assume that RedCap UEs do not need to monitor paging according to the default paging cycle, which may result in a potential risk of UE missing SI change indicator. Additional efforts have to be made to deal with the associated issues.
  • Option 3 (i.e. Solution 2 in TR38.875) is based on the assumption that gNB are configured with a 2.56second default paging cycle, which is seldom used in existing deployments.
  • Option 4a sumes that RedCap UEs should decide between benefiting from eDRX power saving or supporting emergency broadcast services.
  • option 5 wherein RedCap UE can request an eDRX configuration while still monitoring in between for ETWS and CMAS.eDRX lower boundary can be kept to the baseline 5.12s.
  • Proposal 1:RedCap UE can request an eDRX configuration while still monitoring in between for ETWS and CMAS.eDRX lower bound can be kept to the baseline 5.12s.(Option 5)
  • the eDRX cycle length in RRC_INACTIVE can be different from RRC_IDLE, however the PTW length can be common for simplicity. If common PTW and eDRX cycle configuration is supported, a flexible configuration method which can satisfy requirements of both RAN and CN should be studied.For example, a shorter eDRX cycle used in RRC_INACTIVE should be allowed, compared with RRC_IDLE.Besides, power consumption of paging monitoring should also be considered for setting reasonable eDRX configuration such the PTW length.
  • Proposal 2 The eDRX cycle length for RRC_INACTIVE can be different from RRC_IDLE for flexibility while having a common PTW length for simplicity.
  • Proposal 3 A flexible configuration method should be studied if a common PTW and eDRX cycle configuration is supported.
  • the ng-RAN decides the eDRX cycle for RRC_INACTIVE, based on the idle mode eDRX cycle provided by the configuration.
  • the same principle can be applied in NR to provide flexibility to the RAN node.
  • the UE can be configured with a shorter eDRX cycle in RRC_INACTIVE by the RAN and monitors the shortest of the eDRX cycle for RRC_IDLE and deDRX for RRC_INACTIVE.
  • NAS retransmission parameters in CN should be taken into account for setting eDRX cycle in RRC_INACTIVE,otherwise the eDRX cycle in RRC_INACTIVE configured by the RAN may be larger than the time period that CN can accept due to NAS retransmission.
  • Different CNs may support different NAS retransmission mechanisms,e.g.minimum retransmission interval and/or maximum number of retransmissions are decided by network implementation,th us it is reasonable for the CN to provide a maximum value of eDRX cycle in RRC_INACTIVE to RAN for reference,and RAN can configure eDRX cycle in RRC_INACTIVE based on it.Therefore,it is proposed that based on the provided information(e.g.,idle mode eDRX cycle,maximum value of inactive mode eDRX cycle%)by the CN,RAN decides the eDRX cycle for RRC_INACTIVE.
  • the provided information e.g.,idle mode eDRX cycle,maximum value of inactive mode eDRX cycle
  • Proposal 4 RAN decides the eDRX cycle for RRC_INACTIVE.
  • Proposal 5:AMF provides information to the RAN for the setting of the eDRX cycle in RRC_INACTIVE
  • Proposal 6 The LTE eDRX SI acquisition mechanism is considered as the baseline.
  • Proposal 1:RedCap UE can request an eDRX configuration while still monitoring in between for ETWS and CMAS.eDRX lower bound can be kept to baseline 5.12s.(Option5)
  • Proposal 2 RAN decides the eDRX parameters for RRC_INACTIVE.
  • Proposal 3 eDRX cycle length for RRC_INACTIVE could be different from that for RRC_IDLE for flexibility but they can have common PTW configuration for simplicity.
  • Proposal 4:SI acquisition enhancement mechanism for eDRX in LTE can be considered as baseline.

Abstract

Provided are a communication method and apparatus, relating to the field of wireless communications. Extended discontinuous reception (eDRX) parameters in a radio resource control idle (RRC-idle) state and a radio resource control inactive (RRC-inactive) can be configured for a terminal, and a message of a network side device can be received according to the eDRX parameters, so that the delay for the terminal to receive a paging message of an access network device can be reduced, and the user experience is improved. The method comprises: acquiring first parameter information (S401); and sending second parameter information to a core network device (S402). The first parameter information is used for indicating the eDRX parameters, and the eDRX parameters are used for a first access network device to send a paging message in an eDRX mode. The second parameter information is used for indicating changed eDRX parameters, and the changed eDRX parameters are used for the first access network device to send, after sending the second parameter information, the paging message in the eDRX mode.

Description

通信方法及装置Communication method and device
“本申请要求于2021年3月12日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202110269593.1、发明名称为“一种通信方法、终端及网络设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,以及2021年3月31日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202110350309.3、发明名称为“通信方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中”。"This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application with the application number 202110269593.1 and the invention titled "A Communication Method, Terminal and Network Equipment" filed with the State Intellectual Property Office on March 12, 2021, and March 31, 2021 The priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202110350309.3 and the invention titled "Communication Method and Device" filed with the State Intellectual Property Office on 202110350309.3, the entire contents of which are incorporated in this application by reference".
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及无线通信领域,尤其涉及通信方法及装置。The present application relates to the field of wireless communication, and in particular, to a communication method and apparatus.
背景技术Background technique
通信系统中,为了降低功耗,终端可以采用非连续接收(discontinuous reception,DRX)模式接收网络侧设备(例如,接入网设备或核心网设备)的消息。如图1中的(a)所示,终端可以在每个DRX周期被唤醒一次,来接收网络侧设备的消息,而在其他时间处于睡眠状态,既不接收消息,也不发送消息。采用DRX模式,终端在大部分时间处于睡眠状态,从而可以降低终端的功耗。In a communication system, in order to reduce power consumption, a terminal may adopt a discontinuous reception (discontinuous reception, DRX) mode to receive messages from a network-side device (eg, an access network device or a core network device). As shown in (a) of FIG. 1 , the terminal may be woken up once in each DRX cycle to receive messages from the network-side device, and in a sleep state at other times, neither receiving nor sending messages. In the DRX mode, the terminal is in a sleep state most of the time, so that the power consumption of the terminal can be reduced.
对于增强型机器类型通信(enhanced machine type communication,eMTC)终端,窄带物联网(narrow band internet of things,NB-IoT)终端等需要较长续航时间的终端,还可以采用扩展的非连续接收(extended discontinuous reception,eDRX)模式接收网络侧设备的消息,以进一步降低终端的功耗,延长续航时间。相对于DRX模式,采用eDRX模式的终端处于睡眠状态的时间更长,功耗更低,续航的时间也更长。For enhanced machine type communication (enhanced machine type communication, eMTC) terminals, narrowband Internet of things (narrow band internet of things, NB-IoT) terminals and other terminals that require longer battery life, extended discontinuous reception (extended reception) can also be used. discontinuous reception (eDRX) mode receives messages from network-side devices to further reduce terminal power consumption and prolong battery life. Compared with the DRX mode, the terminal using the eDRX mode is in the sleep state for a longer time, consumes less power, and has a longer battery life.
以eMTC终端为例,eMTC终端在接收网络侧设备的消息之前,可以接收核心网设备配置的eDRX参数1,和接入网设备配置的eDRX参数2。其中,eDRX参数1可以指示eMTC终端在无线资源控制空闲(radio resource control idle,RRC-idle)状态和无线资源控制非激活(radio resource control inactive,RRC-inactive)状态下接收核心网设备的消息的寻呼时间窗(paging time window,PTW)的位置。后续,在RRC-idle状态下,eMTC终端可以根据eDRX参数1接收核心网设备的消息,具体的,可以如图1中的(b)所示。在每个eDRX周期里,eMTC终端可以在PTW的位置上按照DRX周期被唤醒,来接收核心网设备的消息,而在其他时间处于睡眠状态。类似的,在RRC-inactive状态下,eMTC终端可以在每个eDRX周期里的PTW的位置上按照DRX周期被唤醒,来接收核心网设备和接入网设备的消息。eDRX参数2可以指示eMTC终端在RRC-inactive状态下接收接入网设备的消息的寻呼时机(paging occasion,PO)的位置。后续,在RRC-inactive状态下,eMTC终端可以在每个eDRX周期里的PTW外,例如,PO的位置上接收来自接入网设备的消息。具体的,可以如图1中的(c)所示。Taking the eMTC terminal as an example, before receiving the message from the network side device, the eMTC terminal can receive the eDRX parameter 1 configured by the core network device and the eDRX parameter 2 configured by the access network device. Among them, eDRX parameter 1 can indicate that the eMTC terminal receives the message of the core network device in the radio resource control idle (radio resource control idle, RRC-idle) state and the radio resource control inactive (radio resource control inactive, RRC-inactive) state. The location of the paging time window (PTW). Subsequently, in the RRC-idle state, the eMTC terminal may receive the message of the core network device according to the eDRX parameter 1, which may be specifically shown in (b) of FIG. 1 . In each eDRX cycle, the eMTC terminal can be woken up at the position of the PTW according to the DRX cycle to receive messages from the core network device, and is in a sleep state at other times. Similarly, in the RRC-inactive state, the eMTC terminal can be woken up according to the DRX cycle at the position of the PTW in each eDRX cycle to receive messages from the core network device and the access network device. The eDRX parameter 2 may indicate the position of the paging occasion (PO) at which the eMTC terminal receives the message of the access network device in the RRC-inactive state. Subsequently, in the RRC-inactive state, the eMTC terminal may receive messages from the access network device outside the PTW in each eDRX cycle, for example, at the position of the PO. Specifically, it can be shown as (c) in FIG. 1 .
目前,新无线(new radio,NR)系统引入了一种新类型的终端——能力降低的(reduced capability,REDCAP)终端。REDCAP终端相比于旧版终端(legacy UE),降低了硬件能力。例如,REDCAP终端的天线数、工作带宽、处理时间等相比于legacy  UE有所下降。但是,REDCAP终端的电池寿命更长,复杂度更低,成本也更低。为了进一步降低REDCAP终端的功耗,增加续航时间,提出了将eDRX应用到REDCAP终端接收网络侧设备的寻呼(paging)消息的场景中。但是,在RRC-inactive状态下,REDCAP终端接收网络侧设备的寻呼消息的情况与eMTC终端不同。例如,在RRC-inactive状态下,REDCAP终端除了可以在每个eDRX周期里的PO的位置上被唤醒,来接收接入网设备的寻呼消息之外,也可以在每个eDRX周期里的PTW的位置上,周期性地被唤醒,来接收接入网设备的寻呼消息。因此无法采用为eMTC终端配置eDRX参数的方法为REDCAP终端配置eDRX参数。那么,如何为REDCAP终端配置RRC-idle状态和RRC-inactive状态下的eDRX参数是目前亟需解决的问题。Currently, a new radio (NR) system introduces a new type of terminal, a reduced capability (REDCAP) terminal. Compared with legacy UEs, REDCAP terminals have reduced hardware capabilities. For example, the number of antennas, working bandwidth, and processing time of REDCAP terminals are lower than those of legacy UEs. However, REDCAP terminals offer longer battery life, less complexity and lower cost. In order to further reduce the power consumption of the REDCAP terminal and increase the battery life, it is proposed to apply eDRX to the scenario where the REDCAP terminal receives a paging message from a network-side device. However, in the RRC-inactive state, the situation in which the REDCAP terminal receives the paging message of the network-side device is different from that of the eMTC terminal. For example, in the RRC-inactive state, the REDCAP terminal can not only wake up at the PO position in each eDRX cycle to receive the paging message of the access network device, but also can wake up at the PTW in each eDRX cycle. It is periodically woken up to receive paging messages from the access network equipment. Therefore, the method of configuring eDRX parameters for eMTC terminals cannot be used to configure eDRX parameters for REDCAP terminals. Then, how to configure the eDRX parameters in the RRC-idle state and the RRC-inactive state for the REDCAP terminal is an urgent problem to be solved at present.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本申请提供通信方法和装置,可以为终端配置RRC-idle状态和RRC-inactive状态下的eDRX参数,并且根据该eDRX参数接收网络侧设备的消息,可以降低终端接收接入网设备的寻呼消息的时延,提升用户体验。The present application provides a communication method and device, which can configure eDRX parameters in RRC-idle state and RRC-inactive state for a terminal, and receive messages from network-side devices according to the eDRX parameters, which can reduce the need for terminals to receive paging messages from access network devices delay and improve user experience.
为达到上述目的,本申请的实施例采用如下技术方案:To achieve the above object, the embodiments of the present application adopt the following technical solutions:
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,应用于第一接入网设备,该方法包括:获取第一参数信息,该第一参数信息用于指示eDRX参数,eDRX参数用于第一接入网设备采用eDRX模式发送寻呼消息;向核心网设备发送第二参数信息,该第二参数信息用于指示更改后的eDRX参数,更改后的eDRX参数用于第一接入网设备发送第二参数信息后,采用eDRX模式发送寻呼消息。In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to a first access network device. The method includes: acquiring first parameter information, where the first parameter information is used to indicate an eDRX parameter, and the eDRX parameter is used for the first The access network device uses the eDRX mode to send the paging message; sends second parameter information to the core network device, where the second parameter information is used to indicate the modified eDRX parameters, and the modified eDRX parameters are used for the first access network device to send After the second parameter information, the paging message is sent in the eDRX mode.
上述第一方面提供的方法,第一接入网设备可以根据需要更改eDRX参数,使得终端根据更改后的eDRX参数接收寻呼消息,进而降低终端第一接收接入网设备的寻呼消息的时延,提高用户体验。另外,在该方法中,第一接入网设备和核心网设备采用相同的eDRX参数发送寻呼消息,实现起来较为容易,可行性高。In the method provided by the above first aspect, the first access network device can change the eDRX parameters as needed, so that the terminal receives the paging message according to the changed eDRX parameters, thereby reducing the time when the terminal first receives the paging message of the access network device. to improve user experience. In addition, in this method, the first access network device and the core network device use the same eDRX parameters to send the paging message, which is easy to implement and has high feasibility.
一种可能的实现方式,确定终端进入RRC-inactive状态的情况下,向核心网设备发送第二参数信息。基于上述方法,在确定终端进入RRC-inactive状态的情况下,才更改eDRX参数,使得终端可以在RRC-inactive状态下采用更改后的eDRX参数接收第一接入网设备的寻呼消息,可以降低终端接收第一接入网设备的寻呼消息的时延,提高用户体验。In a possible implementation manner, when it is determined that the terminal enters the RRC-inactive state, the second parameter information is sent to the core network device. Based on the above method, when it is determined that the terminal enters the RRC-inactive state, the eDRX parameters are changed, so that the terminal can use the changed eDRX parameters to receive the paging message of the first access network device in the RRC-inactive state, which can reduce The delay for the terminal to receive the paging message of the first access network device improves user experience.
一种可能的实现方式,该方法还包括:根据终端能力信息和/或第一条件信息,确定是否向核心网设备发送第二参数信息;其中,终端能力信息用于指示以下信息中的至少一项:终端是否支持eDRX,终端是否支持RRC-inactive状态,终端在RRC-inactive状态下是否支持eDRX;第一条件信息用于指示第一参数信息包括的eDRX周期是否大于或等于第一时间长度。基于上述方法,给出了第一接入网设备更改eDRX参数的条件。A possible implementation manner, the method further includes: according to the terminal capability information and/or the first condition information, determining whether to send the second parameter information to the core network device; wherein the terminal capability information is used to indicate at least one of the following information Item: whether the terminal supports eDRX, whether the terminal supports the RRC-inactive state, whether the terminal supports eDRX in the RRC-inactive state; the first condition information is used to indicate whether the eDRX period included in the first parameter information is greater than or equal to the first time length. Based on the above method, conditions for the first access network device to change the eDRX parameters are given.
一种可能的实现方式,第二参数信息携带在RRC非激活转换报告中。基于上述方法,第一接入网设备可以通过RRC非激活转换报告向核心网设备发送第二参数信息。In a possible implementation manner, the second parameter information is carried in the RRC inactive transition report. Based on the above method, the first access network device may send the second parameter information to the core network device through the RRC inactive transition report.
一种可能的实现方式,获取第一参数信息,包括:接收来自核心网设备的第一参数信息,第一参数信息携带在初始上下文建立请求消息中,或者携带在RRC-inactive 状态的核心网辅助信息中。基于上述方法,第一参数信息可以是第一接入网设备从核心网设备获取的。A possible implementation manner, obtaining the first parameter information includes: receiving the first parameter information from the core network device, where the first parameter information is carried in the initial context establishment request message, or carried in the core network assistance in the RRC-inactive state information. Based on the above method, the first parameter information may be obtained by the first access network device from the core network device.
一种可能的实现方式,该方法还包括:向终端发送第二参数信息。基于上述方法,第一接入网设备可以向终端发送第二参数信息,使得终端根据更改后的eDRX参数接收寻呼消息。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: sending the second parameter information to the terminal. Based on the above method, the first access network device may send the second parameter information to the terminal, so that the terminal receives the paging message according to the modified eDRX parameters.
一种可能的实现方式,通过RRC释放消息或RRC连接重配置消息向终端发送第二参数信息。In a possible implementation manner, the second parameter information is sent to the terminal through an RRC release message or an RRC connection reconfiguration message.
一种可能的实现方式,该方法还包括:向第二接入网设备发送第一eDRX的参数信息,第一eDRX的参数信息包括第一参数信息或第二参数信息。基于上述方法,第一接入网设备可以向第二接入网设备发送第一参数信息或第二参数信息,使得终端在RRC-inactive状态下移动到第二接入网设备的覆盖范围后,第二接入网设备可以根据第一参数信息或第二参数信息寻呼终端。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: sending parameter information of the first eDRX to the second access network device, where the parameter information of the first eDRX includes the first parameter information or the second parameter information. Based on the above method, the first access network device can send the first parameter information or the second parameter information to the second access network device, so that after the terminal moves to the coverage of the second access network device in the RRC-inactive state, The second access network device may page the terminal according to the first parameter information or the second parameter information.
一种可能的实现方式,第一eDRX的参数信息还包括第一接入网设备配置的接入网设备的DRX周期,以及终端特定的DRX周期中的至少一个。基于上述方法,第二接入网设备可以确定第二接入网设备寻呼终端的DRX周期。In a possible implementation manner, the parameter information of the first eDRX further includes at least one of a DRX cycle of the access network device configured by the first access network device and a terminal-specific DRX cycle. Based on the above method, the second access network device may determine the DRX cycle for the second access network device to page the terminal.
一种可能的实现方式,向第一接入网设备的跟踪区域列表中的接入网设备发送第一eDRX的参数信息,第二接入网设备的标识包括在第一接入网设备的跟踪区域列表中。基于上述方法,第一接入网设备可以向第一接入网设备的跟踪区域列表中的接入网设备发送第一参数信息或第二参数信息,使得该列表中的接入网设备可以帮助寻呼终端。A possible implementation is to send the parameter information of the first eDRX to the access network device in the tracking area list of the first access network device, and the identifier of the second access network device is included in the tracking of the first access network device. in the list of regions. Based on the above method, the first access network device can send the first parameter information or the second parameter information to the access network device in the tracking area list of the first access network device, so that the access network device in the list can help paging the terminal.
一种可能的实现方式,第一eDRX的参数信息携带在接入网设备的寻呼消息中。基于上述方法,第一接入网设备可以通过接入网设备的寻呼消息向第二接入网设备发送第一参数信息或第二参数信息。In a possible implementation manner, the parameter information of the first eDRX is carried in the paging message of the access network device. Based on the above method, the first access network device may send the first parameter information or the second parameter information to the second access network device through a paging message of the access network device.
一种可能的实现方式,第一接入网设备包括集中单元和分布单元,第一接入网设备获取第一参数信息,包括:集中单元获取第一参数信息,方法还包括:集中单元向分布单元发送第二eDRX的参数信息,第二eDRX的参数信息包括第一参数信息或第二参数信息。基于上述方法,第一接入网设备为集中单元和分布单元分离的架构下,集中单元获取到第一参数信息或第二参数信息后,可以发送给分布单元,使得分布单元根据第一参数信息或第二参数信息寻呼终端。In a possible implementation manner, the first access network device includes a centralized unit and a distribution unit, and the first access network device obtains the first parameter information, including: the centralized unit obtains the first parameter information, and the method further includes: the centralized unit distributes the first parameter information. The unit sends parameter information of the second eDRX, where the parameter information of the second eDRX includes the first parameter information or the second parameter information. Based on the above method, under the architecture in which the first access network device is separated from the centralized unit and the distribution unit, after the centralized unit obtains the first parameter information or the second parameter information, it can send it to the distribution unit, so that the distribution unit can send the information to the distribution unit according to the first parameter information. or the second parameter information paging the terminal.
一种可能的实现方式,第二eDRX的参数信息还包括集中单元配置的接入网设备的DRX周期,以及终端特定的DRX周期。基于上述方法,分布单元可以确定寻呼终端的DRX周期。In a possible implementation manner, the parameter information of the second eDRX further includes the DRX cycle of the access network device configured by the centralized unit, and the terminal-specific DRX cycle. Based on the above method, the distribution unit can determine the DRX cycle for paging the terminal.
一种可能的实现方式,第二eDRX的参数信息携带在寻呼消息中。基于上述方法,集中单元可以通过寻呼消息向分布单元发送第一参数信息或第二参数信息。In a possible implementation manner, the parameter information of the second eDRX is carried in the paging message. Based on the above method, the centralized unit may send the first parameter information or the second parameter information to the distribution unit through a paging message.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,应用于终端,该方法包括:获取第一参数信息,该第一参数信息用于指示扩展的非连续接收eDRX参数,eDRX参数用于终端采用eDRX模式接收寻呼消息;接收来自第一接入网设备的第二参数信息,该第二参数信息用于指示更改后的eDRX参数,更改后的eDRX参数用于终端接收到第二参数信息后,采用eDRX模式接收寻呼消息。In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to a terminal. The method includes: acquiring first parameter information, where the first parameter information is used to indicate an extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter, and the eDRX parameter is used by the terminal to adopt The eDRX mode receives the paging message; receives the second parameter information from the first access network device, the second parameter information is used to indicate the changed eDRX parameter, and the changed eDRX parameter is used after the terminal receives the second parameter information , using eDRX mode to receive paging messages.
基于上述第二方面提供的方法,终端根据第一接入网设备更改后的eDRX参数接收寻呼消息,以降低终端第一接收接入网设备的寻呼消息的时延,提高用户体验。另外,在该方法中,终端可以采用相同的eDRX参数接收第一接入网设备和核心网设备的寻呼消息,实现起来较为容易,可行性高。Based on the method provided in the second aspect, the terminal receives the paging message according to the modified eDRX parameters of the first access network device, so as to reduce the delay for the terminal to first receive the paging message of the access network device and improve the user experience. In addition, in this method, the terminal can use the same eDRX parameters to receive the paging messages of the first access network device and the core network device, which is easy to implement and has high feasibility.
一种可能的实现方式,进入无线资源控制非激活RRC-inactive状态的情况下,接收来自第一接入网设备的第二参数信息。基于上述方法,终端可以在RRC-inactive状态下采用更改后的eDRX参数接收第一接入网设备的寻呼消息,进而降低终端接收第一接入网设备的寻呼消息的时延,提高用户体验。A possible implementation manner is to receive the second parameter information from the first access network device in the case of entering the radio resource control inactive RRC-inactive state. Based on the above method, the terminal can use the modified eDRX parameters to receive the paging message of the first access network device in the RRC-inactive state, thereby reducing the delay for the terminal to receive the paging message of the first access network device, and improving the user experience. experience.
一种可能的实现方式,第二参数信息携带在RRC释放消息中或RRC连接重配置消息中。基于上述方法,终端可以通过RRC释放消息中或RRC连接重配置消息接收第二参数信息。In a possible implementation manner, the second parameter information is carried in the RRC release message or the RRC connection reconfiguration message. Based on the above method, the terminal may receive the second parameter information in the RRC release message or the RRC connection reconfiguration message.
一种可能的实现方式,获取第一参数信息,包括:接收来自核心网设备的第一参数信息,第一参数信息携带在非接入层NAS消息中。基于上述方法,终端可以通过NAS消息接收来自核心网设备的第一参数信息。A possible implementation manner, acquiring the first parameter information includes: receiving the first parameter information from the core network device, where the first parameter information is carried in a non-access stratum NAS message. Based on the above method, the terminal may receive the first parameter information from the core network device through the NAS message.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,可以应用于核心网设备,该方法包括:向第一接入网设备发送第一参数信息,该第一参数信息用于指示扩展的非连续接收eDRX参数,eDRX参数用于核心网设备采用eDRX模式发送寻呼消息;接收来自第一接入网设备的第二参数信息,该第二参数信息用于指示更改后的eDRX参数,更改后的eDRX参数用于核心网设备接收到第二参数信息后,采用eDRX模式发送寻呼消息。In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which can be applied to a core network device. The method includes: sending first parameter information to a first access network device, where the first parameter information is used to indicate extended discontinuity Receive eDRX parameters, the eDRX parameters are used by the core network equipment to send paging messages in the eDRX mode; receive second parameter information from the first access network equipment, the second parameter information is used to indicate the changed eDRX parameters, the changed The eDRX parameter is used for the core network device to send the paging message in the eDRX mode after receiving the second parameter information.
基于上述第三方面提供的方法,第一接入网设备更改核心网设备配置的eDRX参数后,可以向核心网设备指示更改后的eDRX参数,使得核心网设备也可以根据更改后的eDRX参数发送寻呼消息。如此,第一接入网设备和核心网设备可以采用相同的eDRX参数发送寻呼消息,实现起来较为容易,可行性高。Based on the method provided in the third aspect, after the first access network device changes the eDRX parameters configured by the core network device, it can indicate the changed eDRX parameters to the core network device, so that the core network device can also send messages according to the changed eDRX parameters. paging message. In this way, the first access network device and the core network device can use the same eDRX parameters to send the paging message, which is easy to implement and has high feasibility.
一种可能的实现方式,终端进入无线资源控制非激活RRC-inactive状态的情况下,接收来自第一接入网设备的第二参数信息。基于上述方法,第一接入网设备在确定终端进入RRC-inactive状态的情况下,才更改eDRX参数,使得终端可以在RRC-inactive状态下采用更改后的eDRX参数接收第一接入网设备的寻呼消息,可以降低终端接收第一接入网设备的寻呼消息的时延,提高用户体验。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal receives the second parameter information from the first access network device when the terminal enters the radio resource control inactive RRC-inactive state. Based on the above method, the first access network device changes the eDRX parameters only when it is determined that the terminal has entered the RRC-inactive state, so that the terminal can use the changed eDRX parameters in the RRC-inactive state to receive the data of the first access network device. The paging message can reduce the delay for the terminal to receive the paging message of the first access network device, and improve the user experience.
一种可能的实现方式,第二参数信息携带在RRC非激活转换报告中。基于上述方法,核心网设备可以通过RRC非激活转换报告接收第二参数信息。In a possible implementation manner, the second parameter information is carried in the RRC inactive transition report. Based on the above method, the core network device may receive the second parameter information through the RRC inactivity transition report.
一种可能的实现方式,第一参数信息携带在初始上下文建立请求消息中,或者携带在RRC-inactive状态的核心网辅助信息中。基于上述方法,核心网设备可以通过初始上下文建立请求消息或RRC-inactive状态的核心网辅助信息向第一接入网设备发送第一参数信息。In a possible implementation manner, the first parameter information is carried in the initial context establishment request message, or carried in the core network assistance information in the RRC-inactive state. Based on the above method, the core network device may send the first parameter information to the first access network device through the initial context establishment request message or the core network assistance information in the RRC-inactive state.
一种可能的实现方式,该方法还包括:向终端发送第二参数信息。基于上述方法,第一接入网设备可以通过核心网设备向终端发送第二参数信息,使得终端可以根据第二参数信息接收寻呼消息。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: sending the second parameter information to the terminal. Based on the above method, the first access network device can send the second parameter information to the terminal through the core network device, so that the terminal can receive the paging message according to the second parameter information.
一种可能的实现方式,该方法还包括:向终端发送发送第一参数信息,第一参数 信息携带在非接入层NAS消息中。基于上述方法,核心网设备可以通过NAS消息向终端发送第一参数信息,使得终端在接收到第二参数信息之前,可以根据第一参数信息接收寻呼消息。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: sending first parameter information to the terminal, where the first parameter information is carried in a non-access stratum NAS message. Based on the above method, the core network device can send the first parameter information to the terminal through the NAS message, so that the terminal can receive the paging message according to the first parameter information before receiving the second parameter information.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,可以应用于第二接入网设备,该方法包括:接收来自第一接入网设备的第一eDRX的参数信息,第一eDRX的参数信息包括第一参数信息或第二参数信息,第一参数信息用于指示扩展的非连续接收eDRX参数,eDRX参数用于第一接入网设备采用eDRX模式向终端发送寻呼消息,第二参数信息用于指示更改后的eDRX参数,更改后的eDRX参数用于第一接入网设备发送第二参数信息后,采用eDRX模式向终端发送寻呼消息;根据第一eDRX的参数信息向终端发送寻呼消息。In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which can be applied to a second access network device, the method includes: receiving parameter information of the first eDRX from the first access network device, parameter information of the first eDRX Including first parameter information or second parameter information, the first parameter information is used to indicate the extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter, the eDRX parameter is used by the first access network device to send a paging message to the terminal using the eDRX mode, and the second parameter information It is used to indicate the changed eDRX parameters, and the changed eDRX parameters are used to send a paging message to the terminal in the eDRX mode after the first access network device sends the second parameter information; send a paging message to the terminal according to the parameter information of the first eDRX. call message.
基于上述第四方面提供的方法,第二接入网设备可以接收来自第一接入网设备的第一参数信息或第二参数信息,以便后续根据第一参数信息或第二参数信息寻呼终端。Based on the method provided in the fourth aspect, the second access network device may receive the first parameter information or the second parameter information from the first access network device, so as to subsequently page the terminal according to the first parameter information or the second parameter information .
一种可能的实现方式,第一eDRX的参数信息还包括第一接入网设备配置的接入网设备的DRX周期,以及终端特定的DRX周期中的至少一个。基于上述方法,第二接入网设备可以确定寻呼终端的DRX周期。In a possible implementation manner, the parameter information of the first eDRX further includes at least one of a DRX cycle of the access network device configured by the first access network device and a terminal-specific DRX cycle. Based on the above method, the second access network device may determine the DRX cycle for paging the terminal.
一种可能的实现方式,第二接入网设备的标识包括在第一接入网设备的跟踪区域列表中。In a possible implementation manner, the identifier of the second access network device is included in the tracking area list of the first access network device.
一种可能的实现方式,第一eDRX的参数信息携带在接入网设备的寻呼消息中。基于上述方法,第二接入网设备可以通过接入网设备的寻呼消息接收第一参数信息或第二参数信息。In a possible implementation manner, the parameter information of the first eDRX is carried in the paging message of the access network device. Based on the above method, the second access network device may receive the first parameter information or the second parameter information through a paging message of the access network device.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,可以应用于第一接入网设备,该方法包括:向核心网设备发送辅助信息,辅助信息用于辅助核心网设备配置eDRX参数;接收来自核心网设备的第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示第一扩展的非连续接收eDRX参数;采用第一eDRX参数发送寻呼消息。In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which can be applied to a first access network device. The method includes: sending auxiliary information to a core network device, where the auxiliary information is used to assist the core network device to configure eDRX parameters; The first indication information of the core network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter; the paging message is sent by using the first eDRX parameter.
基于上述第五方面提供的方法,第一接入网设备可以根据需要向核心网设备发送辅助信息,以触发核心网设备配置合适的eDRX参数,使得终端接收接入网设备的寻呼消息的时延降低,用户体验提高。另外,该方法中,第一接入网设备和核心网设备可以采用相同的eDRX参数发送寻呼消息,实现起来较为容易,可行性高。Based on the method provided in the fifth aspect, the first access network device may send auxiliary information to the core network device as required, so as to trigger the core network device to configure appropriate eDRX parameters, so that the terminal receives the paging message from the access network device when Reduced latency and improved user experience. In addition, in this method, the first access network device and the core network device can use the same eDRX parameters to send the paging message, which is easy to implement and has high feasibility.
一种可能的实现方式,该方法还包括:获取第一参数信息,第一参数信息用于指示第二eDRX参数,第二eDRX参数用于接收到第一指示信息之前,第一接入网设备采用eDRX模式发送寻呼消息。基于上述方法,第一接入网设备可以获取第一参数信息,以便根据第一参数信息确定第二eDRX参数是否适合第一接入网设备发送寻呼消息。A possible implementation manner, the method further includes: acquiring first parameter information, where the first parameter information is used to indicate the second eDRX parameter, and the second eDRX parameter is used for the first access network device before receiving the first indication information. Paging messages are sent in eDRX mode. Based on the above method, the first access network device may acquire the first parameter information, so as to determine whether the second eDRX parameter is suitable for the first access network device to send the paging message according to the first parameter information.
一种可能的实现方式,确定终端将要进入无线资源控制非激活RRC-inactive状态的情况下,向核心网设备发送辅助信息。基于上述方法,在确定终端进入RRC-inactive状态的情况下,才触发核心网设备配置eDRX参数,使得终端可以在RRC-inactive状态下采用新配置的eDRX参数接收第一接入网设备的寻呼消息,可以降低终端接收第一接入网设备的寻呼消息的时延,提高用户体验。A possible implementation manner is to send auxiliary information to the core network device when it is determined that the terminal is about to enter the radio resource control inactive RRC-inactive state. Based on the above method, when it is determined that the terminal enters the RRC-inactive state, the core network device is triggered to configure the eDRX parameters, so that the terminal can use the newly configured eDRX parameters to receive the paging of the first access network device in the RRC-inactive state message, which can reduce the delay for the terminal to receive the paging message of the first access network device, and improve the user experience.
一种可能的实现方式,该方法还包括:根据终端能力信息和/或第一条件信息,确 定是否向核心网设备发送辅助信息;其中,终端能力信息用于指示以下信息中的至少一项:终端是否支持eDRX,终端是否支持RRC-inactive状态,终端在RRC-inactive状态下是否支持eDRX;第一条件信息用于指示第一参数信息包括的eDRX周期是否大于或等于第一时间长度。基于上述方法,给出了第一接入网设备触发核心网设备配置eDRX参数的条件。A possible implementation manner, the method further includes: determining whether to send auxiliary information to the core network device according to the terminal capability information and/or the first condition information; wherein the terminal capability information is used to indicate at least one of the following information: Whether the terminal supports eDRX, whether the terminal supports the RRC-inactive state, whether the terminal supports eDRX in the RRC-inactive state; the first condition information is used to indicate whether the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is greater than or equal to the first time length. Based on the above method, conditions are given for the first access network device to trigger the core network device to configure eDRX parameters.
一种可能的实现方式,第一指示信息携带在终端上下文中止响应中。基于上述方法,第一接入网设备可以通过终端上下文中止响应接收第一指示信息。In a possible implementation manner, the first indication information is carried in the terminal context termination response. Based on the foregoing method, the first access network device may receive the first indication information through a terminal context termination response.
一种可能的实现方式,辅助信息携带在终端上下文中止请求消息或终端能力信息指示消息中。基于上述方法,第一接入网设备可以通过终端上下文中止请求消息或终端能力信息指示消息向核心网设备发送辅助信息。In a possible implementation manner, the auxiliary information is carried in the terminal context suspension request message or the terminal capability information indication message. Based on the above method, the first access network device may send auxiliary information to the core network device through a terminal context termination request message or a terminal capability information indication message.
一种可能的实现方式,获取第一参数信息,包括:接收来自核心网设备的第一参数信息,第一参数信息携带在初始上下文建立请求消息中,或者携带在RRC-inactive状态的核心网辅助信息中。基于上述方法,第一接入网设备可以通过初始上下文建立请求消息或者RRC-inactive状态的核心网辅助信息接收核心网设备的第一参数信息。A possible implementation manner, acquiring the first parameter information includes: receiving the first parameter information from the core network device, where the first parameter information is carried in the initial context establishment request message, or carried in the core network assistance in the RRC-inactive state information. Based on the above method, the first access network device may receive the first parameter information of the core network device through the initial context establishment request message or the core network assistance information in the RRC-inactive state.
一种可能的实现方式,该方法还包括:向第二接入网设备发送第一eDRX的参数信息,第一eDRX的参数信息包括第一参数信息或第一指示信息。基于上述方法,可以向第二接入网设备发送第一参数信息或第二参数信息,以便第二接入网设备根据第一参数信息或第二参数信息寻呼终端。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: sending parameter information of the first eDRX to the second access network device, where the parameter information of the first eDRX includes first parameter information or first indication information. Based on the above method, the first parameter information or the second parameter information can be sent to the second access network device, so that the second access network device can page the terminal according to the first parameter information or the second parameter information.
一种可能的实现方式,第一eDRX的参数信息还包括第一接入网设备配置的接入网设备的DRX周期,以及终端特定的DRX周期中的至少一个。基于上述方法,第二接入网设备可以确定寻呼终端的DRX周期。In a possible implementation manner, the parameter information of the first eDRX further includes at least one of a DRX cycle of the access network device configured by the first access network device and a terminal-specific DRX cycle. Based on the above method, the second access network device may determine the DRX cycle for paging the terminal.
一种可能的实现方式,向第一接入网设备的跟踪区域列表中的接入网设备发送第一eDRX的参数信息,第二接入网设备的标识包括在第一接入网设备的跟踪区域列表中。基于上述方法,第一接入网设备可以向第一接入网设备的跟踪区域列表中的接入网设备发送第一参数信息或第二参数信息,使得该列表中的接入网设备可以帮助寻呼终端。A possible implementation is to send the parameter information of the first eDRX to the access network device in the tracking area list of the first access network device, and the identifier of the second access network device is included in the tracking of the first access network device. in the list of regions. Based on the above method, the first access network device can send the first parameter information or the second parameter information to the access network device in the tracking area list of the first access network device, so that the access network device in the list can help paging the terminal.
一种可能的实现方式,第一eDRX的参数信息携带在接入网设备的寻呼消息中。基于上述方法,第一接入网设备可以通过接入网设备的寻呼消息向第二接入网设备发送第一参数信息和第二参数信息。In a possible implementation manner, the parameter information of the first eDRX is carried in the paging message of the access network device. Based on the above method, the first access network device may send the first parameter information and the second parameter information to the second access network device through a paging message of the access network device.
一种可能的实现方式,第一接入网设备包括集中单元和分布单元,第一接入网设备接收来自核心网设备的第一指示信息,包括:集中单元接收来自核心网设备的第一指示信息,第一接入网设备获取第一参数信息,包括:集中单元获取第一参数信息,方法还包括:集中单元向分布单元发送第二eDRX的参数信息,第二eDRX的参数信息包括第一参数信息或第一指示信息。基于上述方法,第一接入网设备为集中单元和分布单元分离的架构下,集中单元获取到第一参数信息或第二参数信息后,可以发送给分布单元,使得分布单元根据第一参数信息或第二参数信息寻呼终端。In a possible implementation manner, the first access network device includes a centralized unit and a distribution unit, and the first access network device receives the first indication information from the core network device, including: the centralized unit receives the first indication from the core network device. The first access network device obtains the first parameter information, including: the centralized unit obtains the first parameter information, and the method further includes: the centralized unit sends the parameter information of the second eDRX to the distribution unit, and the parameter information of the second eDRX includes the first parameter information. parameter information or first indication information. Based on the above method, under the architecture in which the first access network device is separated from the centralized unit and the distribution unit, after the centralized unit obtains the first parameter information or the second parameter information, it can send it to the distribution unit, so that the distribution unit can send the information to the distribution unit according to the first parameter information. or the second parameter information paging the terminal.
一种可能的实现方式,第二eDRX的参数信息还包括集中单元配置的接入网设备的DRX周期,以及终端特定的DRX周期。基于上述方法,分布单元可以确定寻呼终端的DRX周期。In a possible implementation manner, the parameter information of the second eDRX further includes the DRX cycle of the access network device configured by the centralized unit, and the terminal-specific DRX cycle. Based on the above method, the distribution unit can determine the DRX cycle for paging the terminal.
一种可能的实现方式,第二eDRX的参数信息携带在寻呼消息中。基于上述方法,集中单元可以通过寻呼消息向分布单元发送第一参数信息或第二参数信息。In a possible implementation manner, the parameter information of the second eDRX is carried in the paging message. Based on the above method, the centralized unit may send the first parameter information or the second parameter information to the distribution unit through a paging message.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,应用于终端,该方法包括:获取第一参数信息,第一参数信息用于指示第二eDRX参数,第二eDRX参数用于终端采用eDRX模式接收寻呼消息;接收来自第一接入网设备或核心网设备的第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示第一eDRX参数;采用第一eDRX参数接收寻呼消息。In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to a terminal. The method includes: acquiring first parameter information, where the first parameter information is used to indicate a second eDRX parameter, and the second eDRX parameter is used for the terminal to adopt an eDRX mode receiving a paging message; receiving first indication information from a first access network device or a core network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a first eDRX parameter; and using the first eDRX parameter to receive a paging message.
基于上述第六方面提供的方法,终端在获取了第二eDRX参数后,还可以接收核心网设备配置的第一eDRX参数,后续根据第一eDRX参数接收寻呼消息。Based on the method provided in the sixth aspect, after acquiring the second eDRX parameter, the terminal may also receive the first eDRX parameter configured by the core network device, and subsequently receive the paging message according to the first eDRX parameter.
一种可能的实现方式,通过RRC释放消息或RRC连接重配置消息接收来自第一接入网设备的第一指示信息;通过非接入层NAS消息接收来自核心网设备的第一指示信息。基于上述方法,终端可以通过RRC释放消息或RRC连接重配置消息接收第一指示信息,或者,通过NAS消息接收第一指示信息。In a possible implementation manner, the first indication information from the first access network device is received through an RRC release message or an RRC connection reconfiguration message; the first indication information from the core network device is received through a non-access stratum NAS message. Based on the above method, the terminal may receive the first indication information through an RRC release message or an RRC connection reconfiguration message, or receive the first indication information through a NAS message.
一种可能的实现方式,获取第一参数信息,包括:接收来自核心网设备的第一参数信息,第一参数信息携带在NAS消息中。基于上述方法,终端可以通过NAS消息接收核心网设备的第一参数信息,以便在接收到第一指示信息之前,根据第一参数信息接收寻呼消息。A possible implementation manner, acquiring the first parameter information includes: receiving the first parameter information from the core network device, where the first parameter information is carried in the NAS message. Based on the above method, the terminal may receive the first parameter information of the core network device through the NAS message, so as to receive the paging message according to the first parameter information before receiving the first indication information.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,应用于核心网设备,该方法包括:接收来自第一接入网设备的辅助信息,辅助信息用于辅助核心网设备配置eDRX参数;向第一接入网设备发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示第一扩展的非连续接收eDRX参数;采用第一eDRX参数发送寻呼消息。In a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to a core network device. The method includes: receiving auxiliary information from a first access network device, where the auxiliary information is used to assist the core network device in configuring eDRX parameters; An access network device sends first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter; the paging message is sent by using the first eDRX parameter.
基于上述第七方面提供的方法,核心网可以根据第一接入网设备的触发,来配置eDRX参数,使得终端接收接入网设备的寻呼消息的时延降低,用户体验提高。另外,该方法中,第一接入网设备和核心网设备可以采用相同的eDRX参数发送寻呼消息,实现起来较为容易,可行性高。Based on the method provided in the seventh aspect, the core network can configure the eDRX parameters according to the trigger of the first access network device, so that the delay of the terminal receiving the paging message of the access network device is reduced, and the user experience is improved. In addition, in this method, the first access network device and the core network device can use the same eDRX parameters to send the paging message, which is easy to implement and has high feasibility.
一种可能的实现方式,终端将要进入无线资源控制非激活RRC-inactive状态的情况下,接收来自第一接入网设备的辅助信息。基于上述方法,在终端进入RRC-inactive状态的情况下,才触发核心网设备配置eDRX参数,使得终端可以在RRC-inactive状态下采用新配置的eDRX参数接收第一接入网设备的寻呼消息,可以降低终端接收第一接入网设备的寻呼消息的时延,提高用户体验。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal receives auxiliary information from the first access network device when the terminal is about to enter the radio resource control inactive RRC-inactive state. Based on the above method, when the terminal enters the RRC-inactive state, the core network device is triggered to configure the eDRX parameters, so that the terminal can use the newly configured eDRX parameters in the RRC-inactive state to receive the paging message of the first access network device , which can reduce the time delay for the terminal to receive the paging message of the first access network device, and improve the user experience.
一种可能的实现方式,辅助信息携带在终端上下文中止请求消息或终端能力信息指示消息中。基于上述方法,核心网设备可以通过终端上下文中止请求消息或终端能力信息指示消息接收该辅助信息。In a possible implementation manner, the auxiliary information is carried in the terminal context suspension request message or the terminal capability information indication message. Based on the above method, the core network device may receive the auxiliary information through a terminal context termination request message or a terminal capability information indication message.
一种可能的实现方式,通过终端上下文中止响应向第一接入网设备发送第一指示信息。基于上述方法,第一指示信息可以通过终端上下文中止响应发送给第一接入网设备。In a possible implementation manner, the first indication information is sent to the first access network device through a terminal context termination response. Based on the above method, the first indication information may be sent to the first access network device through a terminal context termination response.
一种可能的实现方式,该方法还包括:向终端发送第一指示信息。基于上述方法,核心网设备可以向终端发送该第一指示信息,使得终端可以根据第一指示信息接收寻呼消息。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: sending the first indication information to the terminal. Based on the above method, the core network device can send the first indication information to the terminal, so that the terminal can receive the paging message according to the first indication information.
一种可能的实现方式,通过非接入层NAS消息向终端发送第一指示信息。基于上 述方法,核心网设备可以通过NAS消息向终端发送第一指示信息。In a possible implementation manner, the first indication information is sent to the terminal through a non-access stratum NAS message. Based on the above method, the core network device can send the first indication information to the terminal through a NAS message.
一种可能的实现方式,该方法还包括:向第一接入网设备发送第一参数信息,第一参数信息用于指示第二eDRX参数,第二eDRX参数用于核心网设备发送第一指示信息之前,采用eDRX模式发送寻呼消息。基于上述方法,核心网设备可以向第一接入网设备发送第一参数信息,使得第一接入网设备可以根据第一参数信息确定是否触发核心网设备配置eDRX参数。A possible implementation manner, the method further includes: sending first parameter information to the first access network device, where the first parameter information is used to indicate the second eDRX parameter, and the second eDRX parameter is used for the core network device to send the first indication Before the message, the paging message is sent in eDRX mode. Based on the above method, the core network device can send the first parameter information to the first access network device, so that the first access network device can determine whether to trigger the core network device to configure eDRX parameters according to the first parameter information.
一种可能的实现方式,第一参数信息携带在初始上下文建立请求消息中,或者携带在RRC-inactive状态的核心网辅助信息中。基于上述方法,第一参数信息可以通过初始上下文建立请求消息或RRC-inactive状态的核心网辅助信息发送给第一接入网设备。In a possible implementation manner, the first parameter information is carried in the initial context establishment request message, or carried in the core network assistance information in the RRC-inactive state. Based on the above method, the first parameter information may be sent to the first access network device through an initial context establishment request message or core network assistance information in an RRC-inactive state.
一种可能的实现方式,该方法还包括:向终端发送第一参数信息,第一参数信息用于指示第二eDRX参数,第二eDRX参数用于核心网设备发送第一指示信息之前,采用eDRX模式发送寻呼消息。基于上述方法,核心网设备还可以向终端发送第一参数信息,使得终端在接收到第一指示信息之前,可以根据第一参数信息接收寻呼消息。A possible implementation manner, the method further includes: sending first parameter information to the terminal, the first parameter information is used to indicate the second eDRX parameter, and the second eDRX parameter is used for the core network device to send the first indication information, using eDRX mode to send paging messages. Based on the above method, the core network device can also send the first parameter information to the terminal, so that the terminal can receive the paging message according to the first parameter information before receiving the first indication information.
一种可能的实现方式,通过非接入层NAS消息向终端发送第一参数信息。基于上述方法,核心网设备可以通过NAS消息向终端发送第一参数信息。In a possible implementation manner, the first parameter information is sent to the terminal through a non-access stratum NAS message. Based on the above method, the core network device may send the first parameter information to the terminal through a NAS message.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,应用于第二接入网设备,该方法包括:接收来自第一接入网设备的第一eDRX的参数信息,第一eDRX的参数信息包括第一参数信息或第一指示信息,第一参数信息用于指示第二eDRX参数,第二eDRX参数用于第一接入网设备接收到第一指示信息之前,采用eDRX模式向终端发送寻呼消息,第一指示信息用于指示第一eDRX参数,第一eDRX参数用于第一接入网设备接收到第一指示信息后,采用eDRX模式向终端发送寻呼消息;第二接入网设备根据第一eDRX的参数信息向终端发送寻呼消息。In an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to a second access network device. The method includes: receiving parameter information of the first eDRX from the first access network device, where the parameter information of the first eDRX includes: The first parameter information or the first indication information, the first parameter information is used to indicate the second eDRX parameter, and the second eDRX parameter is used for the first access network device to send the paging to the terminal in the eDRX mode before receiving the first indication information message, the first indication information is used to indicate the first eDRX parameter, and the first eDRX parameter is used for the first access network device to send a paging message to the terminal in the eDRX mode after receiving the first indication information; the second access network device Send a paging message to the terminal according to the parameter information of the first eDRX.
基于上述第八方面提供的方法,第二接入网设备可以从第一接入网设备接收第一参数信息或第二参数信息,进而根据第一参数信息或第二参数信息寻呼终端。Based on the method provided in the eighth aspect, the second access network device may receive the first parameter information or the second parameter information from the first access network device, and then page the terminal according to the first parameter information or the second parameter information.
一种可能的实现方式,第一eDRX的参数信息还包括第一接入网设备配置的接入网设备的DRX周期,以及终端特定的DRX周期中的至少一个。基于上述方法,第二接入网设备可以确定寻呼终端的DRX周期。In a possible implementation manner, the parameter information of the first eDRX further includes at least one of a DRX cycle of the access network device configured by the first access network device and a terminal-specific DRX cycle. Based on the above method, the second access network device may determine the DRX cycle for paging the terminal.
一种可能的实现方式,第二接入网设备的标识包括在第一接入网设备的跟踪区域列表中。In a possible implementation manner, the identifier of the second access network device is included in the tracking area list of the first access network device.
一种可能的实现方式,第一eDRX的参数信息携带在接入网设备的寻呼消息中。基于上述方法,第一接入网设备可以通过接入网设备的寻呼消息向第二接入网设备发送第一参数信息和第二参数信息。In a possible implementation manner, the parameter information of the first eDRX is carried in the paging message of the access network device. Based on the above method, the first access network device may send the first parameter information and the second parameter information to the second access network device through a paging message of the access network device.
第九方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,应用于第一接入网设备,该方法包括:获取第一参数信息,根据第一参数信息确定第一时域位置,第一参数信息用于指示第一eDRX参数,第一eDRX参数用于核心网设备采用eDRX模式发送寻呼消息,第一时域位置包括至少一个寻呼时间单元的位置;在第一时间单元内,根据核心网设备是否存在寻呼时间单元向终端发送寻呼消息,在第一时间单元内,第一接入网设备存在寻呼时间单元。In a ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to a first access network device. The method includes: acquiring first parameter information, determining a first time domain location according to the first parameter information, and using the first parameter information to use In order to indicate the first eDRX parameter, the first eDRX parameter is used for the core network equipment to send the paging message in the eDRX mode, and the first time domain position includes the position of at least one paging time unit; in the first time unit, according to the core network equipment Whether there is a paging time unit to send a paging message to the terminal, within the first time unit, the first access network device has a paging time unit.
基于上述第九方面提供的方法,核心网设备发送寻呼消息采用的eDRX参数与第一接入网设备发送寻呼消息采用的eDRX参数不同。在这种情况下,若在第一时间单元内,同时存在核心网设备的寻呼时间单元与接入网设备的寻呼时间单元,终端可以在其中一个寻呼时间单元中被唤醒。如此,终端可以根据合适的eDRX参数接收接入网设备和核心网设备的寻呼消息,既可以降低时延,提高用户体验,又可以降低终端的功耗。Based on the method provided in the ninth aspect, the eDRX parameters used by the core network device to send the paging message are different from the eDRX parameters used by the first access network device to send the paging message. In this case, if both the paging time unit of the core network device and the paging time unit of the access network device exist in the first time unit, the terminal can be woken up in one of the paging time units. In this way, the terminal can receive the paging messages of the access network equipment and the core network equipment according to the appropriate eDRX parameters, which can not only reduce the delay, improve the user experience, but also reduce the power consumption of the terminal.
一种可能的实现方式,该方法还包括:根据第二参数信息确定第二时域位置,第二参数信息用于指示第二eDRX参数,第二eDRX参数用于第一接入网设备采用eDRX模式发送寻呼消息,第二时域位置包括至少一个寻呼时间单元的位置。基于上述方法,第一接入网设备可以根据第二参数信息确定第二时域位置。如此,第一接入网设备可以根据第一时域位置和第二时域位置发送寻呼消息。A possible implementation manner, the method further includes: determining a second time domain location according to second parameter information, where the second parameter information is used to indicate a second eDRX parameter, and the second eDRX parameter is used for the first access network device to adopt eDRX The mode sends a paging message, and the second time domain location includes the location of at least one paging time unit. Based on the above method, the first access network device may determine the second time domain location according to the second parameter information. In this way, the first access network device can send the paging message according to the first time domain location and the second time domain location.
一种可能的实现方式,第二参数信息是根据第一参数信息获取的,在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元与第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元在时域上有重叠。基于上述方法,第一接入网设备可以根据第一参数信息获取第二参数信息,使得在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元与第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元在时域上有重叠。In a possible implementation manner, the second parameter information is obtained according to the first parameter information, and within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device are within the same time period. There is overlap in the time domain. Based on the above method, the first access network device can acquire the second parameter information according to the first parameter information, so that within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device The time units overlap in the time domain.
一种可能的实现方式,第一参数信息包括的eDRX周期中超帧的数量为偶数,并且终端的标识为偶数。基于上述方法,第一接入网设备可以配置合适的第二参数信息,使得在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元与第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元在时域上有重叠。In a possible implementation manner, the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is an even number, and the identifier of the terminal is an even number. Based on the above method, the first access network device may configure appropriate second parameter information, so that within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device are within the same There is overlap in the time domain.
一种可能的实现方式,第二参数信息包括的eDRX周期中超帧的数量为偶数。基于上述方法,在第二参数信息包括的eDRX周期中超帧的数量为偶数的情况下,在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元与第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元在时域上有重叠。In a possible implementation manner, the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number. Based on the above method, in the case that the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number, within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device The time units overlap in the time domain.
一种可能的实现方式,寻呼时间单元包括寻呼时间窗PTW或寻呼时机PO。In a possible implementation manner, the paging time unit includes a paging time window PTW or a paging occasion PO.
一种可能的实现方式,在第一时间单元内,根据核心网设备是否存在寻呼时间单元向终端发送寻呼消息,包括:若在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在寻呼时间单元,则在第一时间单元内,第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中向终端发送寻呼消息,或者,在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中向终端发送寻呼消息;或者,若在第一时间单元内,核心网设备不存在寻呼时间单元,则在第一时间单元内,第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中向终端发送寻呼消息。基于上述方法,在第一时间单元内,若核心网设备和第一接入网设备都存在寻呼时间单元,第一接入网设备和核心网设备在其中一个寻呼时间单元中发送寻呼消息,可以减少终端被唤醒的次数,降低终端的功耗。In a possible implementation manner, in the first time unit, sending a paging message to the terminal according to whether the core network device has a paging time unit, including: if the core network device has a paging time unit in the first time unit, In the first time unit, the paging message is sent to the terminal in the paging time unit where the first access network device exists, or, in the first time unit, the paging message is sent to the terminal in the paging time unit where the core network device exists. paging message; or, if the core network device does not have a paging time unit in the first time unit, then in the first time unit, the first access network device sends a paging message to the terminal in the paging time unit that exists in the first access network device information. Based on the above method, within the first time unit, if both the core network device and the first access network device have paging time units, the first access network device and the core network device send paging in one of the paging time units message, which can reduce the number of times the terminal is woken up and reduce the power consumption of the terminal.
一种可能的实现方式,若在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在寻呼时间单元,则第一接入网设备发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期;或者,第一接入网设备发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为终端特定的DRX周期;或者,第一接入网设备发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为接入网设备的DRX周期;或者,第一接入网设备发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期,终端特定的DRX周期和接入网设备的DRX周期中 的最小值或最大值;或者,若在第一时间单元内,核心网设备不存在寻呼时间单元,则第一接入网设备发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期;或者,第一接入网设备发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为接入网设备的DRX周期;或者,第一接入网设备发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期和接入网设备的DRX周期中的最小值或最大值。基于上述方法,给出了不同情况下,第一接入网设备发送寻呼消息的DRX周期。In a possible implementation manner, if the core network device has a paging time unit within the first time unit, the DRX cycle for sending the paging message by the first access network device is the default DRX cycle; The DRX cycle in which the network device sends the paging message is the terminal-specific DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle in which the first access network device sends the paging message is the DRX cycle of the access network device; or, the first access network device sends the paging message. The DRX cycle of the paging message is the default DRX cycle, the minimum or maximum value between the terminal-specific DRX cycle and the DRX cycle of the access network device; or, if within the first time unit, the core network device does not have a paging time unit, then the DRX cycle of sending the paging message by the first access network device is the default DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle of sending the paging message by the first access network device is the DRX cycle of the access network device; or, the first The DRX cycle for the access network device to send the paging message is the minimum or maximum value among the default DRX cycle and the DRX cycle of the access network device. Based on the above method, the DRX cycle for sending the paging message by the first access network device in different situations is given.
一种可能的实现方式,获取第一参数信息,包括:接收来自核心网设备的第一参数信息,第一参数信息携带在初始上下文建立请求消息中,或者携带在RRC-inactive状态的核心网辅助信息中。基于上述方法,第一接入网设备可以通过初始上下文建立请求消息或RRC-inactive状态的核心网辅助信息接收第一参数信息。A possible implementation manner, acquiring the first parameter information includes: receiving the first parameter information from the core network device, where the first parameter information is carried in the initial context establishment request message, or carried in the core network assistance in the RRC-inactive state information. Based on the above method, the first access network device may receive the first parameter information through the initial context establishment request message or the core network assistance information in the RRC-inactive state.
一种可能的实现方式,第一时间单元为超帧。In a possible implementation manner, the first time unit is a superframe.
一种可能的实现方式,该方法还包括:向第二接入网设备发送第一eDRX的参数信息,第一eDRX的参数信息包括第一参数信息和第二参数信息。基于上述方法,第一接入网设备可以向第二接入网设备发送第一参数信息和第二参数信息,使得终端在RRC-inactive状态下移动到第二接入网设备的覆盖范围后,第二接入网设备可以根据第一参数信息和第二参数信息寻呼终端。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: sending parameter information of the first eDRX to the second access network device, where the parameter information of the first eDRX includes the first parameter information and the second parameter information. Based on the above method, the first access network device can send the first parameter information and the second parameter information to the second access network device, so that after the terminal moves to the coverage of the second access network device in the RRC-inactive state, The second access network device may page the terminal according to the first parameter information and the second parameter information.
一种可能的实现方式,第一eDRX的参数信息还包括第一接入网设备配置的接入网设备的DRX周期,以及终端特定的DRX周期中的至少一个。基于上述方法,第二接入网设备可以确定第二接入网设备寻呼终端的DRX周期。In a possible implementation manner, the parameter information of the first eDRX further includes at least one of a DRX cycle of the access network device configured by the first access network device and a terminal-specific DRX cycle. Based on the above method, the second access network device may determine the DRX cycle for the second access network device to page the terminal.
一种可能的实现方式,第二接入网设备的标识包括在第一接入网设备的跟踪区域列表中。In a possible implementation manner, the identifier of the second access network device is included in the tracking area list of the first access network device.
一种可能的实现方式,第一eDRX的参数信息携带在接入网设备的寻呼消息中。基于上述方法,第一接入网设备可以通过接入网设备的寻呼消息向第二接入网设备发送第一参数信息和第二参数信息。In a possible implementation manner, the parameter information of the first eDRX is carried in the paging message of the access network device. Based on the above method, the first access network device may send the first parameter information and the second parameter information to the second access network device through a paging message of the access network device.
一种可能的实现方式,第一接入网设备包括集中单元和分布单元,第一接入网设备获取第一参数信息,包括:集中单元获取第一参数信息,该方法还包括:集中单元向分布单元发送第二eDRX的参数信息,第二eDRX的参数信息包括第一参数信息和第二参数信息,第二参数信息用于指示第二eDRX参数,第二eDRX参数用于第一接入网设备采用eDRX模式发送寻呼消息。基于上述方法,第一接入网设备为集中单元和分布单元分离的架构下,集中单元获取到第一参数信息和第二参数信息后,可以发送给分布单元,使得分布单元根据第一参数信息和第二参数信息寻呼终端。In a possible implementation manner, the first access network device includes a centralized unit and a distribution unit, and the first access network device acquiring the first parameter information includes: the centralized unit acquiring the first parameter information, and the method further includes: the centralized unit sending the information to the distribution unit. The distribution unit sends parameter information of the second eDRX, where the parameter information of the second eDRX includes first parameter information and second parameter information, the second parameter information is used to indicate the second eDRX parameter, and the second eDRX parameter is used for the first access network The device sends paging messages in eDRX mode. Based on the above method, under the architecture in which the first access network device is separated from the centralized unit and the distribution unit, after the centralized unit obtains the first parameter information and the second parameter information, it can send the information to the distribution unit, so that the distribution unit can send the information to the distribution unit according to the first parameter information. and the second parameter information to page the terminal.
一种可能的实现方式,第二eDRX的参数信息还包括集中单元配置的接入网设备的DRX周期,以及终端特定的DRX周期。基于上述方法,分布单元可以确定寻呼终端的DRX周期。In a possible implementation manner, the parameter information of the second eDRX further includes the DRX cycle of the access network device configured by the centralized unit, and the terminal-specific DRX cycle. Based on the above method, the distribution unit can determine the DRX cycle for paging the terminal.
一种可能的实现方式,第二eDRX的参数信息携带在寻呼消息中。基于上述方法,集中单元可以通过寻呼消息向分布单元发送第一参数信息和第二参数信息。In a possible implementation manner, the parameter information of the second eDRX is carried in the paging message. Based on the above method, the centralized unit may send the first parameter information and the second parameter information to the distribution unit through a paging message.
第十方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,应用于终端,该方法包括:获取第一参数信息和第二参数信息,第一参数信息用于指示第一eDRX参数,第一eDRX参数用于终端采用eDRX模式接收来自核心网设备的寻呼消息,第二参数信息用于指示 第二eDRX参数,第二eDRX参数用于终端采用eDRX模式接收来自第一接入网设备的寻呼消息;根据第一参数信息确定第一时域位置,根据第二参数信息确定第二时域位置,第一时域位置包括至少一个寻呼时间单元的位置,第二时域位置包括至少一个寻呼时间单元的位置;在第一时间单元内,根据核心网设备是否存在寻呼时间单元接收来自第一接入网设备的寻呼消息和核心网设备的寻呼消息,在第一时间单元内,第一接入网设备存在寻呼时间单元。In a tenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to a terminal. The method includes: acquiring first parameter information and second parameter information, where the first parameter information is used to indicate a first eDRX parameter, and the first eDRX parameter is used for The terminal uses the eDRX mode to receive the paging message from the core network device, the second parameter information is used to indicate the second eDRX parameter, and the second eDRX parameter is used for the terminal to use the eDRX mode to receive the paging message from the first access network device; The first time domain position is determined according to the first parameter information, the second time domain position is determined according to the second parameter information, the first time domain position includes the position of at least one paging time unit, and the second time domain position includes at least one paging time The location of the unit; in the first time unit, according to whether the core network device has a paging time unit to receive the paging message from the first access network device and the paging message from the core network device, in the first time unit, the first time unit A paging time unit exists in an access network device.
基于上述第十方面提供的方法,核心网设备发送寻呼消息采用的eDRX参数与第一接入网设备发送寻呼消息采用的eDRX参数不同。在这种情况下,若在第一时间单元内,同时存在核心网设备的寻呼时间单元与接入网设备的寻呼时间单元,终端可以在其中一个寻呼时间单元中被唤醒。如此,终端可以根据合适的eDRX参数接收接入网设备和核心网设备的寻呼消息,既可以降低时延,提高用户体验,又可以降低终端的功耗。Based on the method provided in the tenth aspect above, the eDRX parameters used by the core network device to send the paging message are different from the eDRX parameters used by the first access network device to send the paging message. In this case, if both the paging time unit of the core network device and the paging time unit of the access network device exist in the first time unit, the terminal can be woken up in one of the paging time units. In this way, the terminal can receive the paging messages of the access network equipment and the core network equipment according to the appropriate eDRX parameters, which can not only reduce the delay, improve the user experience, but also reduce the power consumption of the terminal.
一种可能的实现方式,寻呼时间单元包括寻呼时间窗PTW或寻呼时机PO。In a possible implementation manner, the paging time unit includes a paging time window PTW or a paging occasion PO.
一种可能的实现方式,第二参数信息是根据第一参数信息获取的,在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元与第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元在时域上有重叠。基于上述方法,可以根据第一参数信息获取第二参数信息,使得在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元与第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元在时域上有重叠。In a possible implementation manner, the second parameter information is obtained according to the first parameter information, and within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device are within the same time period. There is overlap in the time domain. Based on the above method, the second parameter information can be acquired according to the first parameter information, so that within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device are in the time domain There is overlap.
一种可能的实现方式,第一参数信息包括的eDRX周期中超帧的数量为偶数,并且终端的标识为偶数。基于上述方法,根据第一参数信息确定的第二参数信息,可以使得在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元与第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元在时域上有重叠。In a possible implementation manner, the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is an even number, and the identifier of the terminal is an even number. Based on the above method, according to the second parameter information determined according to the first parameter information, within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device can be in the time domain There is overlap.
一种可能的实现方式,第二参数信息包括的eDRX周期中超帧的数量为偶数。基于上述方法,在第二参数信息包括的eDRX周期中超帧的数量为偶数的情况下,在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元与第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元在时域上有重叠。In a possible implementation manner, the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number. Based on the above method, in the case that the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number, within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device The time units overlap in the time domain.
一种可能的实现方式,在第一时间单元内,根据核心网设备是否存在寻呼时间单元接收来自第一接入网设备的寻呼消息和核心网设备的寻呼消息,包括:若在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在寻呼时间单元,则在第一时间单元内,第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中接收来自第一接入网设备的寻呼消息和来自核心网设备的寻呼消息,或者,在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中接收来自第一接入网设备的寻呼消息和来自核心网设备的寻呼消息;或者,若在第一时间单元内,核心网设备不存在寻呼时间单元,则在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中接收来自核心网设备的寻呼消息,在第一时间单元内,第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中接收来自第一接入网设备的寻呼消息。基于上述方法,在第一时间单元内,若核心网设备和第一接入网设备都存在寻呼时间单元,终端在其中一个寻呼时间单元中接收寻呼消息,可以减少终端被唤醒的次数,降低终端的功耗。In a possible implementation manner, in the first time unit, receive the paging message from the first access network device and the paging message from the core network device according to whether the core network device has a paging time unit, including: In a time unit, the core network device has a paging time unit, then in the first time unit, the paging time unit of the first access network device receives a paging message from the first access network device and a paging message from the core network device. The paging message of the network device, or, in the first time unit, the paging message from the first access network device and the paging message from the core network device are received in the paging time unit that exists in the core network device; or, If in the first time unit, the core network device does not have a paging time unit, then within the first time unit, the core network device receives a paging message from the core network device in the paging time unit that exists in the core network device, and at the first time In the unit, the paging message from the first access network device is received in the paging time unit where the first access network device exists. Based on the above method, in the first time unit, if both the core network device and the first access network device have paging time units, the terminal receives a paging message in one of the paging time units, which can reduce the number of times the terminal is woken up , reduce the power consumption of the terminal.
一种可能的实现方式,若在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在寻呼时间单元,则终端接收寻呼消息的非连续接收DRX周期为默认的DRX周期;或者,终端接收寻呼 消息的DRX周期为终端特定的DRX周期;或者,终端接收寻呼消息的DRX周期为接入网设备的DRX周期;或者,终端接收寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期,终端特定的DRX周期和接入网设备的DRX周期中的最小值或最大值;或者,若在第一时间单元内,核心网设备不存在寻呼时间单元,则终端接收核心网设备的寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期;或者,终端接收核心网设备的寻呼消息的DRX周期为终端特定的DRX周期;或者,终端接收核心网设备的寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期和终端特定的DRX周期中的最小值或最大值;或者,若在第一时间单元内,核心网设备不存在寻呼时间单元,则终端接收第一接入网设备的寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期;或者,终端接收第一接入网设备的寻呼消息的DRX周期为接入网设备的DRX周期;或者,终端接收第一接入网设备的寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期和接入网设备的DRX周期中的最小值或最大值。基于上述方法,给出了不同情况下,终端接收寻呼消息的DRX周期。In a possible implementation manner, if the core network device has a paging time unit in the first time unit, the discontinuous reception DRX cycle for the terminal to receive the paging message is the default DRX cycle; The DRX cycle is the terminal-specific DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle of the terminal receiving the paging message is the DRX cycle of the access network device; or, the DRX cycle of the terminal receiving the paging message is the default DRX cycle, and the terminal-specific DRX cycle and The minimum or maximum value in the DRX cycle of the access network device; or, if the core network device does not have a paging time unit within the first time unit, the DRX cycle for the terminal to receive the paging message of the core network device is the default or, the DRX cycle of the terminal receiving the paging message of the core network device is the terminal-specific DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle of the terminal receiving the paging message of the core network device is the default DRX cycle and the terminal-specific DRX cycle The minimum value or the maximum value of ; or, if in the first time unit, the core network device does not have a paging time unit, the DRX cycle for the terminal to receive the paging message of the first access network device is the default DRX cycle; Or, the DRX cycle of the terminal receiving the paging message of the first access network device is the DRX cycle of the access network device; or, the DRX cycle of the terminal receiving the paging message of the first access network device is the default DRX cycle and the DRX cycle of the access network device. The minimum or maximum value in the DRX cycle of the connected device. Based on the above method, the DRX cycle for the terminal to receive the paging message in different situations is given.
一种可能的实现方式,获取第一参数信息,包括:接收来自核心网设备的第一参数信息,第一参数信息携带在非接入层NAS消息中。基于上述方法,终端可以通过NAS消息接收核心网设备的第一参数信息。A possible implementation manner, acquiring the first parameter information includes: receiving the first parameter information from the core network device, where the first parameter information is carried in a non-access stratum NAS message. Based on the above method, the terminal may receive the first parameter information of the core network device through the NAS message.
一种可能的实现方式,获取第二参数信息,包括:接收来自第一接入网设备的第二参数信息,第二参数信息携带在RRC释放消息中或RRC连接重配置消息中。基于上述方法,终端可以通过RRC释放消息中或RRC连接重配置消息接收第一接入网设备的第二参数信息。A possible implementation manner of acquiring the second parameter information includes: receiving the second parameter information from the first access network device, where the second parameter information is carried in the RRC release message or the RRC connection reconfiguration message. Based on the above method, the terminal may receive the second parameter information of the first access network device through the RRC release message or the RRC connection reconfiguration message.
第十一方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,应用于核心网设备,该方法包括:获取第二参数信息,根据第二参数信息确定第二时域位置,第二参数信息用于指示第二eDRX参数,第二eDRX参数用于第一接入网设备采用eDRX模式发送寻呼消息,第二时域位置包括至少一个寻呼时间单元的位置;在第一时间单元内,根据核心网设备是否存在寻呼时间单元向终端发送寻呼消息,在第一时间单元内,第一接入网设备存在寻呼时间单元。In an eleventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to a core network device. The method includes: acquiring second parameter information, determining a second time domain location according to the second parameter information, and the second parameter information is used to indicate The second eDRX parameter, the second eDRX parameter is used by the first access network device to send the paging message in the eDRX mode, and the second time domain location includes the location of at least one paging time unit; within the first time unit, according to the core network Whether the device has a paging time unit sends a paging message to the terminal, and within the first time unit, the first access network device has a paging time unit.
基于上述第十一方面提供的方法,核心网设备发送寻呼消息采用的eDRX参数与第一接入网设备发送寻呼消息采用的eDRX参数不同。在这种情况下,若在第一时间单元内,同时存在核心网设备的寻呼时间单元与接入网设备的寻呼时间单元,终端可以在其中一个寻呼时间单元中被唤醒。如此,终端可以根据合适的eDRX参数接收接入网设备和核心网设备的寻呼消息,既可以降低时延,提高用户体验,又可以降低终端的功耗。Based on the method provided in the eleventh aspect, the eDRX parameters used by the core network device to send the paging message are different from the eDRX parameters used by the first access network device to send the paging message. In this case, if both the paging time unit of the core network device and the paging time unit of the access network device exist in the first time unit, the terminal can be woken up in one of the paging time units. In this way, the terminal can receive the paging messages of the access network equipment and the core network equipment according to the appropriate eDRX parameters, which can not only reduce the delay, improve the user experience, but also reduce the power consumption of the terminal.
一种可能的实现方式,该方法还包括:根据第一参数信息确定第一时域位置,第一参数信息用于指示第一eDRX参数,第一eDRX参数用于核心网设备采用eDRX模式发送寻呼消息,第一时域位置包括至少一个寻呼时间单元的位置。基于上述方法,基于上述方法,核心网设备可以根据第一参数信息确定第一时域位置。如此,核心网设备可以根据第一时域位置和第二时域位置发送寻呼消息。A possible implementation manner, the method further includes: determining a first time domain position according to first parameter information, where the first parameter information is used to indicate a first eDRX parameter, and the first eDRX parameter is used for the core network device to send the search query in the eDRX mode. paging message, the first time domain location includes the location of at least one paging time unit. Based on the above method, the core network device may determine the first time domain location according to the first parameter information. In this way, the core network device can send the paging message according to the first time domain location and the second time domain location.
一种可能的实现方式,第二参数信息是根据第一参数信息获取的,在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元与第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元在时域上有重叠。基于上述方法,可以根据第一参数信息获取第二参数信息,使得在第一时 间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元与第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元在时域上有重叠。In a possible implementation manner, the second parameter information is obtained according to the first parameter information, and within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device are within the same time period. There is overlap in the time domain. Based on the above method, the second parameter information can be acquired according to the first parameter information, so that within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device are in the time domain There is overlap.
一种可能的实现方式,第一参数信息包括的eDRX周期中超帧的数量为偶数,并且终端的标识为偶数。基于上述方法,根据第一参数信息确定的第二参数信息,可以使得在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元与第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元在时域上有重叠。In a possible implementation manner, the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is an even number, and the identifier of the terminal is an even number. Based on the above method, according to the second parameter information determined according to the first parameter information, within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device can be in the time domain There is overlap.
一种可能的实现方式,第二参数信息包括的eDRX周期中超帧的数量为偶数。基于上述方法,在第二参数信息包括的eDRX周期中超帧的数量为偶数的情况下,在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元与第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元在时域上有重叠。In a possible implementation manner, the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number. Based on the above method, in the case that the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number, within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device The time units overlap in the time domain.
一种可能的实现方式,寻呼时间单元包括寻呼时间窗PTW或寻呼时机PO。In a possible implementation manner, the paging time unit includes a paging time window PTW or a paging occasion PO.
一种可能的实现方式,在第一时间单元内,根据核心网设备是否存在寻呼时间单元向终端发送寻呼消息,包括:若在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在寻呼时间单元,则在第一时间单元内,第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中向终端发送寻呼消息,或者,在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中向终端发送寻呼消息;或者,若在第一时间单元内,核心网设备不存在寻呼时间单元,则在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中向终端发送寻呼消息。基于上述方法,在第一时间单元内,若核心网设备和第一接入网设备都存在寻呼时间单元,第一接入网设备和核心网设备在其中一个寻呼时间单元中发送寻呼消息,可以减少终端被唤醒的次数,降低终端的功耗。In a possible implementation manner, in the first time unit, sending a paging message to the terminal according to whether the core network device has a paging time unit, including: if the core network device has a paging time unit in the first time unit, In the first time unit, the paging message is sent to the terminal in the paging time unit where the first access network device exists, or, in the first time unit, the paging message is sent to the terminal in the paging time unit where the core network device exists. paging message; or, if the core network device does not have a paging time unit in the first time unit, send a paging message to the terminal in the paging time unit that the core network device exists in the first time unit. Based on the above method, within the first time unit, if both the core network device and the first access network device have paging time units, the first access network device and the core network device send paging in one of the paging time units message, which can reduce the number of times the terminal is woken up and reduce the power consumption of the terminal.
一种可能的实现方式,若在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在寻呼时间单元,则核心网设备发送寻呼消息的非连续接收DRX周期为默认的DRX周期;或者,核心网设备发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为终端特定的DRX周期;或者,核心网设备发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为接入网设备的DRX周期;或者,核心网设备发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期,终端特定的DRX周期和接入网设备的DRX周期中的最小值或最大值;或者,在第一时间单元内,核心网设备不存在寻呼时间单元,则核心网设备发送寻呼消息的非连续接收DRX周期为默认的DRX周期;或者,核心网设备发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为终端特定的DRX周期;或者,核心网设备发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期和终端特定的DRX周期中的最小值或最大值。基于上述方法,给出了不同情况下,核心网设备发送寻呼消息的DRX周期。In a possible implementation manner, if the core network device has a paging time unit in the first time unit, the discontinuous reception DRX cycle for sending the paging message by the core network device is the default DRX cycle; or, the core network device sends The DRX cycle of the paging message is the terminal-specific DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle of the core network device sending the paging message is the DRX cycle of the access network device; or, the DRX cycle of the core network device sending the paging message is the default DRX cycle Period, the minimum or maximum value between the terminal-specific DRX cycle and the DRX cycle of the access network device; or, within the first time unit, if the core network device does not have a paging time unit, the core network device sends a paging message The discontinuous reception DRX cycle is the default DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle in which the core network device sends the paging message is the terminal-specific DRX cycle; or the DRX cycle in which the core network device sends the paging message is the default DRX cycle and the terminal Minimum or maximum value in a specific DRX cycle. Based on the above method, the DRX cycle for the core network device to send the paging message in different situations is given.
一种可能的实现方式,获取第二参数信息,包括:接收来自第一接入网设备的第二参数信息,第二参数信息携带在RRC非激活转换报告中。基于上述方法,核心网设备可以通过RRC非激活转换报告接收第一接入网设备的第二参数信息。A possible implementation manner, acquiring the second parameter information includes: receiving the second parameter information from the first access network device, where the second parameter information is carried in the RRC inactivity transition report. Based on the above method, the core network device may receive the second parameter information of the first access network device through the RRC inactive transition report.
第十二方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,应用于第二接入网设备,该方法包括:接收来自第一接入网设备的第一eDRX的参数信息,第一eDRX的参数信息包括第一参数信息和第二参数信息,第一参数信息用于指示第一扩展的非连续接收eDRX参数,第一eDRX参数用于核心网设备采用eDRX模式向终端发送寻呼消息,第二参数信息用于指示第二eDRX参数,第二eDRX参数用于第一接入网设备采用eDRX模式向终端发送寻呼消息;根据第一参数信息确定第一时域位置,根据第二参 数信息确定第二时域位置,第一时域位置包括至少一个寻呼时间单元的位置,第二时域位置包括至少一个寻呼时间单元的位置;在第一时间单元内,根据核心网设备是否存在寻呼时间单元向终端发送寻呼消息,在第一时间单元内,第一接入网设备存在寻呼时间单元。In a twelfth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to a second access network device. The method includes: receiving parameter information of the first eDRX from the first access network device, parameter information of the first eDRX Including first parameter information and second parameter information, the first parameter information is used to indicate the first extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter, the first eDRX parameter is used for the core network device to send a paging message to the terminal using the eDRX mode, and the second parameter The information is used to indicate the second eDRX parameter, and the second eDRX parameter is used for the first access network device to send a paging message to the terminal in the eDRX mode; the first time domain position is determined according to the first parameter information, and the first time domain position is determined according to the second parameter information. Two time domain locations, the first time domain location includes the location of at least one paging time unit, and the second time domain location includes the location of at least one paging time unit; in the first time unit, according to whether there is paging in the core network equipment The time unit sends a paging message to the terminal, and within the first time unit, the first access network device has a paging time unit.
基于上述第十二方面提供的方法,第一接入网设备可以向第二接入网设备发送第一参数信息和第二参数信息,使得终端在RRC-inactive状态下移动到第二接入网设备的覆盖范围后,第二接入网设备可以根据第一参数信息和第二参数信息寻呼终端。Based on the method provided in the twelfth aspect, the first access network device may send the first parameter information and the second parameter information to the second access network device, so that the terminal moves to the second access network in the RRC-inactive state After the coverage of the device, the second access network device can page the terminal according to the first parameter information and the second parameter information.
一种可能的实现方式,第二参数信息是根据第一参数信息获取的,在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元与第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元在时域上有重叠。基于上述方法,可以根据第一参数信息获取第二参数信息,使得在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元与第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元在时域上有重叠。In a possible implementation manner, the second parameter information is obtained according to the first parameter information, and within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device are within the same time period. There is overlap in the time domain. Based on the above method, the second parameter information can be acquired according to the first parameter information, so that within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device are in the time domain There is overlap.
一种可能的实现方式,第一参数信息包括的eDRX周期中超帧的数量为偶数,并且终端的标识为偶数。基于上述方法,根据第一参数信息确定的第二参数信息,可以使得在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元与第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元在时域上有重叠。In a possible implementation manner, the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is an even number, and the identifier of the terminal is an even number. Based on the above method, according to the second parameter information determined according to the first parameter information, within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device can be in the time domain There is overlap.
一种可能的实现方式,第二参数信息包括的eDRX周期中超帧的数量为偶数。基于上述方法,在第二参数信息包括的eDRX周期中超帧的数量为偶数的情况下,在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元与第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元在时域上有重叠。In a possible implementation manner, the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number. Based on the above method, in the case that the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number, within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device The time units overlap in the time domain.
一种可能的实现方式,寻呼时间单元包括寻呼时间窗PTW或寻呼时机PO。In a possible implementation manner, the paging time unit includes a paging time window PTW or a paging occasion PO.
一种可能的实现方式,在第一时间单元内,根据核心网设备是否存在寻呼时间单元向终端发送寻呼消息,包括:若在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在寻呼时间单元,则在第一时间单元内,第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中向终端发送寻呼消息,或者,在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中向终端发送寻呼消息;或者,若在第一时间单元内,核心网设备不存在寻呼时间单元,则在第一时间单元内,第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中向终端发送寻呼消息。基于上述方法,在第一时间单元内,若核心网设备和第二接入网设备都存在寻呼时间单元,第二接入网设备和核心网设备在其中一个寻呼时间单元中发送寻呼消息,可以减少终端被唤醒的次数,降低终端的功耗。In a possible implementation manner, in the first time unit, sending a paging message to the terminal according to whether the core network device has a paging time unit, including: if the core network device has a paging time unit in the first time unit, In the first time unit, the paging message is sent to the terminal in the paging time unit where the first access network device exists, or, in the first time unit, the paging message is sent to the terminal in the paging time unit where the core network device exists. paging message; or, if the core network device does not have a paging time unit in the first time unit, then in the first time unit, the first access network device sends a paging message to the terminal in the paging time unit that exists in the first access network device information. Based on the above method, within the first time unit, if both the core network device and the second access network device have paging time units, the second access network device and the core network device send paging in one of the paging time units message, which can reduce the number of times the terminal is woken up and reduce the power consumption of the terminal.
一种可能的实现方式,若在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在寻呼时间单元,则第二接入网设备发送寻呼消息的非连续接收DRX周期为默认的DRX周期;或者,第二接入网设备发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为终端特定的DRX周期;或者,第二接入网设备发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为接入网设备的DRX周期;或者,第二接入网设备发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期,终端特定的DRX周期和接入网设备的DRX周期中的最小值或最大值;若在第一时间单元内,核心网设备不存在寻呼时间单元,则第二接入网设备发送寻呼消息的非连续接收DRX周期为默认的DRX周期;或者,第二接入网设备发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为接入网设备的DRX周期;或者,第二接入网设备发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期和接入网设备的DRX周 期中的最小值或最大值。基于上述方法,给出了不同情况下,第二接入网设备发送寻呼消息的DRX周期。In a possible implementation manner, if the core network device has a paging time unit within the first time unit, the discontinuous reception DRX cycle in which the second access network device sends the paging message is the default DRX cycle; The DRX cycle of the second access network device sending the paging message is the terminal-specific DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle of the second access network device sending the paging message is the DRX cycle of the access network device; or, the second access network device The DRX cycle for the device to send the paging message is the default DRX cycle, the minimum or maximum value between the terminal-specific DRX cycle and the DRX cycle of the access network device; if the core network device does not have paging within the first time unit time unit, then the discontinuous reception DRX cycle of the second access network device sending the paging message is the default DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle of the second access network device sending the paging message is the DRX cycle of the access network device; Or, the DRX cycle for sending the paging message by the second access network device is the minimum or maximum value among the default DRX cycle and the DRX cycle of the access network device. Based on the above method, the DRX cycle for sending the paging message by the second access network device in different situations is given.
一种可能的实现方式,第一eDRX的参数信息还包括第一接入网设备配置的接入网设备的DRX周期,以及终端特定的DRX周期中的至少一个。基于上述方法,第二接入网设备可以确定第二接入网设备寻呼终端的DRX周期。In a possible implementation manner, the parameter information of the first eDRX further includes at least one of a DRX cycle of the access network device configured by the first access network device and a terminal-specific DRX cycle. Based on the above method, the second access network device may determine the DRX cycle for the second access network device to page the terminal.
一种可能的实现方式,第二接入网设备的标识包括在第一接入网设备的跟踪区域列表中。In a possible implementation manner, the identifier of the second access network device is included in the tracking area list of the first access network device.
一种可能的实现方式,第一eDRX的参数信息携带在接入网设备的寻呼消息中。基于上述方法,第二接入网设备可以通过接入网设备的寻呼消息接收第一参数信息和第二参数信息。In a possible implementation manner, the parameter information of the first eDRX is carried in the paging message of the access network device. Based on the above method, the second access network device may receive the first parameter information and the second parameter information through a paging message of the access network device.
第十三方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,应用于第一接入网设备,该方法包括:获取第一参数信息,根据第一参数信息确定第一时域位置,第一参数信息用于指示第一eDRX参数,第一eDRX参数用于核心网设备采用eDRX模式发送寻呼消息,第一时域位置包括至少一个寻呼时间单元的位置;获取第二参数信息,根据第二参数信确定第二时域配置,第二参数信息是根据第一参数信息获取的,第二参数信息用于指示第二eDRX参数,第二eDRX参数用于第一接入网设备采用eDRX模式发送寻呼消息,第二时域位置包括至少一个寻呼时间单元的位置;根据第一时域位置和第二时域位置发送寻呼消息。In a thirteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to a first access network device. The method includes: acquiring first parameter information, determining a first time domain location according to the first parameter information, and the first parameter information Used to indicate the first eDRX parameter, the first eDRX parameter is used for the core network device to send the paging message in the eDRX mode, and the first time domain position includes the position of at least one paging time unit; obtain the second parameter information, according to the second parameter The information determines the second time domain configuration, the second parameter information is obtained according to the first parameter information, the second parameter information is used to indicate the second eDRX parameter, and the second eDRX parameter is used by the first access network device to send the search request in the eDRX mode. paging message, the second time domain location includes the location of at least one paging time unit; the paging message is sent according to the first time domain location and the second time domain location.
基于上述第十三方面提供的方法,第一接入网设备可以根据第一参数信息确定第二参数信息,使得第二时域位置包括的部分寻呼时间单元的位置,与第一时域位置包括的部分寻呼时间单元的位置在时域上有重叠。如此,对于第一时域位置与第二时域位置中重叠的寻呼时间单元,终端可以在其中一个寻呼时间单元中被唤醒,以便终端既可以根据合适的eDRX参数接收接入网设备和核心网设备的寻呼消息,又可以降低时延,提高用户体验,降低终端的功耗。Based on the method provided in the thirteenth aspect, the first access network device may determine the second parameter information according to the first parameter information, so that the position of the part of the paging time unit included in the second time domain location is the same as the first time domain location. The positions of the included partial paging time units overlap in the time domain. In this way, for the overlapping paging time units in the first time domain location and the second time domain location, the terminal can be woken up in one of the paging time units, so that the terminal can both receive access network equipment and The paging message of the core network equipment can reduce the delay, improve the user experience, and reduce the power consumption of the terminal.
一种可能的实现方式,在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元与第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元在时域上有重叠。基于上述方法,在第一时间单元内,终端可以在其中一个寻呼时间单元中被唤醒,以便终端既可以根据合适的eDRX参数接收接入网设备和核心网设备的寻呼消息,又可以降低时延,提高用户体验,降低终端的功耗。In a possible implementation manner, in the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device overlap in the time domain. Based on the above method, in the first time unit, the terminal can be woken up in one of the paging time units, so that the terminal can not only receive paging messages from the access network equipment and the core network equipment according to the appropriate eDRX parameters, but also reduce the Delay, improve user experience, and reduce terminal power consumption.
一种可能的实现方式,第一参数信息包括的eDRX周期中超帧的数量为偶数,并且终端的标识为偶数。基于上述方法,可以根据第一参数信息确定的第二参数信息,使得在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元与第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元在时域上有重叠。In a possible implementation manner, the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is an even number, and the identifier of the terminal is an even number. Based on the above method, the second parameter information determined according to the first parameter information may be such that within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device are in the time domain There is overlap.
一种可能的实现方式,第二参数信息包括的eDRX周期中超帧的数量为偶数。基于上述方法,在第二参数信息包括的eDRX周期中超帧的数量为偶数的情况下,在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元与第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元在时域上有重叠。In a possible implementation manner, the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number. Based on the above method, in the case that the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number, within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device The time units overlap in the time domain.
一种可能的实现方式,根据第一时域位置和第二时域位置发送寻呼消息,包括:在第一时间单元内,在第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中向终端发送寻呼消息, 或者,在核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中向终端发送寻呼消息;或者,在第一时间单元外,在第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中向终端发送寻呼消息。基于上述方法,在第一时间单元内,第一接入网设备和核心网设备在第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元和核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中的一个寻呼时间单元中发送寻呼消息,可以减少终端被唤醒的次数,降低终端的功耗。A possible implementation manner, sending a paging message according to the first time domain location and the second time domain location includes: in the first time unit, sending the paging message to the terminal in the paging time unit where the first access network device exists The paging message, or the paging message is sent to the terminal in the paging time unit where the core network device exists; or, outside the first time unit, the paging message is sent to the terminal in the paging time unit where the first access network device exists paging message. Based on the above method, within the first time unit, the first access network device and the core network device have a paging time in the paging time unit existing in the first access network device and the paging time unit existing in the core network device. Sending a paging message in the unit can reduce the number of times the terminal is woken up and reduce the power consumption of the terminal.
一种可能的实现方式,在第一时间单元内,第一接入网设备发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期;或者,第一接入网设备发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为终端特定的DRX周期;或者,第一接入网设备发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为接入网设备的DRX周期;或者,第一接入网设备发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期,终端特定的DRX周期和接入网设备的DRX周期中的最小值或最大值;在第一时间单元外,第一接入网设备发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期;或者,第一接入网设备发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为接入网设备的DRX周期;或者,第一接入网设备发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期和接入网设备的DRX周期中的最小值或最大值。基于上述方法,给出了不同情况下,第一接入网设备发送寻呼消息的DRX周期。In a possible implementation manner, within the first time unit, the DRX cycle for sending the paging message by the first access network device is the default DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle for sending the paging message by the first access network device is the terminal DRX cycle. a specific DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle of the first access network device sending the paging message is the DRX cycle of the access network device; or, the DRX cycle of the first access network device sending the paging message is the default DRX cycle, The minimum or maximum value between the terminal-specific DRX cycle and the DRX cycle of the access network device; outside the first time unit, the DRX cycle of the first access network device sending the paging message is the default DRX cycle; The DRX cycle of the paging message sent by an access network device is the DRX cycle of the access network device; or, the DRX cycle of the first access network device to send the paging message is the default DRX cycle and the DRX cycle of the access network device. the minimum or maximum value of . Based on the above method, the DRX cycle for sending the paging message by the first access network device in different situations is given.
一种可能的实现方式,获取第一参数信息,包括:接收来自核心网设备的第一参数信息,第一参数信息携带在初始上下文建立请求消息中,或者携带在RRC-inactive状态的核心网辅助信息中。基于上述方法,第一接入网设备可以通过初始上下文建立请求消息或RRC-inactive状态的核心网辅助信息接收第一参数信息。A possible implementation manner, acquiring the first parameter information includes: receiving the first parameter information from the core network device, where the first parameter information is carried in the initial context establishment request message, or carried in the core network assistance in the RRC-inactive state information. Based on the above method, the first access network device may receive the first parameter information through the initial context establishment request message or the core network assistance information in the RRC-inactive state.
一种可能的实现方式,寻呼时间单元包括寻呼时间窗PTW或寻呼时机PO。In a possible implementation manner, the paging time unit includes a paging time window PTW or a paging occasion PO.
一种可能的实现方式,第一时间单元为超帧。In a possible implementation manner, the first time unit is a superframe.
一种可能的实现方式,该方法还包括:向第二接入网设备发送第一eDRX的参数信息,第一eDRX的参数信息包括第一参数信息和第二参数信息。基于上述方法,第一接入网设备可以向第二接入网设备发送第一参数信息和第二参数信息,使得终端在RRC-inactive状态下移动到第二接入网设备的覆盖范围后,第二接入网设备可以根据第一参数信息和第二参数信息寻呼终端。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: sending parameter information of the first eDRX to the second access network device, where the parameter information of the first eDRX includes the first parameter information and the second parameter information. Based on the above method, the first access network device can send the first parameter information and the second parameter information to the second access network device, so that after the terminal moves to the coverage of the second access network device in the RRC-inactive state, The second access network device may page the terminal according to the first parameter information and the second parameter information.
一种可能的实现方式,第一eDRX的参数信息还包括第一接入网设备配置的接入网设备的DRX周期,以及终端特定的DRX周期中的至少一个。基于上述方法,第二接入网设备可以确定第二接入网设备寻呼终端的DRX周期。In a possible implementation manner, the parameter information of the first eDRX further includes at least one of a DRX cycle of the access network device configured by the first access network device and a terminal-specific DRX cycle. Based on the above method, the second access network device may determine the DRX cycle for the second access network device to page the terminal.
一种可能的实现方式,第二接入网设备的标识包括在第一接入网设备的跟踪区域列表中。In a possible implementation manner, the identifier of the second access network device is included in the tracking area list of the first access network device.
一种可能的实现方式,第一eDRX的参数信息携带在接入网设备的寻呼消息中。基于上述方法,第一接入网设备可以通过接入网设备的寻呼消息向第二接入网设备发送第一参数信息和第二参数信息。In a possible implementation manner, the parameter information of the first eDRX is carried in the paging message of the access network device. Based on the above method, the first access network device may send the first parameter information and the second parameter information to the second access network device through a paging message of the access network device.
一种可能的实现方式,第一接入网设备包括集中单元和分布单元,第一接入网设备获取第一参数信息,包括:集中单元获取第一参数信息,第一接入网设备获取第二参数信息,包括:集中单元获取第二参数信息,方法还包括:集中单元向分布单元发送第二eDRX的参数信息,第二eDRX的参数信息包括第一参数信息和第二参数信息。基于上述方法,第一接入网设备为集中单元和分布单元分离的架构下,集中单元获取 到第一参数信息和第二参数信息后,可以发送给分布单元,使得分布单元根据第一参数信息和第二参数信息寻呼终端。In a possible implementation manner, the first access network device includes a centralized unit and a distribution unit, and the first access network device obtains the first parameter information, including: the centralized unit obtains the first parameter information, and the first access network device obtains the first parameter information. The second parameter information includes: the centralized unit obtains the second parameter information, and the method further includes: the centralized unit sends the second eDRX parameter information to the distribution unit, where the second eDRX parameter information includes the first parameter information and the second parameter information. Based on the above method, under the architecture in which the first access network device is separated from the centralized unit and the distribution unit, after the centralized unit obtains the first parameter information and the second parameter information, it can send the information to the distribution unit, so that the distribution unit can send the information to the distribution unit according to the first parameter information. and the second parameter information to page the terminal.
一种可能的实现方式,第二eDRX的参数信息还包括集中单元配置的接入网设备的DRX周期,以及终端特定的DRX周期。基于上述方法,分布单元可以确定寻呼终端的DRX周期。In a possible implementation manner, the parameter information of the second eDRX further includes the DRX cycle of the access network device configured by the centralized unit, and the terminal-specific DRX cycle. Based on the above method, the distribution unit can determine the DRX cycle for paging the terminal.
一种可能的实现方式,第二eDRX的参数信息携带在寻呼消息中。基于上述方法,集中单元可以通过寻呼消息向分布单元发送第一参数信息和第二参数信息。In a possible implementation manner, the parameter information of the second eDRX is carried in the paging message. Based on the above method, the centralized unit may send the first parameter information and the second parameter information to the distribution unit through a paging message.
第十四方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,应用于终端,该方法包括:获取第一参数信息,根据第一参数信息确定第一时域位置,第一参数信息用于指示第一扩展的非连续接收eDRX参数,第一eDRX参数用于终端采用eDRX模式接收来自核心网设备的寻呼消息,第一时域位置包括至少一个寻呼时间单元的位置;获取第二参数信息,根据第二参数信确定第二时域配置,第二参数信息是根据第一参数信息获取的,第二参数信息用于指示第二eDRX参数,第二eDRX参数用于终端采用eDRX模式接收来自第一接入网设备的寻呼消息,第二时域位置包括至少一个寻呼时间单元的位置;根据第一时域位置和第二时域位置接收寻呼消息。In a fourteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to a terminal. The method includes: acquiring first parameter information, determining a first time domain position according to the first parameter information, and the first parameter information is used to indicate the first Extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter, the first eDRX parameter is used by the terminal to receive a paging message from a core network device in an eDRX mode, and the first time domain location includes the location of at least one paging time unit; obtain the second parameter information, according to The second parameter information determines the second time domain configuration, the second parameter information is obtained according to the first parameter information, the second parameter information is used to indicate the second eDRX parameter, and the second eDRX parameter is used for the terminal to use the eDRX mode to receive data from the first For the paging message of the access network device, the second time domain location includes the location of at least one paging time unit; the paging message is received according to the first time domain location and the second time domain location.
基于上述第十四方面提供的方法,第二参数信息可以根据第一参数信息确定,使得第二时域位置包括的部分寻呼时间单元的位置,与第一时域位置包括的部分寻呼时间单元的位置在时域上有重叠。如此,对于第一时域位置与第二时域位置中重叠的寻呼时间单元,终端可以在其中一个寻呼时间单元中被唤醒,以便终端既可以根据合适的eDRX参数接收接入网设备和核心网设备的寻呼消息,又可以降低时延,提高用户体验,降低终端的功耗。Based on the method provided in the fourteenth aspect, the second parameter information may be determined according to the first parameter information, so that the position of the part of the paging time unit included in the second time domain location is the same as the part of the paging time included in the first time domain location. The locations of the cells overlap in the time domain. In this way, for the overlapping paging time units in the first time domain location and the second time domain location, the terminal can be woken up in one of the paging time units, so that the terminal can both receive access network equipment and The paging message of the core network equipment can reduce the delay, improve the user experience, and reduce the power consumption of the terminal.
一种可能的实现方式,在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元与第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元在时域上有重叠。基于上述方法,在第一时间单元内,终端可以在其中一个寻呼时间单元中被唤醒,以便终端既可以根据合适的eDRX参数接收接入网设备和核心网设备的寻呼消息,又可以降低时延,提高用户体验,降低终端的功耗。In a possible implementation manner, in the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device overlap in the time domain. Based on the above method, in the first time unit, the terminal can be woken up in one of the paging time units, so that the terminal can not only receive paging messages from the access network equipment and the core network equipment according to the appropriate eDRX parameters, but also reduce the Delay, improve user experience, and reduce terminal power consumption.
一种可能的实现方式,第一参数信息包括的eDRX周期中超帧的数量为偶数,并且终端的标识为偶数。基于上述方法,可以根据第一参数信息确定的第二参数信息,使得在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元与第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元在时域上有重叠。In a possible implementation manner, the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is an even number, and the identifier of the terminal is an even number. Based on the above method, the second parameter information determined according to the first parameter information may be such that within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device are in the time domain There is overlap.
一种可能的实现方式,第二参数信息包括的eDRX周期中超帧的数量为偶数。基于上述方法,在第二参数信息包括的eDRX周期中超帧的数量为偶数的情况下,在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元与第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元在时域上有重叠。In a possible implementation manner, the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number. Based on the above method, in the case that the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number, within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device The time units overlap in the time domain.
一种可能的实现方式,根据第一时域位置和第二时域位置接收寻呼消息,包括:在第一时间单元内,在第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中接收来自第一接入网设备的寻呼消息和来自核心网设备的寻呼消息,或者,在核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中接收来自第一接入网设备的寻呼消息和来自核心网设备的寻呼消息;或者,在第一时间单元外,在核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中接收来自核心网设备的寻呼消息, 在第一接入网设备存在的寻呼单元中接收来自第一接入网设备的寻呼消息。基于上述方法,在第一时间单元内,终端在第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元和核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中的一个寻呼时间单元中接收寻呼消息,可以减少终端被唤醒的次数,降低终端的功耗。A possible implementation manner of receiving the paging message according to the first time domain location and the second time domain location includes: in the first time unit, receiving the paging message from the first time unit in the paging time unit where the first access network device exists. A paging message from an access network device and a paging message from a core network device, or receive a paging message from the first access network device and a paging message from the core network device in the paging time unit that exists in the core network device or, outside the first time unit, receive a paging message from the core network device in the paging time unit where the core network device exists, and receive the paging message from the first access network device in the paging unit where the first access network device exists. A paging message for an access network device. Based on the above method, in the first time unit, the terminal receives the paging message in one of the paging time unit existing in the first access network device and the paging time unit existing in the core network device, which can reduce The number of times the terminal is woken up to reduce the power consumption of the terminal.
一种可能的实现方式,在第一时间单元内,终端接收寻呼消息的非连续接收DRX周期为默认的DRX周期;或者,终端接收寻呼消息的DRX周期为终端特定的DRX周期;或者,终端接收寻呼消息的DRX周期为接入网设备的DRX周期;或者,终端接收寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期,终端特定的DRX周期和接入网设备的DRX周期中的最小值或最大值;在第一时间单元外,终端接收核心网设备的寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期;或者,终端接收核心网设备的寻呼消息的DRX周期为终端特定的DRX周期;或者,终端接收核心网设备的寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期和终端特定的DRX周期中的最小值或最大值;在第一时间单元外,终端接收第一接入网设备的寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期;或者,终端接收第一接入网设备的寻呼消息的DRX周期为接入网设备的DRX周期;或者,终端接收第一接入网设备的寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期和接入网设备的DRX周期中的最小值或最大值。基于上述方法,给出了不同情况下,终端接收寻呼消息的DRX周期。In a possible implementation manner, in the first time unit, the discontinuous reception DRX cycle for the terminal to receive the paging message is the default DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle for the terminal to receive the paging message is the terminal-specific DRX cycle; or, The DRX cycle of the terminal receiving the paging message is the DRX cycle of the access network device; or, the DRX cycle of the terminal receiving the paging message is the default DRX cycle, the minimum value between the terminal-specific DRX cycle and the DRX cycle of the access network device or the maximum value; outside the first time unit, the DRX cycle in which the terminal receives the paging message of the core network device is the default DRX cycle; or the DRX cycle in which the terminal receives the paging message of the core network device is the terminal-specific DRX cycle; Or, the DRX cycle of the terminal receiving the paging message of the core network device is the minimum or maximum value between the default DRX cycle and the terminal-specific DRX cycle; outside the first time unit, the terminal receives the paging message of the first access network device. The DRX cycle of the paging message is the default DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle of the terminal receiving the paging message of the first access network device is the DRX cycle of the access network device; or, the terminal receiving the paging of the first access network device The DRX cycle of the message is the minimum or maximum value among the default DRX cycle and the DRX cycle of the access network device. Based on the above method, the DRX cycle for the terminal to receive the paging message in different situations is given.
一种可能的实现方式,获取第一参数信息,包括:接收来自核心网设备的第一参数信息,第一参数信息携带在非接入层NAS消息中。基于上述方法,终端可以通过NAS消息接收第一参数信息。A possible implementation manner, acquiring the first parameter information includes: receiving the first parameter information from the core network device, where the first parameter information is carried in a non-access stratum NAS message. Based on the above method, the terminal may receive the first parameter information through a NAS message.
一种可能的实现方式,寻呼时间单元包括寻呼时间窗PTW或寻呼时机PO。In a possible implementation manner, the paging time unit includes a paging time window PTW or a paging occasion PO.
第十五方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,应用于核心网设备,该方法包括:获取第一参数信息,根据第一参数信息确定第一时域位置,第一参数信息用于指示第一扩展的非连续接收eDRX参数,第一eDRX参数用于核心网设备采用eDRX模式发送寻呼消息,第一时域位置包括至少一个寻呼时间单元的位置;获取第二参数信息,根据第二参数信确定第二时域配置,第二参数信息是根据第一参数信息获取的,第二参数信息用于指示第二eDRX参数,第二eDRX参数用于第一接入网设备采用eDRX模式发送寻呼消息,第二时域位置包括至少一个寻呼时间单元的位置;根据第一时域位置和第二时域位置发送寻呼消息。In a fifteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to a core network device. The method includes: acquiring first parameter information, determining a first time domain location according to the first parameter information, and the first parameter information is used to indicate The first extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter, the first eDRX parameter is used for the core network device to send the paging message in the eDRX mode, and the first time domain position includes the position of at least one paging time unit; The second parameter information determines the second time domain configuration, the second parameter information is obtained according to the first parameter information, the second parameter information is used to indicate the second eDRX parameter, and the second eDRX parameter is used for the first access network device to adopt the eDRX mode Send a paging message, the second time domain location includes the location of at least one paging time unit; send the paging message according to the first time domain location and the second time domain location.
基于上述第十五方面提供的方法,第二参数信息可以根据第一参数信息确定,使得第二时域位置包括的部分寻呼时间单元的位置,与第一时域位置包括的部分寻呼时间单元的位置在时域上有重叠。如此,对于第一时域位置与第二时域位置中重叠的寻呼时间单元,终端可以在其中一个寻呼时间单元中被唤醒,以便终端既可以根据合适的eDRX参数接收接入网设备和核心网设备的寻呼消息,又可以降低时延,提高用户体验,降低终端的功耗。Based on the method provided in the fifteenth aspect, the second parameter information may be determined according to the first parameter information, so that the position of the part of the paging time unit included in the second time domain location is the same as the part of the paging time included in the first time domain location. The locations of the cells overlap in the time domain. In this way, for the overlapping paging time units in the first time domain location and the second time domain location, the terminal can be woken up in one of the paging time units, so that the terminal can both receive access network equipment and The paging message of the core network equipment can reduce the delay, improve the user experience, and reduce the power consumption of the terminal.
一种可能的实现方式,在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元与第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元在时域上有重叠。基于上述方法,在第一时间单元内,终端可以在其中一个寻呼时间单元中被唤醒,以便终端既可以根据合适的eDRX参数接收接入网设备和核心网设备的寻呼消息,又可以降低时延,提高用户体验,降 低终端的功耗。In a possible implementation manner, in the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device overlap in the time domain. Based on the above method, in the first time unit, the terminal can be woken up in one of the paging time units, so that the terminal can not only receive paging messages from the access network equipment and the core network equipment according to the appropriate eDRX parameters, but also reduce the Delay, improve user experience, and reduce terminal power consumption.
一种可能的实现方式,第一参数信息包括的eDRX周期中超帧的数量为偶数,并且终端的标识为偶数。基于上述方法,可以根据第一参数信息确定的第二参数信息,使得在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元与第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元在时域上有重叠。In a possible implementation manner, the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is an even number, and the identifier of the terminal is an even number. Based on the above method, the second parameter information determined according to the first parameter information may be such that within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device are in the time domain There is overlap.
一种可能的实现方式,第二参数信息包括的eDRX周期中超帧的数量为偶数。基于上述方法,在第二参数信息包括的eDRX周期中超帧的数量为偶数的情况下,在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元与第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元在时域上有重叠。In a possible implementation manner, the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number. Based on the above method, in the case that the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number, within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device The time units overlap in the time domain.
一种可能的实现方式,根据第一时域位置和第二时域位置发送寻呼消息,包括:在第一时间单元内,在第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间中向终端发送寻呼消息,或者,在核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中向终端发送寻呼消息;或者,在第二时间单元外,在核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中向终端发送寻呼消息。基于上述方法,在第一时间单元内,第一接入网设备和核心网设备在第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元和核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中的一个寻呼时间单元中发送寻呼消息,可以减少终端被唤醒的次数,降低终端的功耗。A possible implementation manner of sending a paging message according to the first time domain location and the second time domain location includes: in the first time unit, sending a paging message to the terminal during the paging time when the first access network device exists. paging message, or send the paging message to the terminal in the paging time unit existing in the core network device; or, outside the second time unit, send the paging message to the terminal in the paging time unit existing in the core network device. Based on the above method, within the first time unit, the first access network device and the core network device have a paging time in the paging time unit existing in the first access network device and the paging time unit existing in the core network device. Sending a paging message in the unit can reduce the number of times the terminal is woken up and reduce the power consumption of the terminal.
一种可能的实现方式,在第一时间单元内,核心网设备发送寻呼消息的非连续接收DRX周期为默认的DRX周期;或者,核心网设备发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为终端特定的DRX周期;或者,核心网设备发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为接入网设备的DRX周期;或者,核心网设备发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期,终端特定的DRX周期和接入网设备的DRX周期中的最小值或最大值;在第一时间单元外,核心网设备发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期;或者,核心网设备发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为终端特定的DRX周期;或者,核心网设备发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期和终端特定的DRX周期中的最小值或最大值。基于上述方法,给出了不同情况下,核心网设备发送寻呼消息的DRX周期。In a possible implementation manner, in the first time unit, the discontinuous reception DRX cycle in which the core network device sends the paging message is the default DRX cycle; or the DRX cycle in which the core network device sends the paging message is the terminal-specific DRX cycle. cycle; or, the DRX cycle of the core network device sending the paging message is the DRX cycle of the access network device; or, the DRX cycle of the core network device sending the paging message is the default DRX cycle, the terminal-specific DRX cycle and the access network device The minimum or maximum value of the DRX cycle of the device; outside the first time unit, the DRX cycle for the core network device to send the paging message is the default DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle for the core network device to send the paging message is terminal-specific or, the DRX cycle in which the core network device sends the paging message is the minimum or maximum value among the default DRX cycle and the terminal-specific DRX cycle. Based on the above method, the DRX cycle for the core network device to send the paging message in different situations is given.
一种可能的实现方式,寻呼时间单元包括寻呼时间窗PTW或寻呼时机PO。In a possible implementation manner, the paging time unit includes a paging time window PTW or a paging occasion PO.
第十六方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,应用于第二接入网设备,该方法包括:接收来自第一接入网设备的第一eDRX的参数信息,第一eDRX的参数信息包括第一参数信息和第二参数信息,第一参数信息用于指示第一扩展的非连续接收eDRX参数,第一eDRX参数用于核心网设备采用eDRX模式向终端发送寻呼消息,第二参数信息用于指示第二eDRX参数,第二eDRX参数用于第一接入网设备采用eDRX模式向终端发送寻呼消息,第二参数信息是根据第一参数信息获取的;根据第一参数信息确定第一时域位置,根据第二参数信息确定第二时域位置,第一时域位置包括至少一个寻呼时间单元的位置,第二时域位置包括至少一个寻呼时间单元的位置;根据所示第一时域位置和第二时域位置发送寻呼消息。In a sixteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to a second access network device. The method includes: receiving parameter information of the first eDRX from the first access network device, parameter information of the first eDRX Including first parameter information and second parameter information, the first parameter information is used to indicate the first extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter, the first eDRX parameter is used for the core network device to send a paging message to the terminal using the eDRX mode, and the second parameter The information is used to indicate the second eDRX parameter, and the second eDRX parameter is used by the first access network device to send a paging message to the terminal using the eDRX mode, and the second parameter information is obtained according to the first parameter information; determined according to the first parameter information The first time domain position, the second time domain position is determined according to the second parameter information, the first time domain position includes the position of at least one paging time unit, and the second time domain position includes the position of at least one paging time unit; A paging message is sent to the first time domain location and the second time domain location.
基于上述第十六方面提供的方法,第二接入网设备可以接收第一接入网设备发送的第一参数信息和第二参数信息,使得终端在RRC-inactive状态下移动到第二接入网设备的覆盖范围后,第二接入网设备可以根据第一参数信息和第二参数信息寻呼终端。Based on the method provided in the sixteenth aspect, the second access network device may receive the first parameter information and the second parameter information sent by the first access network device, so that the terminal moves to the second access network in the RRC-inactive state After the coverage of the network device, the second access network device can page the terminal according to the first parameter information and the second parameter information.
一种可能的实现方式,在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元与第 一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元在时域上有重叠。基于上述方法,在第一时间单元内,终端可以在其中一个寻呼时间单元中被唤醒,以便终端既可以根据合适的eDRX参数接收接入网设备和核心网设备的寻呼消息,又可以降低时延,提高用户体验,降低终端的功耗。In a possible implementation manner, in the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device overlap in the time domain. Based on the above method, in the first time unit, the terminal can be woken up in one of the paging time units, so that the terminal can not only receive paging messages from the access network equipment and the core network equipment according to the appropriate eDRX parameters, but also reduce the Delay, improve user experience, and reduce terminal power consumption.
一种可能的实现方式,第一参数信息包括的eDRX周期中超帧的数量为偶数,并且终端的标识为偶数。基于上述方法,可以根据第一参数信息确定的第二参数信息,使得在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元与第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元在时域上有重叠。In a possible implementation manner, the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is an even number, and the identifier of the terminal is an even number. Based on the above method, the second parameter information determined according to the first parameter information may be such that within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device are in the time domain There is overlap.
一种可能的实现方式,第二参数信息包括的eDRX周期中超帧的数量为偶数。基于上述方法,在第二参数信息包括的eDRX周期中超帧的数量为偶数的情况下,在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元与第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元在时域上有重叠。In a possible implementation manner, the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number. Based on the above method, in the case that the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number, within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device The time units overlap in the time domain.
一种可能的实现方式,根据所示第一时域位置和第二时域位置发送寻呼消息,包括:在第一时间单元内,在第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中向终端发送寻呼消息,或者,在核心网设备存在寻呼时间单元中向终端发送寻呼消息;或者,在第一时间单元外,在第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中向终端发送寻呼消息。基于上述方法,在第一时间单元内,第二接入网设备和核心网设备在第二接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元和核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中的一个寻呼时间单元中发送寻呼消息,可以减少终端被唤醒的次数,降低终端的功耗。A possible implementation manner, sending the paging message according to the first time domain location and the second time domain location shown, includes: in the first time unit, in the paging time unit where the first access network device exists, to the The terminal sends a paging message, or sends a paging message to the terminal in a paging time unit where the core network device exists; or, outside the first time unit, sends a paging message to the terminal in a paging time unit where the first access network device exists Send a paging message. Based on the above method, within the first time unit, the second access network device and the core network device have a paging time in the paging time unit existing in the second access network device and the paging time unit existing in the core network device Sending a paging message in the unit can reduce the number of times the terminal is woken up and reduce the power consumption of the terminal.
一种可能的实现方式,在第一时间单元内,第二接入网设备发送寻呼消息的非连续接收DRX周期为默认的DRX周期;或者,第二接入网设备发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为终端特定的DRX周期;或者,第二接入网设备发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为接入网设备的DRX周期;或者,第二接入网设备发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期,终端特定的DRX周期和接入网设备的DRX周期中的最小值或最大值;在第一时间单元外,第二接入网设备发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期;或者,第二接入网设备发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为接入网设备的DRX周期;或者,第二接入网设备发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期和接入网设备的DRX周期中的最小值或最大值。基于上述方法,给出了不同情况下,第二接入网设备发送寻呼消息的DRX周期。In a possible implementation manner, within the first time unit, the discontinuous reception DRX cycle for sending the paging message by the second access network device is the default DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle for sending the paging message by the second access network device The cycle is a terminal-specific DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle of the second access network device sending the paging message is the DRX cycle of the access network device; or, the DRX cycle of the second access network device sending the paging message is the default DRX cycle DRX cycle, the minimum or maximum value between the terminal-specific DRX cycle and the DRX cycle of the access network device; outside the first time unit, the DRX cycle of the second access network device sending the paging message is the default DRX cycle; Or, the DRX cycle of the paging message sent by the second access network device is the DRX cycle of the access network device; or, the DRX cycle of the paging message sent by the second access network device is the default DRX cycle and the DRX cycle of the access network device. The minimum or maximum value in the DRX cycle. Based on the above method, the DRX cycle for sending the paging message by the second access network device in different situations is given.
一种可能的实现方式,寻呼时间单元包括寻呼时间窗PTW或寻呼时机PO。In a possible implementation manner, the paging time unit includes a paging time window PTW or a paging occasion PO.
一种可能的实现方式,第一eDRX的参数信息还包括第一接入网设备配置的接入网设备的DRX周期,以及终端特定的DRX周期中的至少一个。基于上述方法,第二接入网设备可以确定第二接入网设备寻呼终端的DRX周期。In a possible implementation manner, the parameter information of the first eDRX further includes at least one of a DRX cycle of the access network device configured by the first access network device and a terminal-specific DRX cycle. Based on the above method, the second access network device may determine the DRX cycle for the second access network device to page the terminal.
一种可能的实现方式,第二接入网设备的标识包括在第一接入网设备的跟踪区域列表中。In a possible implementation manner, the identifier of the second access network device is included in the tracking area list of the first access network device.
一种可能的实现方式,第一eDRX的参数信息携带在接入网设备的寻呼消息中。基于上述方法,第二接入网设备可以通过接入网设备的寻呼消息接收第一参数信息和第二参数信息。In a possible implementation manner, the parameter information of the first eDRX is carried in the paging message of the access network device. Based on the above method, the second access network device may receive the first parameter information and the second parameter information through a paging message of the access network device.
第十七方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,可以实现上述第一方面的任一种 可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以实现上述第五方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以实现上述第九方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以实现上述第十三方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。该装置包括用于执行上述方法的相应的单元或部件。该装置包括的单元可以通过软件和/或硬件方式实现。该装置例如可以为第一接入网设备、或者为可支持第一接入网设备实现上述方法的芯片、芯片系统、或处理器等。In a seventeenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which can implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing first aspect, or implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing fifth aspect. The method, or the method in any possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect above, or the method in any possible implementation manner of the thirteenth aspect above can be implemented. The apparatus comprises corresponding units or components for carrying out the above-described method. The units included in the apparatus may be implemented by software and/or hardware. The apparatus may be, for example, a first access network device, or a chip, a chip system, or a processor that can support the first access network device to implement the foregoing method.
第十八方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,可以实现上述第二方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以实现上述第六方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以实现上述第十方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以实现上述第十四方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。该装置包括用于执行上述方法的相应的单元或部件。该装置包括的单元可以通过软件和/或硬件方式实现。该装置例如可以为终端、或者为可支持终端实现上述方法的芯片、芯片系统、或处理器等。In an eighteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which can implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing second aspect, or implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing sixth aspect. The method, or the method in any possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect above, or the method in any possible implementation manner of the fourteenth aspect above can be implemented. The apparatus comprises corresponding units or components for carrying out the above-described method. The units included in the apparatus may be implemented by software and/or hardware. The apparatus may be, for example, a terminal, or a chip, a chip system, or a processor that can support the terminal to implement the above method.
第十九方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,可以实现上述第三方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以实现上述第七方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以实现上述第十一方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以实现上述第十五方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。该装置包括用于执行上述方法的相应的单元或部件。该装置包括的单元可以通过软件和/或硬件方式实现。该装置例如可以为核心网设备、或者为可支持核心网设备实现上述方法的芯片、芯片系统、或处理器等。In a nineteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which can implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing third aspect, or implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing seventh aspect. The method, or the method in any possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect above, or the method in any possible implementation manner of the fifteenth aspect above can be implemented. The apparatus comprises corresponding units or components for carrying out the above-described method. The units included in the apparatus may be implemented by software and/or hardware. The apparatus may be, for example, a core network device, or a chip, a chip system, or a processor that can support the core network device to implement the above method.
第二十方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,可以实现上述第四方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以实现上述第八方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以实现上述第十二方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以实现上述第十六方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。该装置包括用于执行上述方法的相应的单元或部件。该装置包括的单元可以通过软件和/或硬件方式实现。该装置例如可以为第二接入网设备、或者为可支持第二接入网设备实现上述方法的芯片、芯片系统、或处理器等。In a twentieth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which can implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing fourth aspect, or implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing eighth aspect. method, or can implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the twelfth aspect above, or can implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the sixteenth aspect above. The apparatus comprises corresponding units or components for carrying out the above-described method. The units included in the apparatus may be implemented by software and/or hardware. The apparatus may be, for example, a second access network device, or a chip, a chip system, or a processor that can support the second access network device to implement the foregoing method.
第二十一方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,可以用于实现上述第一方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以用于实现上述第五方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以用于实现上述第九方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以用于实现上述第十三方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。In a twenty-first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which can be used to implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing first aspect, or can be used to implement any possible implementation manner of the foregoing fifth aspect The method in the implementation manner of the above, or can be used to implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect above, or can be used to implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the thirteenth aspect above.
第二十二方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,可以用于实现上述第二方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以用于实现上述第六方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以用于实现上述第十方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以用于实现上述第十四方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。In a twenty-second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which can be used to implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing second aspect, or can be used to implement any one of the possible implementation manners of the foregoing sixth aspect The method in the implementation manner of the above-mentioned tenth aspect may be used to implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the above tenth aspect, or may be used to implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the above-mentioned fourteenth aspect.
第二十三方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,可以用于实现上述第三方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以用于实现上述第七方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以用于实现上述第十一方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以用于实现上述第十五方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。In a twenty-third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which can be used to implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing third aspect, or can be used to implement any one of the possible implementation manners of the foregoing seventh aspect or can be used to implement the method in any possible implementation of the eleventh aspect above, or can be used to implement the method in any possible implementation of the fifteenth aspect above .
第二十四方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,可以用于实现上述第四方面的 任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以用于实现上述第八方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以用于实现上述第十二方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以用于实现上述第十六方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。In a twenty-fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which can be used to implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing fourth aspect, or can be used to implement any one of the possible implementation manners of the foregoing eighth aspect. or can be used to implement the method in any possible implementation of the twelfth aspect above, or can be used to implement the method in any possible implementation of the sixteenth aspect above .
第二十五方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,包括:处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得该装置实现上述第一方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者实现上述第五方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者实现上述第九方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者实现上述第十三方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。In a twenty-fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including: a processor, the processor is coupled to a memory, the memory is used to store a program or an instruction, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor When executed, the device is made to implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the first aspect above, or the method in any possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect above, or implement any one of the above ninth aspects. A method in one possible implementation manner, or a method in any one possible implementation manner of the thirteenth aspect above.
第二十六方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,包括:处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得该装置可以实现上述第二方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以实现上述第六方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以实现上述第十方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以实现上述第十四方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。In a twenty-sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including: a processor, the processor is coupled to a memory, the memory is used to store a program or an instruction, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor When executed, the device can implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the above second aspect, or can implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the above sixth aspect, or can implement the above tenth aspect. The method in any possible implementation manner of , or the method in any possible implementation manner of the above fourteenth aspect can be implemented.
第二十七方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,包括:处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得该装置可以实现上述第三方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以实现上述第七方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以实现上述第十一方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以实现上述第十五方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。In a twenty-seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including: a processor, the processor is coupled to a memory, and the memory is used to store a program or an instruction, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor When executed, the device can implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the above third aspect, or can implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the above seventh aspect, or can implement the above eleventh aspect The method in any possible implementation manner of the aspect, or the method in any possible implementation manner of the fifteenth aspect above may be implemented.
第二十八方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,包括:处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得该装置可以实现上述第四方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以实现上述第八方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以实现上述第十二方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以实现上述第十六方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。In a twenty-eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including: a processor, the processor is coupled to a memory, the memory is used to store a program or an instruction, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor When executed, the device can implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the above fourth aspect, or can implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the above eighth aspect, or can implement the above twelfth aspect. The method in any possible implementation manner of the aspect, or the method in any possible implementation manner of the sixteenth aspect above can be implemented.
第二十九方面,本申请实施例提供一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括至少一个处理器,用于实现上述第一方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以用于实现上述第五方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以用于实现上述第九方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以用于实现上述第十三方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。In a twenty-ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, where the chip system includes at least one processor for implementing the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing first aspect, or may be used for implementing the foregoing The method in any possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, or can be used to implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect above, or can be used to implement any one of the thirteenth aspect above methods in possible implementations.
第三十方面,本申请实施例提供一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括至少一个处理器,用于实现上述第二方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以用于实现上述第六方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以用于实现上述第十方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以用于实现上述第十四方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。In a thirtieth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, where the chip system includes at least one processor, and is used to implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the second aspect above, or can be used to implement the above-mentioned first The method in any possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, or can be used to implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the above tenth aspect, or can be used to implement any one of the above-mentioned possible implementation methods of the fourteenth aspect. method in the implementation.
第三十一方面,本申请实施例提供一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括至少一个处理器,用于实现上述第三方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以用于实现上述第七方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以用于实现上述第十一方面的 任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以用于实现上述第十五方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。In a thirty-first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, where the chip system includes at least one processor, and is used to implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the third aspect above, or can be used to implement the above The method in any possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, or can be used to implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect above, or can be used to implement any of the fifteenth aspect above method in one possible implementation.
第三十二方面,本申请实施例提供一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括至少一个处理器,用于实现上述第四方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以用于实现上述第八方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以用于实现上述第十二方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法,或者可以用于实现上述第十六方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。In a thirty-second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, where the chip system includes at least one processor, and is used to implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect above, or can be used to implement the above The method in any possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, or can be used to implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the above-mentioned twelfth aspect, or can be used to implement any of the above-mentioned sixteenth aspects. method in one possible implementation.
第二十九方面、第三十方面、第三十一方面或第三十二方面的一种可能的实现方式,所述芯片系统还包括存储器,所述存储器,用于保存程序指令和数据,存储器位于处理器之内或处理器之外。该芯片系统,可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In a possible implementation manner of the twenty-ninth aspect, the thirtieth aspect, the thirty-first aspect or the thirty-second aspect, the chip system further includes a memory, and the memory is used for storing program instructions and data, The memory is either inside the processor or outside the processor. The chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
第三十三方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读介质,其上存储有计算机程序或指令,所述计算机程序或指令被执行时使得计算机执行上述第一方面的任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法,或者上述第五方面的任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法,或者上述第九方面的任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法,或者,上述第十三方面的任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法。In a thirty-third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable medium on which a computer program or instruction is stored, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, enables a computer to perform any possible implementation of the first aspect above The method described in the method, or the method described in any possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect above, or the method described in any possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect above, or the tenth aspect above The method described in any one possible implementation manner of the three aspects.
第三十四方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读介质,其上存储有计算机程序或指令,所述计算机程序或指令被执行时使得计算机执行上述第二方面的任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法,或者上述第六方面的任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法,或者上述第十方面的任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法,或者上述第十四方面的任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法。In a thirty-fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable medium on which a computer program or instruction is stored, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, enables a computer to perform any possible implementation of the second aspect above The method described in the method, or the method described in any possible implementation manner of the above sixth aspect, or the method described in any possible implementation manner of the above tenth aspect, or the above fourteenth aspect A method as described in any possible implementation of the aspect.
第三十五方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读介质,其上存储有计算机程序或指令,所述计算机程序或指令被执行时使得计算机执行上述第三方面的任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法,或者上述第七方面的任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法,或者上述第十一方面的任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法,或者上述第十五方面的任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法。In a thirty-fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable medium on which a computer program or instruction is stored, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, enables a computer to perform any possible implementation of the third aspect above method, or the method described in any possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect above, or the method described in any possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect above, or the tenth aspect above The method described in any one possible implementation manner of the five aspects.
第三十六方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读介质,其上存储有计算机程序或指令,所述计算机程序或指令被执行时使得计算机执行上述第四方面的任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法,或者上述第八方面的任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法,或者上述第十二方面的任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法,或者上述第十六方面的任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法。In a thirty-sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable medium on which a computer program or instruction is stored, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, enables a computer to perform any possible implementation of the fourth aspect above The method described in the method, or the method described in any possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect above, or the method described in any possible implementation manner of the twelfth aspect above, or the tenth aspect above The method described in any one possible implementation manner of the six aspects.
第三十七方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序产品,其包括计算机程序代码,所述计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面的任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法,或者上述第五方面的任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法,或者上述第九方面的任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法,或者,上述第十三方面的任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法。In a thirty-seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, which includes computer program code, and when the computer program code runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute any of the possible implementations of the first aspect above. The method, or the method described in any possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect above, or the method described in any possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect above, or the thirteenth aspect above The method described in any of the possible implementations of .
第三十八方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序产品,其包括计算机程序代码,所述计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第二方面的任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法,或者上述第六方面的任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法, 或者上述第十方面的任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法,或者上述第十四方面的任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法。In a thirty-eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, which includes computer program code, and when the computer program code runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute any of the possible implementations of the second aspect above. The method described above, or the method described in any possible implementation manner of the above sixth aspect, or the method described in any possible implementation manner of the above tenth aspect, or the above fourteenth aspect. The method described in any of the possible implementations.
第三十九方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序产品,其包括计算机程序代码,所述计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第三方面的任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法,或者上述第七方面的任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法,或者上述第十一方面的任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法,或者上述第十五方面的任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法。In a thirty-ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, which includes computer program code, and when the computer program code runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute any of the possible implementations of the third aspect above. The method, or the method described in any possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect above, or the method described in any possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect above, or the fifteenth aspect above The method described in any of the possible implementations of .
第四十方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序产品,其包括计算机程序代码,所述计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第四方面的任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法,或者上述第八方面的任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法,或者上述第十二方面的任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法,或者上述第十六方面的任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法。In a fortieth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, which includes computer program code, and when the computer program code runs on a computer, the computer program code enables the computer to execute any of the possible implementations of the fourth aspect above. The method described above, or the method described in any possible implementation of the eighth aspect above, or the method described in any possible implementation of the twelfth aspect above, or the method described in the sixteenth aspect above. The method described in any of the possible implementations.
第四十一方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信系统。该系统包括上述第十七方面和/或上述第十八方面和/或上述第十九方面所述的装置,或者该系统包括上述第二十一方面和/或上述第二十二方面和/或上述第二十三方面所述的装置,或者该系统包括上述第二十五方面和/或上述第二十六方面和/或上述第二十七方面所述的通信装置,或者该系统包括上述第二十九方面和/或上述第三十方面和/或上述第三十一方面所述的芯片系统,或者该系统包括上述第三十三方面和/或上述第三十四方面和/或上述第三十五方面所述的计算机可读介质,或者该系统包括上述第三十七方面和/或上述第三十八方面和/或上述第三十九方面所述的计算机程序产品。In a forty-first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system. The system includes the device of the seventeenth aspect and/or the eighteenth aspect and/or the nineteenth aspect, or the system includes the twenty-first aspect and/or the twenty-second aspect and/or Or the device described in the above twenty-third aspect, or the system includes the communication device described in the above-mentioned twenty-fifth aspect and/or the above-mentioned twenty-sixth aspect and/or the above-mentioned twenty-seventh aspect, or the system includes The chip system according to the aforementioned twenty-ninth aspect and/or the aforementioned thirtieth aspect and/or the aforementioned thirty-first aspect, or the system includes the aforementioned thirty-third aspect and/or the aforementioned thirty-fourth aspect and/ Or the computer-readable medium described in the above thirty-fifth aspect, or the system includes the computer program product described in the above-mentioned thirty-seventh aspect and/or the above-mentioned thirty-eighth aspect and/or the above-mentioned thirty-ninth aspect.
第四十二方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信系统。该系统包括上述第十七方面和/或上述第十八方面和/或上述第十九方面和/或上述第二十方面所述的装置,或者该系统包括上述第二十一方面和/或上述第二十二方面和/或上述第二十三方面和/或上述第二十四方面所述的装置,或者该系统包括上述第二十五方面和/或上述第二十六方面和/或上述第二十七方面和/或上述第二十八方面所述的通信装置,或者该系统包括上述第二十九方面和/或上述第三十方面和/或上述第三十一方面和/或上述第三十二方面所述的芯片系统,或者该系统包括上述第三十三方面和/或上述第三十四方面和/或上述第三十五方面和/或上述第三十六方面所述的计算机可读介质,或者该系统包括上述第三十七方面和/或上述第三十八方面和/或上述第三十九方面和/或上述第四十方面所述的计算机程序产品。In a forty-second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system. The system includes the apparatus of the seventeenth aspect and/or the eighteenth aspect and/or the nineteenth aspect and/or the twentieth aspect, or the system includes the twenty-first aspect and/or The device according to the above twenty-second aspect and/or the above-mentioned twenty-third aspect and/or the above-mentioned twenty-fourth aspect, or the system includes the above-mentioned twenty-fifth aspect and/or the above-mentioned twenty-sixth aspect and/ Or the communication device described in the above twenty-seventh aspect and/or the above-mentioned twenty-eighth aspect, or the system includes the above-mentioned twenty-ninth aspect and/or the above-mentioned thirtieth aspect and/or the above-mentioned thirty-first aspect and /or the chip system described in the above thirty-second aspect, or the system includes the above-mentioned thirty-third aspect and/or the above-mentioned thirty-fourth aspect and/or the above-mentioned thirty-fifth aspect and/or the above-mentioned thirty-sixth aspect The computer-readable medium described in the aspect, or the system comprises the computer program described in the above-mentioned thirty-seventh aspect and/or the above-mentioned thirty-eighth aspect and/or the above-mentioned thirty-ninth aspect and/or the above-mentioned fortieth aspect product.
可选的,本申请实施例还提供一种第一接入网设备,包括:Optionally, this embodiment of the present application further provides a first access network device, including:
处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口用于所述第一接入网设备进行通信,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得所述第一接入网设备执行本申请任一实施例中第一接入网设备所执行的方法。a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface used for the first access network device to communicate, the processor is coupled to a memory, the memory is used to store a program or instruction, when the program or instruction is used by the When executed by the processor, the first access network device is caused to execute the method executed by the first access network device in any embodiment of the present application.
可选的,本申请实施例还提供一种终端,包括:Optionally, an embodiment of the present application further provides a terminal, including:
处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口用于所述终端进行通信,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得所述终端执行本申请任一实施例中终端所执行的方法。a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is used for the terminal to communicate, the processor is coupled with a memory, the memory is used for storing programs or instructions, when the programs or instructions are executed by the processor, The terminal is caused to execute the method executed by the terminal in any embodiment of the present application.
可选的,本申请实施例还提供一种核心网设备,包括:Optionally, an embodiment of the present application further provides a core network device, including:
处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口用于所述核心网进行通信,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得所述核心网设备执行本申请任一实施例中核心网设备所执行的方法。a processor and a communication interface for the core network to communicate, the processor coupled to a memory for storing programs or instructions when the programs or instructions are executed by the processor , so that the core network device executes the method executed by the core network device in any embodiment of the present application.
可选的,本申请实施例还提供一种第二核心网设备,包括:Optionally, this embodiment of the present application further provides a second core network device, including:
处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口用于所述核心网进行通信,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得所述核心网设备执行本申请任一实施例中第二接入网设备所执行的方法。a processor and a communication interface for the core network to communicate, the processor coupled to a memory for storing programs or instructions when the programs or instructions are executed by the processor , so that the core network device executes the method executed by the second access network device in any embodiment of the present application.
可选的,本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置,用于执行本申请任一实施例所提供的方法,该通信装置例如为:芯片、终端、第一接入网设备、第二接入网设备、核心网设备等等。Optionally, an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication apparatus for executing the method provided by any embodiment of the present application, and the communication apparatus is, for example, a chip, a terminal, a first access network device, a second access network network equipment, core network equipment, etc.
可选的,本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置,包括处理器,该处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得所述通信装置执行本申请任一实施例中核心网设备所执行的方法。该通信装置例如为:芯片、终端、第一接入网设备、第二接入网设备、核心网设备等等。Optionally, an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, including a processor, where the processor is coupled to a memory, and the memory is used to store a program or an instruction, and when the program or instruction is executed by the processor, The communication apparatus is caused to execute the method executed by the core network device in any embodiment of the present application. The communication device is, for example, a chip, a terminal, a first access network device, a second access network device, a core network device, and the like.
可以理解的,上述提供的任一种通信装置、芯片系统、计算机可读介质、计算机程序产品或通信系统等均用于执行上文所提供的对应的方法,因此,其所能达到的有益效果可参考对应的方法中的有益效果,此处不再赘述。It can be understood that any of the communication devices, chip systems, computer-readable media, computer program products or communication systems provided above are all used to execute the corresponding methods provided above, and therefore, the beneficial effects that can be achieved. The beneficial effects in the corresponding method can be referred to, and details are not repeated here.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1为一种DRX和eDRX的示意图;Fig. 1 is a kind of schematic diagram of DRX and eDRX;
图2A为本申请实施例提供的通信系统架构示意图;2A is a schematic diagram of a communication system architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2B为本申请实施例提供的接入网设备的架构示意图;FIG. 2B is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的硬件结构示意图;3 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的流程示意图一;FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart 1 of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的流程示意图二;FIG. 5 is a second schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的流程示意图三;FIG. 6 is a third schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7A为本申请实施例提供的寻呼消息的时域位置的示意图一;7A is a schematic diagram 1 of a time domain location of a paging message provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7B为本申请实施例提供的寻呼消息的时域位置的示意图二;7B is a second schematic diagram of a time domain location of a paging message provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7C为本申请实施例提供的寻呼消息的时域位置的示意图三;7C is a schematic diagram 3 of a time domain location of a paging message provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7D为本申请实施例提供的寻呼消息的时域位置的示意图四;7D is a fourth schematic diagram of a time domain location of a paging message provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的流程示意图四;FIG. 8 is a fourth schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的寻呼消息的时域位置的示意图五;9 is a schematic diagram 5 of a time domain location of a paging message provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的流程示意图五;FIG. 10 is a fifth schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的流程示意图六;11 is a sixth schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的结构示意图一;FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram 1 of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的结构示意图二;FIG. 13 is a second schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的结构示意图三;FIG. 14 is a third schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图15为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的结构示意图四。FIG. 15 is a fourth schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
终端在通信系统中,可以处于无线资源控制连接(radio resource control connected,RRC-connected)状态、RRC-idle状态或RRC-inactive状态。本申请实施例中,RRC-connected状态可以替换为RRC-connected态、RRC连接态、第一状态、第一态或者其他能够表示终端处于RRC-connected状态的名称等。RRC-idle状态可以替换为RRC-idle态、RRC空闲态、第二状态、第二态或者其他能够表示终端处于RRC-idle状态的名称等。RRC-inactive状态可以替换为RRC-inactive态、RRC非激活态、第三状态、第三态或者其他能够表示终端处于RRC-inactive状态的名称等,不予限制。In a communication system, a terminal may be in a radio resource control connected (radio resource control connected, RRC-connected) state, an RRC-idle state or an RRC-inactive state. In this embodiment of the present application, the RRC-connected state may be replaced with an RRC-connected state, an RRC connected state, a first state, a first state, or other names that can indicate that the terminal is in the RRC-connected state, or the like. The RRC-idle state may be replaced by the RRC-idle state, the RRC idle state, the second state, the second state, or other names that can indicate that the terminal is in the RRC-idle state. The RRC-inactive state may be replaced by the RRC-inactive state, the RRC inactive state, the third state, the third state, or other names that can indicate that the terminal is in the RRC-inactive state, etc., without limitation.
终端处于RRC-connected状态时,接入网设备知道终端在该接入网设备的覆盖范围内或者管理范围内。核心网设备知道终端在哪个接入网设备的覆盖范围内或者管理范围内。接入网设备和终端可以进行数据信道和/或控制信道的传输。例如,接入网设备可以向终端发送终端特定的物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)和/或终端特定的物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH),终端也可以向接入网设备发送终端特定的物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)和/或终端特定的物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel,PUCCH)。When the terminal is in the RRC-connected state, the access network device knows that the terminal is within the coverage or management range of the access network device. The core network device knows which access network device the terminal is covered by or within the management range. The access network equipment and the terminal may perform data channel and/or control channel transmission. For example, the access network device may send a terminal-specific physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) and/or a terminal-specific physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) to the terminal, and the terminal may also send a terminal to the access network. The network device sends a terminal-specific physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) and/or a terminal-specific physical uplink control channel (PUCCH).
终端处于RRC-idle状态时,接入网设备不知道该终端是否在该接入网设备的覆盖范围内或者是否在该接入网设备的管理范围内。核心网设备不知道终端在哪个接入网设备的覆盖范围内或者管理范围内。终端可以接收核心网设备的寻呼消息。但是,终端无法和接入网设备进行单播数据传输,例如,该终端无法接收来自接入网设备的终端特定的PDSCH和PDCCH,终端也无法向接入网设备发送该终端特定的PUSCH和PUCCH。When the terminal is in the RRC-idle state, the access network device does not know whether the terminal is within the coverage of the access network device or whether it is within the management range of the access network device. The core network device does not know which access network device the terminal is covered by or within the management range. The terminal may receive the paging message of the core network device. However, the terminal cannot perform unicast data transmission with the access network device. For example, the terminal cannot receive the terminal-specific PDSCH and PDCCH from the access network device, and the terminal cannot send the terminal-specific PUSCH and PUCCH to the access network device. .
终端处于RRC-inactive状态时,接入网设备不知道该终端是否在该接入网设备的覆盖范围内或者是否在该接入网设备的管理范围内。核心网设备知道终端在哪个接入网设备的覆盖范围内或者管理范围内。终端可以接收接入网设备或核心网设备的寻呼消息。When the terminal is in the RRC-inactive state, the access network device does not know whether the terminal is within the coverage of the access network device or whether it is within the management range of the access network device. The core network device knows which access network device the terminal is covered by or within the management range. The terminal may receive a paging message from the access network device or the core network device.
本申请实施例中,终端接收接入网设备的寻呼消息可以理解为终端接收来自接入网设备的寻呼消息,或者说该寻呼消息是接入网设备用于寻呼终端的。终端接收核心网的寻呼消息可以理解为终端接收来自核心网的寻呼消息,或者说该寻呼消息是核心网设备用于寻呼终端。终端接收来自核心网设备的寻呼消息可以理解为:终端通过接入网设备接收来自核心网设备的寻呼消息。相应的,核心网设备向终端发送寻呼消息可以理解为:核心网设备通过接入网设备向终端发送寻呼消息。也就是说,核心网设备先向接入网设备发送寻呼消息,接入网设备接收到该寻呼消息后,向终端发送该寻呼消息。在此做出统一说明,后面不再赘述。In this embodiment of the present application, receiving a paging message of an access network device by a terminal may be understood as the terminal receiving a paging message from an access network device, or that the paging message is used by the access network device to page the terminal. When the terminal receives the paging message of the core network, it can be understood that the terminal receives the paging message from the core network, or the paging message is used by the core network device to page the terminal. The terminal receiving the paging message from the core network device can be understood as: the terminal receives the paging message from the core network device through the access network device. Correspondingly, sending the paging message by the core network device to the terminal can be understood as: the core network device sends the paging message to the terminal through the access network device. That is, the core network device first sends the paging message to the access network device, and after receiving the paging message, the access network device sends the paging message to the terminal. A unified description is made here, which will not be repeated hereafter.
在通信系统中,终端还可以在RRC-connected状态、RRC-idle状态和RRC-inactive状态间转换。例如,终端处于RRC-connected状态的情况下,接收到来自接入网设备的RRC释放(RRC release)消息后,可以释放终端与接入网设备之间的RRC连接,转换为RRC-idle状态或RRC-inactive状态。可选的,终端转换为RRC-inactive状态后,接入网设备可以向核心网设备发送RRC非激活转换报告(RRC inactive transition  report),以通知核心网设备终端转换为RRC-inactive状态。终端处于RRC-idle状态的情况下,接收来自接入网设备的寻呼消息后,可以发起RRC建立过程,或者由终端的高层触发RRC建立过程。后续,终端试图和接入网设备建立RRC连接以进入RRC-connected状态。终端处于RRC-inactive状态的情况下,接收到来自接入网设备的寻呼消息后,可以发起RRC恢复过程,或者由终端的高层触发RRC恢复过程。后续,终端试图恢复和接入网设备间的RRC连接以进入RRC-connected状态。另外,终端处于RRC-inactive状态的情况下,还可以接收来自接入网设备的RRC释放(RRC release)消息,从RRC-inactive状态换为RRC-idle状态。In the communication system, the terminal can also switch between the RRC-connected state, the RRC-idle state and the RRC-inactive state. For example, when the terminal is in the RRC-connected state, after receiving the RRC release (RRC release) message from the access network device, it can release the RRC connection between the terminal and the access network device, and switch to the RRC-idle state or RRC-inactive state. Optionally, after the terminal transitions to the RRC-inactive state, the access network device may send an RRC inactive transition report (RRC inactive transition report) to the core network device to notify the core network device that the terminal transitions to the RRC-inactive state. When the terminal is in the RRC-idle state, after receiving the paging message from the access network device, the RRC establishment process may be initiated, or the RRC establishment process may be triggered by the upper layer of the terminal. Subsequently, the terminal attempts to establish an RRC connection with the access network device to enter the RRC-connected state. When the terminal is in the RRC-inactive state, after receiving the paging message from the access network device, the RRC recovery process may be initiated, or the RRC recovery process may be triggered by the upper layer of the terminal. Subsequently, the terminal attempts to restore the RRC connection with the access network device to enter the RRC-connected state. In addition, when the terminal is in the RRC-inactive state, it can also receive an RRC release (RRC release) message from the access network device, and switch from the RRC-inactive state to the RRC-idle state.
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端在RRC-inactive状态或RRC-idle状态下,可以采用DRX模式或eDRX模式接收寻呼消息。例如,表1示出了不同类型终端采用DRX模式或eDRX模式接收寻呼消息的情况。表1中,长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)终端不支持eDRX,但是支持DRX,RRC-idle状态下和RRC-inactive状态下的DRX最大周期都为2.56秒(s)。eMTC终端支持eDRX,RRC-idle状态下的eDRX最大周期约为44分钟(min),RRC-inactive状态下的eDRX最大周期为10.24s。NB-IoT终端没有RRC-inactive状态,NB-IoT终端支持eDRX,RRC-idle状态下的eDRX最大周期约为3小时(h)。NR终端不支持eDRX,但是支持DRX,RRC-idle状态下和RRC-inactive状态下的DRX最大周期都为2.56s。In a possible implementation manner, in the RRC-inactive state or the RRC-idle state, the terminal may use the DRX mode or the eDRX mode to receive the paging message. For example, Table 1 shows the cases in which different types of terminals use the DRX mode or the eDRX mode to receive paging messages. In Table 1, the long term evolution (LTE) terminal does not support eDRX, but supports DRX, and the maximum period of DRX in the RRC-idle state and the RRC-inactive state is both 2.56 seconds (s). The eMTC terminal supports eDRX. The maximum eDRX period in the RRC-idle state is about 44 minutes (min), and the maximum eDRX period in the RRC-inactive state is 10.24s. The NB-IoT terminal does not have an RRC-inactive state, and the NB-IoT terminal supports eDRX. The maximum eDRX period in the RRC-idle state is about 3 hours (h). The NR terminal does not support eDRX, but supports DRX. The maximum period of DRX in both RRC-idle state and RRC-inactive state is 2.56s.
表1Table 1
   RRC-idle状态RRC-idle state RRC-inactive状态RRC-inactive state
LTE终端LTE terminal DRX最大周期为2.56sThe maximum cycle of DRX is 2.56s DRX最大周期为2.56sThe maximum cycle of DRX is 2.56s
eMTC终端eMTC terminal eDRX最大周期约为44minThe maximum period of eDRX is about 44min eDRX最大周期为10.24seDRX maximum cycle is 10.24s
NB-IoT终端NB-IoT terminal eDRX最大周期为约3hThe maximum period of eDRX is about 3h --
NR终端NR terminal DRX最大周期为2.56sThe maximum cycle of DRX is 2.56s DRX最大周期为2.56sThe maximum cycle of DRX is 2.56s
通过表1可以看出,LTE终端和NR终端不支持eDRX。为了进一步降低终端的功耗,提出了可以让那些不支持eDRX的通信系统中的终端,例如,REDCAP终端,也支持eDRX。例如,REDCAP终端可以在RRC-idle状态下,采用eDRX模式接收核心网设备的寻呼消息;或者,REDCAP终端可以在RRC-inactive状态下,采用eDRX模式接收接入网设备或核心网设备的寻呼消息。It can be seen from Table 1 that LTE terminals and NR terminals do not support eDRX. In order to further reduce the power consumption of the terminal, it is proposed that the terminals in the communication systems that do not support eDRX, such as REDCAP terminals, also support eDRX. For example, in the RRC-idle state, the REDCAP terminal can use eDRX mode to receive paging messages from core network devices; or, in the RRC-inactive state, the REDCAP terminal can use eDRX mode to receive paging messages from access network devices or core network devices. call message.
目前,对于eMTC终端,在RRC-idle状态下,可以在每个eDRX周期里的PTW的位置上按照DRX周期被唤醒,来接收核心网设备的消息。在RRC-inactive状态下,eMTC终端可以在每个eDRX周期里的PTW的位置上按照DRX周期被唤醒,来接收核心网设备和接入网设备的消息,在每个eDRX周期里的PTW外,例如,PO的位置上接收来自接入网设备的消息。然而,在RRC-inactive状态下,REDCAP终端除了支持在PO的位置上接收接入网设备的寻呼消息之外,也支持在PTW内接收接入网设备的寻呼消息。在这种情况下,需要为REDCAP终端配置在RRC-idle状态和RRC-inactive状态下接收核心网设备的消息的PTW的位置,还要为REDCAP终端配置在RRC-inactive状态下接收接入网设备的消息的PTW的位置。所以为eMTC终端配置eDRX参数的方法不适用于REDCAP终端。那么,如何为REDCAP终端配置RRC-idle状态和RRC-inactive状态下的eDRX参数是目前亟需解决的问题。At present, for an eMTC terminal, in the RRC-idle state, it can wake up according to the DRX cycle at the position of the PTW in each eDRX cycle to receive messages from the core network device. In the RRC-inactive state, the eMTC terminal can be woken up according to the DRX cycle at the position of the PTW in each eDRX cycle to receive messages from the core network device and the access network device. In addition to the PTW in each eDRX cycle, For example, a message from an access network device is received at the PO's location. However, in the RRC-inactive state, the REDCAP terminal supports not only receiving the paging message of the access network device at the PO position, but also receiving the paging message of the access network device in the PTW. In this case, it is necessary to configure the position of the PTW that receives messages from the core network device in the RRC-idle state and the RRC-inactive state for the REDCAP terminal, and also configure the REDCAP terminal to receive the access network device in the RRC-inactive state. The location of the PTW of the message. Therefore, the method of configuring eDRX parameters for eMTC terminals is not applicable to REDCAP terminals. Then, how to configure the eDRX parameters in the RRC-idle state and the RRC-inactive state for the REDCAP terminal is an urgent problem to be solved at present.
为了解决上述问题,本申请实施例提供了两种方案。在第一种方案中,核心网设备可以配置RRC-idle状态下和RRC-inactive状态下的eDRX参数。在终端进入RRC-inactive状态之前,接入网设备可以根据情况确定是否更改核心网设备配置的eDRX参数。若接入网设备确定不更改核心网设备配置的eDRX参数,则在RRC-idle状态下或RRC-inactive状态下,终端根据核心网设备配置的eDRX参数接收接入网设备或核心网设备的寻呼消息。若接入网设备确定更改核心网设备配置的eDRX参数,则在RRC-idle状态下或RRC-inactive状态下,终端根据更改后的eDRX参数接收接入网设备或核心网设备的寻呼消息。在这种方案中,接入网设备可以更改核心网设备配置的eDRX参数,进而降低终端接收寻呼消息的时延,提高用户体验。此外,在这种方案中,终端可以根据相同的eDRX参数接收核心网设备的寻呼消息,以及接入网设备的寻呼消息,实现起来较为容易,可行性高。第一种方案的介绍可以参考下述图4-图5所示的方法所述。In order to solve the above problems, the embodiments of the present application provide two solutions. In the first solution, the core network device can configure eDRX parameters in the RRC-idle state and the RRC-inactive state. Before the terminal enters the RRC-inactive state, the access network device can determine whether to change the eDRX parameters configured by the core network device according to the situation. If the access network device determines not to change the eDRX parameters configured by the core network device, in the RRC-idle state or the RRC-inactive state, the terminal receives the access network device or the core network device according to the eDRX parameters configured by the core network device. call message. If the access network device determines to change the eDRX parameters configured by the core network device, in the RRC-idle state or the RRC-inactive state, the terminal receives the paging message from the access network device or the core network device according to the changed eDRX parameters. In this solution, the access network device can change the eDRX parameters configured by the core network device, thereby reducing the delay for the terminal to receive the paging message and improving the user experience. In addition, in this solution, the terminal can receive the paging message of the core network device and the paging message of the access network device according to the same eDRX parameters, which is easy to implement and has high feasibility. The introduction of the first solution can be described with reference to the methods shown in FIGS. 4-5 below.
在第一种方案中,终端在接收核心网设备的寻呼消息和接入网设备的寻呼消息的情况下,采用的eDRX参数相同。然而,在通信系统中,核心网设备发送寻呼消息的间隔时间通常大于接入网设备发送寻呼消息的间隔时间。因此,若终端根据核心网设备配置的eDRX参数接收接入网设备的寻呼消息,会导致时延较长,用户体验较差。若终端根据接入网设备配置的eDRX参数接收核心网设备的寻呼消息,会导致终端的功耗较大,续航时间缩短。In the first solution, when the terminal receives the paging message of the core network device and the paging message of the access network device, the eDRX parameters used are the same. However, in a communication system, the interval at which the core network device sends the paging message is usually longer than the interval at which the access network device sends the paging message. Therefore, if the terminal receives the paging message of the access network device according to the eDRX parameters configured by the core network device, it will cause a long delay and poor user experience. If the terminal receives the paging message of the core network device according to the eDRX parameters configured by the access network device, the power consumption of the terminal will be large and the battery life will be shortened.
为了兼顾终端接收接入网设备的寻呼消息的时延以及终端的功耗,在第二种方案中,核心网设备和接入网设备可以分别配置eDRX参数。核心网设备配置的eDRX参数可以用于RRC-idle状态下或RRC-inactive状态下终端接收来自核心网设备的寻呼消息,接入网设备配置的eDRX参数可以用于RRC-inactive状态下终端接收来自接入网设备的寻呼消息。在这种方案中,若在第一时间单元内,同时存在核心网设备的寻呼时间单元和接入网设备的寻呼时间单元,则终端可以在其中一个寻呼时间单元中接收核心网设备的寻呼消息和/或接入网设备的寻呼消息。若在第一时间单元内,存在核心网设备的寻呼时间单元,不存在接入网设备的寻呼时间单元,则终端在核心网设备的寻呼时间单元中接收核心网设备的寻呼消息。若在第一时间单元内,存在接入网设备的寻呼时间单元,不存在核心网设备的寻呼时间单元,则终端在接入网设备的寻呼时间单元中接收接入网设备的寻呼消息。如此,终端可以根据合适的eDRX参数接收接入网设备和核心网设备的寻呼消息,既可以降低时延,提高用户体验,又可以降低终端的功耗。第一时间单元可以为超帧。寻呼时间单元可以包括PTW或PO。第二种方案的介绍可以参考下述图6和图8所示的方法所述。In order to take into account the delay of the terminal receiving the paging message of the access network device and the power consumption of the terminal, in the second solution, the core network device and the access network device may be configured with eDRX parameters respectively. The eDRX parameters configured by the core network device can be used by the terminal to receive paging messages from the core network device in the RRC-idle state or in the RRC-inactive state, and the eDRX parameters configured by the access network device can be used by the terminal in the RRC-inactive state to receive paging messages Paging messages from access network devices. In this solution, if both the paging time unit of the core network device and the paging time unit of the access network device exist in the first time unit, the terminal can receive the core network device in one of the paging time units The paging message and/or the paging message of the access network device. If within the first time unit, there is a paging time unit of the core network device and no paging time unit of the access network device, the terminal receives the paging message of the core network device in the paging time unit of the core network device . If within the first time unit, there is a paging time unit of the access network device and no paging time unit of the core network device, the terminal receives the paging time unit of the access network device in the paging time unit of the access network device call message. In this way, the terminal can receive the paging messages of the access network equipment and the core network equipment according to the appropriate eDRX parameters, which can not only reduce the delay, improve the user experience, but also reduce the power consumption of the terminal. The first time unit may be a superframe. The paging time unit may include PTW or PO. The introduction of the second solution can be described with reference to the methods shown in FIG. 6 and FIG. 8 below.
可以理解的,本申请实施例中都是以终端采用eDRX模式接收寻呼消息为例进行介绍的。在具体应用中,终端还可以采用eDRX模式接收广播消息、系统信息、地震海啸警报(earthquake and tsunami warning system,ETWS)等,不予限制。终端采用eDRX模式接收广播消息、系统信息、ETWS的过程可以参考本申请实施例中对终端采用eDRX模式接收寻呼消息的介绍,不予赘述。It can be understood that the embodiments of this application are all described by taking the terminal receiving the paging message in the eDRX mode as an example. In specific applications, the terminal can also use the eDRX mode to receive broadcast messages, system information, earthquake and tsunami warning system (ETWS), etc., without limitation. For the process that the terminal uses the eDRX mode to receive broadcast messages, system information, and ETWS, reference may be made to the introduction of the terminal using the eDRX mode to receive paging messages in the embodiments of the present application, and details are not repeated.
为了便于理解本申请实施例提供的方法,首先对eDRX进行阐述。In order to facilitate understanding of the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application, eDRX is first described.
本申请实施例中,eDRX周期可以以超帧(hyper frame)为单位,例如,eDRX周 期为2个超帧或3个超帧。一个超帧可以为10.24s。应理解,在具体应用中,eDRX周期还可以以其他时间单元为单位,不予限制。In this embodiment of the present application, the eDRX cycle may be in units of hyperframes, for example, the eDRX cycle is 2 superframes or 3 superframes. A superframe can be 10.24s. It should be understood that, in specific applications, the eDRX cycle may also take other time units as a unit, which is not limited.
一种可能的实现方式,eDRX周期内包括至少一个寻呼时机(paging occasion,PO)。若eDRX周期内包括一个PO,则终端在eDRX周期内的PO的位置被唤醒一次,来接收寻呼消息。在这种情况下,eDRX周期为两个相邻的PO之间的时间长度。具体的,可以如图1中的(c)所示。若eDRX周期内包括包括多个PO,接收多个PO的时间窗可以称为PTW。PTW内,相邻两个PO之间的时间长度为DRX周期。在PTW内,终端在每个PO的位置被唤醒一次,来接收寻呼消息。在这种情况下,eDRX周期为两个相邻的PTW的起始位置/结束位置之间的时间长度。作为一种示例,若eDRX周期大于第二时间长度,则eDRX周期内包括多个PO,或者说eDRX周期内包括PTW;eDRX周期小于或等于第二时间长度,则eDRX周期内包括一个PO,第二时间长度可以为5.12s,10.24s等,不予限制。下面分别对eDRX周期内包括多个PO的情况下,PTW的位置的确定方法,以及eDRX周期内包括一个PO的情况下,PO的位置的确定方法进行具体阐述。In a possible implementation manner, the eDRX cycle includes at least one paging occasion (paging occasion, PO). If the eDRX cycle includes one PO, the terminal is woken up once at the PO position in the eDRX cycle to receive a paging message. In this case, the eDRX cycle is the length of time between two adjacent POs. Specifically, it can be shown as (c) in FIG. 1 . If the eDRX cycle includes multiple POs, the time window for receiving multiple POs may be referred to as PTW. In the PTW, the time length between two adjacent POs is the DRX cycle. Within the PTW, the terminal is woken up once at each PO location to receive paging messages. In this case, the eDRX cycle is the length of time between the start/end positions of two adjacent PTWs. As an example, if the eDRX cycle is greater than the second time length, the eDRX cycle includes multiple POs, or the eDRX cycle includes PTW; the eDRX cycle is less than or equal to the second time length, then the eDRX cycle includes one PO, and the eDRX cycle includes one PO. The second time length can be 5.12s, 10.24s, etc., without limitation. In the following, the method for determining the position of the PTW when the eDRX cycle includes multiple POs, and the method for determining the position of the PO when the eDRX cycle includes one PO will be described in detail.
1.PTW的位置的确定方法1. How to determine the position of the PTW
一种可能的实现方式,寻呼超帧(paging hyperframe,PH)可以是满足以下公式的超帧号(hyper system frame number,H-SFN):H-SFN mod T eDRX,H=(UE_ID_H mod T eDRX,H)。其中,PH可以称为寻呼消息所在的超帧号,mod为取模运算符。T eDRX,H为eDRX周期,单位为超帧。UE_ID_H为哈希标识(hashed ID)中最高的12个比特位或10个比特位对应的值。例如,若寻呼无线网络临时标识(paging radio network temporary identifier,P-RNTI)在PDCCH或机器类型通信物理下行控制信道(MTC physical downlink control channel,MPDCCH)上监听,则UE_ID_H为hashed ID中最高的10个比特位对应的值。若P-RNTI在窄带物理下行控制信道(narrowband physical downlink control channel,NPDCCH)上监听,则UE_ID_H为hashed ID中最高的12个比特位对应的值。在NR系统中,hashed ID可以是第五代(5th generation,5G)系统架构演进的临时移动用户标识(5G-system architecture evolved-temporary mobile subscriber identity,5G-S-TMSI)。 A possible implementation manner, a paging hyperframe (paging hyperframe, PH) may be a hypersystem frame number (H-SFN) satisfying the following formula: H-SFN mod T eDRX,H =(UE_ID_H mod T eDRX,H ). Among them, PH can be called the superframe number where the paging message is located, and mod is a modulo operator. T eDRX,H is the eDRX period, and the unit is superframe. UE_ID_H is a value corresponding to the highest 12 bits or 10 bits in the hashed ID. For example, if the paging radio network temporary identifier (P-RNTI) is monitored on the PDCCH or the MTC physical downlink control channel (MPDCCH), the UE_ID_H is the highest hashed ID 10 bits correspond to the value. If the P-RNTI listens on a narrowband physical downlink control channel (narrowband physical downlink control channel, NPDCCH), UE_ID_H is a value corresponding to the highest 12 bits in the hashed ID. In the NR system, the hashed ID may be a 5th generation (5th generation, 5G) system architecture evolved temporary mobile subscriber identity (5G-system architecture evolved-temporary mobile subscriber identity, 5G-S-TMSI).
一种可能的实现方式,PTW的起始位置所在的系统帧号(system frame number,SFN)满足以下公式:SFN=256*i eDRX。其中,i eDRX满足以下公式:i eDRX=floor(UE_ID_H/T eDRX,H)mod 4,floor()为向下取整符号。PTW的结束位置所在的SFN满足以下公式:SFN=(PTW_start+L*100-1)mod 1024。其中,PTW_start为PTW的起始位置所在的SFN,L为PTW的长度,L的单位可以为秒。如此,即可以确定终端进入RRC-idle状态或RRC-inactive状态后,第一个PTW的位置。 In a possible implementation manner, the system frame number (system frame number, SFN) where the starting position of the PTW is located satisfies the following formula: SFN=256*i eDRX . Wherein, i eDRX satisfies the following formula: i eDRX =floor(UE_ID_H/T eDRX,H )mod 4, and floor( ) is a round-down symbol. The SFN where the end position of the PTW is located satisfies the following formula: SFN=(PTW_start+L*100-1)mod 1024. Wherein, PTW_start is the SFN where the starting position of the PTW is located, L is the length of the PTW, and the unit of L may be seconds. In this way, the position of the first PTW after the terminal enters the RRC-idle state or the RRC-inactive state can be determined.
可以理解的,确定了第一个PTW的位置后,可以根据eDRX周期确定第二个PTW的位置、第三个PTW的位置…。例如,第二个PTW的起始位置为第一个PTW的起始位置与eDRX周期之和,第二PTW的结束位置为第二个PTW的起始位置与PTW的长度之和,或者,第二PTW的结束位置为第一个PTW的结束位置与eDRX周期之和。It can be understood that after the position of the first PTW is determined, the position of the second PTW, the position of the third PTW, and so on can be determined according to the eDRX cycle. For example, the start position of the second PTW is the sum of the start position of the first PTW and the eDRX cycle, and the end position of the second PTW is the sum of the start position of the second PTW and the length of the PTW, or, the first The end position of the second PTW is the sum of the end position of the first PTW and the eDRX cycle.
2.PO的位置的确定方法2. How to determine the position of PO
一种可能的实现方式,寻呼帧(paging frame,PF)可以是满足以下公式的SFN:SFN mod T=(T div N)*(UE_ID mod N)。其中,PF为寻呼消息所在的系统帧号,T为DRX周期,div为整除符号。若P-RNTI在PDCCH上监听,则UE_ID为5G-S-TMSI mod 1024。若P-RNTI在MPDCCH或NPDCCH上监听,则UE_ID为5G-S-TMSI mod 16384。N为T和nB中的最小值,nB可以为4T,2T,T,T/2,T/4,T/8,T/16,T/32,T/64,T/128或T/256。对于NB-IoT终端,nB还可以为T/512或T/1024。PO所在的子帧号i_s可以满足如下公式:i_s=floor(UE_ID/N)modNs。其中,Ns为1和nB/T中的最大值。如此,即可以确定终端进入RRC-idle状态或RRC-inactive状态后,第一个PO的位置。A possible implementation manner, a paging frame (paging frame, PF) may be an SFN satisfying the following formula: SFN mod T=(T div N)*(UE_ID mod N). Among them, PF is the system frame number where the paging message is located, T is the DRX cycle, and div is the divisible symbol. If the P-RNTI is monitored on the PDCCH, the UE_ID is 5G-S-TMSI mod 1024. If the P-RNTI is monitored on MPDCCH or NPDCCH, the UE_ID is 5G-S-TMSI mod 16384. N is the minimum of T and nB, nB can be 4T, 2T, T, T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32, T/64, T/128 or T/256 . For NB-IoT terminals, nB can also be T/512 or T/1024. The subframe number i_s where the PO is located may satisfy the following formula: i_s=floor(UE_ID/N)modNs. where Ns is the maximum value of 1 and nB/T. In this way, the position of the first PO after the terminal enters the RRC-idle state or the RRC-inactive state can be determined.
可以理解的,确定了第一个PO的位置后,可以根据eDRX周期确定第二个PO的位置、第三个PO的位置…。例如,第二个PO的位置为第一个PO的位置与eDRX周期之和。Understandably, after the position of the first PO is determined, the position of the second PO, the position of the third PO, and so on can be determined according to the eDRX cycle. For example, the position of the second PO is the sum of the position of the first PO and the eDRX cycle.
下面结合附图对本申请实施例的实施方式进行详细描述。The implementation of the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例提供的方法可用于各种通信系统。例如该通信系统可以为LTE系统、5G通信系统、无线保真(wireless-fidelity,WiFi)系统、第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)相关的通信系统、未来演进的通信系统、或多种系统融合的系统等,不予限制。其中,5G还可以称为NR。下面以图2A所示通信系统20为例,对本申请实施例提供的方法进行描述。The methods provided in the embodiments of the present application can be used in various communication systems. For example, the communication system may be an LTE system, a 5G communication system, a wireless-fidelity (WiFi) system, a communication system related to the 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP), a future evolution communication system, or a system that integrates multiple systems, etc., without limitation. Among them, 5G can also be called NR. The method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described below by taking the communication system 20 shown in FIG. 2A as an example.
如图2A所示,为本申请实施例提供的通信系统20的架构示意图。图2A中,通信系统20可以包括一个或多个核心网设备206(仅示出了1个),与核心网设备206通信连接的接入网设备201和接入网设备202,与接入网设备201通信连接的终端203和终端204,以及与接入网设备202通信连接的终端205。图2A仅为示意图,并不构成对本申请提供的技术方案的适用场景的限定。As shown in FIG. 2A , it is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system 20 according to an embodiment of the present application. In FIG. 2A, the communication system 20 may include one or more core network devices 206 (only one is shown), an access network device 201 and an access network device 202 communicatively connected to the core network device 206, and an access network device 202. A terminal 203 and a terminal 204 are communicatively connected to the device 201 , and a terminal 205 is communicatively connected to the access network device 202 . FIG. 2A is only a schematic diagram, and does not constitute a limitation on the applicable scenarios of the technical solutions provided in the present application.
在图2A中,核心网设备206可以是移动性管理网元,主要负责终端的接入认证、移动性管理、各个功能网元之间的信令交互等工作,如:对用户的注册状态、用户的连接状态、用户注册入网、跟踪区更新、小区切换用户认证和密钥安全等进行管理。作为一种示例,若通信系统20为5G通信系统,则移动性管理网元对应的网元或者实体可以为接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)。本申请实施例中,用于实现核心网设备的功能的装置可以是核心网设备;也可以是能够支持核心网设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统,该装置可以被安装在核心网设备中或者和核心网设备匹配使用。本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。本申请实施例提供的方法中,以用于实现核心网设备的功能的装置是核心网设备为例,描述本申请实施例提供的方法。In FIG. 2A , the core network device 206 may be a mobility management network element, which is mainly responsible for terminal access authentication, mobility management, and signaling interaction between various functional network elements, such as: registration status of users, The user's connection status, user registration and access to the network, tracking area update, cell handover user authentication and key security are managed. As an example, if the communication system 20 is a 5G communication system, the network element or entity corresponding to the mobility management network element may be an access and mobility management function (AMF). In the embodiment of the present application, the device for implementing the function of the core network device may be the core network device; it may also be a device capable of supporting the core network device to realize the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed in the core network device Or use it with core network equipment. In this embodiment of the present application, the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices. In the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the device for implementing the function of the core network device as the core network device as an example.
在图2A中,接入网设备可以为终端提供无线接入服务。具体来说,每个接入网设备都对应一个服务覆盖区域,进入该区域的终端可通过Uu口与接入网设备通信,以此来接收接入网设备提供的无线接入服务。可选地,该服务覆盖区域可以包括一个或多个小区。终端与接入网设备之间可以通过Uu口链路通信。其中,Uu口链路可以根据其上传输的数据的方向分为上行链路(uplink,UL)和下行链路(downlink,DL)。UL上可以传输从终端向接入网设备发送的上行数据,DL上可以传输从接入网设备向 终端传输的下行数据。例如:图2A中,终端203位于接入网设备201的覆盖区域内,接入网设备201可以通过DL向终端203发送下行数据,终端203可通过UL向接入网设备201发送上行数据。In FIG. 2A, an access network device may provide a wireless access service for a terminal. Specifically, each access network device corresponds to a service coverage area, and a terminal entering the area can communicate with the access network device through the Uu port to receive wireless access services provided by the access network device. Optionally, the service coverage area may include one or more cells. The terminal and the access network device can communicate through the Uu interface link. The Uu interface link can be divided into an uplink (uplink, UL) and a downlink (downlink, DL) according to the direction of the data transmitted thereon. The uplink data sent from the terminal to the access network equipment can be transmitted on the UL, and the downlink data transmitted from the access network equipment to the terminal can be transmitted on the DL. For example, in FIG. 2A, the terminal 203 is located in the coverage area of the access network device 201, the access network device 201 can send downlink data to the terminal 203 through DL, and the terminal 203 can send uplink data to the access network device 201 through UL.
本申请实施例中的接入网设备,例如:接入网设备201或接入网设备202可以是任意一种具有无线收发功能的设备。包括但不限于:LTE中的演进型基站(NodeB或eNB或e-NodeB,evolutional Node B),NR中的基站(gNodeB或gNB)或收发点(transmission receiving point/transmission reception point,TRP),3GPP后续演进的基站,WiFi系统中的接入节点,无线中继节点,无线回传节点等。基站可以是:宏基站,微基站,微微基站,小站,中继站,或,气球站等。多个基站可以支持上述提及的同一种技术的网络,也可以支持上述提及的不同技术的网络。基站可以包含一个或多个共站或非共站的TRP。接入网设备还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器。接入网设备还可以是集中单元(centralized unit,CU),和/或,分布单元(distributed unit,DU)。接入网设备还可以是服务器,可穿戴设备,机器通信设备、或车载设备等。以下以接入网设备为基站为例进行说明。所述多个接入网设备可以为同一类型的基站,也可以为不同类型的基站。基站可以与终端进行通信,也可以通过中继站与终端进行通信。终端可以与不同技术的多个基站进行通信,例如,终端可以与支持LTE网络的基站通信,也可以与支持5G网络的基站通信,还可以支持与LTE网络的基站以及5G网络的基站的双连接。本申请实施例中,用于实现接入网设备的功能的装置可以是接入网设备;也可以是能够支持接入网设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统,该装置可以被安装在接入网设备中或者和接入网设备匹配使用。本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。本申请实施例提供的方法中,以用于实现接入网设备的功能的装置是接入网设备为例,描述本申请实施例提供的方法。The access network device in this embodiment of the present application, for example, the access network device 201 or the access network device 202 may be any device with a wireless transceiver function. Including but not limited to: evolved base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B) in LTE, base station (gNodeB or gNB) or transceiver point (transmission receiving point/transmission receiving point, TRP) in NR, 3GPP Subsequent evolution of base stations, access nodes in WiFi systems, wireless relay nodes, wireless backhaul nodes, etc. The base station can be: a macro base station, a micro base station, a pico base station, a small base station, a relay station, or a balloon station, etc. Multiple base stations may support the above-mentioned networks of the same technology, or may support the above-mentioned networks of different technologies. A base station may contain one or more co-sited or non-co-sited TRPs. The access network device may also be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario. The access network device may also be a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU), and/or a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU). The access network device may also be a server, a wearable device, a machine communication device, or a vehicle-mounted device. The following description is given by taking the access network device as the base station as an example. The multiple access network devices may be base stations of the same type, or may be base stations of different types. The base station can communicate with the terminal, and can also communicate with the terminal through the relay station. The terminal can communicate with multiple base stations of different technologies. For example, the terminal can communicate with the base station supporting the LTE network, and can also communicate with the base station supporting the 5G network, and can also support dual connection with the base station of the LTE network and the base station of the 5G network. . In the embodiment of the present application, the device for implementing the function of the access network device may be the access network device; it may also be a device capable of supporting the access network device to realize the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed in the access network device. It can be used in the network access device or matched with the access network device. In this embodiment of the present application, the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices. In the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the device for implementing the function of the access network device as an example of the access network device.
本申请实施例中的终端,例如:终端203、终端204或终端205是一种具有无线收发功能的设备。终端可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持或车载;也可以部署在水面上(如轮船等);还可以部署在空中(例如飞机、气球和卫星上等)。终端还可以称为终端设备,终端设备可以是用户设备(user equipment,UE),其中,UE包括具有无线通信功能的手持式设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备或计算设备。示例性地,UE可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑或带无线收发功能的电脑。终端设备还可以是虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制中的无线终端、无人驾驶中的无线终端、远程医疗中的无线终端、智能电网中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、或智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等等。本申请实施例中,用于实现终端的功能的装置可以是终端;也可以是能够支持终端实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统,该装置可以被安装在终端中或者和终端匹配使用。本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。本申请实施例提供的方法中,以用于实现终端的功能的装置是终端为例,描述本申请实施例提供的方法。A terminal in this embodiment of the present application, for example, a terminal 203, a terminal 204, or a terminal 205 is a device with a wireless transceiver function. Terminals can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld or vehicle; can also be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); can also be deployed in the air (such as aircraft, balloons and satellites, etc.). A terminal may also be referred to as a terminal device, and the terminal device may be a user equipment (UE), where the UE includes a handheld device, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, or a computing device with a wireless communication function. Exemplarily, the UE may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, or a computer with a wireless transceiver function. The terminal device may also be a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, a wireless terminal in industrial control, a wireless terminal in unmanned driving, a wireless terminal in telemedicine, intelligent A wireless terminal in a power grid, a wireless terminal in a smart city, or a wireless terminal in a smart home, etc. In this embodiment of the present application, the device for implementing the function of the terminal may be a terminal; it may also be a device capable of supporting the terminal to implement the function, such as a chip system, which may be installed in the terminal or used in combination with the terminal. In this embodiment of the present application, the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices. In the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the device for realizing the function of the terminal as a terminal as an example.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请中,终端可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴 的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。例如,可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能的设备。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能的设备,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及包括只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用的设备,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。As an example and not a limitation, in this application, the terminal may be a wearable device. Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices. Wearable technology is used to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes. A wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. For example, a wearable device is not only a hardware device, but also a device that realizes powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. In a broad sense, wearable smart devices include devices with full functions, large sizes, and can achieve complete or partial functions without relying on smartphones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and include only focusing on a certain type of application function, which needs to be integrated with other devices such as Devices used in conjunction with smartphones, such as various types of smart bracelets and smart jewelry that monitor physical signs.
在本申请中,终端可以是物联网(internet of things,IoT)系统中的终端,IoT是未来信息技术发展的重要组成部分,其主要技术特点是将物品通过通信技术与网络连接,从而实现人机互连,物物互连的智能化网络。本申请中的终端可以是机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC)中的终端。In this application, the terminal may be a terminal in the Internet of Things (IoT) system. IoT is an important part of the future development of information technology. Machine interconnection, the intelligent network of the interconnection of things and things. The terminal in this application may be a terminal in machine type communication (MTC).
在本申请中,终端还可以是REDCAP终端。REDCAP终端按照使用类型可以分为:工业无线传感器、视频摄像头和可穿戴设备等。In this application, the terminal may also be a REDCAP terminal. REDCAP terminals can be divided into industrial wireless sensors, video cameras and wearable devices according to the type of use.
图2A所示的通信系统20仅用于举例,并非用于限制本申请的技术方案。本领域的技术人员应当明白,在具体实现过程中,通信系统20还可以包括其他设备,同时也可根据具体需要来确定核心网设备、接入网设备或终端的数量,不予限制。The communication system 20 shown in FIG. 2A is only used for example, and is not used to limit the technical solution of the present application. Those skilled in the art should understand that in the specific implementation process, the communication system 20 may also include other devices, and the number of core network devices, access network devices or terminals may also be determined according to specific needs, which is not limited.
在一些实施例中,接入网设备201和/或接入网设备202可以是集中单元-分布单元分离的架构。也就是说,接入网设备201和/或接入网设备202可以包括一个集中单元以及一个或多个分布单元。其中,集中单元主要用于负责集中式无线资源和连接管理控制,具备无线高层协议栈功能,例如,分组数据汇聚协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层功能等。可选的,集中单元可以用于配置eDRX参数。分布单元具备分布式用户面处理功能,主要具备物理层功能和实时性需求较高的层2功能,例如,分布单元具备物理层(physical layer,PHY)功能、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层功能和无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层功能等。分布单元还可以接收来自集中单元的寻呼消息,并向终端发送寻呼消息。本申请实施例中,用于实现集中单元的功能的装置可以是集中单元;也可以是能够支持集中单元实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统,该装置可以被安装在集中单元中或者和集中单元匹配使用。本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。本申请实施例提供的方法中,以用于实现集中单元的功能的装置是CU为例,描述本申请实施例提供的方法。本申请实施例中,用于实现分布单元的功能的装置可以是分布单元;也可以是能够支持分布单元实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统,该装置可以被安装在分布单元中或者和分布单元匹配使用。本申请实施例提供的方法中,以用于实现分布单元的功能的装置是DU为例,描述本申请实施例提供的方法。In some embodiments, the access network device 201 and/or the access network device 202 may be a centralized unit-distributed unit separated architecture. That is, the access network device 201 and/or the access network device 202 may include a centralized unit and one or more distribution units. Among them, the centralized unit is mainly used for centralized wireless resource and connection management control, and has the function of the wireless high-level protocol stack, for example, the function of the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer. Optionally, the centralized unit may be used to configure eDRX parameters. The distribution unit has distributed user plane processing functions, and mainly has physical layer functions and layer 2 functions with high real-time requirements. For example, the distribution unit has physical layer (physical layer, PHY) functions, media access control (media access control, MAC) layer function and radio link control (radio link control, RLC) layer function and so on. The distribution unit may also receive paging messages from the centralized unit and send the paging messages to the terminals. In this embodiment of the present application, the device for implementing the function of the centralized unit may be the centralized unit; it may also be a device capable of supporting the centralized unit to implement the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed in the centralized unit or combined with the centralized unit Match use. In this embodiment of the present application, the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices. In the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the device for realizing the function of the centralized unit as the CU as an example. In this embodiment of the present application, the device for implementing the function of the distribution unit may be the distribution unit; it may also be a device capable of supporting the distribution unit to realize the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed in the distribution unit or combined with the distribution unit Match use. In the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the device for realizing the function of the distribution unit as a DU as an example.
以接入网设备201为CU-DU分离架构为例,接入网设备201的架构可以如图2B所示。图2B中,接入网设备201包括CU 2011、DU 2012以及DU 2013。其中,DU 2012和DU 2013可以与终端连接,例如,DU 2012与终端203连接,DU 2013与终端204连接。CU 2011可以与其他设备连接,例如,CU 2011与接入网设备202连接。CU 2011还可以与核心网设备206连接。Taking the access network device 201 as an example of a CU-DU separation architecture, the architecture of the access network device 201 may be as shown in FIG. 2B . In FIG. 2B, the access network device 201 includes a CU 2011, a DU 2012, and a DU 2013. Wherein, the DU 2012 and the DU 2013 can be connected to the terminal, for example, the DU 2012 is connected to the terminal 203, and the DU 2013 is connected to the terminal 204. The CU 2011 can be connected with other devices, for example, the CU 2011 is connected with the access network device 202. The CU 2011 may also be connected to the core network device 206.
应理解,图2B所示的CU-DU架构仅用于举例,并非用于限制本申请的技术方案。本领域的技术人员应当明白,在具体实现过程中,上述CU-DU架构可根据具体需要 来确定CU、DU的数量,同时,上述CU 2011、DU 2012以及DU 2013可以部署在同一个设备中,也可以部署在不同的设备中,不予限制。It should be understood that the CU-DU architecture shown in FIG. 2B is only used for example, and is not used to limit the technical solution of the present application. Those skilled in the art should understand that in the specific implementation process, the above-mentioned CU-DU architecture can determine the number of CUs and DUs according to specific needs. It can also be deployed in different devices without limitation.
可选的,本申请实施例图2A中的各网元(例如,核心网设备206、接入网设备201、接入网设备202、终端203、终端204或终端205)的相关功能可以由一个设备实现,也可以由多个设备共同实现,还可以是由一个设备内的一个或多个功能模块实现,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。可以理解的是,上述功能既可以是硬件设备中的网络元件,也可以是在专用硬件上运行的软件功能,或者硬件与软件的结合,或者平台(例如,云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能。Optionally, the relevant functions of each network element (for example, the core network device 206, the access network device 201, the access network device 202, the terminal 203, the terminal 204, or the terminal 205) in FIG. 2A in this embodiment of the present application may be composed of a The device implementation may also be jointly implemented by multiple devices, or may be implemented by one or more functional modules in one device, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application. It is to be understood that the above-mentioned functions may be either network elements in hardware devices, or software functions running on dedicated hardware, or a combination of hardware and software, or virtualization instantiated on a platform (eg, a cloud platform) Function.
在具体实现时,图2A所示的各设备或网元都可以采用图3所示的组成结构,或者包括图3所示的部件。图3所示为可适用于本申请实施例的通信装置的硬件结构示意图。该通信装置30包括至少一个处理器301和至少一个通信接口304,用于实现本申请实施例提供的方法。该通信装置30还可以包括通信线路302和存储器303。During specific implementation, each device or network element shown in FIG. 2A may adopt the composition structure shown in FIG. 3 , or include the components shown in FIG. 3 . FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a communication device applicable to an embodiment of the present application. The communication apparatus 30 includes at least one processor 301 and at least one communication interface 304, and is used for implementing the method provided by the embodiment of the present application. The communication device 30 may also include a communication line 302 and a memory 303 .
处理器301可以是一个通用中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),微处理器,特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或一个或多个用于控制本申请方案程序执行的集成电路。The processor 301 can be a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more processors for controlling the execution of the programs of the present application. integrated circuit.
通信线路302可包括一通路,在上述组件之间传送信息,例如总线。Communication line 302 may include a path, such as a bus, to transfer information between the components described above.
通信接口304,用于与其他设备或通信网络通信。通信接口304可以是任何收发器一类的装置,如可以是以太网接口、无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)接口、无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)接口、收发器、管脚、总线、或收发电路等。A communication interface 304 for communicating with other devices or a communication network. The communication interface 304 can be any device such as a transceiver, such as an Ethernet interface, a radio access network (RAN) interface, a wireless local area network (WLAN) interface, a transceiver, a pin , bus, or transceiver circuit, etc.
存储器303可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory,EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。存储器可以是独立存在,通过通信线路302与处理器301相耦合。存储器303也可以和处理器301集成在一起。本申请实施例提供的存储器通常可以具有非易失性。其中,存储器303用于存储执行本申请实施例提供的方案所涉及的计算机执行指令,并由处理器301来控制执行。处理器301用于执行存储器303中存储的计算机执行指令,从而实现本申请实施例提供的方法。 Memory 303 may be read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (RAM) or other types of information and instructions It can also be an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), a compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disk storage, CD-ROM storage (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or capable of carrying or storing desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and capable of being executed by a computer Access any other medium without limitation. The memory may exist independently and be coupled to the processor 301 through the communication line 302 . The memory 303 may also be integrated with the processor 301 . The memory provided by the embodiments of the present application may generally be non-volatile. The memory 303 is used for storing computer-executed instructions involved in executing the solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application, and the execution is controlled by the processor 301 . The processor 301 is configured to execute the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 303, so as to implement the method provided by the embodiments of the present application.
本申请实施例中的计算机执行指令也可以称之为应用程序代码,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。The computer-executed instructions in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as application program codes, which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
本申请实施例中的耦合是装置、单元或模块之间的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式,用于装置、单元或模块之间的信息交互。The coupling in the embodiments of the present application is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, which may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information exchange between devices, units or modules.
作为一种实施例,处理器301可以包括一个或多个CPU,例如图3中的CPU0和CPU1。As an example, the processor 301 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 3 .
作为一种实施例,通信装置30可以包括多个处理器,例如图3中的处理器301 和处理器307。这些处理器中的每一个可以是一个单核(single-CPU)处理器,也可以是一个多核(multi-CPU)处理器。这里的处理器可以指一个或多个设备、电路、和/或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。As an embodiment, the communication apparatus 30 may include multiple processors, such as the processor 301 and the processor 307 in FIG. 3 . Each of these processors can be a single-core (single-CPU) processor or a multi-core (multi-CPU) processor. A processor herein may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (eg, computer program instructions).
作为一种实施例,通信装置30还可以包括输出设备305和/或输入设备306。输出设备305和处理器301耦合,可以以多种方式来显示信息。例如,输出设备305可以是液晶显示器(liquid crystal display,LCD),发光二级管(light emitting diode,LED)显示设备,阴极射线管(cathode ray tube,CRT)显示设备,或投影仪(projector)等。输入设备306和处理器301耦合,可以以多种方式接收用户的输入。例如,输入设备306可以是鼠标、键盘、触摸屏设备或传感设备等。As an embodiment, the communication apparatus 30 may further include an output device 305 and/or an input device 306 . Output device 305 is coupled to processor 301 and can display information in a variety of ways. For example, the output device 305 may be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (CRT) display device, or a projector (projector) Wait. Input device 306 is coupled to processor 301 and can receive user input in a variety of ways. For example, the input device 306 may be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, a sensor device, or the like.
可以理解的,图3中示出的组成结构并不构成对该通信装置的限定,除图3所示部件之外,该通信装置可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。It can be understood that the composition shown in FIG. 3 does not constitute a limitation on the communication device, and in addition to the components shown in FIG. some components, or a different arrangement of components.
下面以图2A所示架构为例,对本申请实施例提供的通信方法进行描述。下述实施例中的各网元可以具备图3所示部件,不予赘述。The communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described below by taking the architecture shown in FIG. 2A as an example. Each network element in the following embodiments may have the components shown in FIG. 3 , which will not be repeated.
需要说明的是,本申请下述实施例中各个网元之间的消息名字或消息中各参数的名字等只是一个示例,具体实现中也可以是其他的名字,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It should be noted that the names of messages between network elements or the names of parameters in the messages in the following embodiments of the present application are just an example, and other names may also be used in specific implementations, which are not specified in the embodiments of the present application. limited.
为了便于描述本申请实施例的技术方案,在本申请实施例中,可以采用“第一”、“第二”等字样对功能相同或相似的技术特征进行区分。该“第一”、“第二”等字样并不对数量和执行次序进行限定,并且“第一”、“第二”等字样也并不限定一定不同。在本申请实施例中,“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示例子、例证或说明,被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其它实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念,便于理解。In order to facilitate the description of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, in the embodiments of the present application, words such as "first" and "second" may be used to distinguish technical features with the same or similar functions. The words "first", "second" and the like do not limit the quantity and execution order, and the words "first", "second" and the like do not limit the difference. In the embodiments of the present application, words such as "exemplary" or "for example" are used to represent examples, illustrations or illustrations, and any embodiment or design solution described as "exemplary" or "for example" should not be construed are preferred or advantageous over other embodiments or designs. The use of words such as "exemplary" or "such as" is intended to present the relevant concepts in a specific manner to facilitate understanding.
可以理解的,本申请实施例中同一个步骤或者具有相同功能的步骤或者技术特征在不同实施例之间可以互相参考借鉴。It can be understood that the same step or steps or technical features with the same function in the embodiments of the present application may be referred to and referenced from each other between different embodiments.
可以理解的,本申请实施例中,核心网设备、接入网设备或终端可以执行本申请实施例中的部分或全部步骤,这些步骤仅是示例,本申请实施例还可以执行其它步骤或者各种步骤的变形。此外,各个步骤可以按照本申请实施例呈现的不同的顺序来执行,并且有可能并非要执行本申请实施例中的全部步骤。It can be understood that, in the embodiments of the present application, a core network device, an access network device, or a terminal may perform some or all of the steps in the embodiments of the present application. These steps are only examples, and the embodiments of the present application may also perform other steps or various steps. Variation of steps. In addition, various steps may be performed in different orders presented in the embodiments of the present application, and it may not be necessary to perform all the steps in the embodiments of the present application.
如图4所示,为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法,该方法中,终端可以根据相同的eDRX参数接收核心网设备和接入网设备的寻呼消息。该通信方法包括S401-S402。As shown in FIG. 4 , a communication method is provided in an embodiment of the present application. In the method, a terminal may receive paging messages of a core network device and an access network device according to the same eDRX parameters. The communication method includes S401-S402.
S401:接入网设备获取第一参数信息。S401: The access network device acquires first parameter information.
其中,接入网设备可以是图2A所示的通信系统20中的任一接入网设备,例如接入网设备201或接入网设备202。The access network device may be any access network device in the communication system 20 shown in FIG. 2A , for example, the access network device 201 or the access network device 202 .
其中,第一参数信息可以用于指示eDRX参数。该eDRX参数可以用于核心网设备或接入网设备采用eDRX模式发送寻呼消息,或者,该eDRX参数可以用于终端采用eDRX模式接收寻呼消息。其中,核心网设备可以为通信系统20中与接入网设备通信连接的核心网设备,例如,核心网设备206。终端可以为通信系统20中与接入网设 备通信连接的终端。例如,若接入网设备为通信系统20中的接入网设备201,则终端可以是通信系统20中的终端203或终端204,若接入网设备为通信系统20中的接入网设备202,则终端可以是通信系统20中的终端205。第一参数信息可以替换描述为核心网设备配置的eDRX参数信息、共同的eDRX参数信息(common eDRX参数信息)等,不予限制。The first parameter information may be used to indicate eDRX parameters. The eDRX parameter may be used by the core network device or the access network device to send the paging message in the eDRX mode, or the eDRX parameter may be used by the terminal to receive the paging message in the eDRX mode. The core network device may be a core network device in the communication system 20 that is communicatively connected to the access network device, for example, the core network device 206 . The terminal may be a terminal in the communication system 20 that is communicatively connected to the access network device. For example, if the access network device is the access network device 201 in the communication system 20, the terminal may be the terminal 203 or the terminal 204 in the communication system 20, and if the access network device is the access network device 202 in the communication system 20 , the terminal may be the terminal 205 in the communication system 20 . The first parameter information may replace the eDRX parameter information described as configured by the core network device, the common eDRX parameter information (common eDRX parameter information), etc., which is not limited.
一种可能的实现方式,第一参数信息包括eDRX周期。可选的,第一参数信息还包括PTW的长度;或者,第一参数信息还包括PTW中包括的DRX周期的数量。可以理解的,若第一参数信息包括eDRX周期,可以表示eDRX周期内包括一个PO。若第一参数信息包括eDRX周期和PTW的长度,或者,第一参数信息包括eDRX周期和PTW中包括的DRX周期的数量,可以表示eDRX周期内包括多个PO或者PTW。In a possible implementation manner, the first parameter information includes the eDRX cycle. Optionally, the first parameter information further includes the length of the PTW; or, the first parameter information further includes the number of DRX cycles included in the PTW. It can be understood that, if the first parameter information includes the eDRX cycle, it may indicate that one PO is included in the eDRX cycle. If the first parameter information includes the eDRX cycle and the length of the PTW, or the first parameter information includes the eDRX cycle and the number of DRX cycles included in the PTW, it may indicate that the eDRX cycle includes multiple POs or PTWs.
其中,DRX周期可以为默认的DRX周期(default DRX cycle);或者,DRX周期可以为终端特定的DRX周期(UE specific DRX cycle);或者,DRX周期可以为接入网设备的DRX周期(RAN DRX cycle);或者,DRX周期可以为default DRX cycle和UE specific DRX cycle中的最小值或最大值;或者,DRX周期可以为default DRX cycle和RAN DRX cycle中的最小值或最大值。例如,若终端接收核心网设备的寻呼消息,则DRX周期可以为default DRX cycle,或者UE specific DRX cycle,或者default DRX cycle和UE specific DRX cycle中的最小值或最大值。若终端接收接入网设备的寻呼消息,则DRX周期可以为default DRX cycle,或者RAN DRX cycle,或者default DRX cycle和RAN DRX cycle中的最小值或最大值。The DRX cycle may be a default DRX cycle (default DRX cycle); or, the DRX cycle may be a terminal-specific DRX cycle (UE specific DRX cycle); or, the DRX cycle may be a DRX cycle (RAN DRX cycle) of an access network device cycle); or, the DRX cycle may be the minimum or maximum value among the default DRX cycle and the UE-specific DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle may be the minimum or maximum value among the default DRX cycle and the RAN DRX cycle. For example, if the terminal receives a paging message from a core network device, the DRX cycle can be the default DRX cycle, or the UE-specific DRX cycle, or the minimum or maximum value between the default DRX cycle and the UE-specific DRX cycle. If the terminal receives a paging message from an access network device, the DRX cycle can be the default DRX cycle, or the RAN DRX cycle, or the minimum or maximum value between the default DRX cycle and the RAN DRX cycle.
本申请实施例中,default DRX cycle和RAN DRX cycle可以是接入网设备配置的。作为一种示例,接入网设备可以通过系统信息块(system information block,SIB)向终端发送default DRX cycle。接入网设备可以通过RRC release消息向终端发送RAN DRX cycle。UE specific DRX cycle可以是核心网设备配置的。作为一种示例,核心网设备可以通过非接入层(non access stratum,NAS)消息向终端发送UE specific DRX cycle。In this embodiment of the present application, the default DRX cycle and the RAN DRX cycle may be configured by the access network device. As an example, the access network device may send the default DRX cycle to the terminal through a system information block (system information block, SIB). The access network device can send the RAN DRX cycle to the terminal through the RRC release message. The UE specific DRX cycle can be configured by the core network device. As an example, the core network device may send the UE specific DRX cycle to the terminal through a non-access stratum (non access stratum, NAS) message.
一种可能的实现方式,接入网设备可以从本地获取第一参数信息,也可以从其他设备获取第一参数信息。若接入网设备从本地获取第一参数信息,则该第一参数信息可以是预配置在本地的,例如,第一参数信息是协议中规定的,或者第一参数信息可以是接入网设备提前从其他设备获取,并存储在本地的。例如,第一参数信息可以是接入网设备提前从核心网设备获取,并存储在本地的。若接入网设备从其他设备获取第一参数信息,则接入网设备可以接收来自核心网设备的第一参数信息。第一参数信息可以是一条消息,也可以是包含在消息中的一个信元或一个字段,不予限制。作为一种示例,第一参数信息可以携带在初始上下文建立请求(initial context setup request)消息中;或者,第一参数信息可以携带在初始上下文建立请求消息中的RRC-inactive状态下的核心网辅助信息(core network assistance information for RRC inactive)中。In a possible implementation manner, the access network device may obtain the first parameter information locally, or may obtain the first parameter information from other devices. If the access network device obtains the first parameter information locally, the first parameter information may be pre-configured locally, for example, the first parameter information is specified in the protocol, or the first parameter information may be the access network device Acquired from other devices in advance and stored locally. For example, the first parameter information may be acquired by the access network device in advance from the core network device and stored locally. If the access network device obtains the first parameter information from other devices, the access network device may receive the first parameter information from the core network device. The first parameter information may be a message, or may be a cell or a field included in the message, which is not limited. As an example, the first parameter information may be carried in an initial context setup request (initial context setup request) message; or, the first parameter information may be carried in an RRC-inactive state in the initial context setup request message for core network assistance information (core network assistance information for RRC inactive).
可选的,接入网设备获取第一参数信息之后,可以根据第一参数信息向终端发送寻呼消息。对应的,终端可以根据第一参数信息接收来自接入网设备的寻呼消息。可以理解的,终端根据第一参数信息接收来自接入网设备的寻呼消息之前,可以获取第一参数信息。作为一种示例,终端可以从本地获取第一参数信息,也可以从其他设备 获取第一参数信息。若终端从本地获取第一参数信息,则该第一参数信息可以是预配置在本地的,例如,第一参数信息是协议中规定的,或者第一参数信息可以是终端提前从其他设备获取,并存储在本地的。例如,第一参数信息可以是终端提前从核心网设备获取,并存储在本地的。若终端从其他设备获取第一参数信息,则终端可以接收来自核心网设备的第一参数信息。第一参数信息可以是一条消息,也可以是包含在消息中的一个信元或一个字段,不予限制。作为一种示例,第一参数信息可以携带在NAS消息中。Optionally, after acquiring the first parameter information, the access network device may send a paging message to the terminal according to the first parameter information. Correspondingly, the terminal may receive the paging message from the access network device according to the first parameter information. It can be understood that, before the terminal receives the paging message from the access network device according to the first parameter information, it can obtain the first parameter information. As an example, the terminal may obtain the first parameter information locally, or may obtain the first parameter information from other devices. If the terminal obtains the first parameter information locally, the first parameter information may be pre-configured locally, for example, the first parameter information is specified in the protocol, or the first parameter information may be obtained by the terminal from other devices in advance, and stored locally. For example, the first parameter information may be acquired by the terminal from the core network device in advance and stored locally. If the terminal acquires the first parameter information from other devices, the terminal may receive the first parameter information from the core network device. The first parameter information may be a message, or may be a cell or a field included in the message, which is not limited. As an example, the first parameter information may be carried in a NAS message.
进一步的,接入网设备根据第一参数信息向终端发送寻呼消息,包括:接入网设备根据第一参数信息确定第一时域位置,在第一时域位置上向终端发送寻呼消息。其中,第一时域位置可以包括至少一个寻呼时间单元的位置。寻呼时间单元可以包括PTW或PO。若寻呼时间单元包括PTW,则第一参数信息包括的eDRX周期内包括多个PO;若寻呼时间单元包括PO,则第一参数信息包括的eDRX周期内包括一个PO。对应的,终端根据第一参数信息接收来自接入网设备的寻呼消息,包括:终端根据第一参数信息确定第一时域位置,在第一时域位置上接收来自接入网设备的寻呼消息。可以理解的,接入网设备向终端发送寻呼消息时,或者,终端接收来自接入网设备的寻呼消息时,终端可以是处于RRC-inactive状态的。终端根据第一参数信息确定第一时域位置的过程,与接入网设备根据第一参数信息确定第一时域位置的过程类似,下面以接入网设备根据第一参数信息确定第一时域位置为例进行介绍。Further, sending the paging message to the terminal by the access network device according to the first parameter information includes: the access network device determines the first time domain position according to the first parameter information, and sends the paging message to the terminal at the first time domain position . Wherein, the first time domain location may include the location of at least one paging time unit. The paging time unit may include PTW or PO. If the paging time unit includes PTW, the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information includes multiple POs; if the paging time unit includes PO, the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information includes one PO. Correspondingly, the terminal receiving the paging message from the access network device according to the first parameter information includes: the terminal determining the first time domain position according to the first parameter information, and receiving the paging message from the access network device at the first time domain position. call message. It can be understood that when the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal, or when the terminal receives a paging message from the access network device, the terminal may be in the RRC-inactive state. The process in which the terminal determines the first time domain position according to the first parameter information is similar to the process in which the access network device determines the first time domain position according to the first parameter information. In the following, the access network device determines the first time domain position according to the first parameter information. The domain location is used as an example.
一种可能的实现方式,若寻呼时间单元包括PTW,则接入网设备在第一时域位置上向终端发送寻呼消息可以理解为接入网设备在至少一个PTW的位置上,按照DRX周期向终端发送寻呼消息。接入网设备根据第一参数信息确定第一时域位置可以是在终端处于RRC-connected状态的情况下执行的,也可以是在终端RRC-inactive状态的情况下执行的。例如,接入网设备确定将要释放接入网设备与终端的RRC连接的情况下,根据第一参数信息确定第一时域位置;或者,接入网设备向终端发送RRC release消息时,根据第一参数信息确定第一时域位置;或者,接入网设备向终端发送RRC release消息之后,根据第一参数信息确定第一时域位置。其中,RRC release消息可以用于将终端释放到RRC-inactive状态。A possible implementation manner, if the paging time unit includes a PTW, the access network device sending a paging message to the terminal at the first time domain position can be understood as the access network device at the position of at least one PTW, according to the DRX Periodically send paging messages to the terminal. The access network device determines the first time domain location according to the first parameter information, which may be performed when the terminal is in the RRC-connected state, or may be performed when the terminal is in the RRC-inactive state. For example, when the access network device determines that the RRC connection between the access network device and the terminal will be released, the first time domain location is determined according to the first parameter information; A parameter information determines the first time domain location; or, after the access network device sends an RRC release message to the terminal, the first time domain location is determined according to the first parameter information. Among them, the RRC release message can be used to release the terminal to the RRC-inactive state.
示例性的,以第一参数信息包括eDRX周期为例,接入网设备获取第一参数信息之后,可以根据上述PO的位置的确定方法,确定至少一个PO的位置。后续,接入网设备可以在至少一个PO的位置上向终端发送寻呼消息。Exemplarily, taking the first parameter information including the eDRX cycle as an example, after acquiring the first parameter information, the access network device may determine the location of at least one PO according to the above method for determining the location of the PO. Subsequently, the access network device may send a paging message to the terminal at the location of at least one PO.
示例性的,以第一参数信息包括eDRX周期和PTW的长度为例,接入网设备获取第一参数信息之后,可以根据上述PTW的位置的确定方法,确定至少一个PTW的位置。后续,接入网设备可以在至少一个PTW的位置上向终端发送寻呼消息。Exemplarily, taking the first parameter information including the eDRX cycle and the length of the PTW as an example, after acquiring the first parameter information, the access network device may determine the location of at least one PTW according to the above method for determining the location of the PTW. Subsequently, the access network device may send a paging message to the terminal at the location of at least one PTW.
示例性的,以第一参数信息包括eDRX周期和PTW中包括的DRX周期的数量为例,接入网设备获取第一参数信息之后,可以根据DRX周期和PTW中包括的DRX周期的数量确定PTW的长度(例如,PTW的长度为DRX周期和PTW中包括的DRX周期的数量的乘积),再根据上述PTW的位置的确定方法,确定至少一个PTW的位置。后续,接入网设备可以在至少一个PTW的位置上向终端发送寻呼消息。Exemplarily, taking the first parameter information including the eDRX cycle and the number of DRX cycles included in the PTW as an example, after the access network device acquires the first parameter information, it can determine the PTW according to the DRX cycle and the number of DRX cycles included in the PTW. (for example, the length of the PTW is the product of the DRX cycle and the number of DRX cycles included in the PTW), and then determine the position of at least one PTW according to the above method for determining the position of the PTW. Subsequently, the access network device may send a paging message to the terminal at the location of at least one PTW.
S402:接入网设备向终端和核心网设备发送第二参数信息。对应的,终端和核心 网设备接收来自接入网设备的第二参数信息。S402: The access network device sends the second parameter information to the terminal and the core network device. Correspondingly, the terminal and the core network device receive the second parameter information from the access network device.
其中,第二参数信息可以用于指示更改后的eDRX参数。更改后的eDRX参数可以用于S402之后,核心网设备或接入网设备采用eDRX模式发送寻呼消息;或者,更改后的eDRX参数可以用于S402之后,终端采用eDRX模式接收寻呼消息;或者,更改后的eDRX参数可以用于RRC-inactive状态下,核心网设备或接入网设备采用eDRX模式发送寻呼消息;或者,更改后的eDRX参数可以用于RRC-inactive状态下,终端采用eDRX模式接收寻呼消息。第二参数信息可以替换描述为接入网设备配置的eDRX参数信息、更改后的共同的eDRX参数信息、修改后的共同的eDRX参数信息等,不予限制。The second parameter information may be used to indicate the changed eDRX parameters. The changed eDRX parameters can be used after S402, and the core network device or the access network device uses the eDRX mode to send the paging message; or, the changed eDRX parameters can be used after S402, and the terminal uses the eDRX mode to receive the paging message; or , the changed eDRX parameters can be used in RRC-inactive state, the core network equipment or access network equipment uses eDRX mode to send paging messages; or, the changed eDRX parameters can be used in RRC-inactive state, the terminal uses eDRX mode to receive paging messages. The second parameter information may replace the eDRX parameter information described as configured by the access network device, the modified common eDRX parameter information, the modified common eDRX parameter information, etc., without limitation.
可以理解的,第二参数信息可以是一条消息,也可以是包含在消息中的一个信元或一个字段,不予限制。作为一种示例,第二参数信息在发送给终端的情况下,可以携带在RRC release消息或RRC连接重配置(RRCReconfiguration)消息中。第二参数信息在发送给核心网设备的情况下,可以携带在RRC非激活转换报告中。可以理解的,第二参数信息也可以是接入网设备通过核心网设备发送给终端的。例如,接入网设备可以通过RRC非激活转换报告向核心网设备发送第二参数信息。核心网设备接收到第二参数信息后,通过NAS消息向终端发送第二参数信息。It can be understood that the second parameter information may be a message, or may be a cell or a field contained in the message, which is not limited. As an example, when the second parameter information is sent to the terminal, it may be carried in an RRC release message or an RRC connection reconfiguration (RRCReconfiguration) message. When the second parameter information is sent to the core network device, it may be carried in the RRC deactivation transition report. It can be understood that the second parameter information may also be sent by the access network device to the terminal through the core network device. For example, the access network device may send the second parameter information to the core network device through the RRC inactivity transition report. After receiving the second parameter information, the core network device sends the second parameter information to the terminal through a NAS message.
一种可能的实现方式,第二参数信息包括eDRX周期。可选的,第二参数信息还包括PTW的长度;或者,第二参数信息还包括PTW中包括的DRX周期的数量。可以理解的,若第二参数信息包括eDRX周期,可以表示eDRX周期内包括一个PO。若第二参数信息包括eDRX周期和PTW的长度,或者,第二参数信息包括eDRX周期和PTW中包括的DRX周期的数量,可以表示eDRX周期内包括多个PO或者PTW。In a possible implementation manner, the second parameter information includes the eDRX cycle. Optionally, the second parameter information further includes the length of the PTW; or, the second parameter information further includes the number of DRX cycles included in the PTW. It can be understood that if the second parameter information includes the eDRX cycle, it may indicate that one PO is included in the eDRX cycle. If the second parameter information includes the eDRX cycle and the length of the PTW, or the second parameter information includes the eDRX cycle and the number of DRX cycles included in the PTW, it may indicate that the eDRX cycle includes multiple POs or PTWs.
进一步的,第二参数信息指示的eDRX参数与第一参数信息指示的eDRX参数不同。第二参数信息指示的eDRX参数与第一参数信息指示的eDRX参数不同可以理解为:第二参数信息指示的eDRX参数与第一参数信息指示的eDRX参数全部不同或部分不同。例如,第二参数信息包括的eDRX周期与第一参数信息包括的eDRX周期不同;或者,第二参数信息包括的eDRX周期和PTW的长度与第一参数信息包括的eDRX周期和PTW的长度不同;或者,第二参数信息包括的PTW的长度与第一参数信息包括的PTW的长度不同;或者,第二参数信息包括的DRX周期的数量与第一参数信息包括的DRX周期的数量不同;或者,第二参数信息包括的eDRX周期和DRX周期的数量,与第一参数信息包括的eDRX周期和DRX周期的数量不同。Further, the eDRX parameter indicated by the second parameter information is different from the eDRX parameter indicated by the first parameter information. The difference between the eDRX parameters indicated by the second parameter information and the eDRX parameters indicated by the first parameter information can be understood as: the eDRX parameters indicated by the second parameter information are totally different or partially different from the eDRX parameters indicated by the first parameter information. For example, the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is different from the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information; or, the length of the eDRX cycle and PTW included in the second parameter information is different from the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information and the length of the PTW; Alternatively, the length of the PTW included in the second parameter information is different from the length of the PTW included in the first parameter information; or, the number of DRX cycles included in the second parameter information is different from the number of DRX cycles included in the first parameter information; or, The eDRX cycle and the number of DRX cycles included in the second parameter information are different from the eDRX cycle and the number of DRX cycles included in the first parameter information.
一种可能的实现方式,接入网设备确定终端进入RRC-inactive状态的情况下,向终端和核心网设备发送第二参数信息。例如,接入网设备向终端发送RRC release消息之前,或者,接入网设备向终端发送RRC release消息时,或者,接入网设备向终端发送RRC release消息之后,向终端和核心网设备发送第二参数信息。其中,该RRC release消息用于释放终端与接入网设备之间的RRC连接,使得终端转换为RRC-inactive状态。In a possible implementation manner, when the access network device determines that the terminal enters the RRC-inactive state, it sends the second parameter information to the terminal and the core network device. For example, before the access network device sends the RRC release message to the terminal, or when the access network device sends the RRC release message to the terminal, or after the access network device sends the RRC release message to the terminal, it sends the first RRC release message to the terminal and the core network device. Two parameter information. Wherein, the RRC release message is used to release the RRC connection between the terminal and the access network equipment, so that the terminal transitions to the RRC-inactive state.
可选的,接入网设备根据终端能力信息和/或第一条件信息,确定是否向终端和核心网设备发送第二参数信息。若接入网设备要根据终端的能力信息确定是否向终端和核心网设备发送第二参数信息,则S402之前,接入网设备可以向终端发送终端能力查询(UE capability enquiry)消息,用于请求终端能力信息,并接收来自终端的终端能 力信息(UE capability info)。其中,终端能力信息可以指示以下信息中的至少一项:终端是否支持eDRX,终端是否支持RRC-inactive状态,终端在RRC-inactive状态下是否支持eDRX。第一条件信息可以指示第一参数信息是否适合接入网设备向终端发送寻呼消息。例如,第一条件信息可以指示第一参数信息包括的eDRX周期是否大于或等于第一时间长度。Optionally, the access network device determines whether to send the second parameter information to the terminal and the core network device according to the terminal capability information and/or the first condition information. If the access network device wants to determine whether to send the second parameter information to the terminal and the core network device according to the capability information of the terminal, before S402, the access network device may send a terminal capability enquiry (UE capability enquiry) message to the terminal to request Terminal capability information, and receive terminal capability information (UE capability info) from the terminal. The terminal capability information may indicate at least one of the following information: whether the terminal supports eDRX, whether the terminal supports the RRC-inactive state, and whether the terminal supports eDRX in the RRC-inactive state. The first condition information may indicate whether the first parameter information is suitable for the access network device to send a paging message to the terminal. For example, the first condition information may indicate whether the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is greater than or equal to the first time length.
示例性的,以接入网设备根据终端能力信息确定是否向终端和核心网设备发送第二参数信息为例,若终端能力信息指示终端不支持eDRX,或者,终端能力信息指示终端不支持RRC-inactive状态,或者,终端能力信息指示终端不支持eDRX,并且不支持RRC-inactive状态,或者,终端能力信息指示终端在RRC-inactive状态下不支持eDRX,则接入网设备不向终端和核心网设备发送第二参数信息,也就是说,本申请实施例不执行S402。若终端能力信息指示终端支持eDRX,并且支持RRC-inactive状态,或者,终端能力信息指示终端在RRC-inactive状态下支持eDRX,则接入网设备向终端和核心网设备发送第二参数信息。Exemplarily, taking the access network device determining whether to send the second parameter information to the terminal and the core network device according to the terminal capability information as an example, if the terminal capability information indicates that the terminal does not support eDRX, or the terminal capability information indicates that the terminal does not support RRC- inactive state, or the terminal capability information indicates that the terminal does not support eDRX and does not support the RRC-inactive state, or, the terminal capability information indicates that the terminal does not support eDRX in the RRC-inactive state, then the access network device does not report to the terminal and the core network The device sends the second parameter information, that is, S402 is not performed in this embodiment of the present application. If the terminal capability information indicates that the terminal supports eDRX and supports the RRC-inactive state, or the terminal capability information indicates that the terminal supports eDRX in the RRC-inactive state, the access network device sends the second parameter information to the terminal and the core network device.
示例性的,以接入网设备根据第一条件信息确定是否向终端和核心网设备发送第二参数信息为例,若第一条件信息指示第一参数信息包括的eDRX周期大于或等于第一时间长度,则表示接入网设备根据第一参数信息向终端发送寻呼消息的时延较大。在这种情况下,接入网设备向终端和核心网设备发送第二参数信息,接入网设备根据第二参数信息向终端发送寻呼消息的时延,小于根据第一参数信息向终端发送寻呼消息的时延。若第一条件信息指示第一参数信息包括的eDRX周期小于第一时间长度,则表示接入网设备根据第一参数信息向终端发送寻呼消息的时延较小。在这种情况下,接入网设备不向终端和核心网设备发送第二参数信息,也就是说,本申请实施例不执行S402。Exemplarily, taking the access network device determining whether to send the second parameter information to the terminal and the core network device according to the first condition information as an example, if the first condition information indicates that the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is greater than or equal to the first time length, it means that the time delay for the access network device to send the paging message to the terminal according to the first parameter information is relatively large. In this case, the access network device sends the second parameter information to the terminal and the core network device, and the time delay for the access network device to send the paging message to the terminal according to the second parameter information is shorter than that for sending the paging message to the terminal according to the first parameter information Delay for paging messages. If the first condition information indicates that the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is less than the first time length, it indicates that the time delay for the access network device to send the paging message to the terminal according to the first parameter information is small. In this case, the access network device does not send the second parameter information to the terminal and the core network device, that is, the embodiment of the present application does not perform S402.
示例性的,以接入网设备根据终端能力信息和第一条件信息确定是否向终端和核心网设备发送第二参数信息为例,若终端能力信息指示终端不支持eDRX,或者,终端能力信息指示终端不支持RRC-inactive状态,或者,终端能力信息指示终端不支持eDRX,并且不支持RRC-inactive状态,或者,终端能力信息指示终端在RRC-inactive状态下不支持eDRX,或者,第一条件信息指示第一参数信息包括的eDRX周期小于第一时间长度,则接入网设备不向终端和核心网设备发送第二参数信息,也就是说,本申请实施例不执行S402。若终端能力信息指示终端支持eDRX,支持RRC-inactive状态,并且第一条件信息指示第一参数信息包括的eDRX周期大于或等于第一时间长度,或者,终端能力信息指示终端在RRC-inactive状态下支持eDRX,并且第一条件信息指示第一参数信息包括的eDRX周期大于或等于第一时间长度,则接入网设备向终端和核心网设备发送第二参数信息。Exemplarily, taking the access network device determining whether to send the second parameter information to the terminal and the core network device according to the terminal capability information and the first condition information as an example, if the terminal capability information indicates that the terminal does not support eDRX, or the terminal capability information indicates The terminal does not support the RRC-inactive state, or the terminal capability information indicates that the terminal does not support eDRX and does not support the RRC-inactive state, or the terminal capability information indicates that the terminal does not support eDRX in the RRC-inactive state, or, the first condition information Indicates that the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is less than the first time length, the access network device does not send the second parameter information to the terminal and the core network device, that is, S402 is not performed in this embodiment of the present application. If the terminal capability information indicates that the terminal supports eDRX and supports the RRC-inactive state, and the first condition information indicates that the eDRX period included in the first parameter information is greater than or equal to the first time length, or the terminal capability information indicates that the terminal is in the RRC-inactive state If eDRX is supported, and the first condition information indicates that the eDRX period included in the first parameter information is greater than or equal to the first time length, the access network device sends the second parameter information to the terminal and the core network device.
可以理解的,若接入网设备不向终端和核心网设备发送第二参数信息,则在终端RRC-inactive状态的情况下,接入网设备根据第一参数信息向终端发送寻呼消息。对应的,终端根据第一参数信息接收来自接入网设备的寻呼消息。在终端处于RRC-idle状态的情况下,核心网设备根据第一参数信息向终端发送寻呼消息。对应的,终端根据第一参数信息接收来自核心网设备的寻呼消息。若接入网设备向终端和核心网设备发送第二参数信息,则在终端处于RRC-inactive状态的情况下,接入网设备根据第二 参数信息向终端发送寻呼消息。对应的,终端根据第二参数信息接收来自接入网设备的寻呼消息。在终端处于RRC-idle状态的情况下,核心网设备根据第二参数信息向终端发送寻呼消息。对应的,终端根据第二参数信息接收来自核心网设备的寻呼消息,在这种情况下,终端处于RRC-idle状态可以是指终端从RRC-connected状态释放到RRC-inactive状态后,又被释放到RRC-idle状态。其中,接入网设备根据第二参数信息向终端发送寻呼消息的过程,核心网设备根据第一参数信息向终端发送寻呼消息的过程,以及核心网设备根据第二参数信息向终端发送寻呼消息的过程可以参考上述S401中接入网设备根据第一参数信息向终端发送寻呼消息的介绍,在此不做赘述。It can be understood that if the access network device does not send the second parameter information to the terminal and the core network device, in the case of the terminal RRC-inactive state, the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal according to the first parameter information. Correspondingly, the terminal receives the paging message from the access network device according to the first parameter information. When the terminal is in the RRC-idle state, the core network device sends a paging message to the terminal according to the first parameter information. Correspondingly, the terminal receives the paging message from the core network device according to the first parameter information. If the access network device sends the second parameter information to the terminal and the core network device, when the terminal is in the RRC-inactive state, the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal according to the second parameter information. Correspondingly, the terminal receives the paging message from the access network device according to the second parameter information. When the terminal is in the RRC-idle state, the core network device sends a paging message to the terminal according to the second parameter information. Correspondingly, the terminal receives the paging message from the core network device according to the second parameter information. In this case, the terminal being in the RRC-idle state may mean that the terminal is released from the RRC-connected state to the RRC-inactive state, and then is re-entered. Release to RRC-idle state. The process in which the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal according to the second parameter information, the process in which the core network device sends a paging message to the terminal according to the first parameter information, and the process in which the core network device sends a paging message to the terminal according to the second parameter information For the process of paging the message, reference may be made to the introduction of the access network device sending the paging message to the terminal according to the first parameter information in the above S401, which will not be repeated here.
此外,终端处于RRC-inactive状态时,核心网设备也有可能向终端发送寻呼消息。例如,若终端处于RRC-inactive状态,但是核心网设备认为终端处于RRC-idle状态的情况下(即missmatch发生的情况下),核心网设备也可以向终端发送寻呼消息。可以理解的,若接入网设备未向终端和核心网设备发送第二参数信息,并且终端进入RRC-inactive状态的情况下,核心网设备出现missmatch,则核心网设备根据第一参数信息向终端发送寻呼消息;接入网设备向终端和核心网设备发送了第二参数信息,并且终端进入RRC-inactive状态的情况下,核心网设备出现若missmatch,则核心网设备根据第二参数信息向终端发送寻呼消息。In addition, when the terminal is in the RRC-inactive state, the core network device may also send a paging message to the terminal. For example, if the terminal is in the RRC-inactive state, but the core network device considers that the terminal is in the RRC-idle state (ie, when a missmatch occurs), the core network device may also send a paging message to the terminal. It can be understood that, if the access network device does not send the second parameter information to the terminal and the core network device, and the terminal enters the RRC-inactive state, and the core network device has a missmatch, the core network device sends the information to the terminal according to the first parameter information. Send a paging message; the access network device sends the second parameter information to the terminal and the core network device, and when the terminal enters the RRC-inactive state, if a missmatch occurs on the core network device, the core network device sends the information to the terminal according to the second parameter information. The terminal sends a paging message.
可以理解的,根据以上描述可知,S402之前,接入网设备和核心网设备可以根据第一参数信息向终端发送寻呼消息。S402之后,接入网设备和核心网设备可以根据第二参数信息向终端发送寻呼消息。其中,第一参数信息是核心网配置的,更适用于核心网设备向终端发送寻呼消息,可以降低终端的功耗。第二参数信息是接入网设备配置的,更适用于接入网设备向终端发送寻呼消息,可以降低终端接收接入网设备的寻呼消息的时延较长,提高用户体验。因此,若S402之后,终端处于RRC-inactive状态,则接入网设备根据第二参数信息向终端发送寻呼消息,可以降低终端接收接入网设备的寻呼消息的时延较长,提高用户体验。然而,若S402之后,终端处于RRC-idle状态,例如,终端从RRC-inactive状态转换为RRC-idle状态,核心网设备根据第二参数信息向终端发送寻呼消息,会导致终端功耗增加。在这种情况下,核心网设备可以重新配置eDRX参数。例如,核心网设备可以向终端和接入网设备发送重新配置的参数信息。It can be understood that, according to the above description, before S402, the access network device and the core network device may send a paging message to the terminal according to the first parameter information. After S402, the access network device and the core network device may send a paging message to the terminal according to the second parameter information. The first parameter information is configured by the core network, and is more suitable for the core network device to send a paging message to the terminal, which can reduce the power consumption of the terminal. The second parameter information is configured by the access network device and is more suitable for the access network device to send a paging message to the terminal, which can reduce the long delay for the terminal to receive the paging message from the access network device and improve user experience. Therefore, if the terminal is in the RRC-inactive state after S402, the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal according to the second parameter information, which can reduce the long delay for the terminal to receive the paging message from the access network device, and improve the user experience. experience. However, if the terminal is in the RRC-idle state after S402, for example, the terminal transitions from the RRC-inactive state to the RRC-idle state, the core network device sends a paging message to the terminal according to the second parameter information, which will increase the power consumption of the terminal. In this case, the core network device may reconfigure the eDRX parameters. For example, the core network device may send the reconfigured parameter information to the terminal and the access network device.
本申请实施例中,接入网设备可以同时向终端和核心网设备发送第二参数信息,接入网设备也可以分别在不同时刻向终端和核心网设备发送第二参数信息,不予限制。In this embodiment of the present application, the access network device may send the second parameter information to the terminal and the core network device at the same time, and the access network device may also send the second parameter information to the terminal and the core network device at different times, without limitation.
基于图4所示的方法,终端可以采用相同的eDRX参数接收核心网设备和接入网设备的寻呼消息,实现起来较为容易,可行性高。另外,接入网设备可以根据需要更改eDRX参数,进而降低终端接收接入网设备的寻呼消息的时延,提高用户体验。Based on the method shown in FIG. 4 , the terminal can use the same eDRX parameters to receive the paging messages of the core network device and the access network device, which is easy to implement and has high feasibility. In addition, the access network device can change the eDRX parameters as needed, thereby reducing the delay for the terminal to receive the paging message of the access network device, and improving the user experience.
其中,上述S401-S402中的接入网设备或者核心网设备或者终端的动作可以由图3所示的通信装置30中的处理器301调用存储器303中存储的应用程序代码来执行,本申请实施例对此不做任何限制。The actions of the access network equipment or the core network equipment or the terminal in the above S401-S402 can be executed by the processor 301 in the communication apparatus 30 shown in FIG. 3 calling the application code stored in the memory 303, and this application implements The example does not impose any restrictions on this.
在图4所示的方法中,第二参数信息是接入网设备配置的,在具体应用中,第二参数信息也可以核心网设备配置的。In the method shown in FIG. 4 , the second parameter information is configured by the access network device. In a specific application, the second parameter information may also be configured by the core network device.
如图5所示,为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法,该方法包括S501-S502。As shown in FIG. 5, another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application includes S501-S502.
S501:接入网设备向核心网设备发送辅助信息。对应的,核心网设备接收来自接入网设备的辅助信息。S501: The access network device sends auxiliary information to the core network device. Correspondingly, the core network device receives auxiliary information from the access network device.
其中,辅助信息可以用于辅助核心网设备配置eDRX参数。辅助信息可以是一条消息,也可以是包含在消息中的一个信元或一个字段,不予限制。作为一种示例,辅助信息可以携带在终端上下文中止请求(UE context suspend request)消息或终端能力信息指示(UE capability info indication)消息中。The auxiliary information may be used to assist the core network device to configure eDRX parameters. The auxiliary information may be a message, or a cell or a field contained in the message, which is not limited. As an example, the assistance information may be carried in a terminal context suspend request (UE context suspend request) message or a terminal capability information indication (UE capability info indication) message.
一种可能的实现方式,辅助信息可以有以下3种情况:情况1,辅助信息可以包括接入网设备期望的eDRX周期。可选的,辅助信息还包括接入网设备期望的PTW的长度;或者,辅助信息还包括接入网设备期望的PTW中包括的DRX周期的数量。情况2,辅助信息可以指示接入网设备期望的eDRX参数的范围。示例性的,辅助信息指示接入网设备期望的eDRX周期的范围,例如,指示2.56s-10.24s。或者,辅助信息指示接入网设备期望的eDRX周期的范围和PTW的长度的范围。或者,辅助信息指示接入网设备期望的eDRX周期的范围和PTW中包括的DRX周期的数量的范围。情况3,辅助信息可以包括多套或多组eDRX参数,每套或每组的eDRX参数可以如情况1中所示。例如,辅助信息包括eDRX参数1和eDRX参数2。其中,eDRX参数1包括接入网设备期望的eDRX周期1,eDRX参数2包括接入网设备期望的eDRX周期2和接入网设备期望的PTW的长度1。情况4,辅助信息可以用于指示核心网设备配置eDRX参数。例如,辅助信息可以指示与终端业务相关的参数,如时延的要求等。核心网设备接收到辅助信息后,可以根据辅助信息配置eDRX参数。In a possible implementation manner, the auxiliary information may have the following three cases: Case 1, the auxiliary information may include the eDRX cycle expected by the access network device. Optionally, the auxiliary information further includes the length of the PTW expected by the access network device; or, the auxiliary information further includes the number of DRX cycles included in the PTW expected by the access network device. Case 2, the assistance information may indicate the range of eDRX parameters expected by the access network device. Exemplarily, the assistance information indicates the range of the eDRX cycle expected by the access network device, for example, indicates 2.56s-10.24s. Alternatively, the assistance information indicates the range of the eDRX cycle expected by the access network device and the range of the length of the PTW. Alternatively, the assistance information indicates a range of eDRX cycles expected by the access network device and a range of the number of DRX cycles included in the PTW. Case 3, the auxiliary information may include multiple sets or groups of eDRX parameters, and each set or group of eDRX parameters may be as shown in case 1. For example, the auxiliary information includes eDRX parameter 1 and eDRX parameter 2. The eDRX parameter 1 includes an eDRX cycle 1 expected by the access network device, and the eDRX parameter 2 includes an eDRX cycle 2 expected by the access network device and a PTW length 1 expected by the access network device. In case 4, the auxiliary information may be used to instruct the core network device to configure eDRX parameters. For example, the auxiliary information may indicate parameters related to terminal services, such as time delay requirements. After receiving the auxiliary information, the core network device may configure eDRX parameters according to the auxiliary information.
一种可能的实现方式,接入网设备确定终端将要进入RRC-inactive状态的情况下,向核心网设备发送辅助信息。例如,接入网设备向终端发送RRC release消息之前,向核心网设备发送辅助信息。其中,该RRC release消息用于释放终端与接入网设备之间的RRC连接,使得终端转换为RRC-inactive状态。又例如,接入网设备接收到来自终端的请求释放到RRC-inactive状态的请求消息后,向核心网设备发送辅助信息。In a possible implementation manner, when the access network device determines that the terminal is about to enter the RRC-inactive state, it sends auxiliary information to the core network device. For example, before sending the RRC release message to the terminal, the access network device sends auxiliary information to the core network device. Wherein, the RRC release message is used to release the RRC connection between the terminal and the access network equipment, so that the terminal transitions to the RRC-inactive state. For another example, the access network device sends auxiliary information to the core network device after receiving the request message from the terminal for requesting to release to the RRC-inactive state.
可选的,接入网设备根据终端能力信息确定是否向核心网设备发送辅助信息。若接入网设备要根据终端的能力信息确定是否向核心网设备发送辅助信息,则S501之前,接入网设备可以接收来自终端的终端能力信息。其中,终端能力信息的介绍可以参考上述S402中所述。Optionally, the access network device determines whether to send auxiliary information to the core network device according to the terminal capability information. If the access network device wants to determine whether to send auxiliary information to the core network device according to the capability information of the terminal, before S501, the access network device may receive the terminal capability information from the terminal. For the introduction of the terminal capability information, reference may be made to the description in S402 above.
示例性的,以接入网设备根据终端能力信息确定是否向核心网设备发送辅助信息为例,若终端能力信息指示终端不支持eDRX,或者,终端能力信息指示终端不支持RRC-inactive状态,或者,终端能力信息指示终端不支持eDRX,并且不支持RRC-inactive状态,或者,终端能力信息指示终端在RRC-inactive状态下不支持eDRX,则接入网设备不向核心网设备发送辅助信息。若终端能力信息指示终端支持eDRX,并且支持RRC-inactive状态,或者,终端能力信息指示终端在RRC-inactive状态下支持eDRX,则接入网设备向核心网设备发送辅助信息。Exemplarily, taking the access network device determining whether to send auxiliary information to the core network device according to the terminal capability information as an example, if the terminal capability information indicates that the terminal does not support eDRX, or the terminal capability information indicates that the terminal does not support the RRC-inactive state, or , the terminal capability information indicates that the terminal does not support eDRX and does not support the RRC-inactive state, or the terminal capability information indicates that the terminal does not support eDRX in the RRC-inactive state, the access network device does not send auxiliary information to the core network device. If the terminal capability information indicates that the terminal supports eDRX and supports the RRC-inactive state, or the terminal capability information indicates that the terminal supports eDRX in the RRC-inactive state, the access network device sends auxiliary information to the core network device.
可选的,S501之前,接入网设备获取第一参数信息。如此,接入网设备可以根据第一条件信息确定是否向核心网设备发送辅助信息。其中,接入网设备获取第一参数信息的过程可以参考上述S401中对应的描述,第一条件信息的介绍可以参考上述S402中所述。Optionally, before S501, the access network device acquires the first parameter information. In this way, the access network device can determine whether to send auxiliary information to the core network device according to the first condition information. Wherein, for the process of acquiring the first parameter information by the access network device, reference may be made to the corresponding description in the foregoing S401, and for the introduction of the first condition information, reference may be made to the foregoing description in S402.
示例性的,以接入网设备根据第一条件信息确定是否向核心网设备发送辅助信息为例,若第一条件信息指示第一参数信息包括的eDRX周期大于或等于第一时间长度,则表示接入网设备根据第一参数信息向终端发送寻呼消息的时延较大。在这种情况下,接入网设备向核心网设备发送辅助信息。若第一条件信息指示第一参数信息包括的eDRX周期小于第一时间长度,则表示接入网设备根据第一参数信息向终端发送寻呼消息的时延较小。在这种情况下,接入网设备不向核心网设备发送辅助信息。Exemplarily, taking the access network device determining whether to send auxiliary information to the core network device according to the first condition information as an example, if the first condition information indicates that the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is greater than or equal to the first time length, it means that The time delay for the access network device to send the paging message to the terminal according to the first parameter information is relatively large. In this case, the access network equipment sends auxiliary information to the core network equipment. If the first condition information indicates that the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is less than the first time length, it indicates that the time delay for the access network device to send the paging message to the terminal according to the first parameter information is small. In this case, the access network device does not send auxiliary information to the core network device.
可以理解的,接入网设备也可以根据终端能力信息和第一条件信息确定是否向核心网设备发送辅助信息。示例性的,若终端能力信息指示终端不支持eDRX,或者,终端能力信息指示终端不支持RRC-inactive状态,或者,终端能力信息指示终端不支持eDRX,并且不支持RRC-inactive状态,或者,终端能力信息指示终端在RRC-inactive状态下不支持eDRX,或者,第一条件信息指示第一参数信息包括的eDRX周期小于第一时间长度,则接入网设备不向核心网设备发送辅助信息。若终端能力信息指示终端支持eDRX,支持RRC-inactive状态,并且第一条件信息指示第一参数信息包括的eDRX周期大于或等于第一时间长度,或者,终端能力信息指示终端在RRC-inactive状态下支持eDRX,并且第一条件信息指示第一参数信息包括的eDRX周期大于或等于第一时间长度,则接入网设备向核心网设备发送辅助信息。It can be understood that the access network device may also determine whether to send auxiliary information to the core network device according to the terminal capability information and the first condition information. Exemplarily, if the terminal capability information indicates that the terminal does not support eDRX, or the terminal capability information indicates that the terminal does not support the RRC-inactive state, or the terminal capability information indicates that the terminal does not support eDRX and does not support the RRC-inactive state, or, the terminal If the capability information indicates that the terminal does not support eDRX in the RRC-inactive state, or the first condition information indicates that the eDRX period included in the first parameter information is less than the first time length, the access network device does not send auxiliary information to the core network device. If the terminal capability information indicates that the terminal supports eDRX and supports the RRC-inactive state, and the first condition information indicates that the eDRX period included in the first parameter information is greater than or equal to the first time length, or the terminal capability information indicates that the terminal is in the RRC-inactive state If eDRX is supported, and the first condition information indicates that the eDRX period included in the first parameter information is greater than or equal to the first time length, the access network device sends auxiliary information to the core network device.
可以理解的,若接入网设备不向核心网设备发送辅助信息,则在终端处于RRC-idle状态或RRC-inactive状态的情况下,接入网设备或核心网设备根据第一参数信息向终端发送寻呼消息。对应的,终端根据第一参数信息接收来自接入网设备或核心网设备的寻呼消息。若接入网设备向核心网设备发送辅助信息,则在终端处于RRC-idle状态或RRC-inactive状态的情况下,接入网设备或核心网设备根据S502中的第一指示信息向终端发送寻呼消息。对应的,终端根据第一指示信息接收来自接入网设备的寻呼消息。其中,接入网设备或核心网设备根据第一参数信息向终端发送寻呼消息的过程,以及接入网设备或核心网设备根据第一指示信息向终端发送寻呼消息的过程,可以参考上述S401中接入网设备根据第一参数信息向终端发送寻呼消息的介绍,在此不做赘述。It can be understood that, if the access network device does not send auxiliary information to the core network device, in the case that the terminal is in the RRC-idle state or the RRC-inactive state, the access network device or the core network device sends the information to the terminal according to the first parameter information. Send a paging message. Correspondingly, the terminal receives the paging message from the access network device or the core network device according to the first parameter information. If the access network device sends the auxiliary information to the core network device, when the terminal is in the RRC-idle state or the RRC-inactive state, the access network device or the core network device sends a search request to the terminal according to the first indication information in S502. call message. Correspondingly, the terminal receives the paging message from the access network device according to the first indication information. The process for the access network device or the core network device to send the paging message to the terminal according to the first parameter information, and the process for the access network device or the core network device to send the paging message to the terminal according to the first indication information, may refer to the above The introduction of the access network device sending the paging message to the terminal according to the first parameter information in S401 will not be repeated here.
S502:核心网设备向接入网设备和终端发送第一指示信息。对应的,终端和接入网设备接收来自核心网设备的第一指示信息。S502: The core network device sends first indication information to the access network device and the terminal. Correspondingly, the terminal and the access network device receive the first indication information from the core network device.
其中,第一指示信息可以用于指示第一eDRX参数。第一eDRX参数可以用于S502之后,核心网设备或接入网设备采用eDRX模式发送寻呼消息;或者,第一eDRX参数可以用于S502之后,终端采用eDRX模式接收寻呼消息;或者,第一eDRX参数可以用于RRC-inactive状态下,核心网设备或接入网设备采用eDRX模式发送寻呼消息;或者,第一eDRX参数可以用于RRC-inactive状态下,终端采用eDRX模式接收寻呼消息。The first indication information may be used to indicate the first eDRX parameter. The first eDRX parameter can be used after S502, and the core network device or the access network device uses the eDRX mode to send the paging message; or, the first eDRX parameter can be used after S502, and the terminal uses the eDRX mode to receive the paging message; An eDRX parameter can be used in the RRC-inactive state, and the core network device or the access network device uses the eDRX mode to send paging messages; or, the first eDRX parameter can be used in the RRC-inactive state, and the terminal uses the eDRX mode to receive paging messages information.
可以理解的,对于上述情况1,第一eDRX参数和辅助信息指示的eDRX参数可以相同也可以不同。应理解,若第一eDRX参数和辅助信息指示的eDRX参数相同,则可以不执行S502。S501之后,接入网设备在一段时间内,例如5毫秒内,未接收到核心网设备发送的第一指示信息,可以将辅助信息指示的eDRX参数作为第一eDRX参数,并向终端发送该辅助信息或第一eDRX参数。后续,在终端处于RRC-idle状态 或RRC-inactive状态下,核心网设备或接入网设备可以根据辅助信息向终端发送寻呼消息。对于上述情况2,第一eDRX参数可以包括在辅助信息指示的eDRX参数的范围内,也可以不包括在该范围内。在这种情况下,第一指示信息可以包括eDRX周期。可选的,第一指示信息还包括PTW的长度;或者,第一指示信息还包括PTW中包括的DRX周期的数量。对于上述情况3,第一eDRX参数可以是辅助信息包括的多套或多组eDRX参数中的一套或一组参数,也可以不是。若第一eDRX参数是辅助信息包括的多套或多组eDRX参数中的一套或一组参数,则第一指示信息可以包括该一套或一组参数对应的标识,或者,第一指示信息包括的内容可以如上述对于情况2中的描述。对于上述情况4,第一eDRX参数可以是根据与终端业务相关的参数,如时延的要求等确定的。第一指示信息包括的内容可以如上述对于情况2中的描述。It can be understood that, for the above case 1, the first eDRX parameter and the eDRX parameter indicated by the auxiliary information may be the same or different. It should be understood that if the first eDRX parameter and the eDRX parameter indicated by the auxiliary information are the same, S502 may not be performed. After S501, the access network device does not receive the first indication information sent by the core network device within a period of time, for example, within 5 milliseconds, and may use the eDRX parameter indicated by the auxiliary information as the first eDRX parameter, and send the auxiliary information to the terminal. information or the first eDRX parameter. Subsequently, when the terminal is in the RRC-idle state or the RRC-inactive state, the core network device or the access network device may send a paging message to the terminal according to the auxiliary information. For the above case 2, the first eDRX parameter may be included in the range of the eDRX parameter indicated by the auxiliary information, or may not be included in the range. In this case, the first indication information may include the eDRX cycle. Optionally, the first indication information further includes the length of the PTW; or, the first indication information further includes the number of DRX cycles included in the PTW. For the above case 3, the first eDRX parameter may be one set or one set of parameters among multiple sets or sets of eDRX parameters included in the auxiliary information, or may not be. If the first eDRX parameter is one set or a set of parameters among multiple sets or sets of eDRX parameters included in the auxiliary information, the first indication information may include an identifier corresponding to the set or set of parameters, or the first indication information Included content can be as described above for Case 2. For the above case 4, the first eDRX parameter may be determined according to a parameter related to the terminal service, such as a time delay requirement. The content included in the first indication information may be as described above for Case 2.
可以理解的,核心网设备可以直接向终端发送第一指示信息,也可以通过接入网设备向终端发送第一指示信息。例如,若核心网设备直接向终端发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息可以携带在NAS(例如,注册接受(registration accept))消息中。在这种情况下,若辅助信息携带在终端上下文中止请求中,则核心网设备向接入网设备发送的第一指示信息可以携带在终端上下文中止响应(UE context suspend response)中。在辅助信息携带在终端上下文中止请求中的情况下,若核心网设备通过接入网设备向终端发送第一指示信息,则核心网设备向接入网设备发送的第一指示信息可以携带在终端上下文中止响应中,接入网设备向终端发送的第一指示信息可以携带在RRC release消息中。It can be understood that the core network device may directly send the first indication information to the terminal, or may send the first indication information to the terminal through the access network device. For example, if the core network device directly sends the first indication information to the terminal, the first indication information may be carried in a NAS (eg, registration accept) message. In this case, if the auxiliary information is carried in the terminal context suspend request, the first indication information sent by the core network device to the access network device may be carried in the terminal context suspend response (UE context suspend response). When the auxiliary information is carried in the terminal context termination request, if the core network device sends the first indication information to the terminal through the access network device, the first indication information sent by the core network device to the access network device may be carried in the terminal In the context termination response, the first indication information sent by the access network device to the terminal may be carried in the RRC release message.
需要说明的是,若核心网设备直接向终端发送第一指示信息,则核心网设备可以同时向终端和接入网设备发送第一指示信息,也可以分别在不同时刻向终端和接入网设备发送第一指示信息,不予限制。It should be noted that, if the core network device directly sends the first indication information to the terminal, the core network device may send the first indication information to the terminal and the access network device at the same time, or may send the first indication information to the terminal and the access network device at different times respectively. Sending the first indication information is not limited.
可选的,S502之后,核心网设备采用第一eDRX参数向终端发送寻呼消息。对应的,终端采用第一eDRX参数接收来自核心网设备的寻呼消息。接入网设备采用第一eDRX参数向终端发送寻呼消息。对应的,终端采用第一eDRX参数接收来自接入网设备的寻呼消息。Optionally, after S502, the core network device uses the first eDRX parameter to send a paging message to the terminal. Correspondingly, the terminal uses the first eDRX parameter to receive the paging message from the core network device. The access network device uses the first eDRX parameter to send a paging message to the terminal. Correspondingly, the terminal uses the first eDRX parameter to receive the paging message from the access network device.
一种可能的实现方式,S502之后,核心网设备可以重新配置eDRX参数。例如,核心网设备可以向终端和接入网设备发送重新配置的参数信息。In a possible implementation manner, after S502, the core network device may reconfigure eDRX parameters. For example, the core network device may send the reconfigured parameter information to the terminal and the access network device.
基于图5所示的方法,终端可以根据相同的eDRX参数接收接入网设备和核心网设备的寻呼消息,实现起来较为容易,可行性高。另外,接入网设备可以根据需要向核心网设备发送辅助信息,以触发核心网设备配置合适的eDRX参数,使得终端接收接入网设备的寻呼消息的时延降低,用户体验提高。Based on the method shown in FIG. 5 , the terminal can receive the paging messages of the access network device and the core network device according to the same eDRX parameters, which is easy to implement and has high feasibility. In addition, the access network device can send auxiliary information to the core network device as needed to trigger the core network device to configure appropriate eDRX parameters, so that the delay of the terminal receiving the paging message of the access network device is reduced and the user experience is improved.
其中,上述S501-S503中的接入网设备或者核心网设备或者终端的动作可以由图3所示的通信装置30中的处理器301调用存储器303中存储的应用程序代码来执行,本申请实施例对此不做任何限制。The actions of the access network device or core network device or terminal in the above S501-S503 can be executed by the processor 301 in the communication device 30 shown in FIG. 3 calling the application code stored in the memory 303, and the present application implements The example does not impose any restrictions on this.
上述图4或图5所示的方法中,终端可以根据相同的eDRX参数接收核心网设备和接入网设备的寻呼消息。然而,在通信系统中,核心网设备发送寻呼消息的间隔时间通常大于接入网设备发送寻呼消息的间隔时间。因此,若终端根据核心网设备配置的eDRX参数接收接入网设备的寻呼消息,会导致时延较长,用户体验较差。若终端 根据接入网设备配置的eDRX参数接收核心网设备的寻呼消息,会导致终端的功耗较大,续航时间缩短。在这种情况下,要么接入网设备和核心网设备需要多次配置eDRX参数,例如,接入网设备在确定终端将要进入RRC-inactive状态的情况下,配置适用于接入网设备的eDRX参数,核心网设备在确定终端将要进入RRC-idle状态的情况下,配置适用于核心网设备的eDRX参数,信令开销较大。要么在S402或S503之后,终端根据适用于接入网设备的eDRX参数接收核心网设备的寻呼消息,导致终端的功耗增加。In the above method shown in FIG. 4 or FIG. 5 , the terminal may receive the paging messages of the core network device and the access network device according to the same eDRX parameters. However, in a communication system, the interval at which the core network device sends the paging message is usually longer than the interval at which the access network device sends the paging message. Therefore, if the terminal receives the paging message of the access network device according to the eDRX parameters configured by the core network device, it will cause a long delay and poor user experience. If the terminal receives the paging message from the core network device according to the eDRX parameters configured by the access network device, the power consumption of the terminal will be large and the battery life will be shortened. In this case, either the access network device or the core network device needs to configure the eDRX parameters multiple times. For example, when the access network device determines that the terminal will enter the RRC-inactive state, configure the eDRX suitable for the access network device. If the core network device determines that the terminal will enter the RRC-idle state, it configures eDRX parameters suitable for the core network device, and the signaling overhead is relatively large. Either after S402 or S503, the terminal receives the paging message of the core network device according to the eDRX parameters applicable to the access network device, resulting in increased power consumption of the terminal.
为了解决上述问题,终端可以采用不同的eDRX参数分别接收核心网设备和接入网设备的寻呼消息。例如,核心网设备和接入网设备可以分别配置eDRX参数。核心网设备配置的eDRX参数可以用于RRC-idle状态下或RRC-inactive状态下终端接收来自核心网设备的寻呼消息,接入网设备配置的eDRX参数可以用于RRC-inactive状态下终端接收接入网设备的寻呼消息,并且若在第一时间单元内,同时存在核心网设备的寻呼时间单元和接入网设备的寻呼时间单元,则终端可以在其中一个寻呼时间单元中接收核心网设备的寻呼消息和/或接收接入网设备的寻呼消息。若在第一时间单元内,存在核心网设备的寻呼时间单元,不存在接入网设备的寻呼时间单元,则终端在核心网设备的寻呼时间单元中接收核心网设备的寻呼消息。若在第一时间单元内,存在接入网设备的寻呼时间单元,不存在核心网设备的寻呼时间单元,则终端在接入网设备的寻呼时间单元中接收接入网设备的寻呼消息。如此,终端可以根据合适的eDRX参数接收接入网设备和核心网设备的寻呼消息,既可以降低时延,提高用户体验,又可以降低终端的功耗。In order to solve the above problem, the terminal may use different eDRX parameters to receive the paging messages of the core network device and the access network device respectively. For example, the core network device and the access network device may be configured with eDRX parameters respectively. The eDRX parameters configured by the core network device can be used by the terminal to receive paging messages from the core network device in the RRC-idle state or in the RRC-inactive state, and the eDRX parameters configured by the access network device can be used by the terminal in the RRC-inactive state to receive paging messages The paging message of the access network device, and if in the first time unit, both the paging time unit of the core network device and the paging time unit of the access network device exist, the terminal can be in one of the paging time units Receive a paging message from a core network device and/or receive a paging message from an access network device. If within the first time unit, there is a paging time unit of the core network device and no paging time unit of the access network device, the terminal receives the paging message of the core network device in the paging time unit of the core network device . If within the first time unit, there is a paging time unit of the access network device and no paging time unit of the core network device, the terminal receives the paging time unit of the access network device in the paging time unit of the access network device call message. In this way, the terminal can receive the paging messages of the access network equipment and the core network equipment according to the appropriate eDRX parameters, which can not only reduce the delay, improve the user experience, but also reduce the power consumption of the terminal.
如图6所示,为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法。该通信方法包括:S601-S603。As shown in FIG. 6 , another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application is provided. The communication method includes: S601-S603.
S601:终端获取第一参数信息和第二参数信息,根据第一参数信息确定第一时域位置,根据第二参数信息确定第二时域位置。S601: The terminal acquires first parameter information and second parameter information, determines a first time domain position according to the first parameter information, and determines a second time domain position according to the second parameter information.
其中,终端可以为图2A所示的通信系统20中的任一终端,例如,终端203、终端204或终端205。第一参数信息可以用于指示第一eDRX参数。第一eDRX参数可以用于核心网设备采用eDRX模式发送寻呼消息,或者,第一eDRX参数可以用于终端采用eDRX模式接收核心网设备的寻呼消息。第一参数信息可以用于指示第二eDRX参数。第二eDRX参数可以用于接入网设备采用eDRX模式发送寻呼消息,或者,第二eDRX参数可以用于终端采用eDRX模式接收接入网设备的寻呼消息。第一参数信息还可以替换描述为RRC-idle状态的eDRX参数信息,核心网设备配置的eDRX参数信息等,第二参数信息还可以替换描述为RRC-inactive状态的eDRX参数信息,接入网设备配置的eDRX参数信息等,不予限制。The terminal may be any terminal in the communication system 20 shown in FIG. 2A , for example, the terminal 203 , the terminal 204 or the terminal 205 . The first parameter information may be used to indicate the first eDRX parameter. The first eDRX parameter may be used by the core network device to send the paging message in the eDRX mode, or the first eDRX parameter may be used by the terminal to receive the paging message of the core network device in the eDRX mode. The first parameter information may be used to indicate the second eDRX parameter. The second eDRX parameter may be used for the access network device to send the paging message in the eDRX mode, or the second eDRX parameter may be used for the terminal to receive the paging message of the access network device in the eDRX mode. The first parameter information can also replace the eDRX parameter information described as the RRC-idle state, the eDRX parameter information configured by the core network device, etc., and the second parameter information can also replace the eDRX parameter information described as the RRC-inactive state, the access network device. The configured eDRX parameter information, etc., is not limited.
其中,接入网设备可以是通信系统20中与终端通信连接的接入网设备。例如,若终端为通信系统20中的终端203或终端204,则接入网设备为通信系统20中的接入网设备202;若终端为通信系统20中的终端205,则接入网设备为通信系统20中的接入网设备202。核心网设备可以为通信系统20中与接入网设备通信连接的核心网设备,例如,核心网设备206。The access network device may be an access network device in the communication system 20 that is communicatively connected to the terminal. For example, if the terminal is the terminal 203 or the terminal 204 in the communication system 20, the access network device is the access network device 202 in the communication system 20; if the terminal is the terminal 205 in the communication system 20, the access network device is Access network equipment 202 in the communication system 20 . The core network device may be a core network device in the communication system 20 that is communicatively connected to the access network device, for example, the core network device 206 .
一种可能的实现方式,第一参数信息包括eDRX周期。可选的,第一参数信息还包括PTW的长度;或者,第一参数信息还包括PTW中包括的DRX周期的数量。第 二参数信息包括eDRX周期。可选的,第二参数信息还包括PTW的长度;或者,第二参数信息还包括PTW中包括的DRX周期的数量。In a possible implementation manner, the first parameter information includes the eDRX cycle. Optionally, the first parameter information further includes the length of the PTW; or, the first parameter information further includes the number of DRX cycles included in the PTW. The second parameter information includes the eDRX cycle. Optionally, the second parameter information further includes the length of the PTW; or, the second parameter information further includes the number of DRX cycles included in the PTW.
其中,DRX周期可以为default DRX cycle;或者,DRX周期可以为UE specific DRX cycle;或者,DRX周期可以为RAN DRX cycle;或者,DRX周期可以为default DRX cycle和UE specific DRX cycle中的最小值或最大值;或者,DRX周期可以为default DRX cycle和RAN DRX cycle中的最小值或最大值;或者,DRX周期可以为default DRX cycle,UE specific DRX cycle和RAN DRX cycle中的最小值或最大值。例如,如图7A所示,若在第一时间单元内,同时存在核心网设备的寻呼时间单元和接入网设备的寻呼时间单元(例如,PTW 701和PTW 703),则DRX周期可以为default DRX cycle,或者UE specific DRX cycle,或者RAN DRX cycle,或者default DRX cycle,UE specific DRX cycle和RAN DRX cycle中的最小值或最大值。若在第一时间单元内,存在核心网设备的寻呼单元(例如,PTW 702),不存在接入网设备的寻呼单元,则DRX周期可以为default DRX cycle,或者UE specific DRX cycle,或者default DRX cycle和UE specific DRX cycle中的最小值或最大值。若在第一时间单元内,存在接入网设备的寻呼单元(例如,PTW 704),不存在核心网设备的寻呼单元,则DRX周期可以为default DRX cycle,或者RAN DRX cycle,或者default DRX cycle和RAN DRX cycle中的最小值或最大值。The DRX cycle may be the default DRX cycle; or the DRX cycle may be the UE-specific DRX cycle; or the DRX cycle may be the RAN DRX cycle; or the DRX cycle may be the minimum of the default DRX cycle and the UE-specific DRX cycle or The maximum value; alternatively, the DRX cycle may be the minimum or maximum value among the default DRX cycle and the RAN DRX cycle; alternatively, the DRX cycle may be the minimum or maximum value among the default DRX cycle, the UE specific DRX cycle, and the RAN DRX cycle. For example, as shown in FIG. 7A, if in the first time unit, both the paging time unit of the core network device and the paging time unit of the access network device (for example, PTW 701 and PTW 703) exist, the DRX cycle can be It is the default DRX cycle, or UE specific DRX cycle, or RAN DRX cycle, or the minimum or maximum value among default DRX cycle, UE specific DRX cycle and RAN DRX cycle. If within the first time unit, there is a paging unit (for example, PTW 702) of the core network device and no paging unit of the access network device, the DRX cycle can be the default DRX cycle, or the UE specific DRX cycle, or The minimum or maximum value between the default DRX cycle and the UE specific DRX cycle. If within the first time unit, there is a paging unit of the access network device (for example, PTW 704) and no paging unit of the core network device, the DRX cycle can be the default DRX cycle, or the RAN DRX cycle, or the default DRX cycle Minimum or maximum value in DRX cycle and RAN DRX cycle.
其中,第一时间单元为时域上的逻辑单元。本申请实施例不限制第一时间单元的长度。例如,第一时间单元可以包括一个或多个子帧,或者一个或多个系统帧,或者一个或多个超帧等。第一时间单元还可以包括任一时间长度,例如,第一时间单元可以包括8s、15s等,不予限制。寻呼时间单元可以包括PTW或PO。default DRX cycle,UE specific DRX cycle和RAN DRX cycle的介绍,以及终端获取第一参数信息的介绍可以参考上述S401中对应的描述,不予赘述。The first time unit is a logic unit in the time domain. This embodiment of the present application does not limit the length of the first time unit. For example, the first time unit may include one or more subframes, or one or more system frames, or one or more superframes, or the like. The first time unit may also include any length of time, for example, the first time unit may include 8s, 15s, etc., which is not limited. The paging time unit may include PTW or PO. The introduction of the default DRX cycle, the UE specific DRX cycle and the RAN DRX cycle, and the introduction of the terminal acquiring the first parameter information may refer to the corresponding description in the above S401, and will not be repeated.
一种可能的实现方式,终端可以从本地获取第二参数信息,也可以从其他设备获取第二参数信息。若终端从本地获取第二参数信息,则该第二参数信息可以是预配置在本地的,例如,第二参数信息是协议中规定的,或者第二参数信息可以是终端提前从其他设备获取,并存储在本地的。例如,第二参数信息可以是终端提前从接入网设备获取,并存储在本地的。若终端从其他设备获取第二参数信息,则终端可以接收来自接入网设备的第二参数信息。第二参数信息可以是一条消息,也可以是包含在消息中的一个信元或一个字段,不予限制。作为一种示例,第二参数信息可以携带在RRC release消息中。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal may obtain the second parameter information locally, or may obtain the second parameter information from other devices. If the terminal obtains the second parameter information locally, the second parameter information may be pre-configured locally, for example, the second parameter information is specified in the protocol, or the second parameter information may be obtained by the terminal from other devices in advance, and stored locally. For example, the second parameter information may be acquired by the terminal from the access network device in advance and stored locally. If the terminal acquires the second parameter information from other devices, the terminal may receive the second parameter information from the access network device. The second parameter information may be a message, or may be a cell or a field contained in the message, which is not limited. As an example, the second parameter information may be carried in the RRC release message.
S601中,第一时域位置包括至少一个寻呼时间单元的位置。以图7A为例,第一时域位置包括PTW 701的位置和PTW 702的位置。若该寻呼时间单元包括至少一个PTW,则第一参数信息包括的eDRX周期内包括多个PO;若该寻呼时间单元包括至少一个PO,则第一参数信息包括的eDRX周期内包括一个PO。In S601, the first time domain location includes the location of at least one paging time unit. Taking FIG. 7A as an example, the first time domain position includes the position of PTW 701 and the position of PTW 702. If the paging time unit includes at least one PTW, the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information includes multiple POs; if the paging time unit includes at least one PO, the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information includes one PO .
与第一时域位置类似,第二时域位置包括至少一个寻呼时间单元的位置。以图7A为例,第二时域位置包括PTW 703的位置,PTW 704和PTW 705的位置。若该寻呼时间单元包括至少一个PTW,则第二参数信息包括的eDRX周期内包括多个PO;若该寻呼时间单元包括至少一个PO,则第二参数信息包括的eDRX周期内包括一个PO。Similar to the first time domain location, the second time domain location includes the location of at least one paging time unit. Taking FIG. 7A as an example, the second time domain position includes the position of PTW 703 , the positions of PTW 704 and PTW 705 . If the paging time unit includes at least one PTW, the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information includes multiple POs; if the paging time unit includes at least one PO, the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information includes one PO .
进一步的,第一时域位置和第二时域位置不完全相同。也就是说,第一时域位置包括的所有PTW的位置或所有PO的位置,与第二时域位置包括的所有PTW或所有PO的位置在时域上不完全重叠。终端根据第一参数信息确定第一时域位置的过程可以参考上述S401中所述。终端根据第二参数信息确定第二时域位置的过程,与终端根据第一参数信息确定第一时域位置的过程类似,也可以参考上述S401中对应的描述,此处不再赘述。Further, the first time domain position and the second time domain position are not exactly the same. That is, the positions of all PTWs or the positions of all POs included in the first time-domain position do not completely overlap in the time domain with the positions of all PTWs or all POs included in the second time-domain position. For the process of the terminal determining the first time-domain location according to the first parameter information, reference may be made to the description in S401 above. The process for the terminal to determine the second time domain position according to the second parameter information is similar to the process for the terminal to determine the first time domain position according to the first parameter information. Reference may also be made to the corresponding description in S401 above, which will not be repeated here.
S602:接入网设备获取第一参数信息,根据第一参数信息确定第一时域位置。S602: The access network device acquires first parameter information, and determines the first time domain location according to the first parameter information.
S602的介绍可以参考上述S401中对应的描述,不予赘述。For the introduction of S602, reference may be made to the corresponding description in the foregoing S401, which will not be repeated.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例不限制S601与S602的执行顺序。也就是说,本申请实施例可以先执行S601再执行S602,也可以先执行S602再执行S601。It should be noted that this embodiment of the present application does not limit the execution order of S601 and S602. That is, in this embodiment of the present application, S601 may be performed first and then S602 may be performed, or S602 may be performed first and then S601 may be performed.
S603:在第一时间单元内,接入网设备根据核心网设备是否存在寻呼时间单元向终端发送寻呼消息,对应的,终端根据核心网设备是否存在寻呼时间单元接收来自接入网设备的寻呼消息。S603: In the first time unit, the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal according to whether the core network device has a paging time unit. Correspondingly, the terminal receives a paging message from the access network device according to whether the core network device has a paging time unit. paging message.
其中,第一时间单元内,第一接入网设备存在寻呼时间单元。Wherein, within the first time unit, the first access network device has a paging time unit.
一种可能的实现方式,若在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在寻呼时间单元,则在第一时间单元内,接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中向终端发送寻呼消息,或者,在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中向终端发送寻呼消息;或者,若在第一时间单元内,核心网设备不存在寻呼时间单元,则在第一时间单元内,第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中向终端发送寻呼消息。下面以下述4种情况为例进行介绍。In a possible implementation manner, if the core network device has a paging time unit in the first time unit, then in the first time unit, the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal in the paging time unit that exists in the access network device, Or, in the first time unit, the core network device sends a paging message to the terminal in the paging time unit that exists; or, if in the first time unit, the core network device does not have a paging time unit, then in the first time unit In the time unit, a paging message is sent to the terminal in the paging time unit where the first access network device exists. The following four cases are used as examples to introduce.
情况A:第一时域位置包括第一PTW的位置,例如,第一PTW的位置可以为图7A中的PTW 701的位置或PTW 702的位置。第二时域位置包括第二PTW的位置,例如,第二PTW的位置可以为图7A中的PTW 703的位置,PTW 704的位置或PTW 705的位置。Case A: The first time domain location includes the location of the first PTW, for example, the location of the first PTW may be the location of the PTW 701 or the location of the PTW 702 in FIG. 7A . The second time domain location includes the location of the second PTW. For example, the location of the second PTW may be the location of the PTW 703, the location of the PTW 704, or the location of the PTW 705 in FIG. 7A.
一种可能的实现方式,若第一PTW与第二PTW位于第一时间单元,则在第一时间单元内,接入网设备在第一PTW的位置上向终端发送寻呼消息。在这种情况下,因为核心网设备也在第一PTW的位置向终端发送寻呼消息,所以,终端在第一时间单元内可以在一个寻呼时间单元中被唤醒来接收接入网设备和核心网设备的寻呼消息,进而降低终端的功耗。若第二PTW位于第一时间单元,第一时间单元内核心网设备不存在寻呼时间单元,则在第一时间单元内,接入网设备在第二PTW的位置上向终端发送寻呼消息。若第一PTW位于第一时间单元,第一时间单元内接入网设备不存在寻呼时间单元,则在第一时间单元内,核心网设备在第一PTW的位置上向终端发送寻呼消息。In a possible implementation manner, if the first PTW and the second PTW are located in the first time unit, within the first time unit, the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal at the location of the first PTW. In this case, because the core network device also sends a paging message to the terminal at the location of the first PTW, the terminal can be woken up in one paging time unit within the first time unit to receive the access network device and the terminal. The paging message of the core network device, thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal. If the second PTW is located in the first time unit, and the core network device does not have a paging time unit in the first time unit, then within the first time unit, the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal at the location of the second PTW . If the first PTW is located in the first time unit, and the access network device does not have a paging time unit within the first time unit, then within the first time unit, the core network device sends a paging message to the terminal at the location of the first PTW .
可以理解的,若第一PTW的位置与第二PTW的位置位于第一时间单元,则在第一时间单元内,接入网设备和核心网设备也可以在第二PTW的位置向终端发送寻呼消息。在这种情况下,S603之前,核心网设备可以获取第二参数信息,根据第二参数信息确定第二时域位置。后续,在第一时间单元内,核心网设备根据核心网设备是否存在寻呼时间单元向终端发送寻呼消息,对应的,终端根据核心网设备是否存在寻呼时间单元接收来自核心网设备的寻呼消息。It can be understood that if the location of the first PTW and the location of the second PTW are located in the first time unit, then within the first time unit, the access network device and the core network device may also send a search request to the terminal at the location of the second PTW. call message. In this case, before S603, the core network device may acquire the second parameter information, and determine the second time domain location according to the second parameter information. Subsequently, in the first time unit, the core network device sends a paging message to the terminal according to whether the core network device has a paging time unit. Correspondingly, the terminal receives a paging message from the core network device according to whether the core network device has a paging time unit. call message.
一种可能的实现方式,核心网设备可以从本地获取第二参数信息,也可以从其他 设备获取第二参数信息。若核心网设备从本地获取第二参数信息,则该第二参数信息可以是预配置在本地的,例如,第二参数信息是协议中规定的,或者第二参数信息可以是核心网设备提前从其他设备获取,并存储在本地的。例如,第二参数信息可以是核心网设备提前从接入网设备获取,并存储在本地的。若核心网设备从其他设备获取第二参数信息,则核心网设备可以接收来自接入网设备的第二参数信息。第二参数信息可以是一条消息,也可以是包含在消息中的一个信元或一个字段,不予限制。作为一种示例,第二参数信息可以携带在N2消息中。核心网设备根据第二参数信息确定第二时域位置的过程,与终端根据第一参数信息确定第一时域位置的过程类似,可以参考上述S401中对应的描述,此处不再赘述。核心网设备根据第二参数信息确定第二时域位置之后,可以根据第一条件向终端发送寻呼消息,对应的,终端根据第一条件接收来自核心网设备的寻呼消息。In a possible implementation manner, the core network device may obtain the second parameter information locally, or may obtain the second parameter information from other devices. If the core network device obtains the second parameter information locally, the second parameter information may be pre-configured locally, for example, the second parameter information is specified in the protocol, or the second parameter information may be obtained from the core network device in advance from Other devices get it and store it locally. For example, the second parameter information may be acquired by the core network device from the access network device in advance and stored locally. If the core network device obtains the second parameter information from other devices, the core network device may receive the second parameter information from the access network device. The second parameter information may be a message, or may be a cell or a field contained in the message, which is not limited. As an example, the second parameter information may be carried in the N2 message. The process for the core network device to determine the second time domain position according to the second parameter information is similar to the process for the terminal to determine the first time domain position according to the first parameter information. Reference may be made to the corresponding description in S401 above, which will not be repeated here. After the core network device determines the second time domain location according to the second parameter information, it may send a paging message to the terminal according to the first condition, and correspondingly, the terminal receives the paging message from the core network device according to the first condition.
示例性的,以图7A为例,若第一PTW的位置为PTW 701的位置,第二PTW的位置为PTW 703的位置,则接入网设备和核心网设备可以在PTW 701的位置向终端发送寻呼消息,接入网设备和核心网设备也可以在PTW 703的位置向终端发送寻呼消息。若第一PTW的位置为PTW 702的位置,第二PTW的位置为PTW 704的位置,则核心网设备可以在PTW 702的位置向终端发送寻呼消息,接入网设备可以在PTW 704的位置向终端发送寻呼消息。Exemplarily, taking FIG. 7A as an example, if the position of the first PTW is the position of the PTW 701, and the position of the second PTW is the position of the PTW 703, then the access network equipment and the core network equipment can communicate with the terminal at the position of the PTW 701. When sending a paging message, the access network equipment and the core network equipment can also send a paging message to the terminal at the location of the PTW 703 . If the location of the first PTW is the location of the PTW 702 and the location of the second PTW is the location of the PTW 704, the core network device can send a paging message to the terminal at the location of the PTW 702, and the access network device can be located at the location of the PTW 704 Send a paging message to the terminal.
情况B:第一时域位置包括第一PTW的位置,例如,第一PTW的位置可以为图7B中的PTW 706的位置或PTW 707的位置。第二时域位置包括第一PO的位置,例如,第一PO的位置可以为图7B中的PO 708的位置,PO 709的位置或PO 710的位置。Case B: the first time domain location includes the location of the first PTW, for example, the location of the first PTW may be the location of the PTW 706 or the location of the PTW 707 in FIG. 7B . The second time domain location includes the location of the first PO. For example, the location of the first PO may be the location of PO 708, the location of PO 709, or the location of PO 710 in FIG. 7B.
一种可能的实现方式,若第一PTW的位置与第一PO的位置位于第一时间单元,则在第一时间单元内,接入网设备在第一PTW的位置向终端发送寻呼消息。在这种情况下,因为核心网设备也在第一PTW的位置向终端发送寻呼消息,所以,终端在第一时间单元内可以在一个寻呼时间单元中被唤醒来接收接入网设备和核心网设备的寻呼消息,进而降低终端的功耗。若第一PO的位置位于第一时间单元,第一时间单元内核心网设备不存在寻呼时间单元,则在第一时间单元内,接入网设备在第一PO的位置向终端发送寻呼消息。若第一PTW的位置位于第一时间单元,第一时间单元内接入网设备不存在寻呼时间单元,则在第一时间单元内,核心网设备在第一PTW的位置向终端发送寻呼消息。In a possible implementation manner, if the location of the first PTW and the location of the first PO are located in the first time unit, the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal at the location of the first PTW within the first time unit. In this case, because the core network device also sends a paging message to the terminal at the location of the first PTW, the terminal can be woken up in one paging time unit within the first time unit to receive the access network device and the terminal. The paging message of the core network device, thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal. If the location of the first PO is located in the first time unit, and the core network device does not have a paging time unit in the first time unit, then within the first time unit, the access network device sends paging to the terminal at the location of the first PO information. If the location of the first PTW is located in the first time unit, and the access network device does not have a paging time unit within the first time unit, then within the first time unit, the core network device sends paging to the terminal at the location of the first PTW information.
示例性的,以图7B为例,若第一PTW的位置为PTW 706的位置,第一PO的位置为PO 708的位置,则接入网设备和核心网设备可以在PTW 706的位置向终端发送寻呼消息。若第一PTW的位置为PTW 707的位置,第一PO的位置为PO 709的位置,则核心网设备可以在PTW 707的位置向终端发送寻呼消息,接入网设备可以在PO 709的位置向终端发送寻呼消息。Exemplarily, taking FIG. 7B as an example, if the position of the first PTW is the position of the PTW 706, and the position of the first PO is the position of the PO 708, then the access network equipment and the core network equipment can communicate with the terminal at the position of the PTW 706. Send a paging message. If the location of the first PTW is the location of the PTW 707 and the location of the first PO is the location of the PO 709, the core network device may send a paging message to the terminal at the location of the PTW 707, and the access network device may be at the location of the PO 709 Send a paging message to the terminal.
情况C:第一时域位置包括第一PO的位置,例如,第一PO的位置可以为图7C中的PO 711的位置或PO 712的位置。第二时域位置包括第一PTW的位置,例如,第一PTW的位置可以为图7C中的PTW 713的位置,PTW 714的位置或PTW 715的位置。Case C: The first time domain position includes the position of the first PO, for example, the position of the first PO may be the position of PO 711 or the position of PO 712 in FIG. 7C . The second time domain location includes the location of the first PTW. For example, the location of the first PTW may be the location of the PTW 713, the location of the PTW 714, or the location of the PTW 715 in FIG. 7C.
一种可能的实现方式,若第一PO的位置与第一PTW的位置位于第一时间单元,则在第一时间单元内,接入网设备在第一PTW的位置向终端发送寻呼消息,核心网设备也在第一PTW的位置向终端发送寻呼消息。在这种情况下,接入网设备和核心网设备都在第一PTW的位置发送寻呼消息。所以,终端在第一时间单元内可以在一个寻呼时间单元中被唤醒来接收接入网设备和核心网设备的寻呼消息,进而降低终端的功耗。若第一PO的位置位于第一时间单元,第一时间单元内接入网设备不存在寻呼时间单元,则在第一时间单元内,核心网设备在第一PO的位置向终端发送寻呼消息。若第一PTW的位置位于第一时间单元,第一时间单元内核心网设备不存在寻呼时间单元,则在第一时间单元内,接入网设备在第一PTW的位置向终端发送寻呼消息。A possible implementation manner, if the location of the first PO and the location of the first PTW are located in the first time unit, then within the first time unit, the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal at the location of the first PTW, The core network device also sends a paging message to the terminal at the location of the first PTW. In this case, both the access network device and the core network device send the paging message at the location of the first PTW. Therefore, the terminal can be woken up in one paging time unit within the first time unit to receive paging messages from the access network device and the core network device, thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal. If the location of the first PO is located in the first time unit, and the access network device does not have a paging time unit within the first time unit, then within the first time unit, the core network device sends paging to the terminal at the location of the first PO information. If the location of the first PTW is located in the first time unit, and the core network device does not have a paging time unit in the first time unit, then within the first time unit, the access network device sends paging to the terminal at the location of the first PTW information.
可以理解的,对于情况C,在S603之前,核心网设备可以获取第二参数信息,根据第二参数信息确定第二时域位置。It can be understood that, for the case C, before S603, the core network device may acquire the second parameter information, and determine the second time domain position according to the second parameter information.
示例性的,以图7C为例,若第一PO的位置为PO 711的位置,第一PTW的位置为PTW 713的位置,则接入网设备和核心网设备可以在PTW 713的位置向终端发送寻呼消息。若第一PO的位置为PO 712的位置,第一PTW的位置为PTW 714的位置,则核心网设备可以在PO 712的位置向终端发送寻呼消息,接入网设备可以在PTW 714的位置向终端发送寻呼消息。Exemplarily, taking FIG. 7C as an example, if the position of the first PO is the position of the PO 711, and the position of the first PTW is the position of the PTW 713, then the access network equipment and the core network equipment can communicate with the terminal at the position of the PTW 713. Send a paging message. If the location of the first PO is the location of PO 712 and the location of the first PTW is the location of PTW 714, the core network device can send a paging message to the terminal at the location of PO 712, and the access network device can be located at the location of PTW 714 Send a paging message to the terminal.
情况D:第一时域位置包括第一PO的位置,例如,第一PO的位置可以为图7D中的PO 716的位置或PO 717的位置。第二时域位置包括第二PO的位置,例如,第二PO的位置可以为图7D中的PO 718的位置,PO 719的位置或PO 720的位置。Case D: the first time domain position includes the position of the first PO, for example, the position of the first PO may be the position of PO 716 or the position of PO 717 in FIG. 7D . The second time domain position includes the position of the second PO, for example, the position of the second PO may be the position of the PO 718, the position of the PO 719 or the position of the PO 720 in FIG. 7D.
一种可能的实现方式,若第一PO的位置与第二PO的位置位于第一时间单元,则在第一时间单元内,接入网设备在第一PO的位置向终端发送寻呼消息。在这种情况下,核心网设备也在第一PO的位置向终端发送寻呼消息,所以,终端在第一时间单元内可以在一个寻呼时间单元中被唤醒来接收接入网设备和核心网设备的寻呼消息,进而降低终端的功耗。若第二PO的位置位于第一时间单元,第一时间单元内核心网设备不存在寻呼时间单元,则在第一时间单元内,接入网设备在第二PO的位置向终端发送寻呼消息。若第一PO的位置位于第一时间单元,第一时间单元内接入网设备不存在寻呼时间单元,则在第一时间单元内,核心网设备在第一PO的位置向终端发送寻呼消息。In a possible implementation manner, if the location of the first PO and the location of the second PO are located in the first time unit, the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal at the location of the first PO within the first time unit. In this case, the core network device also sends a paging message to the terminal at the location of the first PO, so the terminal can be woken up in one paging time unit within the first time unit to receive the access network device and the core paging messages of network devices, thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal. If the location of the second PO is located in the first time unit, and the core network device does not have a paging time unit in the first time unit, then within the first time unit, the access network device sends paging to the terminal at the location of the second PO information. If the location of the first PO is located in the first time unit, and the access network device does not have a paging time unit within the first time unit, then within the first time unit, the core network device sends paging to the terminal at the location of the first PO information.
可以理解的,若第一PO的位置与第二PO的位置位于第一时间单元,则在第一时间单元内,接入网设备和核心网设备也可以在第二PO的位置向终端发送寻呼消息。在这种情况下,S603之前,核心网设备可以获取第二参数信息,根据第二参数信息确定第二时域位置。It can be understood that, if the location of the first PO and the location of the second PO are located in the first time unit, then within the first time unit, the access network device and the core network device may also send a search request to the terminal at the location of the second PO. call message. In this case, before S603, the core network device may acquire the second parameter information, and determine the second time domain location according to the second parameter information.
示例性的,以图7D为例,若第一PO的位置为PO 716的位置,第二PO的位置为PO 718的位置,则接入网设备和核心网设备可以在PO 716的位置向终端发送寻呼消息,接入网设备和核心网设备也可以在PO 718的位置向终端发送寻呼消息。若第一PO的位置为PO 717的位置,第二PO的位置为PO 719的位置,则核心网设备可以在PO 717的位置向终端发送寻呼消息,接入网设备可以在PO 719的位置向终端发送寻呼消息。Exemplarily, taking FIG. 7D as an example, if the position of the first PO is the position of PO 716, and the position of the second PO is the position of PO 718, then the access network equipment and the core network equipment can communicate to the terminal at the position of PO 716. After sending the paging message, the access network equipment and the core network equipment can also send the paging message to the terminal at the location of PO 718. If the location of the first PO is the location of PO 717 and the location of the second PO is the location of PO 719, the core network device can send a paging message to the terminal at the location of PO 717, and the access network device can be located at the location of PO 719 Send a paging message to the terminal.
可选的,S603之前,接入网设备向终端发送第二指示信息。其中,第二指示信息 可以指示在第一时间单元内,终端是否根据核心网设备是否存在寻呼时间单元接收来自接入网设备的寻呼消息,或者,第一指示信息可以指示在第一时间单元内,接入网设备是否根据核心网设备是否存在寻呼时间单元向终端发送寻呼消息。第一指示信息可以携带在RRC release消息中。Optionally, before S603, the access network device sends the second indication information to the terminal. The second indication information may indicate whether the terminal receives a paging message from the access network device according to whether the core network device has a paging time unit within the first time unit, or the first indication information may indicate that at the first time In the unit, whether the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal according to whether the core network device has a paging time unit. The first indication information may be carried in the RRC release message.
作为一种示例,第一指示信息包括1比特,若第一指示信息的值为0,则第一指示信息指示在第一时间单元内,终端不根据核心网设备是否存在寻呼时间单元接收来自接入网设备的寻呼消息,或者,第一指示信息指示在第一时间单元内,接入网设备不根据核心网设备是否存在寻呼时间单元向终端发送寻呼消息。后续,接入网设备在第二时域位置向终端发送寻呼消息,终端在第二时域位置接收接入网设备的寻呼消息。核心网设备在第一时域位置向终端发送寻呼消息,终端在第一时域位置接收来自核心网设备的寻呼消息。若第一指示信息的值为1,则第一指示信息指示在第一时间单元内,终端根据核心网设备是否存在寻呼时间单元接收来自接入网设备的寻呼消息,或者,第一指示信息指示在第一时间单元内,接入网设备根据核心网设备是否存在寻呼时间单元向终端发送寻呼消息。后续,在第一时间单元内,接入网设备根据核心网设备是否存在寻呼时间单元向终端发送寻呼消息,终端根据核心网设备是否存在寻呼时间单元接收接入网设备的寻呼消息。As an example, the first indication information includes 1 bit, and if the value of the first indication information is 0, the first indication information indicates that within the first time unit, the terminal does not receive information from the core network device according to whether there is a paging time unit or not. The paging message of the access network device, or the first indication information indicates that within the first time unit, the access network device does not send a paging message to the terminal according to whether the core network device has a paging time unit. Subsequently, the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal at the second time domain location, and the terminal receives the paging message from the access network device at the second time domain location. The core network device sends a paging message to the terminal at the first time domain position, and the terminal receives the paging message from the core network device at the first time domain position. If the value of the first indication information is 1, the first indication information indicates that within the first time unit, the terminal receives a paging message from the access network device according to whether the core network device has a paging time unit, or the first indication The information indicates that within the first time unit, the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal according to whether the core network device has a paging time unit. Subsequently, in the first time unit, the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal according to whether the core network device has a paging time unit, and the terminal receives the paging message from the access network device according to whether the core network device has a paging time unit .
基于图6所示的方法,核心网设备和接入网设备可以分别配置eDRX参数。核心网设备配置的eDRX参数可以用于终端接收来自核心网设备的寻呼消息,接入网设备配置的eDRX参数可以用于终端接收接入网设备的寻呼消息,并且若在第一时间单元内,同时存在核心网设备的寻呼时间单元与接入网设备的寻呼时间单元,则终端可以在其中一个寻呼时间单元中被唤醒。如此,终端可以根据合适的eDRX参数接收接入网设备和核心网设备的寻呼消息,既可以降低时延,提高用户体验,又可以降低终端的功耗。Based on the method shown in FIG. 6 , the core network device and the access network device may configure eDRX parameters respectively. The eDRX parameters configured by the core network device can be used by the terminal to receive paging messages from the core network device, and the eDRX parameters configured by the access network device can be used by the terminal to receive paging messages from the access network device, and if the first time unit If there are both the paging time unit of the core network device and the paging time unit of the access network device, the terminal can be woken up in one of the paging time units. In this way, the terminal can receive the paging messages of the access network equipment and the core network equipment according to the appropriate eDRX parameters, which can not only reduce the delay, improve the user experience, but also reduce the power consumption of the terminal.
其中,上述S601-S603中的接入网设备或者核心网设备或者终端的动作可以由图3所示的通信装置30中的处理器301调用存储器303中存储的应用程序代码来执行,本申请实施例对此不做任何限制。The actions of the access network device or core network device or terminal in the above S601-S603 can be executed by the processor 301 in the communication apparatus 30 shown in FIG. 3 calling the application code stored in the memory 303, and the present application implements The example does not impose any restrictions on this.
上述图6所示的方法中,第一参数信息和第二参数信息之间没有关联关系,是分别被配置的。在具体应用中,接入网设备可以根据第一参数信息确定第二参数信息,使得第二时域位置包括的部分寻呼时间单元的位置,与第一时域位置包括的部分寻呼时间单元的位置在时域上有重叠。如此,对于第一时域位置与第二时域位置中重叠的寻呼时间单元,终端可以在其中一个寻呼时间单元中被唤醒,以便终端根据合适的eDRX参数接收接入网设备和核心网设备的寻呼消息,既又可以降低时延,提高用户体验,又可以降低终端的功耗。In the above method shown in FIG. 6 , there is no correlation between the first parameter information and the second parameter information, and they are configured separately. In a specific application, the access network device may determine the second parameter information according to the first parameter information, so that the position of the partial paging time unit included in the second time domain location is the same as the partial paging time unit included in the first time domain location. are overlapped in the time domain. In this way, for the overlapping paging time units in the first time domain location and the second time domain location, the terminal can be woken up in one of the paging time units, so that the terminal can receive the access network equipment and the core network according to the appropriate eDRX parameters The paging message of the device can not only reduce the delay, improve the user experience, but also reduce the power consumption of the terminal.
如图8所示,为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法,该通信方法包括S801-S802。As shown in FIG. 8, another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application includes S801-S802.
S801:接入网设备和终端获取第一参数信息,根据第一参数信息确定第一时域位置。S801: The access network device and the terminal acquire first parameter information, and determine a first time domain location according to the first parameter information.
S801的介绍可以参考上述S401中对应的描述,不予赘述。需要说明的是,接入网设备和终端可以同时执行S801,也可以不同时执行S801。For the introduction of S801, reference may be made to the corresponding description in the foregoing S401, which will not be repeated. It should be noted that, the access network device and the terminal may execute S801 at the same time, or may not execute S801 at the same time.
S802:接入网设备和终端获取第二参数信息,根据第二参数信息确定第二时域位 置。S802: The access network device and the terminal acquire second parameter information, and determine the second time domain location according to the second parameter information.
一种可能的实现方式,第二参数信息是根据第一参数信息获取的。例如,接入网设备可以根据第一参数信息确定第二参数信息,使得第二时域位置包括的部分寻呼时间单元的位置,与第一时域位置包括的部分寻呼时间单元的位置在时域上有重叠。例如,第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元与接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元在时域上有重叠。第一时间单元可以为一个超帧。寻呼时间单元可以包括PTW或PO。如此,对于第一时域位置与第二时域位置中重叠的寻呼时间单元,终端可以在其中一个寻呼时间单元中被唤醒,以降低功耗。其中,第二参数信息包括eDRX周期。可选的,第二参数信息还包括PTW的长度;或者,第二参数信息还包括PTW中包括的DRX周期的数量。第一时域位置和第二时域位置的介绍可以参考上述图6所示方法中所述。In a possible implementation manner, the second parameter information is obtained according to the first parameter information. For example, the access network device may determine the second parameter information according to the first parameter information, so that the position of the partial paging time unit included in the second time domain location is the same as the location of the partial paging time unit included in the first time domain location. There is overlap in the time domain. For example, in the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the access network device overlap in the time domain. The first time unit may be a superframe. The paging time unit may include PTW or PO. In this way, for the overlapping paging time units in the first time domain location and the second time domain location, the terminal can be woken up in one of the paging time units to reduce power consumption. Wherein, the second parameter information includes the eDRX cycle. Optionally, the second parameter information further includes the length of the PTW; or, the second parameter information further includes the number of DRX cycles included in the PTW. For the introduction of the first time domain position and the second time domain position, reference may be made to the description in the method shown in FIG. 6 above.
一种可能的实现方式,第一参数信息包括的eDRX周期中超帧的数量为偶数,并且终端的标识为偶数。终端的标识可以为UE_ID_H。第二参数信息包括的eDRX周期中超帧的数量为偶数。在这种情况下,接入网设备确定的第二参数信息可以使得第二时域位置包括的部分寻呼时间单元的起始位置,与第一时域位置包括的部分寻呼时间单元的起始位置相同。例如,第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元的起始位置与接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元的起始位置相同。In a possible implementation manner, the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is an even number, and the identifier of the terminal is an even number. The identification of the terminal may be UE_ID_H. The number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number. In this case, the second parameter information determined by the access network device may make the starting position of the partial paging time unit included in the second time domain location be the same as the starting location of the partial paging time unit included in the first time domain location. The starting position is the same. For example, in the first time unit, the starting position of the paging time unit existing in the core network device is the same as the starting position of the paging time unit existing in the access network device.
一种可能的实现方式,接入网设备获取第二参数信息后,可以发送给终端,使得终端可以根据第二时域位置和第一时域位置接收寻呼消息。In a possible implementation manner, after the access network device obtains the second parameter information, it can send it to the terminal, so that the terminal can receive the paging message according to the second time domain location and the first time domain location.
一种可能的实现方式,S802之后,接入网设备根据第一时域位置和第二时域位置发送寻呼消息。In a possible implementation manner, after S802, the access network device sends a paging message according to the first time domain location and the second time domain location.
一种可能的实现方式,在第一时间单元内,在第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中向终端发送寻呼消息,或者,在核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中向终端发送寻呼消息;或者,在第一时间单元外,在第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中向终端发送寻呼消息。下面以下述4种情况为例进行介绍。A possible implementation manner is, in the first time unit, send a paging message to the terminal in the paging time unit where the first access network device exists, or send the paging message to the terminal in the paging time unit where the core network device exists. Send a paging message; or, outside the first time unit, send a paging message to the terminal in a paging time unit where the first access network device exists. The following four cases are used as examples to introduce.
情况E:第一时域位置包括第一PTW的位置,第二时域位置包括第二PTW的位置。Case E: The first time domain location includes the location of the first PTW, and the second time domain location includes the location of the second PTW.
一种可能的实现方式,若第一PTW的位置与第二PTW的位置在第一时间单元内,则接入网设备在第一PTW的位置向终端发送寻呼消息。在这种情况下,核心网设备也在第一PTW的位置向终端发送寻呼消息,所以,终端在第一时间单元内可以在一个寻呼时间单元中被唤醒来接收接入网设备和核心网设备的寻呼消息,进而降低终端的功耗。若第一PTW的位置在第一时间单元内,第二PTW的位置不在第一时间单元内,则在第一时间单元内核心网设备在第一PTW的位置向终端发送寻呼消息。若第一PTW的位置不在第一时间单元内,第二PTW的位置在第一时间单元内,则在第一时间单元内接入网设备在第二PTW的位置向终端发送寻呼消息。In a possible implementation manner, if the location of the first PTW and the location of the second PTW are within the first time unit, the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal at the location of the first PTW. In this case, the core network device also sends a paging message to the terminal at the location of the first PTW, so the terminal can be woken up in one paging time unit within the first time unit to receive the access network device and the core paging messages of network devices, thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal. If the location of the first PTW is within the first time unit and the location of the second PTW is not within the first time unit, the core network device sends a paging message to the terminal at the location of the first PTW within the first time unit. If the location of the first PTW is not within the first time unit and the location of the second PTW is within the first time unit, the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal at the location of the second PTW within the first time unit.
可以理解的,若第一PTW的位置与第二PTW的位置在第一时间单元内,在第一时间单元内,接入网设备和核心网设备也可以在第二PTW的位置向终端发送寻呼消息。在这种情况下,接入网设备也要向核心网设备发送第二参数信息。核心网设备接收到第二参数信息后,可以根据第二参数信息确定第二时域位置。如此,核心网设备也可 以根据第一时域位置和第二时域位置向终端发送寻呼消息,对应的,终端可以根据第一时域位置和第二时域位置接收来自核心网设备的寻呼消息。It can be understood that if the location of the first PTW and the location of the second PTW are within the first time unit, within the first time unit, the access network device and the core network device may also send a search request to the terminal at the location of the second PTW. call message. In this case, the access network device also sends the second parameter information to the core network device. After receiving the second parameter information, the core network device may determine the second time domain position according to the second parameter information. In this way, the core network device can also send a paging message to the terminal according to the first time domain location and the second time domain location. Correspondingly, the terminal can receive the paging message from the core network device according to the first time domain location and the second time domain location. call message.
示例性的,如图9所示,第一参数信息包括的eDRX周期中超帧的数量为4,第二参数信息包括的eDRX周期中超帧的数量为2,PTW 901与PTW 903的起始位置相同,PTW 902与PTW 905的起始位置相同。对于PTW 901与PTW 903,核心网设备和接入网设备可以在PTW 901的位置上向终端发送寻呼消息,终端在PTW 901的位置上接收来自核心网设备和接入网设备的寻呼消息。核心网设备和接入网设备也可以在PTW 903的位置上向终端发送寻呼消息,在这种情况下,终端在PTW 903的位置上接收来自核心网设备和接入网设备的寻呼消息。对于PTW 902与PTW 905,核心网设备和接入网设备可以在PTW 902的位置上向终端发送寻呼消息,终端在PTW 902位置上接收来自核心网设备和接入网设备的寻呼消息。核心网设备和接入网设备也可以在PTW 905的位置上向终端发送寻呼消息,在这种情况下,终端在PTW 905的位置上接收来自核心网设备和接入网设备的寻呼消息。对于PTW 904,接入网设备可以在PTW 904的位置上向终端发送寻呼消息,终端在PTW 904的位置上接收来自接入网设备的寻呼消息。核心网设备不在PTW 904的位置上向终端发送寻呼消息。Exemplarily, as shown in Figure 9, the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is 4, the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is 2, and the starting positions of PTW 901 and PTW 903 are the same. , the starting position of PTW 902 is the same as that of PTW 905. For PTW 901 and PTW 903, core network equipment and access network equipment can send paging messages to the terminal at the location of PTW 901, and the terminal receives paging messages from core network equipment and access network equipment at the location of PTW 901 . The core network equipment and the access network equipment can also send paging messages to the terminal at the location of the PTW 903, in this case, the terminal receives the paging messages from the core network equipment and the access network equipment at the location of the PTW 903 . For the PTW 902 and the PTW 905, the core network equipment and the access network equipment can send paging messages to the terminal at the location of the PTW 902, and the terminal receives the paging messages from the core network equipment and the access network equipment at the location of the PTW 902. The core network equipment and the access network equipment can also send paging messages to the terminal at the location of the PTW 905, in this case, the terminal receives the paging messages from the core network equipment and the access network equipment at the location of the PTW 905 . For the PTW 904, the access network device can send a paging message to the terminal at the location of the PTW 904, and the terminal receives the paging message from the access network device at the location of the PTW 904. The core network equipment does not send a paging message to the terminal at the location of the PTW 904.
除了上述示例之外,对于PTW 901与PTW 903,核心网设备还可以在PTW 901的位置上发送寻呼消息,接入网设备还可以在PTW 901中,与PTW 903重叠的时域位置上发送寻呼消息。终端在PTW 901的位置上接收核心网设备的寻呼消息,在PTW901中,与PTW 903重叠的时域位置上接收接入网设备的寻呼消息。或者说,终端在PTW 901中,与PTW 903重叠的时域位置上接收接入网设备的寻呼消息和核心网设备的寻呼消息,在PTW 901中,与PTW 903不重叠的时域位置上接收核心网设备的寻呼消息。PTW 902与PTW 905的情况,与PTW 901和PTW 903的情况类似,在此不再赘述。In addition to the above examples, for PTW 901 and PTW 903, the core network device can also send the paging message at the location of PTW 901, and the access network device can also send the paging message at the time domain location overlapping with PTW 903 in PTW 901 paging message. The terminal receives the paging message of the core network equipment at the position of the PTW 901, and receives the paging message of the access network equipment at the time domain position overlapping with the PTW 903 in the PTW 901. In other words, the terminal receives the paging message of the access network device and the paging message of the core network device at the time domain position overlapping with the PTW 903 in the PTW 901, and in the PTW 901, the time domain position that does not overlap with the PTW 903 Receive paging messages from core network devices. The situations of PTW 902 and PTW 905 are similar to those of PTW 901 and PTW 903, and will not be repeated here.
情况F:第一时域位置包括第一PTW的位置,第二时域位置包括第一PO的位置。Case F: The first time domain location includes the location of the first PTW, and the second time domain location includes the location of the first PO.
一种可能的实现方式,若第一PTW的位置与第一PO的位置在第一时间单元内,则在第一时间单元内,接入网设备在第一PTW的位置向终端发送寻呼消息。在这种情况下,核心网设备也在第一PTW的位置向终端发送寻呼消息,所以,终端在第一时间单元内可以在一个寻呼时间单元中被唤醒来接收接入网设备和核心网设备的寻呼消息,进而降低终端的功耗。若第一PO的位置在第一时间单元内,第一时间单元内核心网设备不存在寻呼时间单元,则在第一时间单元内,接入网设备在第一PO的位置向终端发送寻呼消息。若第一PTW的位置在第一时间单元内,第一时间单元内接入网设备不存在寻呼时间单元,则在第一时间单元内,核心网设备在第一PTW的位置向终端发送寻呼消息。A possible implementation manner, if the location of the first PTW and the location of the first PO are within the first time unit, then within the first time unit, the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal at the location of the first PTW . In this case, the core network device also sends a paging message to the terminal at the location of the first PTW, so the terminal can be woken up in one paging time unit within the first time unit to receive the access network device and the core paging messages of network devices, thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal. If the location of the first PO is within the first time unit and the core network device does not have a paging time unit within the first time unit, then within the first time unit, the access network device sends a paging time unit to the terminal at the location of the first PO. call message. If the location of the first PTW is within the first time unit and the access network device does not have a paging time unit within the first time unit, the core network device sends a paging time unit to the terminal at the location of the first PTW within the first time unit. call message.
情况G:第一时域位置包括第一PO的位置,第二时域位置包括第一PTW的位置。Case G: The first time domain location includes the location of the first PO, and the second time domain location includes the location of the first PTW.
一种可能的实现方式,若第一PO的位置与第一PTW的位置在第一时间单元内,则在第一时间单元内,接入网设备在第一PTW的位置向终端发送寻呼消息,核心网设备也在第一PTW的位置向终端发送寻呼消息。在这种情况下,接入网设备和核心网设备都在第一PTW的位置发送寻呼消息。所以,终端在第一时间单元内可以在一个寻呼时间单元内被唤醒来接收接入网设备和核心网设备的寻呼消息,进而降低终端的功耗。 若第一PTW的位置在第一时间单元内,第一时间单元内核心网设备不存在寻呼时间单元,则在第一时间单元内,接入网设备在第一PTW的位置向终端发送寻呼消息。若第一PO的位置在第一时间单元内,第一时间单元内接入网设备不存在寻呼时间单元,则在第一时间单元内,核心网设备在第一PO的位置向终端发送寻呼消息。A possible implementation manner, if the location of the first PO and the location of the first PTW are within the first time unit, then within the first time unit, the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal at the location of the first PTW , the core network device also sends a paging message to the terminal at the location of the first PTW. In this case, both the access network device and the core network device send the paging message at the location of the first PTW. Therefore, the terminal can be woken up within one paging time unit in the first time unit to receive paging messages from the access network device and the core network device, thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal. If the location of the first PTW is within the first time unit, and the core network device in the first time unit does not have a paging time unit, then within the first time unit, the access network device sends a paging time unit to the terminal at the location of the first PTW. call message. If the location of the first PO is within the first time unit, and the access network device does not have a paging time unit within the first time unit, then within the first time unit, the core network device sends a paging time unit to the terminal at the location of the first PO. call message.
可以理解的,对于情况G,接入网设备也可以向核心网设备发送第二参数信息。核心网设备接收到第二参数信息后,可以根据第二参数信息确定第二时域位置。It can be understood that in case G, the access network device may also send the second parameter information to the core network device. After receiving the second parameter information, the core network device may determine the second time domain position according to the second parameter information.
情况H:第一时域位置包括第一PO的位置,第二时域位置包括第二PO的位置。Case H: The first time domain location includes the location of the first PO, and the second time domain location includes the location of the second PO.
一种可能的实现方式,若第一PO的位置与第二PO的位置在第一时间单元内,则在第一时间单元内,接入网设备在第一PO的位置向终端发送寻呼消息。在这种情况下,核心网设备也在第一PO的位置向终端发送寻呼消息,所以,终端在第一时间单元内可以在一个寻呼时间单元中被唤醒来接收接入网设备和核心网设备的寻呼消息,进而降低终端的功耗。若第一PO的位置在第一时间单元内,第一时间单元内接入网设备不存在寻呼时间单元,则核心网设备在第一PO的位置向终端发送寻呼消息。若第二PO的位置在第一时间单元内,第一时间单元内核心网设备不存在寻呼时间单元,则接入网设备在第二PO的位置向终端发送寻呼消息。A possible implementation manner, if the location of the first PO and the location of the second PO are within the first time unit, then within the first time unit, the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal at the location of the first PO . In this case, the core network device also sends a paging message to the terminal at the location of the first PO, so the terminal can be woken up in one paging time unit within the first time unit to receive the access network device and the core paging messages of network devices, thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal. If the location of the first PO is within the first time unit, and the access network device does not have a paging time unit within the first time unit, the core network device sends a paging message to the terminal at the location of the first PO. If the location of the second PO is within the first time unit, and the core network device in the first time unit does not have a paging time unit, the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal at the location of the second PO.
可以理解的,若第一PO的位置与第二PO的位置在第一时间单元内,在第一时间单元内,接入网设备和核心网设备也可以在第二PO的位置向终端发送寻呼消息。在这种情况下,接入网设备也可以向核心网设备发送第二参数信息。核心网设备接收到第二参数信息后,可以根据第二参数信息确定第二时域位置。It can be understood that, if the location of the first PO and the location of the second PO are within the first time unit, within the first time unit, the access network device and the core network device may also send a search request to the terminal at the location of the second PO. call message. In this case, the access network device may also send the second parameter information to the core network device. After receiving the second parameter information, the core network device may determine the second time domain position according to the second parameter information.
基于图8所示的方法,接入网设备可以根据第一参数信息确定第二参数信息,使得第二时域位置包括的部分寻呼时间单元的位置,与第一时域位置包括的部分寻呼时间单元的位置在时域上有重叠。如此,对于第一时域位置与第二时域位置中重叠的寻呼时间单元,终端可以在其中一个寻呼时间单元中被唤醒,以便终端既可以根据合适的eDRX参数接收接入网设备和核心网设备的寻呼消息,又可以降低时延,提高用户体验,降低终端的功耗。Based on the method shown in FIG. 8 , the access network device may determine the second parameter information according to the first parameter information, so that the position of the part of the paging time unit included in the second time domain location is the same as the part of the paging time unit included in the first time domain location. The positions of the call time units overlap in the time domain. In this way, for the overlapping paging time units in the first time domain location and the second time domain location, the terminal can be woken up in one of the paging time units, so that the terminal can both receive access network equipment and The paging message of the core network equipment can reduce the delay, improve the user experience, and reduce the power consumption of the terminal.
其中,上述S801-S802中的接入网设备或者核心网设备或者终端的动作可以由图3所示的通信装置30中的处理器301调用存储器303中存储的应用程序代码来执行,本申请实施例对此不做任何限制。The actions of the access network equipment or the core network equipment or the terminal in the above S801-S802 may be executed by the processor 301 in the communication apparatus 30 shown in FIG. 3 calling the application code stored in the memory 303, and this application implements The example does not impose any restrictions on this.
可以理解的,终端在RRC-inactive状态下从一个接入网设备的覆盖范围移动到另一个接入网设备的覆盖范围的情况下,另一个接入网设备由于不知道终端采用eDRX模式接收消息的eDRX参数,所以另一个接入网设备无法寻呼终端。为了解决这个问题,本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法,该方法中,接入网设备可以向另一个接入网设备发送终端在接入网设备的覆盖范围内,采用eDRX模式接收寻呼消息的eDRX参数,使得另一个接入设备可以根据接收到的eDRX参数寻呼终端。具体的,可以如图10所示,为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法,该通信方法包括S1001-S1002。It is understandable that when the terminal moves from the coverage of one access network device to the coverage of another access network device in the RRC-inactive state, the other access network device does not know that the terminal uses the eDRX mode to receive messages. eDRX parameters, so another access network device cannot page the terminal. In order to solve this problem, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method. In the method, an access network device can send to another access network device that the terminal is within the coverage of the access network device and uses the eDRX mode to receive paging The eDRX parameters of the message, so that another access device can page the terminal according to the received eDRX parameters. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 10 , another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the communication method includes S1001-S1002.
S1001:第一接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送eDRX的参数信息。对应的,第二接入网设备接收来自第一接入网设备的eDRX的参数信息。S1001: The first access network device sends eDRX parameter information to the second access network device. Correspondingly, the second access network device receives eDRX parameter information from the first access network device.
其中,第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备可以为图2A所示的通信系统20中的接入网设备。例如,第一接入网设备为通信系统20中的接入网设备201,第二接入网设 备为通信系统20中的接入网设备202;或者,第一接入网设备为通信系统20中的接入网设备202,第二接入网设备为通信系统20中的接入网设备201。进一步的,第二接入设备的标识包括在第一接入网设备的跟踪区域(tracking area,TA)列表中。TA列表可以指示能够接收第一接入网设备的寻呼消息的接入网设备。第一接入网设备为终端进入RRC-inactive状态之前通信连接的设备。终端可以为通信系统20中的终端。若第一接入网设备为通信系统20中的接入网设备201,则终端为通信系统20中的终端203或终端204。若第一接入网设备为通信系统20中的接入网设备202,则终端为通信系统20中的终端205。The first access network device and the second access network device may be access network devices in the communication system 20 shown in FIG. 2A . For example, the first access network device is the access network device 201 in the communication system 20, and the second access network device is the access network device 202 in the communication system 20; or, the first access network device is the communication system 20 The access network device 202 in the second access network device is the access network device 201 in the communication system 20 . Further, the identifier of the second access device is included in a tracking area (tracking area, TA) list of the first access network device. The TA list may indicate access network devices capable of receiving paging messages of the first access network device. The first access network device is a device that is communicatively connected before the terminal enters the RRC-inactive state. The terminal may be a terminal in the communication system 20 . If the first access network device is the access network device 201 in the communication system 20 , the terminal is the terminal 203 or the terminal 204 in the communication system 20 . If the first access network device is the access network device 202 in the communication system 20 , the terminal is the terminal 205 in the communication system 20 .
一种可能的实现方式,第一接入网设备寻呼终端的情况下,向第二接入网设备发送eDRX的参数信息。In a possible implementation manner, when the first access network device pages the terminal, the parameter information of the eDRX is sent to the second access network device.
可以理解的,终端根据相同的eDRX参数接收核心网设备和接入网设备的寻呼消息的场景中,以及终端根据不同的eDRX参数接收核心网设备和接入网设备的寻呼消息的场景中,eDRX的参数信息包括的内容不同。It can be understood that in the scenario where the terminal receives the paging messages of the core network device and the access network device according to the same eDRX parameters, and in the scenario where the terminal receives the paging messages of the core network device and the access network device according to different eDRX parameters , the eDRX parameter information includes different contents.
作为一种示例,终端根据相同的eDRX参数接收核心网设备和接入网设备的寻呼消息的场景中,也就是说,对于上述图4-图5所示的方法,eDRX的参数信息包括第一参数信息或第二参数信息。例如,若终端在S402或S503之前,移动到第二接入网设备的覆盖范围内,则eDRX的参数信息包括第一参数信息;若终端在S402或S503之后,移动到第二接入网设备的覆盖范围内,则eDRX的参数信息包括第二参数信息。eDRX的参数信息还包括第一接入网设备配置的RAN DRX cycle。可选的,eDRX的参数信息还包括UE specific DRX cycle。As an example, in the scenario where the terminal receives the paging messages of the core network device and the access network device according to the same eDRX parameters, that is, for the methods shown in Figures 4 to 5, the parameter information of the eDRX includes the first a parameter information or a second parameter information. For example, if the terminal moves to the coverage of the second access network device before S402 or S503, the parameter information of the eDRX includes the first parameter information; if the terminal moves to the second access network device after S402 or S503 Within the coverage range, the parameter information of the eDRX includes the second parameter information. The parameter information of eDRX also includes the RAN DRX cycle configured by the first access network device. Optionally, the parameter information of eDRX also includes UE specific DRX cycle.
作为另一种示例,终端根据不同的eDRX参数接收核心网设备和接入网设备的寻呼消息的场景中,也就是说,对于上述图6或图8所示的方法,eDRX的参数信息包括第一参数信息和第二参数信息。eDRX的参数信息还包括第一接入网设备配置的RAN DRX cycle。可选的,eDRX的参数信息还包括UE specific DRX cycle。As another example, in the scenario where the terminal receives the paging messages of the core network device and the access network device according to different eDRX parameters, that is, for the method shown in FIG. 6 or FIG. 8, the parameter information of the eDRX includes: first parameter information and second parameter information. The parameter information of eDRX also includes the RAN DRX cycle configured by the first access network device. Optionally, the parameter information of eDRX also includes UE specific DRX cycle.
一种可能的实现方式,eDRX的参数信息可以是一条消息,也可以是包含在消息中的一个信元或一个字段,不予限制。作为一种示例,eDRX的参数信息可以携带在接入网设备的寻呼消息(RAN paging message)中。可以理解的,该寻呼消息除了包括eDRX的参数信息之外,还可以包括其他信息。例如,该寻呼消息还可以包括以下至少一项:UE标识索引值(UE Identity Index Value),UE的无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)寻呼标识(UE RAN Paging Identity),寻呼DRX(Paging DRX),RAN寻呼区(RAN Paging Area),寻呼优先级(Paging Priority),RAN寻呼辅助数据(Assistance Data for RAN Paging),UE寻呼无线能力(UE Radio Capability for Paging)。其中,UE Identity Index Value,UE RAN Paging Identity,Paging DRX,RAN Paging Area,Paging Priority,Assistance Data for RAN Paging和UE Radio Capability for Paging的介绍可以参考现有标准的解释说明,不予赘述。In a possible implementation manner, the parameter information of the eDRX may be a message, or may be an information element or a field contained in the message, which is not limited. As an example, the parameter information of the eDRX may be carried in a paging message (RAN paging message) of the access network device. It can be understood that, in addition to the parameter information of the eDRX, the paging message may also include other information. For example, the paging message may further include at least one of the following: a UE Identity Index Value (UE Identity Index Value), a radio access network (radio access network, RAN) paging identity (UE RAN Paging Identity) of the UE, a paging DRX (Paging DRX), RAN Paging Area (RAN Paging Area), Paging Priority (Paging Priority), RAN Paging Assistance Data (Assistance Data for RAN Paging), UE Radio Capability for Paging . Among them, the introduction of UE Identity Index Value, UE RAN Paging Identity, Paging DRX, RAN Paging Area, Paging Priority, Assistance Data for RAN Paging and UE Radio Capability for Paging can refer to the explanations of existing standards, and will not be repeated.
S1002:第二接入网设备根据eDRX的参数信息向终端发送寻呼消息。对应的,终端根据eDRX的参数信息接收来自第二接入网设备的寻呼消息。S1002: The second access network device sends a paging message to the terminal according to the parameter information of the eDRX. Correspondingly, the terminal receives the paging message from the second access network device according to the parameter information of the eDRX.
一种可能的实现方式,若eDRX的参数信息包括第一参数信息,第二接入网设备根据第一参数信息确定第一时域位置,在第一时域位置上向终端发送寻呼消息。若 eDRX的参数信息包括第二参数信息,第二接入网设备根据第二参数信息确定第二时域位置,在第二时域位置上向终端发送寻呼消息。若eDRX的参数信息包括第一参数信息和第二参数信息,第二接入网设备根据图6或图8所示的方法向终端发送寻呼消息。In a possible implementation manner, if the parameter information of the eDRX includes the first parameter information, the second access network device determines the first time domain location according to the first parameter information, and sends a paging message to the terminal at the first time domain location. If the parameter information of the eDRX includes the second parameter information, the second access network device determines the second time domain position according to the second parameter information, and sends a paging message to the terminal at the second time domain position. If the parameter information of the eDRX includes the first parameter information and the second parameter information, the second access network device sends a paging message to the terminal according to the method shown in FIG. 6 or FIG. 8 .
需要说明的是,图10所示的方法还可以与图4所示的方法、图5所示的方法、图6所示的方法或图8所示的方法结合。例如,图10所示的方法可以在S402之后执行,或者在S502之前执行,或者在S602之后执行,或者在S802之后执行,不予限制。It should be noted that, the method shown in FIG. 10 may also be combined with the method shown in FIG. 4 , the method shown in FIG. 5 , the method shown in FIG. 6 or the method shown in FIG. 8 . For example, the method shown in FIG. 10 may be executed after S402, or before S502, or after S602, or after S802, which is not limited.
基于图10所示的方法,第一接入网设备可以向第二接入网设备发送终端在第一接入网设备覆盖范围内,采用eDRX模式接收寻呼消息的eDRX参数,使得第二接入设备可以根据接收到的eDRX参数寻呼终端。Based on the method shown in FIG. 10 , the first access network device can send to the second access network device the eDRX parameters that the terminal receives the paging message in the eDRX mode within the coverage of the first access network device, so that the second access network device can receive the eDRX parameters of the paging message in the eDRX mode. The incoming device can page the terminal according to the received eDRX parameters.
其中,上述S1001-S1002中的第一接入网设备或者第二接入网设备或者终端的动作可以由图3所示的通信装置30中的处理器301调用存储器303中存储的应用程序代码来执行,本申请实施例对此不做任何限制。The actions of the first access network device or the second access network device or the terminal in the above S1001-S1002 can be performed by the processor 301 in the communication apparatus 30 shown in FIG. 3 calling the application code stored in the memory 303 to Implementation, this embodiment of the present application does not make any restrictions on this.
可以理解的,上述图4所示的方法、图5所示的方法、图6所示的方法或图8所示的方法中的接入网设备可以是CU-DU分离的架构。在这种情况下,CU可以向DU发送终端采用eDRX模式接收寻呼消息的eDRX参数,使得DU可以根据该eDRX参数寻呼终端。It can be understood that the access network device in the method shown in FIG. 4 , the method shown in FIG. 5 , the method shown in FIG. 6 , or the method shown in FIG. 8 may be a CU-DU separation architecture. In this case, the CU can send the eDRX parameter of the paging message to the DU by the terminal using the eDRX mode, so that the DU can page the terminal according to the eDRX parameter.
如图11所示,为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法,该通信方法包括S1101-S1102。As shown in FIG. 11, another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application includes S1101-S1102.
S1101:CU向DU发送eDRX的参数信息。对应的,DU接收来自CU的eDRX的参数信息。S1101: The CU sends eDRX parameter information to the DU. Correspondingly, the DU receives eDRX parameter information from the CU.
其中,CU可以为图2B中的CU 2011,DU可以为图2B中的DU 2012或DU 2013。The CU may be the CU 2011 in FIG. 2B , and the DU may be the DU 2012 or DU 2013 in FIG. 2B .
可以理解的,终端根据相同的eDRX参数接收核心网设备和接入网设备的寻呼消息的场景中,以及终端根据不同的eDRX参数接收核心网设备和接入网设备的寻呼消息的场景中,eDRX的参数信息包括的内容不同。It can be understood that in the scenario where the terminal receives the paging messages of the core network device and the access network device according to the same eDRX parameters, and in the scenario where the terminal receives the paging messages of the core network device and the access network device according to different eDRX parameters , the eDRX parameter information includes different contents.
作为一种示例,终端根据相同的eDRX参数接收核心网设备和接入网设备的寻呼消息的场景中,也就是说,对于上述图4-图5所示的方法,eDRX的参数信息包括第一参数信息或第二参数信息。例如,S1101在S402或S503之前执行,eDRX的参数信息包括第一参数信息;S1101在在S402或S503之后执行,eDRX的参数信息包括第二参数信息。eDRX的参数信息还包括RAN DRX cycle和UE specific DRX cycle。As an example, in the scenario where the terminal receives the paging messages of the core network device and the access network device according to the same eDRX parameters, that is, for the methods shown in Figures 4 to 5, the parameter information of the eDRX includes the first a parameter information or a second parameter information. For example, S1101 is executed before S402 or S503, and the parameter information of eDRX includes the first parameter information; S1101 is executed after S402 or S503, and the parameter information of eDRX includes the second parameter information. The parameter information of eDRX also includes RAN DRX cycle and UE specific DRX cycle.
作为另一种示例,终端根据不同的eDRX参数接收核心网设备和接入网设备的寻呼消息的场景中,也就是说,对于上述图6或图8所示的方法,eDRX的参数信息包括第一参数信息和第二参数信息。eDRX的参数信息还包括RAN DRX cycle和UE specific DRX cycle。As another example, in the scenario where the terminal receives the paging messages of the core network device and the access network device according to different eDRX parameters, that is, for the method shown in FIG. 6 or FIG. 8, the parameter information of the eDRX includes: first parameter information and second parameter information. The parameter information of eDRX also includes RAN DRX cycle and UE specific DRX cycle.
一种可能的实现方式,eDRX的参数信息可以是一条消息,也可以是包含在消息中的一个信元或一个字段,不予限制。作为一种示例,eDRX的参数信息可以携带在寻呼消息(paging message)中。可以理解的,该寻呼消息除了包括eDRX的参数信息之外,还可以包括其他信息。例如,该寻呼消息还可以包括以下至少一项:UE标识索引值(UE Identity Index Value),寻呼标识(Paging Identity),寻呼DRX(Paging DRX), 寻呼优先级(Paging Priority),寻呼小区列表(Paging Cell List),寻呼原点(Paging Origin)。UE Identity Index Value,Paging Identity,Paging DRX,Paging Priority,Paging Cell List和Paging Origin的介绍可以参考现有标准的解释说明,不予赘述。In a possible implementation manner, the parameter information of the eDRX may be a message, or may be an information element or a field contained in the message, which is not limited. As an example, the parameter information of the eDRX may be carried in a paging message. It can be understood that, in addition to the parameter information of the eDRX, the paging message may also include other information. For example, the paging message may further include at least one of the following: UE Identity Index Value (UE Identity Index Value), Paging Identity (Paging Identity), Paging DRX (Paging DRX), Paging Priority (Paging Priority), Paging Cell List, Paging Origin. For the introduction of UE Identity Index Value, Paging Identity, Paging DRX, Paging Priority, Paging Cell List, and Paging Origin, please refer to the explanations of existing standards, and will not repeat them.
S1002:DU根据eDRX的参数信息向终端发送寻呼消息。对应的,终端根据eDRX的参数信息接收来自DU的寻呼消息。S1002: The DU sends a paging message to the terminal according to the parameter information of the eDRX. Correspondingly, the terminal receives the paging message from the DU according to the parameter information of the eDRX.
一种可能的实现方式,若eDRX的参数信息包括第一参数信息,DU根据第一参数信息确定第一时域位置,在第一时域位置上向终端发送寻呼消息。若eDRX的参数信息包括第二参数信息,DU根据第二参数信息确定第二时域位置,在第二时域位置上向终端发送寻呼消息。若eDRX的参数信息包括第一参数信息和第二参数信息,DU根据图6或图8所示的方法向终端发送寻呼消息。In a possible implementation manner, if the parameter information of the eDRX includes the first parameter information, the DU determines the first time domain position according to the first parameter information, and sends a paging message to the terminal at the first time domain position. If the parameter information of the eDRX includes the second parameter information, the DU determines the second time domain position according to the second parameter information, and sends a paging message to the terminal at the second time domain position. If the parameter information of the eDRX includes the first parameter information and the second parameter information, the DU sends a paging message to the terminal according to the method shown in FIG. 6 or FIG. 8 .
基于图11所示的方法,在CU-DU分离的架构下,CU可以向DU发送终端采用eDRX模式接收寻呼消息的eDRX参数,使得DU可以根据该eDRX参数寻呼终端。Based on the method shown in FIG. 11 , under the CU-DU separation architecture, the CU can send the eDRX parameter of the paging message to the DU using the eDRX mode, so that the DU can page the terminal according to the eDRX parameter.
其中,上述S1101-S1102中的CU或者DU或者终端的动作可以由图3所示的通信装置30中的处理器301调用存储器303中存储的应用程序代码来执行,本申请实施例对此不做任何限制。The actions of the CU or DU or the terminal in the above S1101-S1102 may be executed by the processor 301 in the communication device 30 shown in FIG. 3 calling the application code stored in the memory 303, which is not performed in this embodiment of the present application any restrictions.
上述主要从各个网元之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是,上述接入网设备、终端或者核心网设备等为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法操作,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The foregoing mainly introduces the solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application from the perspective of interaction between various network elements. It can be understood that, in order to implement the above-mentioned functions, the above-mentioned access network equipment, terminal, or core network equipment includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that the unit and algorithm operations of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented in hardware or in the form of a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对接入网设备、终端或者核心网设备进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。In this embodiment of the present application, the access network equipment, the terminal, or the core network equipment may be divided into functional modules according to the foregoing method examples. For example, each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated in in a processing module. The above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware, and can also be implemented in the form of software function modules. It should be noted that, the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division manners in actual implementation.
比如,以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的情况下,图12示出了一种通信装置的结构示意图。该通信装置可以包括处理模块1201和收发模块1202。For example, in the case of dividing each functional module in an integrated manner, FIG. 12 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device. The communication apparatus may include a processing module 1201 and a transceiver module 1202 .
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置可以为接入网设备或者接入网设备中的芯片或者片上系统,或其他可实现上述接入网设备功能的组合器件、部件等,该通信装置可以用于执行上述图4所示实施例中涉及的接入网设备的功能,以及上述图10所示实施例中涉及的第一接入网设备的功能。In a possible implementation manner, the communication device may be an access network device or a chip or a system-on-a-chip in the access network device, or other combined devices, components, etc. that can realize the functions of the above-mentioned access network device. It can be used to execute the functions of the access network device involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 and the functions of the first access network device involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 .
当通信装置是接入网设备时,处理模块1201可以是处理器,例如基带芯片等,收发模块1202可以是收发器,可以包括天线和射频电路等。当通信装置是具有上述接入网设备功能的部件时,处理模块1201可以是处理器,收发模块1202可以是射频单元。当通信装置是芯片系统时,处理模块1201可以是芯片系统的处理器,例如,CPU,收发模块1202可以是芯片系统的输入输出接口。When the communication device is an access network device, the processing module 1201 may be a processor, such as a baseband chip, etc., and the transceiver module 1202 may be a transceiver, which may include an antenna, a radio frequency circuit, and the like. When the communication device is a component having the functions of the above-mentioned access network equipment, the processing module 1201 may be a processor, and the transceiver module 1202 may be a radio frequency unit. When the communication device is a chip system, the processing module 1201 may be a processor of the chip system, for example, a CPU, and the transceiver module 1202 may be an input and output interface of the chip system.
其中,处理模块1201,用于获取第一参数信息,第一参数信息用于指示扩展的非连续接收eDRX参数,eDRX参数用于通信装置采用eDRX模式发送寻呼消息。示例性的,结合图4,处理模块1201可以用于执行S401。The processing module 1201 is configured to acquire first parameter information, where the first parameter information is used to indicate extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameters, and the eDRX parameters are used for the communication device to send a paging message in an eDRX mode. Exemplarily, with reference to FIG. 4 , the processing module 1201 may be configured to execute S401.
收发模块1202,用于向核心网设备发送第二参数信息,第二参数信息用于指示更改后的eDRX参数,更改后的eDRX参数用于通信装置发送第二参数信息后,采用eDRX模式发送寻呼消息。示例性的,结合图4,收发模块1202可以用于执行S402。The transceiver module 1202 is configured to send second parameter information to the core network equipment, where the second parameter information is used to indicate the changed eDRX parameters, and the changed eDRX parameters are used for the communication device to send the second parameter information, and then use the eDRX mode to send the search query. call message. Exemplarily, with reference to FIG. 4 , the transceiver module 1202 may be configured to perform S402.
一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1202,具体用于确定终端进入无线资源控制非激活RRC-inactive状态的情况下,向核心网设备发送第二参数信息。In a possible implementation manner, the transceiver module 1202 is specifically configured to send the second parameter information to the core network device when it is determined that the terminal enters the radio resource control inactive RRC-inactive state.
一种可能的实现方式,处理模块1201,还用于根据终端能力信息和/或第一条件信息,确定是否向核心网设备发送第二参数信息;其中,终端能力信息用于指示以下信息中的至少一项:终端是否支持eDRX,终端是否支持RRC-inactive状态,终端在RRC-inactive状态下是否支持eDRX;第一条件信息用于指示第一参数信息包括的eDRX周期是否大于或等于第一时间长度。A possible implementation manner, the processing module 1201 is further configured to determine whether to send the second parameter information to the core network device according to the terminal capability information and/or the first condition information; wherein, the terminal capability information is used to indicate the following information: At least one item: whether the terminal supports eDRX, whether the terminal supports the RRC-inactive state, whether the terminal supports eDRX in the RRC-inactive state; the first condition information is used to indicate whether the eDRX period included in the first parameter information is greater than or equal to the first time length.
一种可能的实现方式,第二参数信息携带在RRC非激活转换报告中。In a possible implementation manner, the second parameter information is carried in the RRC inactive transition report.
一种可能的实现方式,处理模块1201,具体用于接收来自核心网设备的第一参数信息,第一参数信息携带在初始上下文建立请求消息中,或者携带在RRC-inactive状态的核心网辅助信息中。A possible implementation manner, the processing module 1201 is specifically configured to receive the first parameter information from the core network device, the first parameter information is carried in the initial context establishment request message, or the core network auxiliary information carried in the RRC-inactive state middle.
一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1202,还用于向终端发送第二参数信息。In a possible implementation manner, the transceiver module 1202 is further configured to send the second parameter information to the terminal.
一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1202,用于通过RRC释放消息或RRC连接重配置消息向终端发送第二参数信息。In a possible implementation manner, the transceiver module 1202 is configured to send the second parameter information to the terminal through an RRC release message or an RRC connection reconfiguration message.
一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1202,还用于向第二接入网设备发送第一eDRX的参数信息,第一eDRX的参数信息包括第一参数信息或第二参数信息。In a possible implementation manner, the transceiver module 1202 is further configured to send parameter information of the first eDRX to the second access network device, where the parameter information of the first eDRX includes the first parameter information or the second parameter information.
一种可能的实现方式,第一eDRX的参数信息还包括通信装置配置的接入网设备的DRX周期,以及终端特定的DRX周期中的至少一个。In a possible implementation manner, the parameter information of the first eDRX further includes at least one of the DRX cycle of the access network device configured by the communication apparatus and the terminal-specific DRX cycle.
一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1202,还用于向通信装置的跟踪区域列表中的接入网设备发送第一eDRX的参数信息,第二接入网设备的标识包括在通信装置的跟踪区域列表中。A possible implementation, the transceiver module 1202 is further configured to send parameter information of the first eDRX to the access network device in the tracking area list of the communication device, and the identifier of the second access network device is included in the tracking area of the communication device List.
一种可能的实现方式,第一eDRX的参数信息携带在接入网设备的寻呼消息中。In a possible implementation manner, the parameter information of the first eDRX is carried in the paging message of the access network device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置可以为终端或者终端中的芯片或者片上系统,或其他可实现上述终端功能的组合器件、部件等,该通信装置可以用于执行上述图4所示实施例中涉及的终端的功能。In a possible implementation manner, the communication device may be a terminal or a chip or a system-on-a-chip in the terminal, or other combined devices, components, etc. that can realize the above-mentioned terminal functions, and the communication device may be used to execute the above shown in FIG. 4 . The functions of the terminals involved in the embodiments.
当通信装置是终端时,处理模块1201可以是处理器,例如基带芯片等,收发模块1202可以是收发器,可以包括天线和射频电路等。当通信装置是具有上述终端功能的部件时,处理模块1201可以是处理器,收发模块1202可以是射频单元。当通信装置是芯片系统时,处理模块1201可以是芯片系统的处理器,例如,CPU,收发模块1202可以是芯片系统的输入输出接口。When the communication device is a terminal, the processing module 1201 may be a processor, such as a baseband chip, etc., and the transceiver module 1202 may be a transceiver, which may include an antenna, a radio frequency circuit, and the like. When the communication device is a component with the above terminal function, the processing module 1201 may be a processor, and the transceiver module 1202 may be a radio frequency unit. When the communication device is a chip system, the processing module 1201 may be a processor of the chip system, for example, a CPU, and the transceiver module 1202 may be an input and output interface of the chip system.
其中,处理模块1201,用于获取第一参数信息,第一参数信息用于指示扩展的非连续接收eDRX参数,eDRX参数用于通信装置采用eDRX模式接收寻呼消息。The processing module 1201 is configured to acquire first parameter information, where the first parameter information is used to indicate an extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter, and the eDRX parameter is used for the communication device to receive a paging message in an eDRX mode.
收发模块1202,用于接收来自第一接入网设备的第二参数信息,第二参数信息用于指示更改后的eDRX参数,更改后的eDRX参数用于通信装置接收到第二参数信息后,采用eDRX模式接收寻呼消息。The transceiver module 1202 is configured to receive second parameter information from the first access network device, where the second parameter information is used to indicate the changed eDRX parameters, and the changed eDRX parameters are used for the communication device after receiving the second parameter information, Paging messages are received in eDRX mode.
一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1202,还用于进入无线资源控制非激活RRC-inactive状态的情况下,接收来自第一接入网设备的第二参数信息。In a possible implementation manner, the transceiver module 1202 is further configured to receive the second parameter information from the first access network device when the RRC-inactive state is entered.
一种可能的实现方式,第二参数信息携带在RRC释放消息中或RRC连接重配置消息中。In a possible implementation manner, the second parameter information is carried in the RRC release message or the RRC connection reconfiguration message.
一种可能的实现方式,处理模块1201,具体用于接收来自核心网设备的第一参数信息,第一参数信息携带在非接入层NAS消息中。In a possible implementation manner, the processing module 1201 is specifically configured to receive first parameter information from a core network device, where the first parameter information is carried in a non-access stratum NAS message.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置可以为终端或者终端中的芯片或者片上系统,或其他可实现上述终端功能的组合器件、部件等,该通信装置可以用于执行上述图5所示实施例中涉及的终端的功能。In a possible implementation manner, the communication device may be a terminal or a chip or a system-on-chip in the terminal, or other combined devices, components, etc. that can realize the functions of the above-mentioned terminal. The functions of the terminals involved in the embodiments.
当通信装置是终端时,处理模块1201可以是处理器,例如基带芯片等,收发模块1202可以是收发器,可以包括天线和射频电路等。当通信装置是具有上述终端功能的部件时,处理模块1201可以是处理器,收发模块1202可以是射频单元。当通信装置是芯片系统时,处理模块1201可以是芯片系统的处理器,例如,CPU,收发模块1202可以是芯片系统的输入输出接口。When the communication device is a terminal, the processing module 1201 may be a processor, such as a baseband chip, etc., and the transceiver module 1202 may be a transceiver, which may include an antenna, a radio frequency circuit, and the like. When the communication device is a component with the above terminal function, the processing module 1201 may be a processor, and the transceiver module 1202 may be a radio frequency unit. When the communication device is a chip system, the processing module 1201 may be a processor of the chip system, for example, a CPU, and the transceiver module 1202 may be an input and output interface of the chip system.
其中,处理模块1201,用于获取第一参数信息,第一参数信息用于指示第二扩展的非连续接收eDRX参数,第二eDRX参数用于通信装置采用eDRX模式接收寻呼消息。The processing module 1201 is configured to acquire first parameter information, where the first parameter information is used to indicate the second extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter, and the second eDRX parameter is used for the communication device to receive the paging message in the eDRX mode.
收发模块1202,用于接收来自第一接入网设备或核心网设备的第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示第一eDRX参数。The transceiver module 1202 is configured to receive first indication information from a first access network device or a core network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a first eDRX parameter.
收发模块1202,还用于采用第一eDRX参数接收寻呼消息。The transceiver module 1202 is further configured to receive a paging message by adopting the first eDRX parameter.
一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1202,还用于通过RRC释放消息或RRC连接重配置消息接收来自第一接入网设备的第一指示信息;收发模块1202,还用于通过非接入层NAS消息接收来自核心网设备的第一指示信息。A possible implementation manner, the transceiver module 1202 is further configured to receive the first indication information from the first access network device through the RRC release message or the RRC connection reconfiguration message; the transceiver module 1202 is further configured to pass the non-access stratum The NAS message receives the first indication information from the core network device.
一种可能的实现方式,处理模块1201,具体用于接收来自核心网设备的第一参数信息,第一参数信息携带在NAS消息中。In a possible implementation manner, the processing module 1201 is specifically configured to receive the first parameter information from the core network device, and the first parameter information is carried in the NAS message.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置可以为接入网设备或者接入网设备中的芯片或者片上系统,或其他可实现上述接入网设备功能的组合器件、部件等,该通信装置可以用于执行上述图6所示实施例中涉及的接入网设备的功能,以及上述图10所示实施例中涉及的第一接入网设备的功能。In a possible implementation manner, the communication device may be an access network device or a chip or a system-on-a-chip in the access network device, or other combined devices, components, etc. that can realize the functions of the above-mentioned access network device. It can be used to execute the functions of the access network device involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 and the functions of the first access network device involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 .
当通信装置是接入网设备时,处理模块1201可以是处理器,例如基带芯片等,收发模块1202可以是收发器,可以包括天线和射频电路等。当通信装置是具有上述接入网设备功能的部件时,处理模块1201可以是处理器,收发模块1202可以是射频单元。当通信装置是芯片系统时,处理模块1201可以是芯片系统的处理器,例如,CPU,收发模块1202可以是芯片系统的输入输出接口。When the communication device is an access network device, the processing module 1201 may be a processor, such as a baseband chip, etc., and the transceiver module 1202 may be a transceiver, which may include an antenna, a radio frequency circuit, and the like. When the communication device is a component having the functions of the above-mentioned access network equipment, the processing module 1201 may be a processor, and the transceiver module 1202 may be a radio frequency unit. When the communication device is a chip system, the processing module 1201 may be a processor of the chip system, for example, a CPU, and the transceiver module 1202 may be an input and output interface of the chip system.
其中,处理模块1201,用于获取第一参数信息,根据第一参数信息确定第一时域位置,第一参数信息用于指示第一扩展的非连续接收eDRX参数,第一eDRX参数用 于核心网设备采用eDRX模式发送寻呼消息,第一时域位置包括至少一个寻呼时间单元的位置。The processing module 1201 is configured to obtain first parameter information, determine the first time domain position according to the first parameter information, the first parameter information is used to indicate the first extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter, and the first eDRX parameter is used for the core The network device uses the eDRX mode to send the paging message, and the first time domain location includes the location of at least one paging time unit.
收发模块1202,用于在第一时间单元内,根据核心网设备是否存在寻呼时间单元向终端发送寻呼消息,在第一时间单元内,通信装置存在寻呼时间单元。The transceiver module 1202 is configured to send a paging message to the terminal according to whether the core network device has a paging time unit within the first time unit, and within the first time unit, the communication device has a paging time unit.
一种可能的实现方式,处理模块1201,还用于根据第二参数信息确定第二时域位置,第二参数信息用于指示第二eDRX参数,第二eDRX参数用于通信装置采用eDRX模式发送寻呼消息,第二时域位置包括至少一个寻呼时间单元的位置。A possible implementation manner, the processing module 1201 is further configured to determine the second time domain position according to the second parameter information, the second parameter information is used to indicate the second eDRX parameter, and the second eDRX parameter is used for the communication device to send in the eDRX mode In the paging message, the second time domain location includes the location of at least one paging time unit.
一种可能的实现方式,第二参数信息是根据第一参数信息获取的,在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元与通信装置存在的寻呼时间单元在时域上有重叠。In a possible implementation manner, the second parameter information is obtained according to the first parameter information, and in the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network equipment and the paging time unit existing in the communication device have a difference in the time domain. overlapping.
一种可能的实现方式,第一参数信息包括的eDRX周期中超帧的数量为偶数,并且终端的标识为偶数。In a possible implementation manner, the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is an even number, and the identifier of the terminal is an even number.
一种可能的实现方式,第二参数信息包括的eDRX周期中超帧的数量为偶数。In a possible implementation manner, the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number.
一种可能的实现方式,寻呼时间单元包括寻呼时间窗PTW或寻呼时机PO。In a possible implementation manner, the paging time unit includes a paging time window PTW or a paging occasion PO.
一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1202,具体用于若在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在寻呼时间单元,则在第一时间单元内,通信装置存在的寻呼时间单元中向终端发送寻呼消息,或者,在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中向终端发送寻呼消息;或者,收发模块1202,具体用于若在第一时间单元内,核心网设备不存在寻呼时间单元,则在第一时间单元内,通信装置存在的寻呼时间单元中向终端发送寻呼消息。A possible implementation manner, the transceiver module 1202 is specifically configured to, if within the first time unit, the core network device has a paging time unit, then within the first time unit, send the terminal to the terminal in the paging time unit that exists in the communication device. Send a paging message, or, in the first time unit, send a paging message to the terminal in the paging time unit where the core network equipment exists; If the device does not have a paging time unit, within the first time unit, the communication device sends a paging message to the terminal in the paging time unit that exists.
一种可能的实现方式,若在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在寻呼时间单元,则通信装置发送寻呼消息的非连续接收DRX周期为默认的DRX周期;或者,通信装置发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为终端特定的DRX周期;或者,通信装置发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为接入网设备的DRX周期;或者,通信装置发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期,终端特定的DRX周期和接入网设备的DRX周期中的最小值或最大值;或者,若在第一时间单元内,核心网设备不存在寻呼时间单元,则通信装置发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期;或者,通信装置发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为接入网设备的DRX周期;或者,通信装置发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期和接入网设备的DRX周期中的最小值或最大值。A possible implementation manner, if in the first time unit, the core network equipment has a paging time unit, then the discontinuous reception DRX cycle in which the communication device sends the paging message is the default DRX cycle; or, the communication device sends the paging message. The DRX cycle of the message is the terminal-specific DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle of the communication device sending the paging message is the DRX cycle of the access network equipment; or, the DRX cycle of the communication device sending the paging message is the default DRX cycle, the terminal-specific DRX cycle. The minimum or maximum value in the DRX cycle of the access network device and the DRX cycle of the access network device; or, if in the first time unit, the core network device does not have a paging time unit, then the DRX cycle for the communication device to send the paging message is The default DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle in which the communication device sends the paging message is the DRX cycle of the access network device; or the DRX cycle in which the communication device sends the paging message is the default DRX cycle and the DRX cycle of the access network device. the minimum or maximum value of .
一种可能的实现方式,处理模块1201,具体用于接收来自核心网设备的第一参数信息,第一参数信息携带在初始上下文建立请求消息中,或者携带在RRC-inactive状态的核心网辅助信息中。A possible implementation manner, the processing module 1201 is specifically configured to receive the first parameter information from the core network device, the first parameter information is carried in the initial context establishment request message, or the core network auxiliary information carried in the RRC-inactive state middle.
一种可能的实现方式,第一时间单元为超帧。In a possible implementation manner, the first time unit is a superframe.
一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1202,还用于向第二接入网设备发送第一eDRX的参数信息,第一eDRX的参数信息包括第一参数信息和第二参数信息。In a possible implementation manner, the transceiver module 1202 is further configured to send parameter information of the first eDRX to the second access network device, where the parameter information of the first eDRX includes the first parameter information and the second parameter information.
一种可能的实现方式,第一eDRX的参数信息还包括通信装置配置的接入网设备的DRX周期,以及终端特定的DRX周期中的至少一个。In a possible implementation manner, the parameter information of the first eDRX further includes at least one of the DRX cycle of the access network device configured by the communication apparatus and the terminal-specific DRX cycle.
一种可能的实现方式,第二接入网设备的标识包括在通信装置的跟踪区域列表中。In a possible implementation manner, the identifier of the second access network device is included in the tracking area list of the communication apparatus.
一种可能的实现方式,第一eDRX的参数信息携带在接入网设备的寻呼消息中。In a possible implementation manner, the parameter information of the first eDRX is carried in the paging message of the access network device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置可以为终端或者终端中的芯片或者片上系统,或其他可实现上述终端功能的组合器件、部件等,该通信装置可以用于执行上述图6所示实施例中涉及的终端的功能。In a possible implementation manner, the communication device may be a terminal or a chip or a system-on-a-chip in the terminal, or other combined devices, components, etc. that can realize the functions of the terminal. The functions of the terminals involved in the embodiments.
当通信装置是终端时,处理模块1201可以是处理器,例如基带芯片等,收发模块1202可以是收发器,可以包括天线和射频电路等。当通信装置是具有上述终端功能的部件时,处理模块1201可以是处理器,收发模块1202可以是射频单元。当通信装置是芯片系统时,处理模块1201可以是芯片系统的处理器,例如,CPU,收发模块1202可以是芯片系统的输入输出接口。When the communication device is a terminal, the processing module 1201 may be a processor, such as a baseband chip, etc., and the transceiver module 1202 may be a transceiver, which may include an antenna, a radio frequency circuit, and the like. When the communication device is a component with the above terminal function, the processing module 1201 may be a processor, and the transceiver module 1202 may be a radio frequency unit. When the communication device is a chip system, the processing module 1201 may be a processor of the chip system, for example, a CPU, and the transceiver module 1202 may be an input and output interface of the chip system.
其中,处理模块1201,用于获取第一参数信息和第二参数信息,第一参数信息用于指示第一扩展的非连续接收eDRX参数,第一eDRX参数用于终端采用eDRX模式接收来自核心网设备的寻呼消息,第二参数信息用于指示第二eDRX参数,第二eDRX参数用于终端采用eDRX模式接收来自第一接入网设备的寻呼消息。The processing module 1201 is used to obtain first parameter information and second parameter information, the first parameter information is used to indicate the first extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter, and the first eDRX parameter is used by the terminal to receive data from the core network in eDRX mode. In the paging message of the device, the second parameter information is used to indicate the second eDRX parameter, and the second eDRX parameter is used for the terminal to receive the paging message from the first access network device in the eDRX mode.
处理模块1201,还用于根据第一参数信息确定第一时域位置,根据第二参数信息确定第二时域位置,第一时域位置包括至少一个寻呼时间单元的位置,第二时域位置包括至少一个寻呼时间单元的位置。The processing module 1201 is further configured to determine a first time domain position according to the first parameter information, and determine a second time domain position according to the second parameter information, where the first time domain position includes the position of at least one paging time unit, and the second time domain position The location includes the location of at least one paging time unit.
收发模块1202,用于在第一时间单元内,根据核心网设备是否存在寻呼时间单元接收来自第一接入网设备的寻呼消息和核心网设备的寻呼消息,在第一时间单元内,第一接入网设备存在寻呼时间单元。The transceiver module 1202 is configured to receive, in the first time unit, a paging message from the first access network device and a paging message from the core network device according to whether the core network device has a paging time unit, and within the first time unit , the first access network device has a paging time unit.
一种可能的实现方式,寻呼时间单元包括寻呼时间窗PTW或寻呼时机PO。In a possible implementation manner, the paging time unit includes a paging time window PTW or a paging occasion PO.
一种可能的实现方式,第二参数信息是根据第一参数信息获取的,在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元与第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元在时域上有重叠。In a possible implementation manner, the second parameter information is obtained according to the first parameter information, and within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device are within the same time period. There is overlap in the time domain.
一种可能的实现方式,第一参数信息包括的eDRX周期中超帧的数量为偶数,并且终端的标识为偶数。In a possible implementation manner, the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is an even number, and the identifier of the terminal is an even number.
一种可能的实现方式,第二参数信息包括的eDRX周期中超帧的数量为偶数。In a possible implementation manner, the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number.
一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1202,具体用于若在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在寻呼时间单元,则在第一时间单元内,第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中接收来自第一接入网设备的寻呼消息和来自核心网设备的寻呼消息,或者,在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中接收来自第一接入网设备的寻呼消息和来自核心网设备的寻呼消息;或者,收发模块1202,具体用于若在第一时间单元内,核心网设备不存在寻呼时间单元,则在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中接收来自核心网设备的寻呼消息,在第一时间单元内,第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中接收来自第一接入网设备的寻呼消息。A possible implementation manner, the transceiver module 1202 is specifically configured to, if in the first time unit, the core network device has a paging time unit, then in the first time unit, the paging time that the first access network device exists in The paging message from the first access network device and the paging message from the core network device are received in the unit, or, in the first time unit, the paging time unit in which the core network device exists receives the paging message from the first access network The paging message of the device and the paging message from the core network device; or, the transceiver module 1202 is specifically configured to, if in the first time unit, the core network device does not have a paging time unit, then in the first time unit, The paging message from the core network device is received in the paging time unit where the core network device exists, and the paging message from the first access network device is received in the paging time unit where the first access network device exists in the first time unit. call message.
一种可能的实现方式,若在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在寻呼时间单元,则终端接收寻呼消息的非连续接收DRX周期为默认的DRX周期;或者,终端接收寻呼消息的DRX周期为终端特定的DRX周期;或者,终端接收寻呼消息的DRX周期为接入网设备的DRX周期;或者,终端接收寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期,终端特定的DRX周期和接入网设备的DRX周期中的最小值或最大值;或者,若在第一时间单元内,核心网设备不存在寻呼时间单元,则终端接收核心网设备的寻呼消息 的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期;或者,终端接收核心网设备的寻呼消息的DRX周期为终端特定的DRX周期;或者,终端接收核心网设备的寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期和终端特定的DRX周期中的最小值或最大值;或者,若在第一时间单元内,核心网设备不存在寻呼时间单元,则终端接收第一接入网设备的寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期;或者,终端接收第一接入网设备的寻呼消息的DRX周期为接入网设备的DRX周期;或者,终端接收第一接入网设备的寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期和接入网设备的DRX周期中的最小值或最大值。In a possible implementation manner, if the core network device has a paging time unit in the first time unit, the discontinuous reception DRX cycle for the terminal to receive the paging message is the default DRX cycle; The DRX cycle is the terminal-specific DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle of the terminal receiving the paging message is the DRX cycle of the access network device; or, the DRX cycle of the terminal receiving the paging message is the default DRX cycle, and the terminal-specific DRX cycle and The minimum or maximum value in the DRX cycle of the access network device; or, if the core network device does not have a paging time unit within the first time unit, the DRX cycle for the terminal to receive the paging message of the core network device is the default or, the DRX cycle of the terminal receiving the paging message of the core network device is the terminal-specific DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle of the terminal receiving the paging message of the core network device is the default DRX cycle and the terminal-specific DRX cycle The minimum value or the maximum value of ; or, if in the first time unit, the core network device does not have a paging time unit, the DRX cycle for the terminal to receive the paging message of the first access network device is the default DRX cycle; Or, the DRX cycle of the terminal receiving the paging message of the first access network device is the DRX cycle of the access network device; or, the DRX cycle of the terminal receiving the paging message of the first access network device is the default DRX cycle and the DRX cycle of the access network device. The minimum or maximum value in the DRX cycle of the connected device.
一种可能的实现方式,处理模块1201,具体用于接收来自核心网设备的第一参数信息,第一参数信息携带在非接入层NAS消息中。In a possible implementation manner, the processing module 1201 is specifically configured to receive first parameter information from a core network device, where the first parameter information is carried in a non-access stratum NAS message.
一种可能的实现方式,处理模块1201,具体用于接收来自第一接入网设备的第二参数信息,第二参数信息携带在RRC释放消息中或RRC连接重配置消息中。In a possible implementation manner, the processing module 1201 is specifically configured to receive second parameter information from the first access network device, where the second parameter information is carried in the RRC release message or the RRC connection reconfiguration message.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置可以为核心网设备或者核心网设备中的芯片或者片上系统,或其他可实现上述核心网设备功能的组合器件、部件等,该通信装置可以用于执行上述图6所示实施例中涉及的核心网设备的功能。In a possible implementation manner, the communication device may be a core network device or a chip or a system-on-chip in the core network device, or other combined devices, components, etc. that can realize the functions of the above-mentioned core network device, and the communication device may be used for The functions of the core network equipment involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 are executed.
当通信装置是核心网设备时,处理模块1201可以是处理器,例如基带芯片等,收发模块1202可以是收发器,可以包括天线和射频电路等。当通信装置是具有上述核心网设备功能的部件时,处理模块1201可以是处理器,收发模块1202可以是射频单元。当通信装置是芯片系统时,处理模块1201可以是芯片系统的处理器,例如,CPU,收发模块1202可以是芯片系统的输入输出接口。When the communication device is a core network device, the processing module 1201 may be a processor, such as a baseband chip, etc., and the transceiver module 1202 may be a transceiver, which may include an antenna, a radio frequency circuit, and the like. When the communication device is a component having the functions of the above-mentioned core network equipment, the processing module 1201 may be a processor, and the transceiver module 1202 may be a radio frequency unit. When the communication device is a chip system, the processing module 1201 may be a processor of the chip system, for example, a CPU, and the transceiver module 1202 may be an input and output interface of the chip system.
其中,处理模块1201,用于获取第二参数信息,根据第二参数信息确定第二时域位置,第二参数信息用于指示第二扩展的非连续接收eDRX参数,第二eDRX参数用于第一接入网设备采用eDRX模式发送寻呼消息,第二时域位置包括至少一个寻呼时间单元的位置。The processing module 1201 is configured to acquire second parameter information, determine the second time domain position according to the second parameter information, the second parameter information is used to indicate the second extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter, and the second eDRX parameter is used to An access network device uses the eDRX mode to send the paging message, and the second time domain location includes the location of at least one paging time unit.
收发模块1202,用于在第一时间单元内,根据通信装置是否存在寻呼时间单元向终端发送寻呼消息,在第一时间单元内,第一接入网设备存在寻呼时间单元。The transceiver module 1202 is configured to send a paging message to the terminal according to whether the communication device has a paging time unit within the first time unit, and within the first time unit, the first access network device has a paging time unit.
一种可能的实现方式,处理模块1201,还用于根据第一参数信息确定第一时域位置,第一参数信息用于指示第一eDRX参数,第一eDRX参数用于通信装置采用eDRX模式发送寻呼消息,第一时域位置包括至少一个寻呼时间单元的位置。A possible implementation manner, the processing module 1201 is further configured to determine the first time domain position according to the first parameter information, the first parameter information is used to indicate the first eDRX parameter, and the first eDRX parameter is used for the communication device to send in the eDRX mode In the paging message, the first time domain location includes the location of at least one paging time unit.
一种可能的实现方式,第二参数信息是根据第一参数信息获取的,在第一时间单元内,通信装置存在的寻呼时间单元与第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元在时域上有重叠。In a possible implementation manner, the second parameter information is obtained according to the first parameter information, and within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the communication device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device are at the same time. There is overlap on the domain.
一种可能的实现方式,第一参数信息包括的eDRX周期中超帧的数量为偶数,并且终端的标识为偶数。In a possible implementation manner, the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is an even number, and the identifier of the terminal is an even number.
一种可能的实现方式,第二参数信息包括的eDRX周期中超帧的数量为偶数。In a possible implementation manner, the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number.
一种可能的实现方式,寻呼时间单元包括寻呼时间窗PTW或寻呼时机PO。In a possible implementation manner, the paging time unit includes a paging time window PTW or a paging occasion PO.
一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1202,具体用于若在第一时间单元内,通信装置存在寻呼时间单元,则在第一时间单元内,第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中向终端发送寻呼消息,或者,在第一时间单元内,通信装置存在的寻呼时间单元中向终端发送寻呼消息;或者,收发模块1202,具体用于若在第一时间单元内,通信装置不 存在寻呼时间单元,则在第一时间单元内,通信装置存在的寻呼时间单元中向终端发送寻呼消息。A possible implementation manner, the transceiver module 1202 is specifically configured to, if within the first time unit, the communication device has a paging time unit, then within the first time unit, the first access network device has a paging time unit. send a paging message to the terminal in the middle, or, in the first time unit, send a paging message to the terminal in the paging time unit where the communication device exists; or, the transceiver module 1202 is specifically used for, if in the first time unit, If the communication device does not have a paging time unit, in the first time unit, the communication device sends a paging message to the terminal in the paging time unit where the communication device exists.
一种可能的实现方式,若在第一时间单元内,通信装置存在寻呼时间单元,则通信装置发送寻呼消息的非连续接收DRX周期为默认的DRX周期;或者,通信装置发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为终端特定的DRX周期;或者,通信装置发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为接入网设备的DRX周期;或者,通信装置发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期,终端特定的DRX周期和接入网设备的DRX周期中的最小值或最大值;或者,在第一时间单元内,通信装置不存在寻呼时间单元,则通信装置发送寻呼消息的非连续接收DRX周期为默认的DRX周期;或者,通信装置发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为终端特定的DRX周期;或者,通信装置发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期和终端特定的DRX周期中的最小值或最大值。A possible implementation manner, if the communication device has a paging time unit in the first time unit, the discontinuous reception DRX cycle in which the communication device sends the paging message is the default DRX cycle; or, the communication device sends the paging message. The DRX cycle is the terminal-specific DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle that the communication device sends the paging message is the DRX cycle of the access network equipment; or the DRX cycle that the communication device sends the paging message is the default DRX cycle, the terminal-specific DRX cycle The minimum or maximum value of the DRX cycle and the DRX cycle of the access network equipment; or, in the first time unit, if the communication device does not have a paging time unit, then the discontinuous reception DRX cycle for the communication device to send the paging message is: The default DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle in which the communication device sends the paging message is a terminal-specific DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle in which the communication device sends the paging message is the minimum of the default DRX cycle and the terminal-specific DRX cycle, or maximum value.
一种可能的实现方式,处理模块1201,具体用于接收来自第一接入网设备的第二参数信息,第二参数信息携带在RRC非激活转换报告中。In a possible implementation manner, the processing module 1201 is specifically configured to receive second parameter information from the first access network device, where the second parameter information is carried in the RRC inactivity transition report.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置可以为接入网设备或者接入网设备中的芯片或者片上系统,或其他可实现上述接入网设备功能的组合器件、部件等,该通信装置可以用于执行上述图8所示实施例中涉及的接入网设备的功能,以及上述图10所示实施例中涉及的第一接入网设备的功能。In a possible implementation manner, the communication device may be an access network device or a chip or a system-on-a-chip in the access network device, or other combined devices, components, etc. that can realize the functions of the above-mentioned access network device. It can be used to execute the functions of the access network device involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 and the functions of the first access network device involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 .
当通信装置是接入网设备时,处理模块1201可以是处理器,例如基带芯片等,收发模块1202可以是收发器,可以包括天线和射频电路等。当通信装置是具有上述接入网设备功能的部件时,处理模块1201可以是处理器,收发模块1202可以是射频单元。当通信装置是芯片系统时,处理模块1201可以是芯片系统的处理器,例如,CPU,收发模块1202可以是芯片系统的输入输出接口。When the communication device is an access network device, the processing module 1201 may be a processor, such as a baseband chip, etc., and the transceiver module 1202 may be a transceiver, which may include an antenna, a radio frequency circuit, and the like. When the communication device is a component having the functions of the above-mentioned access network equipment, the processing module 1201 may be a processor, and the transceiver module 1202 may be a radio frequency unit. When the communication device is a chip system, the processing module 1201 may be a processor of the chip system, for example, a CPU, and the transceiver module 1202 may be an input and output interface of the chip system.
其中,处理模块1201,用于获取第一参数信息,根据第一参数信息确定第一时域位置,第一参数信息用于指示第一扩展的非连续接收eDRX参数,第一eDRX参数用于核心网设备采用eDRX模式发送寻呼消息,第一时域位置包括至少一个寻呼时间单元的位置。The processing module 1201 is configured to obtain first parameter information, determine the first time domain position according to the first parameter information, the first parameter information is used to indicate the first extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter, and the first eDRX parameter is used for the core The network device uses the eDRX mode to send the paging message, and the first time domain location includes the location of at least one paging time unit.
处理模块1201,还用于获取第二参数信息,根据第二参数信确定第二时域配置,第二参数信息是根据第一参数信息获取的,第二参数信息用于指示第二eDRX参数,第二eDRX参数用于通信装置采用eDRX模式发送寻呼消息,第二时域位置包括至少一个寻呼时间单元的位置。The processing module 1201 is further configured to obtain second parameter information, and determine the second time domain configuration according to the second parameter information, the second parameter information is obtained according to the first parameter information, and the second parameter information is used to indicate the second eDRX parameter, The second eDRX parameter is used by the communication device to send the paging message in the eDRX mode, and the second time domain location includes the location of at least one paging time unit.
收发模块1202,用于根据第一时域位置和第二时域位置发送寻呼消息。The transceiver module 1202 is configured to send a paging message according to the first time domain location and the second time domain location.
一种可能的实现方式,在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元与通信装置存在的寻呼时间单元在时域上有重叠。In a possible implementation manner, in the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the communication apparatus overlap in the time domain.
一种可能的实现方式,第一参数信息包括的eDRX周期中超帧的数量为偶数,并且终端的标识为偶数。In a possible implementation manner, the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is an even number, and the identifier of the terminal is an even number.
一种可能的实现方式,第二参数信息包括的eDRX周期中超帧的数量为偶数。In a possible implementation manner, the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number.
一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1202,具体用于在第一时间单元内,在通信装置存在的寻呼时间单元中向终端发送寻呼消息,或者,在核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中向终端发送寻呼消息;或者,收发模块1202,具体用于在第一时间单元外,在通 信装置存在的寻呼时间单元中向终端发送寻呼消息。A possible implementation manner, the transceiver module 1202 is specifically configured to send a paging message to the terminal in the paging time unit existing in the communication device in the first time unit, or, in the paging time unit existing in the core network equipment or, the transceiver module 1202 is specifically configured to send a paging message to the terminal in a paging time unit where the communication device exists outside the first time unit.
一种可能的实现方式,在第一时间单元内,通信装置发送寻呼消息的非连续接收DRX周期为默认的DRX周期;或者,通信装置发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为终端特定的DRX周期;或者,通信装置发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为接入网设备的DRX周期;或者,通信装置发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期,终端特定的DRX周期和接入网设备的DRX周期中的最小值或最大值;在第一时间单元外,通信装置发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期;或者,通信装置发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为接入网设备的DRX周期;或者,通信装置发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期和接入网设备的DRX周期中的最小值或最大值。A possible implementation manner, in the first time unit, the discontinuous reception DRX cycle in which the communication device sends the paging message is the default DRX cycle; or the DRX cycle in which the communication device sends the paging message is the terminal-specific DRX cycle; Or, the DRX cycle of the communication device sending the paging message is the DRX cycle of the access network equipment; or, the DRX cycle of the communication device sending the paging message is the default DRX cycle, the terminal-specific DRX cycle and the DRX cycle of the access network device Outside the first time unit, the DRX cycle of the communication device sending the paging message is the default DRX cycle; Or, the DRX cycle of the communication device sending the paging message is the DRX cycle of the access network equipment; Alternatively, the DRX cycle in which the communication apparatus sends the paging message is the minimum or maximum value among the default DRX cycle and the DRX cycle of the access network device.
一种可能的实现方式,处理模块1201,具体用于接收来自核心网设备的第一参数信息,第一参数信息携带在初始上下文建立请求消息中,或者携带在RRC-inactive状态的核心网辅助信息中。A possible implementation manner, the processing module 1201 is specifically configured to receive the first parameter information from the core network device, the first parameter information is carried in the initial context establishment request message, or the core network auxiliary information carried in the RRC-inactive state middle.
一种可能的实现方式,寻呼时间单元包括寻呼时间窗PTW或寻呼时机PO。In a possible implementation manner, the paging time unit includes a paging time window PTW or a paging occasion PO.
一种可能的实现方式,第一时间单元为超帧。In a possible implementation manner, the first time unit is a superframe.
一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1202,还用于向第二接入网设备发送第一eDRX的参数信息,第一eDRX的参数信息包括第一参数信息和第二参数信息。In a possible implementation manner, the transceiver module 1202 is further configured to send parameter information of the first eDRX to the second access network device, where the parameter information of the first eDRX includes the first parameter information and the second parameter information.
一种可能的实现方式,第一eDRX的参数信息还包括通信装置配置的接入网设备的DRX周期,以及终端特定的DRX周期中的至少一个。In a possible implementation manner, the parameter information of the first eDRX further includes at least one of the DRX cycle of the access network device configured by the communication apparatus and the terminal-specific DRX cycle.
一种可能的实现方式,第二接入网设备的标识包括在通信装置的跟踪区域列表中。In a possible implementation manner, the identifier of the second access network device is included in the tracking area list of the communication apparatus.
一种可能的实现方式,第一eDRX的参数信息携带在接入网设备的寻呼消息中。In a possible implementation manner, the parameter information of the first eDRX is carried in the paging message of the access network device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置可以为终端或者终端中的芯片或者片上系统,或其他可实现上述终端功能的组合器件、部件等,该通信装置可以用于执行上述图8所示实施例中涉及的终端的功能。In a possible implementation manner, the communication device may be a terminal or a chip or a system-on-chip in the terminal, or other combined devices, components, etc. that can realize the functions of the above-mentioned terminal, and the communication device may be used to perform the above-mentioned operations shown in FIG. 8 . The functions of the terminals involved in the embodiments.
当通信装置是终端时,处理模块1201可以是处理器,例如基带芯片等,收发模块1202可以是收发器,可以包括天线和射频电路等。当通信装置是具有上述终端功能的部件时,处理模块1201可以是处理器,收发模块1202可以是射频单元。当通信装置是芯片系统时,处理模块1201可以是芯片系统的处理器,例如,CPU,收发模块1202可以是芯片系统的输入输出接口。When the communication device is a terminal, the processing module 1201 may be a processor, such as a baseband chip, etc., and the transceiver module 1202 may be a transceiver, which may include an antenna, a radio frequency circuit, and the like. When the communication device is a component with the above terminal function, the processing module 1201 may be a processor, and the transceiver module 1202 may be a radio frequency unit. When the communication device is a chip system, the processing module 1201 may be a processor of the chip system, for example, a CPU, and the transceiver module 1202 may be an input and output interface of the chip system.
其中,处理模块1201,用于获取第一参数信息,根据第一参数信息确定第一时域位置,第一参数信息用于指示第一扩展的非连续接收eDRX参数,第一eDRX参数用于通信装置采用eDRX模式接收来自核心网设备的寻呼消息,第一时域位置包括至少一个寻呼时间单元的位置。The processing module 1201 is configured to acquire first parameter information, determine the first time domain position according to the first parameter information, the first parameter information is used to indicate the first extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter, and the first eDRX parameter is used for communication The apparatus adopts the eDRX mode to receive the paging message from the core network equipment, and the first time domain location includes the location of at least one paging time unit.
处理模块1201,还用于获取第二参数信息,根据第二参数信确定第二时域配置,第二参数信息是根据第一参数信息获取的,第二参数信息用于指示第二eDRX参数,第二eDRX参数用于通信装置采用eDRX模式接收来自第一接入网设备的寻呼消息,第二时域位置包括至少一个寻呼时间单元的位置。The processing module 1201 is further configured to obtain second parameter information, and determine the second time domain configuration according to the second parameter information, the second parameter information is obtained according to the first parameter information, and the second parameter information is used to indicate the second eDRX parameter, The second eDRX parameter is used by the communication apparatus to receive the paging message from the first access network device in the eDRX mode, and the second time domain location includes the location of at least one paging time unit.
收发模块1202,用于根据第一时域位置和第二时域位置接收寻呼消息。The transceiver module 1202 is configured to receive a paging message according to the first time domain location and the second time domain location.
一种可能的实现方式,在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元与第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元在时域上有重叠。In a possible implementation manner, in the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device overlap in the time domain.
一种可能的实现方式,第一参数信息包括的eDRX周期中超帧的数量为偶数,并且通信装置的标识为偶数。In a possible implementation manner, the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is an even number, and the identifier of the communication device is an even number.
一种可能的实现方式,第二参数信息包括的eDRX周期中超帧的数量为偶数。In a possible implementation manner, the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number.
一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1202,具体用于在第一时间单元内,在第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中接收来自第一接入网设备的寻呼消息和来自核心网设备的寻呼消息,或者,在核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中接收来自第一接入网设备的寻呼消息和来自核心网设备的寻呼消息;或者,收发模块1202,具体用于在第一时间单元外,在核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中接收来自核心网设备的寻呼消息,在第一接入网设备存在的寻呼单元中接收来自第一接入网设备的寻呼消息。A possible implementation manner, the transceiver module 1202 is specifically configured to receive, in the first time unit, a paging message from the first access network device and a paging message from the core in the paging time unit where the first access network device exists network device, or receive a paging message from the first access network device and a paging message from the core network device in the paging time unit that exists in the core network device; or, the transceiver module 1202, specifically using Outside the first time unit, the paging message from the core network device is received in the paging time unit where the core network device exists, and the paging message from the first access network device is received in the paging unit where the first access network device exists. paging message.
一种可能的实现方式,在第一时间单元内,通信装置接收寻呼消息的非连续接收DRX周期为默认的DRX周期;或者,通信装置接收寻呼消息的DRX周期为通信装置特定的DRX周期;或者,通信装置接收寻呼消息的DRX周期为接入网设备的DRX周期;或者,通信装置接收寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期,通信装置特定的DRX周期和接入网设备的DRX周期中的最小值或最大值;在第一时间单元外,通信装置接收核心网设备的寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期;或者,通信装置接收核心网设备的寻呼消息的DRX周期为通信装置特定的DRX周期;或者,通信装置接收核心网设备的寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期和通信装置特定的DRX周期中的最小值或最大值;在第一时间单元外,通信装置接收第一接入网设备的寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期;或者,通信装置接收第一接入网设备的寻呼消息的DRX周期为接入网设备的DRX周期;或者,通信装置接收第一接入网设备的寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期和接入网设备的DRX周期中的最小值或最大值。A possible implementation manner, in the first time unit, the discontinuous reception DRX cycle in which the communication device receives the paging message is a default DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle in which the communication device receives the paging message is a DRX cycle specific to the communication device Or, the DRX cycle that the communication device receives the paging message is the DRX cycle of the access network equipment; Or, the DRX cycle that the communication device receives the paging message is the default DRX cycle, the specific DRX cycle of the communication device and the DRX cycle of the access network equipment The minimum or maximum value in the DRX cycle; outside the first time unit, the DRX cycle for the communication device to receive the paging message of the core network device is the default DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle for the communication device to receive the paging message of the core network device The cycle is the DRX cycle specific to the communication device; or, the DRX cycle for the communication device to receive the paging message of the core network device is the minimum or maximum value between the default DRX cycle and the DRX cycle specific to the communication device; outside the first time unit , the DRX cycle of the communication device receiving the paging message of the first access network device is the default DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle of the communication device receiving the paging message of the first access network device is the DRX cycle of the access network device; Alternatively, the DRX cycle in which the communication apparatus receives the paging message of the first access network device is the minimum value or the maximum value among the default DRX cycle and the DRX cycle of the access network device.
一种可能的实现方式,处理模块1201,具体用于接收来自核心网设备的第一参数信息,第一参数信息携带在非接入层NAS消息中。In a possible implementation manner, the processing module 1201 is specifically configured to receive first parameter information from a core network device, where the first parameter information is carried in a non-access stratum NAS message.
一种可能的实现方式,寻呼时间单元包括寻呼时间窗PTW或寻呼时机PO。In a possible implementation manner, the paging time unit includes a paging time window PTW or a paging occasion PO.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置可以为核心网设备或者核心网设备中的芯片或者片上系统,或其他可实现上述核心网设备功能的组合器件、部件等,该通信装置可以用于执行上述图8所示实施例中涉及的核心网设备的功能。In a possible implementation manner, the communication device may be a core network device or a chip or a system-on-chip in the core network device, or other combined devices, components, etc. that can realize the functions of the above-mentioned core network device, and the communication device may be used for The functions of the core network equipment involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 are executed.
当通信装置是核心网设备时,处理模块1201可以是处理器,例如基带芯片等,收发模块1202可以是收发器,可以包括天线和射频电路等。当通信装置是具有上述核心网设备功能的部件时,处理模块1201可以是处理器,收发模块1202可以是射频单元。当通信装置是芯片系统时,处理模块1201可以是芯片系统的处理器,例如,CPU,收发模块1202可以是芯片系统的输入输出接口。When the communication device is a core network device, the processing module 1201 may be a processor, such as a baseband chip, etc., and the transceiver module 1202 may be a transceiver, which may include an antenna, a radio frequency circuit, and the like. When the communication device is a component having the functions of the above-mentioned core network equipment, the processing module 1201 may be a processor, and the transceiver module 1202 may be a radio frequency unit. When the communication device is a chip system, the processing module 1201 may be a processor of the chip system, for example, a CPU, and the transceiver module 1202 may be an input and output interface of the chip system.
其中,处理模块1201,用于获取第一参数信息,根据第一参数信息确定第一时域位置,第一参数信息用于指示第一扩展的非连续接收eDRX参数,第一eDRX参数用于通信装置采用eDRX模式发送寻呼消息,第一时域位置包括至少一个寻呼时间单元的位置。The processing module 1201 is configured to acquire first parameter information, determine the first time domain position according to the first parameter information, the first parameter information is used to indicate the first extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter, and the first eDRX parameter is used for communication The device sends the paging message in the eDRX mode, and the first time domain location includes the location of at least one paging time unit.
处理模块1201,还用于获取第二参数信息,根据第二参数信确定第二时域配置,第二参数信息是根据第一参数信息获取的,第二参数信息用于指示第二eDRX参数, 第二eDRX参数用于第一接入网设备采用eDRX模式发送寻呼消息,第二时域位置包括至少一个寻呼时间单元的位置。The processing module 1201 is further configured to obtain second parameter information, and determine the second time domain configuration according to the second parameter information, the second parameter information is obtained according to the first parameter information, and the second parameter information is used to indicate the second eDRX parameter, The second eDRX parameter is used by the first access network device to send the paging message in the eDRX mode, and the second time domain location includes the location of at least one paging time unit.
收发模块1202,用于根据第一时域位置和第二时域位置发送寻呼消息。The transceiver module 1202 is configured to send a paging message according to the first time domain location and the second time domain location.
一种可能的实现方式,在第一时间单元内,通信装置存在的寻呼时间单元与第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元在时域上有重叠。In a possible implementation manner, in the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the communication apparatus and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device overlap in the time domain.
一种可能的实现方式,第一参数信息包括的eDRX周期中超帧的数量为偶数,并且终端的标识为偶数。In a possible implementation manner, the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is an even number, and the identifier of the terminal is an even number.
一种可能的实现方式,第二参数信息包括的eDRX周期中超帧的数量为偶数。In a possible implementation manner, the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number.
一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1202,具体用于在第一时间单元内,在第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间中向终端发送寻呼消息,或者,在通信装置存在的寻呼时间单元中向终端发送寻呼消息;或者,收发模块1202,具体用于在第二时间单元外,在通信装置存在的寻呼时间单元中向终端发送寻呼消息。A possible implementation manner, the transceiver module 1202 is specifically configured to send a paging message to the terminal during the paging time when the first access network device exists in the first time unit, or, in the paging time when the communication device exists Send the paging message to the terminal in the time unit; or, the transceiver module 1202 is specifically configured to send the paging message to the terminal in the paging time unit where the communication device exists outside the second time unit.
一种可能的实现方式,在第一时间单元内,通信装置发送寻呼消息的非连续接收DRX周期为默认的DRX周期;或者,通信装置发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为终端特定的DRX周期;或者,通信装置发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为接入网设备的DRX周期;或者,通信装置发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期,终端特定的DRX周期和接入网设备的DRX周期中的最小值或最大值;在第一时间单元外,通信装置发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期;或者,通信装置发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为终端特定的DRX周期;或者,通信装置发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期和终端特定的DRX周期中的最小值或最大值。A possible implementation manner, in the first time unit, the discontinuous reception DRX cycle in which the communication device sends the paging message is the default DRX cycle; or the DRX cycle in which the communication device sends the paging message is the terminal-specific DRX cycle; Or, the DRX cycle of the communication device sending the paging message is the DRX cycle of the access network equipment; or, the DRX cycle of the communication device sending the paging message is the default DRX cycle, the terminal-specific DRX cycle and the DRX cycle of the access network device Outside the first time unit, the DRX cycle in which the communication device sends the paging message is the default DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle in which the communication device sends the paging message is the terminal-specific DRX cycle; or, The DRX cycle in which the communication device sends the paging message is the minimum or maximum value among the default DRX cycle and the terminal-specific DRX cycle.
一种可能的实现方式,寻呼时间单元包括寻呼时间窗PTW或寻呼时机PO。In a possible implementation manner, the paging time unit includes a paging time window PTW or a paging occasion PO.
其中,上述方法实施例涉及的各操作的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。Wherein, all relevant contents of the operations involved in the foregoing method embodiments can be cited in the functional descriptions of the corresponding functional modules, which will not be repeated here.
在本实施例中,该通信装置以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的形式来呈现。这里的“模块”可以指特定ASIC,电路,执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器和存储器,集成逻辑电路,和/或其他可以提供上述功能的器件。在一个简单的实施例中,本领域的技术人员可以想到该通信装置可以采用图3所示的形式。In this embodiment, the communication device is presented in the form of dividing each functional module in an integrated manner. "Module" herein may refer to a specific ASIC, circuit, processor and memory executing one or more software or firmware programs, integrated logic circuit, and/or other device that may provide the functions described above. In a simple embodiment, those skilled in the art can imagine that the communication device may take the form shown in FIG. 3 .
比如,图3中的处理器301可以通过调用存储器303中存储的计算机执行指令,使得通信装置执行上述方法实施例中的通信方法。For example, the processor 301 in FIG. 3 may invoke the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 303 to cause the communication apparatus to execute the communication method in the foregoing method embodiment.
示例性的,图12中的处理模块1201和收发模块1202的功能/实现过程可以通过图3中的处理器301调用存储器303中存储的计算机执行指令来实现。或者,图12中的处理模块1201的功能/实现过程可以通过图3中的处理器301调用存储器303中存储的计算机执行指令来实现,图12中的收发模块1202的功能/实现过程可以通过图3中的通信接口304来实现。Exemplarily, the functions/implementation process of the processing module 1201 and the transceiver module 1202 in FIG. 12 may be implemented by the processor 301 in FIG. 3 calling the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 303 . Alternatively, the function/implementation process of the processing module 1201 in FIG. 12 can be implemented by the processor 301 in FIG. 3 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 303, and the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1202 in FIG. 3 of the communication interface 304 to achieve.
由于本实施例提供的通信装置可执行上述的通信方法,因此其所能获得的技术效果可参考上述方法实施例,在此不再赘述。Since the communication device provided in this embodiment can perform the above-mentioned communication method, the technical effect that can be obtained may refer to the above-mentioned method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
比如,以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的情况下,图13示出了一种通信装置的结构示意图。该通信装置可以包括收发模块1301。For example, in the case of dividing each functional module in an integrated manner, FIG. 13 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus. The communication device may include a transceiver module 1301 .
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置可以为核心网设备或者核心网设备中的芯 片或者片上系统,或其他可实现上述核心网设备功能的组合器件、部件等,该通信装置可以用于执行上述图4所示实施例中涉及的核心网设备的功能。In a possible implementation manner, the communication device may be a core network device or a chip or a system-on-chip in the core network device, or other combined devices, components, etc. that can realize the functions of the above-mentioned core network device, and the communication device may be used for The functions of the core network equipment involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 are executed.
当通信装置是核心网设备时,收发模块1301可以是收发器,可以包括天线和射频电路等。当通信装置是具有上述核心网设备功能的部件时,收发模块1301可以是射频单元。当通信装置是芯片系统时,收发模块1301可以是芯片系统的输入输出接口。When the communication device is a core network device, the transceiver module 1301 may be a transceiver, and may include an antenna, a radio frequency circuit, and the like. When the communication device is a component having the functions of the above-mentioned core network equipment, the transceiver module 1301 may be a radio frequency unit. When the communication device is a chip system, the transceiver module 1301 may be an input and output interface of the chip system.
其中,收发模块1301,用于向第一接入网设备发送第一参数信息,第一参数信息用于指示扩展的非连续接收eDRX参数,eDRX参数用于通信装置采用eDRX模式发送寻呼消息。The transceiver module 1301 is configured to send first parameter information to the first access network device, where the first parameter information is used to indicate extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameters, and the eDRX parameters are used by the communication apparatus to send paging messages in eDRX mode.
收发模块1301,还用于接收来自第一接入网设备的第二参数信息,第二参数信息用于指示更改后的eDRX参数,更改后的eDRX参数用于通信装置接收到第二参数信息后,采用eDRX模式发送寻呼消息。The transceiver module 1301 is further configured to receive second parameter information from the first access network device, where the second parameter information is used to indicate the changed eDRX parameters, and the changed eDRX parameters are used after the communication device receives the second parameter information , the paging message is sent in eDRX mode.
一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1301,还用于终端进入无线资源控制非激活RRC-inactive状态的情况下,接收来自第一接入网设备的第二参数信息。In a possible implementation manner, the transceiver module 1301 is further configured to receive the second parameter information from the first access network device when the terminal enters the radio resource control inactive RRC-inactive state.
一种可能的实现方式,第二参数信息携带在RRC非激活转换报告中。In a possible implementation manner, the second parameter information is carried in the RRC inactive transition report.
一种可能的实现方式,第一参数信息携带在初始上下文建立请求消息中,或者携带在RRC-inactive状态的核心网辅助信息中。In a possible implementation manner, the first parameter information is carried in the initial context establishment request message, or carried in the core network assistance information in the RRC-inactive state.
一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1301,还用于向终端发送第二参数信息。In a possible implementation manner, the transceiver module 1301 is further configured to send the second parameter information to the terminal.
一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1301,还用于向终端发送发送第一参数信息,第一参数信息携带在非接入层NAS消息中。In a possible implementation manner, the transceiver module 1301 is further configured to send the first parameter information to the terminal, where the first parameter information is carried in the non-access stratum NAS message.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置可以为核心网设备或者核心网设备中的芯片或者片上系统,或其他可实现上述核心网设备功能的组合器件、部件等,该通信装置可以用于执行上述图5所示实施例中涉及的核心网设备的功能。In a possible implementation manner, the communication device may be a core network device or a chip or a system-on-chip in the core network device, or other combined devices, components, etc. that can realize the functions of the above-mentioned core network device, and the communication device may be used for The functions of the core network equipment involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 are executed.
当通信装置是核心网设备时,收发模块1301可以是收发器,可以包括天线和射频电路等。当通信装置是具有上述核心网设备功能的部件时,收发模块1301可以是射频单元。当通信装置是芯片系统时,收发模块1301可以是芯片系统的输入输出接口。When the communication device is a core network device, the transceiver module 1301 may be a transceiver, and may include an antenna, a radio frequency circuit, and the like. When the communication device is a component having the functions of the above-mentioned core network equipment, the transceiver module 1301 may be a radio frequency unit. When the communication device is a chip system, the transceiver module 1301 may be an input and output interface of the chip system.
其中,收发模块1301,用于接收来自第一接入网设备的辅助信息,辅助信息用于辅助通信装置配置eDRX参数。The transceiver module 1301 is configured to receive auxiliary information from the first access network device, and the auxiliary information is used to assist the communication apparatus to configure eDRX parameters.
收发模块1301,还用于向第一接入网设备发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示第一扩展的非连续接收eDRX参数。The transceiver module 1301 is further configured to send first indication information to the first access network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter.
收发模块1301,还用于采用第一eDRX参数发送寻呼消息。The transceiver module 1301 is further configured to send a paging message by using the first eDRX parameter.
一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1301,还用于终端将要进入无线资源控制非激活RRC-inactive状态的情况下,接收来自第一接入网设备的辅助信息。In a possible implementation manner, the transceiver module 1301 is further configured to receive auxiliary information from the first access network device when the terminal is about to enter the radio resource control inactive RRC-inactive state.
一种可能的实现方式,辅助信息携带在终端上下文中止请求消息或终端能力信息指示消息中。In a possible implementation manner, the auxiliary information is carried in the terminal context suspension request message or the terminal capability information indication message.
一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1301,还用于通过终端上下文中止响应向第一接入网设备发送第一指示信息。In a possible implementation manner, the transceiver module 1301 is further configured to send the first indication information to the first access network device through a terminal context termination response.
一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1301,还用于向终端发送第一指示信息。In a possible implementation manner, the transceiver module 1301 is further configured to send the first indication information to the terminal.
一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1301,还用于通过非接入层NAS消息向终端发送第一指示信息。In a possible implementation manner, the transceiver module 1301 is further configured to send the first indication information to the terminal through a non-access stratum NAS message.
一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1301,还用于向第一接入网设备发送第一参数信息,第一参数信息用于指示第二eDRX参数,第二eDRX参数用于通信装置发送第一指示信息之前,采用eDRX模式发送寻呼消息。A possible implementation manner, the transceiver module 1301 is further configured to send the first parameter information to the first access network device, the first parameter information is used to indicate the second eDRX parameter, and the second eDRX parameter is used for the communication device to send the first parameter information. Before the indication information, the paging message is sent in the eDRX mode.
一种可能的实现方式,第一参数信息携带在初始上下文建立请求消息中,或者携带在RRC-inactive状态的核心网辅助信息中。In a possible implementation manner, the first parameter information is carried in the initial context establishment request message, or carried in the core network assistance information in the RRC-inactive state.
一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1301,还用于向终端发送第一参数信息,第一参数信息用于指示第二eDRX参数,第二eDRX参数用于通信装置发送第一指示信息之前,采用eDRX模式发送寻呼消息。A possible implementation manner, the transceiver module 1301 is further configured to send the first parameter information to the terminal, the first parameter information is used to indicate the second eDRX parameter, and the second eDRX parameter is used for the communication device to send the first indication information, using The eDRX mode sends paging messages.
一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1301,还用于通过非接入层NAS消息向终端发送第一参数信息。In a possible implementation manner, the transceiver module 1301 is further configured to send the first parameter information to the terminal through a non-access stratum NAS message.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置可以为第二接入网设备或者第二接入网设备中的芯片或者片上系统,或其他可实现上述第二接入网设备功能的组合器件、部件等,该通信装置可以用于执行上述图10所示实施例中涉及的第二接入网设备的功能。In a possible implementation manner, the communication device may be a second access network device or a chip or a system-on-a-chip in the second access network device, or other combined devices that can implement the functions of the second access network device, components, etc., the communication apparatus can be used to perform the functions of the second access network device involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 above.
当通信装置是第二接入网设备时,收发模块1301可以是收发器,可以包括天线和射频电路等。当通信装置是具有上述第二接入网设备功能的部件时,收发模块1301可以是射频单元。当通信装置是芯片系统时,收发模块1301可以是芯片系统的输入输出接口。When the communication apparatus is the second access network device, the transceiver module 1301 may be a transceiver, and may include an antenna, a radio frequency circuit, and the like. When the communication apparatus is a component having the function of the above-mentioned second access network device, the transceiver module 1301 may be a radio frequency unit. When the communication device is a chip system, the transceiver module 1301 may be an input and output interface of the chip system.
其中,收发模块1301,用于接收来自第一接入网设备的第一eDRX的参数信息,第一eDRX的参数信息包括第一参数信息或第一指示信息,第一参数信息用于指示第二扩展的非连续接收eDRX参数,第二eDRX参数用于第一接入网设备接收到第一指示信息之前,采用eDRX模式向终端发送寻呼消息,第一指示信息用于指示第一eDRX参数,第一eDRX参数用于第一接入网设备接收到第一指示信息后,采用eDRX模式向终端发送寻呼消息。The transceiver module 1301 is configured to receive parameter information of the first eDRX from the first access network device, the parameter information of the first eDRX includes first parameter information or first indication information, and the first parameter information is used to indicate the second The extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter, the second eDRX parameter is used to send a paging message to the terminal in the eDRX mode before the first access network device receives the first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate the first eDRX parameter, The first eDRX parameter is used for the first access network device to send a paging message to the terminal in the eDRX mode after receiving the first indication information.
收发模块1301,还用于根据第一eDRX的参数信息向终端发送寻呼消息。The transceiver module 1301 is further configured to send a paging message to the terminal according to the parameter information of the first eDRX.
一种可能的实现方式,第一eDRX的参数信息还包括第一接入网设备配置的接入网设备的DRX周期,以及终端特定的DRX周期中的至少一个。In a possible implementation manner, the parameter information of the first eDRX further includes at least one of a DRX cycle of the access network device configured by the first access network device and a terminal-specific DRX cycle.
一种可能的实现方式,通信装置的标识包括在第一接入网设备的跟踪区域列表中。In a possible implementation manner, the identifier of the communication apparatus is included in the tracking area list of the first access network device.
一种可能的实现方式,第一eDRX的参数信息携带在接入网设备的寻呼消息中。In a possible implementation manner, the parameter information of the first eDRX is carried in the paging message of the access network device.
其中,上述方法实施例涉及的各操作的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。Wherein, all relevant contents of the operations involved in the foregoing method embodiments can be cited in the functional descriptions of the corresponding functional modules, which will not be repeated here.
在本实施例中,该通信装置以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的形式来呈现。这里的“模块”可以指特定ASIC,电路,执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器和存储器,集成逻辑电路,和/或其他可以提供上述功能的器件。在一个简单的实施例中,本领域的技术人员可以想到该通信装置可以采用图3所示的形式。In this embodiment, the communication device is presented in the form of dividing each functional module in an integrated manner. "Module" herein may refer to a specific ASIC, circuit, processor and memory executing one or more software or firmware programs, integrated logic circuit, and/or other device that may provide the functions described above. In a simple embodiment, those skilled in the art can imagine that the communication device may take the form shown in FIG. 3 .
比如,图3中的处理器301可以通过调用存储器303中存储的计算机执行指令,使得通信装置执行上述方法实施例中的通信方法。For example, the processor 301 in FIG. 3 may invoke the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 303 to cause the communication apparatus to execute the communication method in the foregoing method embodiment.
示例性的,图13中的收发模块1301的功能/实现过程可以通过图3中的处理器301调用存储器303中存储的计算机执行指令来实现。或者,图13中的收发模块1301的功能/实现过程可以通过图3中的通信接口304来实现。Exemplarily, the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1301 in FIG. 13 can be implemented by the processor 301 in FIG. 3 calling the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 303 . Alternatively, the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1301 in FIG. 13 may be implemented through the communication interface 304 in FIG. 3 .
由于本实施例提供的通信装置可执行上述的通信方法,因此其所能获得的技术效果可参考上述方法实施例,在此不再赘述。Since the communication device provided in this embodiment can perform the above-mentioned communication method, the technical effect that can be obtained may refer to the above-mentioned method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
比如,以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的情况下,图14示出了一种通信装置的结构示意图。该通信装置可以包括收发模块1401和处理模块1402。For example, in the case of dividing each functional module in an integrated manner, FIG. 14 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device. The communication device may include a transceiver module 1401 and a processing module 1402 .
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置可以为第二接入网设备或者第二接入网设备中的芯片或者片上系统,或其他可实现上述第二接入网设备功能的组合器件、部件等,该通信装置可以用于执行上述图10所示实施例中涉及的第二接入网设备的功能。In a possible implementation manner, the communication device may be a second access network device or a chip or a system-on-a-chip in the second access network device, or other combined devices that can implement the functions of the second access network device, components, etc., the communication apparatus can be used to perform the functions of the second access network device involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 above.
当通信装置是第二接入网设备时,收发模块1401可以是收发器,可以包括天线和射频电路等,处理模块1402可以是处理器,例如基带芯片等。当通信装置是具有上述第二接入网设备功能的部件时,收发模块1401可以是射频单元,处理模块1402可以是处理器。当通信装置是芯片系统时,收发模块1401可以是芯片系统的输入输出接口,处理模块1402可以是芯片系统的处理器,例如,CPU。When the communication device is the second access network device, the transceiver module 1401 may be a transceiver, which may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, and the processing module 1402 may be a processor, such as a baseband chip. When the communication apparatus is a component having the function of the above-mentioned second access network device, the transceiver module 1401 may be a radio frequency unit, and the processing module 1402 may be a processor. When the communication device is a chip system, the transceiver module 1401 may be an input/output interface of the chip system, and the processing module 1402 may be a processor of the chip system, for example, a CPU.
例如,收发模块1401,用于接收来自第一接入网设备的第一eDRX的参数信息,第一eDRX的参数信息包括第一参数信息或第二参数信息,第一参数信息用于指示扩展的非连续接收eDRX参数,eDRX参数用于第一接入网设备采用eDRX模式向终端发送寻呼消息,第二参数信息用于指示更改后的eDRX参数,更改后的eDRX参数用于第一接入网设备发送第二参数信息后,采用eDRX模式向终端发送寻呼消息。For example, the transceiver module 1401 is configured to receive parameter information of the first eDRX from the first access network device, the parameter information of the first eDRX includes first parameter information or second parameter information, and the first parameter information is used to indicate the extended Discontinuous reception of eDRX parameters, the eDRX parameters are used for the first access network device to send a paging message to the terminal using the eDRX mode, the second parameter information is used to indicate the changed eDRX parameters, and the changed eDRX parameters are used for the first access After sending the second parameter information, the network device sends a paging message to the terminal in the eDRX mode.
处理模块1402,用于根据第一eDRX的参数信息向终端发送寻呼消息。The processing module 1402 is configured to send a paging message to the terminal according to the parameter information of the first eDRX.
一种可能的实现方式,第一eDRX的参数信息还包括第一接入网设备配置的接入网设备的DRX周期,以及终端特定的DRX周期中的至少一个。In a possible implementation manner, the parameter information of the first eDRX further includes at least one of a DRX cycle of the access network device configured by the first access network device and a terminal-specific DRX cycle.
一种可能的实现方式,通信装置的标识包括在第一接入网设备的跟踪区域列表中。In a possible implementation manner, the identifier of the communication apparatus is included in the tracking area list of the first access network device.
一种可能的实现方式,第一eDRX的参数信息携带在接入网设备的寻呼消息中。In a possible implementation manner, the parameter information of the first eDRX is carried in the paging message of the access network device.
又例如,收发模块1401,用于接收来自第一接入网设备的第一eDRX的参数信息,第一eDRX的参数信息包括第一参数信息和第二参数信息,第一参数信息用于指示第一扩展的非连续接收eDRX参数,第一eDRX参数用于核心网设备采用eDRX模式向终端发送寻呼消息,第二参数信息用于指示第二eDRX参数,第二eDRX参数用于第一接入网设备采用eDRX模式向终端发送寻呼消息,第二参数信息是根据第一参数信息获取的。For another example, the transceiver module 1401 is configured to receive parameter information of the first eDRX from the first access network device, the parameter information of the first eDRX includes first parameter information and second parameter information, and the first parameter information is used to indicate the first eDRX parameter information. An extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter, the first eDRX parameter is used for the core network device to send a paging message to the terminal using the eDRX mode, the second parameter information is used to indicate the second eDRX parameter, and the second eDRX parameter is used for the first access The network device sends a paging message to the terminal in the eDRX mode, and the second parameter information is obtained according to the first parameter information.
处理模块1402,用于根据第一参数信息确定第一时域位置,根据第二参数信息确定第二时域位置,第一时域位置包括至少一个寻呼时间单元的位置,第二时域位置包括至少一个寻呼时间单元的位置。The processing module 1402 is configured to determine a first time domain position according to the first parameter information, and determine a second time domain position according to the second parameter information, where the first time domain position includes the position of at least one paging time unit, and the second time domain position Include the location of at least one paging time unit.
收发模块1401,还用于根据所示第一时域位置和第二时域位置发送寻呼消息。The transceiver module 1401 is further configured to send a paging message according to the first time domain location and the second time domain location shown.
一种可能的实现方式,在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元与第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元在时域上有重叠。In a possible implementation manner, in the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device overlap in the time domain.
一种可能的实现方式,第一参数信息包括的eDRX周期中超帧的数量为偶数,并且终端的标识为偶数。In a possible implementation manner, the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is an even number, and the identifier of the terminal is an even number.
一种可能的实现方式,第二参数信息包括的eDRX周期中超帧的数量为偶数。In a possible implementation manner, the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number.
一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1401,具体用于在第一时间单元内,在第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中向终端发送寻呼消息,或者,在核心网设备存在寻呼时 间单元中向终端发送寻呼消息;或者,收发模块1401,具体用于在第一时间单元外,在第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中向终端发送寻呼消息。A possible implementation manner, the transceiver module 1401 is specifically configured to send a paging message to the terminal in the paging time unit where the first access network device exists in the first time unit, or, when the core network device exists in the paging time unit. Send the paging message to the terminal in the paging time unit; or, the transceiver module 1401 is specifically configured to send the paging message to the terminal in the paging time unit where the first access network device exists outside the first time unit.
一种可能的实现方式,在第一时间单元内,通信装置发送寻呼消息的非连续接收DRX周期为默认的DRX周期;或者,通信装置发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为终端特定的DRX周期;或者,通信装置发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为接入网设备的DRX周期;或者,通信装置发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期,终端特定的DRX周期和接入网设备的DRX周期中的最小值或最大值;在第一时间单元外,通信装置发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期;或者,通信装置发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为接入网设备的DRX周期;或者,通信装置发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期和接入网设备的DRX周期中的最小值或最大值。A possible implementation manner, in the first time unit, the discontinuous reception DRX cycle in which the communication device sends the paging message is the default DRX cycle; or the DRX cycle in which the communication device sends the paging message is the terminal-specific DRX cycle; Or, the DRX cycle of the communication device sending the paging message is the DRX cycle of the access network equipment; or, the DRX cycle of the communication device sending the paging message is the default DRX cycle, the terminal-specific DRX cycle and the DRX cycle of the access network device Outside the first time unit, the DRX cycle of the communication device sending the paging message is the default DRX cycle; Or, the DRX cycle of the communication device sending the paging message is the DRX cycle of the access network equipment; Alternatively, the DRX cycle in which the communication apparatus sends the paging message is the minimum or maximum value among the default DRX cycle and the DRX cycle of the access network device.
一种可能的实现方式,寻呼时间单元包括寻呼时间窗PTW或寻呼时机PO。In a possible implementation manner, the paging time unit includes a paging time window PTW or a paging occasion PO.
一种可能的实现方式,第一eDRX的参数信息还包括第一接入网设备配置的接入网设备的DRX周期,以及终端特定的DRX周期中的至少一个。In a possible implementation manner, the parameter information of the first eDRX further includes at least one of a DRX cycle of the access network device configured by the first access network device and a terminal-specific DRX cycle.
一种可能的实现方式,通信装置的标识包括在第一接入网设备的跟踪区域列表中。In a possible implementation manner, the identifier of the communication apparatus is included in the tracking area list of the first access network device.
一种可能的实现方式,第一eDRX的参数信息携带在接入网设备的寻呼消息中。In a possible implementation manner, the parameter information of the first eDRX is carried in the paging message of the access network device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块1401,用于接收来自第一接入网设备的第一eDRX的参数信息,第一eDRX的参数信息包括第一参数信息和第二参数信息,第一参数信息用于指示第一扩展的非连续接收eDRX参数,第一eDRX参数用于核心网设备采用eDRX模式向终端发送寻呼消息,第二参数信息用于指示第二eDRX参数,第二eDRX参数用于第一接入网设备采用eDRX模式向终端发送寻呼消息。In a possible implementation manner, the transceiver module 1401 is configured to receive parameter information of the first eDRX from the first access network device, the parameter information of the first eDRX includes first parameter information and second parameter information, the first The parameter information is used to indicate the first extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter, the first eDRX parameter is used for the core network device to send a paging message to the terminal using the eDRX mode, the second parameter information is used to indicate the second eDRX parameter, the second eDRX parameter It is used for the first access network device to send a paging message to the terminal in the eDRX mode.
处理模块1402,用于根据第一参数信息确定第一时域位置,根据第二参数信息确定第二时域位置,第一时域位置包括至少一个寻呼时间单元的位置,第二时域位置包括至少一个寻呼时间单元的位置。The processing module 1402 is configured to determine a first time domain position according to the first parameter information, and determine a second time domain position according to the second parameter information, where the first time domain position includes the position of at least one paging time unit, and the second time domain position Include the location of at least one paging time unit.
收发模块1401,用于在第一时间单元内,根据核心网设备是否存在寻呼时间单元向终端发送寻呼消息,在第一时间单元内,第一接入网设备存在寻呼时间单元。The transceiver module 1401 is configured to send a paging message to the terminal according to whether the core network device has a paging time unit within the first time unit, and the first access network device has a paging time unit within the first time unit.
一种可能的实现方式,第二参数信息是根据第一参数信息获取的,在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元与第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元在时域上有重叠。In a possible implementation manner, the second parameter information is obtained according to the first parameter information, and within the first time unit, the paging time unit existing in the core network device and the paging time unit existing in the first access network device are within the same time period. There is overlap in the time domain.
一种可能的实现方式,第一参数信息包括的eDRX周期中超帧的数量为偶数,并且终端的标识为偶数。In a possible implementation manner, the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is an even number, and the identifier of the terminal is an even number.
一种可能的实现方式,第二参数信息包括的eDRX周期中超帧的数量为偶数。In a possible implementation manner, the number of superframes in the eDRX cycle included in the second parameter information is an even number.
一种可能的实现方式,寻呼时间单元包括寻呼时间窗PTW或寻呼时机PO。In a possible implementation manner, the paging time unit includes a paging time window PTW or a paging occasion PO.
一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1401,具体用于若在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在寻呼时间单元,则在第一时间单元内,第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中向终端发送寻呼消息,或者,在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中向终端发送寻呼消息;或者,收发模块1401,具体用于若在第一时间单元内,核心网设备不存在寻呼时间单元,则在第一时间单元内,第一接入网设备存在的寻呼时间单元中向终端发送寻呼消息。A possible implementation manner, the transceiver module 1401 is specifically configured to, if within the first time unit, the core network device has a paging time unit, then within the first time unit, the first access network device has the paging time The unit sends a paging message to the terminal, or, in the first time unit, the core network device sends a paging message to the terminal in the paging time unit; or, the transceiver module 1401 is specifically used if the first time unit If the core network device does not have a paging time unit, then in the first time unit, the first access network device sends a paging message to the terminal in the paging time unit that exists in the first access network device.
一种可能的实现方式,若在第一时间单元内,核心网设备存在寻呼时间单元,则 通信装置发送寻呼消息的非连续接收DRX周期为默认的DRX周期;或者,通信装置发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为终端特定的DRX周期;或者,通信装置发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为接入网设备的DRX周期;或者,通信装置发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期,终端特定的DRX周期和接入网设备的DRX周期中的最小值或最大值;若在第一时间单元内,核心网设备不存在寻呼时间单元,则通信装置发送寻呼消息的非连续接收DRX周期为默认的DRX周期;或者,通信装置发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为接入网设备的DRX周期;或者,通信装置发送寻呼消息的DRX周期为默认的DRX周期和接入网设备的DRX周期中的最小值或最大值。A possible implementation manner, if in the first time unit, the core network equipment has a paging time unit, then the discontinuous reception DRX cycle in which the communication device sends the paging message is the default DRX cycle; or, the communication device sends the paging message. The DRX cycle of the message is the terminal-specific DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle of the communication device sending the paging message is the DRX cycle of the access network equipment; or, the DRX cycle of the communication device sending the paging message is the default DRX cycle, the terminal-specific DRX cycle. The minimum or maximum value in the DRX cycle of the access network equipment and the DRX cycle of the access network equipment; if in the first time unit, the core network equipment does not have a paging time unit, the communication device sends the DRX cycle of the discontinuous reception of the paging message is the default DRX cycle; or, the DRX cycle in which the communication device sends the paging message is the DRX cycle of the access network equipment; or the DRX cycle in which the communication device sends the paging message is the default DRX cycle and the DRX cycle of the access network device the minimum or maximum value in .
一种可能的实现方式,第一eDRX的参数信息还包括第一接入网设备配置的接入网设备的DRX周期,以及终端特定的DRX周期中的至少一个。In a possible implementation manner, the parameter information of the first eDRX further includes at least one of a DRX cycle of the access network device configured by the first access network device and a terminal-specific DRX cycle.
一种可能的实现方式,通信装置的标识包括在第一接入网设备的跟踪区域列表中。In a possible implementation manner, the identifier of the communication apparatus is included in the tracking area list of the first access network device.
一种可能的实现方式,第一eDRX的参数信息携带在接入网设备的寻呼消息中。In a possible implementation manner, the parameter information of the first eDRX is carried in the paging message of the access network device.
其中,上述方法实施例涉及的各操作的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。Wherein, all relevant contents of the operations involved in the foregoing method embodiments can be cited in the functional descriptions of the corresponding functional modules, which will not be repeated here.
在本实施例中,该通信装置以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的形式来呈现。这里的“模块”可以指特定ASIC,电路,执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器和存储器,集成逻辑电路,和/或其他可以提供上述功能的器件。在一个简单的实施例中,本领域的技术人员可以想到该通信装置可以采用图3所示的形式。In this embodiment, the communication device is presented in the form of dividing each functional module in an integrated manner. "Module" herein may refer to a specific ASIC, circuit, processor and memory executing one or more software or firmware programs, integrated logic circuit, and/or other device that may provide the functions described above. In a simple embodiment, those skilled in the art can imagine that the communication device may take the form shown in FIG. 3 .
比如,图3中的处理器301可以通过调用存储器303中存储的计算机执行指令,使得通信装置执行上述方法实施例中的通信方法。For example, the processor 301 in FIG. 3 may invoke the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 303 to cause the communication apparatus to execute the communication method in the foregoing method embodiment.
示例性的,图14中的收发模块1401和处理模块1402的功能/实现过程可以通过图3中的处理器301调用存储器303中存储的计算机执行指令来实现。或者,图14中的处理模块1402的功能/实现过程可以通过图3中的处理器301调用存储器303中存储的计算机执行指令来实现,图14中的收发模块1401的功能/实现过程可以通过图3中的通信接口304来实现。Exemplarily, the functions/implementation process of the transceiver module 1401 and the processing module 1402 in FIG. 14 may be implemented by the processor 301 in FIG. 3 calling the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 303 . Alternatively, the function/implementation process of the processing module 1402 in FIG. 14 can be implemented by the processor 301 in FIG. 3 calling the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 303, and the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1401 in FIG. 3 of the communication interface 304 to achieve.
由于本实施例提供的通信装置可执行上述的通信方法,因此其所能获得的技术效果可参考上述方法实施例,在此不再赘述。Since the communication device provided in this embodiment can perform the above-mentioned communication method, the technical effect that can be obtained may refer to the above-mentioned method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
比如,以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的情况下,图15示出了一种通信装置的结构示意图。该通信装置可以包括收发模块1501。可选的,该通信装置还包括处理模块1502。For example, in the case of dividing each functional module in an integrated manner, FIG. 15 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device. The communication device may include a transceiver module 1501 . Optionally, the communication apparatus further includes a processing module 1502 .
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置可以为接入网设备或者接入网设备中的芯片或者片上系统,或其他可实现上述接入网设备功能的组合器件、部件等,该通信装置可以用于执行上述图5所示实施例中涉及的接入网设备的功能,以及上述图10所示实施例中涉及的第一接入网设备的功能。In a possible implementation manner, the communication device may be an access network device or a chip or a system-on-a-chip in the access network device, or other combined devices, components, etc. that can realize the functions of the above-mentioned access network device. It can be used to execute the functions of the access network device involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 and the functions of the first access network device involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 .
当通信装置是接入网设备时,收发模块1501可以是收发器,可以包括天线和射频电路等,处理模块1502可以是处理器,例如基带芯片等。当通信装置是具有上述接入网设备功能的部件时,收发模块1501可以是射频单元,处理模块1502可以是处理器。当通信装置是芯片系统时,收发模块1501可以是芯片系统的输入输出接口,处理模块1502可以是芯片系统的处理器,例如,CPU。When the communication device is an access network device, the transceiver module 1501 may be a transceiver, which may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, and the processing module 1502 may be a processor, such as a baseband chip. When the communication device is a component having the functions of the above-mentioned access network equipment, the transceiver module 1501 may be a radio frequency unit, and the processing module 1502 may be a processor. When the communication device is a system-on-chip, the transceiver module 1501 may be an input/output interface of the system-on-chip, and the processing module 1502 may be a processor of the system-on-chip, for example, a CPU.
其中,收发模块1501,用于向核心网设备发送辅助信息,辅助信息用于辅助核心网设备配置eDRX参数。The transceiver module 1501 is used to send auxiliary information to the core network device, and the auxiliary information is used to assist the core network device to configure eDRX parameters.
收发模块1501,还用于接收来自核心网设备的第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示第一扩展的非连续接收eDRX参数。The transceiver module 1501 is further configured to receive first indication information from the core network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter.
收发模块1501,还用于采用第一eDRX参数发送寻呼消息。The transceiver module 1501 is further configured to send a paging message by using the first eDRX parameter.
一种可能的实现方式,处理模块1501,用于获取第一参数信息,第一参数信息用于指示第二eDRX参数,第二eDRX参数用于接收到第一指示信息之前,通信装置采用eDRX模式发送寻呼消息。A possible implementation manner, the processing module 1501 is used to obtain first parameter information, the first parameter information is used to indicate the second eDRX parameter, and the second eDRX parameter is used to receive the first indication information. Before the communication device adopts the eDRX mode Send a paging message.
一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1501,还用于确定终端将要进入无线资源控制非激活RRC-inactive状态的情况下,向核心网设备发送辅助信息。In a possible implementation manner, the transceiver module 1501 is further configured to send auxiliary information to the core network device when it is determined that the terminal is about to enter the radio resource control inactive RRC-inactive state.
一种可能的实现方式,处理模块1502,还用于根据终端能力信息和/或第一条件信息,确定是否向核心网设备发送辅助信息;其中,终端能力信息用于指示以下信息中的至少一项:终端是否支持eDRX,终端是否支持RRC-inactive状态,终端在RRC-inactive状态下是否支持eDRX;第一条件信息用于指示第一参数信息包括的eDRX周期是否大于或等于第一时间长度。In a possible implementation manner, the processing module 1502 is further configured to determine whether to send auxiliary information to the core network device according to the terminal capability information and/or the first condition information; wherein the terminal capability information is used to indicate at least one of the following information: Item: whether the terminal supports eDRX, whether the terminal supports the RRC-inactive state, whether the terminal supports eDRX in the RRC-inactive state; the first condition information is used to indicate whether the eDRX period included in the first parameter information is greater than or equal to the first time length.
一种可能的实现方式,第一指示信息携带在终端上下文中止响应中。In a possible implementation manner, the first indication information is carried in the terminal context termination response.
一种可能的实现方式,辅助信息携带在终端上下文中止请求消息或终端能力信息指示消息中。In a possible implementation manner, the auxiliary information is carried in the terminal context suspension request message or the terminal capability information indication message.
一种可能的实现方式,处理模块1502,具体用于接收来自核心网设备的第一参数信息,第一参数信息携带在初始上下文建立请求消息中,或者携带在RRC-inactive状态的核心网辅助信息中。A possible implementation, the processing module 1502 is specifically configured to receive the first parameter information from the core network device, the first parameter information is carried in the initial context establishment request message, or the core network auxiliary information carried in the RRC-inactive state middle.
一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1501,还用于向第二接入网设备发送第一eDRX的参数信息,第一eDRX的参数信息包括第一参数信息或第一指示信息。In a possible implementation manner, the transceiver module 1501 is further configured to send parameter information of the first eDRX to the second access network device, where the parameter information of the first eDRX includes first parameter information or first indication information.
一种可能的实现方式,第一eDRX的参数信息还包括通信装置配置的接入网设备的DRX周期,以及终端特定的DRX周期中的至少一个。In a possible implementation manner, the parameter information of the first eDRX further includes at least one of the DRX cycle of the access network device configured by the communication apparatus and the terminal-specific DRX cycle.
一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1501,还用于向通信装置的跟踪区域列表中的接入网设备发送第一eDRX的参数信息,第二接入网设备的标识包括在通信装置的跟踪区域列表中。A possible implementation, the transceiver module 1501 is further configured to send parameter information of the first eDRX to the access network device in the tracking area list of the communication device, and the identifier of the second access network device is included in the tracking area of the communication device List.
一种可能的实现方式,第一eDRX的参数信息携带在接入网设备的寻呼消息中。In a possible implementation manner, the parameter information of the first eDRX is carried in the paging message of the access network device.
其中,上述方法实施例涉及的各操作的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。Wherein, all relevant contents of the operations involved in the foregoing method embodiments can be cited in the functional descriptions of the corresponding functional modules, which will not be repeated here.
在本实施例中,该通信装置以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的形式来呈现。这里的“模块”可以指特定ASIC,电路,执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器和存储器,集成逻辑电路,和/或其他可以提供上述功能的器件。在一个简单的实施例中,本领域的技术人员可以想到该通信装置可以采用图3所示的形式。In this embodiment, the communication device is presented in the form of dividing each functional module in an integrated manner. "Module" herein may refer to a specific ASIC, circuit, processor and memory executing one or more software or firmware programs, integrated logic circuit, and/or other device that may provide the functions described above. In a simple embodiment, those skilled in the art can imagine that the communication device may take the form shown in FIG. 3 .
比如,图3中的处理器301可以通过调用存储器303中存储的计算机执行指令,使得通信装置执行上述方法实施例中的通信方法。For example, the processor 301 in FIG. 3 may invoke the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 303 to cause the communication apparatus to execute the communication method in the foregoing method embodiment.
示例性的,图15中的收发模块1501和处理模块1502的功能/实现过程可以通过图3中的处理器301调用存储器303中存储的计算机执行指令来实现。或者,图15 中的处理模块1502的功能/实现过程可以通过图3中的处理器301调用存储器303中存储的计算机执行指令来实现,图15中的收发模块1501的功能/实现过程可以通过图3中的通信接口304来实现。Exemplarily, the functions/implementation process of the transceiver module 1501 and the processing module 1502 in FIG. 15 can be implemented by the processor 301 in FIG. 3 calling the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 303 . Alternatively, the function/implementation process of the processing module 1502 in FIG. 15 can be implemented by the processor 301 in FIG. 3 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 303, and the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1501 in FIG. 3 of the communication interface 304 to achieve.
由于本实施例提供的通信装置可执行上述的通信方法,因此其所能获得的技术效果可参考上述方法实施例,在此不再赘述。Since the communication device provided in this embodiment can perform the above-mentioned communication method, the technical effect that can be obtained may refer to the above-mentioned method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读介质。上述方法实施例中的全部或者部分流程可以由计算机程序来指令相关的硬件完成,该程序可存储于上述计算机可读介质中,该程序在执行时,可包括如上述各方法实施例的流程。计算机可读介质可以是前述任一实施例的通信装置,如:包括发送端和/或接收端的内部存储单元,例如通信装置的硬盘或内存。上述计算机可读介质也可以是上述通信装置的外部存储设备,例如上述通信装置上配备的插接式硬盘,智能存储卡(smart media card,SMC),安全数字(secure digital,SD)卡,闪存卡(flash card)等。进一步地,上述计算机可读介质还可以既包括上述通信装置的内部存储单元也包括外部存储设备。上述计算机可读介质用于存储上述计算机程序以及上述通信装置所需的其他程序和数据。上述计算机可读介质还可以用于暂时地存储已经输出或者将要输出的数据。The embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable medium. All or part of the processes in the above method embodiments may be completed by instructing relevant hardware by a computer program, the program may be stored in the above computer readable medium, and when executed, the program may include the processes in the above method embodiments. The computer-readable medium may be the communication device of any of the foregoing embodiments, for example, an internal storage unit including a transmitting end and/or a receiving end, such as a hard disk or a memory of the communication device. The above-mentioned computer-readable medium can also be an external storage device of the above-mentioned communication device, such as a plug-in hard disk equipped on the above-mentioned communication device, a smart memory card (smart media card, SMC), a secure digital (secure digital, SD) card, flash memory card (flash card), etc. Further, the above-mentioned computer-readable medium may also include both an internal storage unit of the above-mentioned communication apparatus and an external storage device. The above-mentioned computer-readable medium is used for storing the above-mentioned computer program and other programs and data required by the above-mentioned communication device. The computer-readable medium described above can also be used to temporarily store data that has been output or is to be output.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品。上述方法实施例中的全部或者部分流程可以由计算机程序来指令相关的硬件完成,该程序可存储于上述计算机程序产品中,该程序在执行时,可包括如上述各方法实施例的流程。The embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product. All or part of the processes in the above method embodiments may be completed by a computer program instructing relevant hardware, the program may be stored in the above computer program product, and when executed, the program may include the processes in the above method embodiments.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机指令。上述方法实施例中的全部或者部分流程可以由计算机指令来指令相关的硬件(如计算机、处理器、接入网设备、移动性管理网元或会话管理网元等)完成。该程序可被存储于上述计算机可读介质中或上述计算机程序产品中。The embodiments of the present application also provide a computer instruction. All or part of the processes in the above method embodiments may be completed by computer instructions to instruct relevant hardware (eg, computers, processors, access network devices, mobility management network elements or session management network elements, etc.). The program may be stored in the above-mentioned computer-readable medium or in the above-mentioned computer program product.
通过以上的实施方式的描述,所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明,具体应用中,可以根据需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成,即将装置的内部结构划分成不同的功能模块,以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。From the description of the above embodiments, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, only the division of the above functional modules is used as an example for illustration. In specific applications, the above functions can be allocated as required. It is completed by different functional modules, that is, the internal structure of the device is divided into different functional modules, so as to complete all or part of the functions described above.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述模块或单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个装置,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be Incorporation may either be integrated into another device, or some features may be omitted, or not implemented. On the other hand, the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是一个物理单元或多个物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个不同地方。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple different places . Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above-mentioned integrated units may be implemented in the form of hardware, or may be implemented in the form of software functional units.
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请实施例的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一个设备(可以是单片机,芯片等)或处理器(processor)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、ROM、RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it may be stored in a readable storage medium. Based on such understanding, the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be embodied in the form of software products in essence, or the parts that contribute to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions, which are stored in a storage medium , including several instructions to make a device (may be a single chip microcomputer, a chip, etc.) or a processor (processor) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage medium includes: a U disk, a removable hard disk, a ROM, a RAM, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk and other mediums that can store program codes.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何在本申请揭露的技术范围内的变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited to this, and any changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present application should be covered within the protection scope of the present application. . Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.
本申请实施例还提供以下方案:The embodiments of the present application also provide the following solutions:
1 Introduction1 Introduction
Agreements:Agreements:
In this contribution,we continue to discuss eDRX measurement relaxation.In this contribution, we continue to discuss eDRX measurement relaxation.
2 Discussion on eDRX2 Discussion on eDRX
2.1 The lower boundary of eDRX cycle2.1 The lower boundary of eDRX cycle
As agreed in last meeting,it should be possible for(at least some)RedCap UEs to receive emergency broadcast services.Different options allowing RedCap UEs to receive emergency broadcast services and/or reduce paging power consumption(and corresponding recommended eDRX lower boundary)are captured in[2]as follows.As agreed in last meeting,it should be possible for(at least some)RedCap UEs to receive emergency broadcast services.Different options allowing RedCap UEs to receive emergency broadcast services and/or reduce paging power consumption(and corresponding recommended eDRX are lower boundary) captured in[2]as followers.
Option 1:eDRX supports a lower bound of 2.56s.Option 1: eDRX supports a lower bound of 2.56s.
Option 2:For RedCap UEs,if the NAS configures the UE with a 2.56 DRX cycle,the RedCap UE follows this DRX even when the RAN paging cycle is shorter.eDRX lower bound can be kept to baseline 5.12s.Option 2:For RedCap UEs,if the NAS configures the UE with a 2.56 DRX cycle,the RedCap UE follows this DRX even when the RAN paging cycle is shorter.eDRX lower bound can be kept to baseline 5.12s.
Option 3:gNB can configure 2.56s default broadcasted DRX cycle for those RedCap Ues that need to receive emergency broadcast services and a shorter UE-specific RAN paging cycle for Ues with tighter latency requirements(e.g.smartphones).eDRX lower bound can be kept to baseline 5.12s.Option 3:gNB can configure 2.56s default broadcasted DRX cycle for those RedCap Ues that need to receive emergency broadcast services and a shorter UE-specific RAN paging cycle for Ues with tighter latency requirements(e.g.smartphones).eDRX lower bound can be kept to baseline 5.12s.
Option 4:RedCap Ues that need to receive emergency broadcast services are not expected to request to be configured with eDRX,and no specific handling/configuration is required for those Ues.eDRX lower bound can be kept to baseline 5.12s.Option 4:RedCap Ues that need to receive emergency broadcast services are not expected to request to be configured with eDRX,and no specific handling/configuration is required for those Ues.eDRX lower bound can be kept to baseline 5.12s.
Option 5:RedCap UE can request an eDRX configuration while still monitoring in between for ETWS and CMAS.eDRX lower bound can be kept to baseline 5.12s.Option 5:RedCap UE can request an eDRX configuration while still monitoring in between for ETWS and CMAS.eDRX lower bound can be kept to baseline 5.12s.
Among them,Option 1 and 2(i.e.Solution 1 in TR38.875[3])assume that RedCap UEs do not need to monitor paging according to the default paging cycle,which may result in a potential risk of UE missing SI change indicator.Additional efforts have to be made to deal with the associated issues.Option 3(i.e.Solution 2 in TR38.875)is based on the assumption that gNB are configured with a 2.56second default paging cycle,which is seldom used in existing deployments.Option 4assumes that RedCap UEs should decide  between benefiting from eDRX power saving or supporting emergency broadcast services.Hence,we prefer option 5,wherein RedCap UE can request an eDRX configuration while still monitoring in between for ETWS and CMAS.eDRX lower boundary can be kept to the baseline 5.12s.Among them,Option 1 and 2(i.e.Solution 1 in TR38.875[3])assume that RedCap UEs do not need to monitor paging according to the default paging cycle, which may result in a potential risk of UE missing SI change indicator. Additional efforts have to be made to deal with the associated issues. Option 3(i.e. Solution 2 in TR38.875) is based on the assumption that gNB are configured with a 2.56second default paging cycle, which is seldom used in existing deployments. Option 4assumes that RedCap UEs should decide between benefiting from eDRX power saving or supporting emergency broadcast services.Hence,we prefer option 5,wherein RedCap UE can request an eDRX configuration while still monitoring in between for ETWS and CMAS.eDRX lower boundary can be kept to the baseline 5.12s.
Proposal 1:RedCap UE can request an eDRX configuration while still monitoring in between for ETWS and CMAS.eDRX lower bound can be kept to the baseline 5.12s.(Option 5)Proposal 1:RedCap UE can request an eDRX configuration while still monitoring in between for ETWS and CMAS.eDRX lower bound can be kept to the baseline 5.12s.(Option 5)
2.2 eDRX cycle length for RRC_INACTIVE2.2 eDRX cycle length for RRC_INACTIVE
Extending the eDRX cycle in RRC_INACTIVE beyond 10.24 seconds for RedCap UEs have shown several benefits,including the support of SDT(small data transfer)and power saving gain.However,some issues have resulted,like the PTW and eDRX cycle configuration for RRC_IDLE and RRC_INACTIVE.Four solutions have been captured in[3]taking into account flexibility and simplicity.Among them,a common PTW and eDRX cycle configuration for RRC_IDLE and RRC_INACTIVE is the simplest solution but has no flexibility.In LTE,the eDRX cycle in RRC_INACTIVE is usually shorter than in RRC_IDLE,which allows shorter paging latency and faster state transition.To allow a flexible configuration as in LTE,it is proposed that the eDRX cycle length in RRC_INACTIVE can be different from RRC_IDLE,however the PTW length can be common for simplicity.If common PTW and eDRX cycle configuration is supported,a flexible configuration method which can satisfy requirements of both RAN and CN should be studied.For example,a shorter eDRX cycle used in RRC_INACTIVE should be allowed,compared with RRC_IDLE.Besides,power consumption of paging monitoring should also be considered for setting reasonable eDRX configuration such the PTW length.Extending the eDRX cycle in RRC_INACTIVE beyond 10.24 seconds for RedCap UEs have shown several benefits, including the support of SDT(small data transfer) and power saving gain. However, some issues have ACTIVE resulted, like the PTW and eDRX cycle configuration for RRC_IDLE and RRC_IN .Four solutions have been captured in[3]taking into account flexibility and simplicity.Among them,a common PTW and eDRX cycle configuration for RRC_IDLE and RRC_INACTIVE is the simplest solution but has no flexibility.In LTE,the eDRX cycle in RRC_INACTIVE isusually shorter than in RRC_IDLE, which allows shorter paging latency and faster state transition. To allow a flexible configuration as in LTE, it is proposed that the eDRX cycle length in RRC_INACTIVE can be different from RRC_IDLE, however the PTW length can be common for simplicity. If common PTW and eDRX cycle configuration is supported,a flexible configuration method which can satisfy requirements of both RAN and CN should be studied.For example,a shorter eDRX cycle used in RRC_INACTIVE should be allowed, compared with RRC_IDLE.Besides, power consumption of paging monitoring should also be considered for setting reasonable eDRX configuration such the PTW length.
Proposal 2:The eDRX cycle length for RRC_INACTIVE can be different from RRC_IDLE for flexibility while having a common PTW length for simplicity.Proposal 2:The eDRX cycle length for RRC_INACTIVE can be different from RRC_IDLE for flexibility while having a common PTW length for simplicity.
Proposal 3:A flexible configuration method should be studied if a common PTW and eDRX cycle configuration is supported.Proposal 3:A flexible configuration method should be studied if a common PTW and eDRX cycle configuration is supported.
Another issue associated with introducing longer eDRX cycle in RRC_INACTIVE is the deciding node for the eDRX configuration.In R16 eMTC connected to 5GC,the ng-RAN decides the eDRX cycle for RRC_INACTIVE,based on the idle mode eDRX cycle configuration provided by the AMF.The same principle can be applied in NR to provide flexibility to the RAN node.Suppose Proposal 2 is supported,the UE can be configured with a shorter eDRX cycle in RRC_INACTIVE by the RAN and monitors the shortest of the eDRX cycle for RRC_IDLE and eDRX cycle for RRC_INACTIVE.Besides,NAS retransmission parameters in CN should be taken into account for setting eDRX cycle in RRC_INACTIVE,otherwise the eDRX cycle in RRC_INACTIVE configured by the RAN may be larger than the time period that CN can accept due to NAS retransmission mechanism..Different CNs may support different NAS retransmission mechanisms,e.g.minimum retransmission interval and/or maximum number of retransmissions are decided  by network implementation,thus it is reasonable for the CN to provide a maximum value of eDRX cycle in RRC_INACTIVE to RAN for reference,and RAN can configure eDRX cycle in RRC_INACTIVE based on it.Therefore,it is proposed that based on the provided information(e.g.,idle mode eDRX cycle,maximum value of inactive mode eDRX cycle…)by the CN,RAN decides the eDRX cycle for RRC_INACTIVE.Another issue associated with introducing longer eDRX cycle in RRC_INACTIVE is the deciding node for the eDRX configuration. In R16 eMTC connected to 5GC, the ng-RAN decides the eDRX cycle for RRC_INACTIVE, based on the idle mode eDRX cycle provided by the configuration. The same principle can be applied in NR to provide flexibility to the RAN node. Suppose Proposal 2 is supported, the UE can be configured with a shorter eDRX cycle in RRC_INACTIVE by the RAN and monitors the shortest of the eDRX cycle for RRC_IDLE and deDRX for RRC_INACTIVE.Besides,NAS retransmission parameters in CN should be taken into account for setting eDRX cycle in RRC_INACTIVE,otherwise the eDRX cycle in RRC_INACTIVE configured by the RAN may be larger than the time period that CN can accept due to NAS retransmission. Different CNs may support different NAS retransmission mechanisms,e.g.minimum retransmission interval and/or maximum number of retransmissions are decided by network implementation,th us it is reasonable for the CN to provide a maximum value of eDRX cycle in RRC_INACTIVE to RAN for reference,and RAN can configure eDRX cycle in RRC_INACTIVE based on it.Therefore,it is proposed that based on the provided information(e.g.,idle mode eDRX cycle,maximum value of inactive mode eDRX cycle…)by the CN,RAN decides the eDRX cycle for RRC_INACTIVE.
Proposal 4:RAN decides the eDRX cycle for RRC_INACTIVE.Proposal 4:RAN decides the eDRX cycle for RRC_INACTIVE.
Proposal 5:AMF provides information to the RAN for the setting of the eDRX cycle in RRC_INACTIVEProposal 5:AMF provides information to the RAN for the setting of the eDRX cycle in RRC_INACTIVE
2.3 SI acquisition in eDRX mechanism2.3 SI acquisition in eDRX mechanism
In non-eDRX scenario,when the network changes(some of the)system information,it first notifies the UEs about this change throughout a modification period,and transmits the updated system information in the following modification period.The length of modification period equals modificationPeriodCoeff*defaultPagingCycle and the maximum value of modificationPeriodCoeff is 4.When eDRX mechanism is introduced in NR,the eDRX cycle may be larger than the SI modification period.Then,the UE may miss the SI change notification.In LTE,an eDRX SI modification indication and an eDRX acquisition period were introduced.Then,it is proposed that the LTE eDRX SI acquisition mechanism is considered as baseline.In non-eDRX scenario,when the network changes(some of the)system information,it first notifies the UEs about this change throughout a modification period,and transmits the updated system information in the following modification period.The length of modification period equals modificationPeriodCoeff *defaultPagingCycle and the maximum value of modificationPeriodCoeff is 4.When eDRX mechanism is introduced in NR,the eDRX cycle may be larger than the SI modification period.Then,the UE may miss the SI change notification.In LTE,an eDRX SI modification indication and an eDRX acquisition period were introduced. Then, it is proposed that the LTE eDRX SI acquisition mechanism is considered as baseline.
Proposal 6:The LTE eDRX SI acquisition mechanism is considered as the baseline.Proposal 6:The LTE eDRX SI acquisition mechanism is considered as the baseline.
3 Conclusion and Proposals3 Conclusions and Proposals
In this contribution,eDRX for reduced capability UEs was discussed with the following observations and proposals:In this contribution, eDRX for reduced capability UEs was discussed with the following observations and proposals:
Proposal 1:RedCap UE can request an eDRX configuration while still monitoring in between for ETWS and CMAS.eDRX lower bound can be kept to baseline 5.12s.(Option5)Proposal 1:RedCap UE can request an eDRX configuration while still monitoring in between for ETWS and CMAS.eDRX lower bound can be kept to baseline 5.12s.(Option5)
Proposal 2:RAN decides the eDRX parameters for RRC_INACTIVE.Proposal 2:RAN decides the eDRX parameters for RRC_INACTIVE.
Proposal 3:eDRX cycle length for RRC_INACTIVE could be different from that for RRC_IDLE for flexibility but they can have common PTW configuration for simplicity.Proposal 3: eDRX cycle length for RRC_INACTIVE could be different from that for RRC_IDLE for flexibility but they can have common PTW configuration for simplicity.
Proposal 4:SI acquisition enhancement mechanism for eDRX in LTE can be considered as baseline.Proposal 4:SI acquisition enhancement mechanism for eDRX in LTE can be considered as baseline.

Claims (30)

  1. 一种通信方法,应用于第一接入网设备,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A communication method, applied to a first access network device, characterized in that the method includes:
    获取第一参数信息,所述第一参数信息用于指示扩展的非连续接收eDRX参数,所述eDRX参数用于所述第一接入网设备采用eDRX模式发送寻呼消息;acquiring first parameter information, where the first parameter information is used to indicate an extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter, and the eDRX parameter is used by the first access network device to send a paging message in an eDRX mode;
    向核心网设备发送第二参数信息,所述第二参数信息用于指示更改后的eDRX参数,所述更改后的eDRX参数用于所述第一接入网设备发送所述第二参数信息后,采用eDRX模式发送寻呼消息。Send second parameter information to the core network device, where the second parameter information is used to indicate the changed eDRX parameters, and the changed eDRX parameters are used after the first access network device sends the second parameter information , the paging message is sent in eDRX mode.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 1, wherein:
    确定终端进入无线资源控制非激活RRC-inactive状态的情况下,向所述核心网设备发送所述第二参数信息。When it is determined that the terminal enters the radio resource control inactive RRC-inactive state, the second parameter information is sent to the core network device.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the method further comprises:
    根据终端能力信息和/或第一条件信息,确定是否向所述核心网设备发送所述第二参数信息;determining whether to send the second parameter information to the core network device according to the terminal capability information and/or the first condition information;
    其中,所述终端能力信息用于指示以下信息中的至少一项:所述终端是否支持eDRX,所述终端是否支持RRC-inactive状态,所述终端在RRC-inactive状态下是否支持eDRX;第一条件信息用于指示所述第一参数信息包括的eDRX周期是否大于或等于第一时间长度。The terminal capability information is used to indicate at least one of the following information: whether the terminal supports eDRX, whether the terminal supports the RRC-inactive state, whether the terminal supports eDRX in the RRC-inactive state; the first The condition information is used to indicate whether the eDRX cycle included in the first parameter information is greater than or equal to the first time length.
  4. 根据权利要求1-3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二参数信息携带在RRC非激活转换报告中。The method according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein the second parameter information is carried in an RRC inactive transition report.
  5. 根据权利要求1-4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,获取第一参数信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-4, wherein acquiring the first parameter information comprises:
    接收来自所述核心网设备的所述第一参数信息,所述第一参数信息携带在初始上下文建立请求消息中,或者携带在RRC-inactive状态的核心网辅助信息中。Receive the first parameter information from the core network device, where the first parameter information is carried in the initial context establishment request message, or carried in the core network assistance information in the RRC-inactive state.
  6. 根据权利要求1-5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein the method further comprises:
    向终端发送所述第二参数信息。Send the second parameter information to the terminal.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,通过RRC释放消息或RRC连接重配置消息向所述终端发送所述第二参数信息。The method according to claim 6, wherein the second parameter information is sent to the terminal through an RRC release message or an RRC connection reconfiguration message.
  8. 根据权利要求1-7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-7, wherein the method further comprises:
    向第二接入网设备发送第一eDRX的参数信息,所述第一eDRX的参数信息包括所述第一参数信息或所述第二参数信息。Send parameter information of the first eDRX to the second access network device, where the parameter information of the first eDRX includes the first parameter information or the second parameter information.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一eDRX的参数信息还包括所述第一接入网设备配置的接入网设备的DRX周期,以及终端特定的DRX周期中的至少一个。The method according to claim 8, wherein the parameter information of the first eDRX further comprises a DRX cycle of the access network device configured by the first access network device, and at least one of the terminal-specific DRX cycles. One.
  10. 根据权利要求8或9所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 8 or 9, characterized in that,
    向所述第一接入网设备的跟踪区域列表中的接入网设备发送所述第一eDRX的参数信息,所述第二接入网设备的标识包括在所述第一接入网设备的跟踪区域列表中。Send the parameter information of the first eDRX to the access network device in the tracking area list of the first access network device, and the identifier of the second access network device is included in the first access network device's identifier. in the tracking area list.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一eDRX的参数信息携带在接入网设备的寻呼消息中。The method according to claim 10, wherein the parameter information of the first eDRX is carried in a paging message of an access network device.
  12. 根据权利要求1-11中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一接入网设备 包括集中单元和分布单元,所述第一接入网设备获取第一参数信息,包括:所述集中单元获取所述第一参数信息,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-11, wherein the first access network device includes a centralized unit and a distribution unit, and the first access network device acquiring the first parameter information includes: The centralized unit acquires the first parameter information, and the method further includes:
    所述集中单元向所述分布单元发送第二eDRX的参数信息,所述第二eDRX的参数信息包括所述第一参数信息或所述第二参数信息。The centralization unit sends parameter information of the second eDRX to the distribution unit, where the parameter information of the second eDRX includes the first parameter information or the second parameter information.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二eDRX的参数信息还包括所述集中单元配置的接入网设备的DRX周期,以及终端特定的DRX周期。The method according to claim 12, wherein the parameter information of the second eDRX further comprises a DRX cycle of the access network device configured by the centralized unit, and a terminal-specific DRX cycle.
  14. 根据权利要求12或13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二eDRX的参数信息携带在寻呼消息中。The method according to claim 12 or 13, wherein the parameter information of the second eDRX is carried in a paging message.
  15. 一种通信方法,应用于终端,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A communication method, applied to a terminal, characterized in that the method comprises:
    获取第一参数信息,所述第一参数信息用于指示扩展的非连续接收eDRX参数,所述eDRX参数用于所述终端采用eDRX模式接收寻呼消息;acquiring first parameter information, where the first parameter information is used to indicate an extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter, and the eDRX parameter is used by the terminal to receive a paging message in an eDRX mode;
    接收来自第一接入网设备的第二参数信息,所述第二参数信息用于指示更改后的eDRX参数,所述更改后的eDRX参数用于所述终端接收到所述第二参数信息后,采用eDRX模式接收寻呼消息。Receive second parameter information from the first access network device, where the second parameter information is used to indicate the changed eDRX parameters, and the changed eDRX parameters are used after the terminal receives the second parameter information , using eDRX mode to receive paging messages.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 15, wherein:
    进入无线资源控制非激活RRC-inactive状态的情况下,接收来自所述第一接入网设备的所述第二参数信息。In the case of entering the radio resource control inactive RRC-inactive state, the second parameter information from the first access network device is received.
  17. 根据权利要求15或16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二参数信息携带在RRC释放消息中或RRC连接重配置消息中。The method according to claim 15 or 16, wherein the second parameter information is carried in an RRC release message or an RRC connection reconfiguration message.
  18. 根据权利要求15-17中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,获取第一参数信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 15-17, wherein acquiring the first parameter information comprises:
    接收来自核心网设备的所述第一参数信息,所述第一参数信息携带在非接入层NAS消息中。The first parameter information from the core network device is received, where the first parameter information is carried in a non-access stratum NAS message.
  19. 一种通信方法,应用于核心网设备,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A communication method, applied to core network equipment, characterized in that the method comprises:
    向第一接入网设备发送第一参数信息,所述第一参数信息用于指示扩展的非连续接收eDRX参数,所述eDRX参数用于所述核心网设备采用eDRX模式发送寻呼消息;sending first parameter information to a first access network device, where the first parameter information is used to indicate an extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter, and the eDRX parameter is used by the core network device to send a paging message in an eDRX mode;
    接收来自所述第一接入网设备的第二参数信息,所述第二参数信息用于指示更改后的eDRX参数,所述更改后的eDRX参数用于所述核心网设备接收到所述第二参数信息后,采用eDRX模式发送寻呼消息。Receive second parameter information from the first access network device, where the second parameter information is used to indicate a modified eDRX parameter, and the modified eDRX parameter is used for the core network device to receive the first After the second parameter information, the paging message is sent in the eDRX mode.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 19, wherein:
    终端进入无线资源控制非激活RRC-inactive状态的情况下,接收来自所述第一接入网设备的所述第二参数信息。When the terminal enters the radio resource control inactive RRC-inactive state, the terminal receives the second parameter information from the first access network device.
  21. 根据权利要求19或20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二参数信息携带在RRC非激活转换报告中。The method according to claim 19 or 20, wherein the second parameter information is carried in an RRC inactive transition report.
  22. 根据权利要求19-21中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一参数信息携带在初始上下文建立请求消息中,或者携带在RRC-inactive状态的核心网辅助信息中。The method according to any one of claims 19-21, wherein the first parameter information is carried in an initial context establishment request message, or carried in core network assistance information in an RRC-inactive state.
  23. 根据权利要求19-22中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 19-22, wherein the method further comprises:
    向终端发送所述第二参数信息。Send the second parameter information to the terminal.
  24. 根据权利要求19-23中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 19-23, wherein the method further comprises:
    向终端发送发送所述第一参数信息,所述第一参数信息携带在非接入层NAS消息中。Send and send the first parameter information to the terminal, where the first parameter information is carried in a non-access stratum NAS message.
  25. 一种通信方法,应用于第二接入网设备,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A communication method, applied to a second access network device, characterized in that the method includes:
    接收来自第一接入网设备的第一eDRX的参数信息,所述第一eDRX的参数信息包括第一参数信息或第二参数信息,所述第一参数信息用于指示扩展的非连续接收eDRX参数,所述eDRX参数用于所述第一接入网设备采用eDRX模式向终端发送寻呼消息,所述第二参数信息用于指示更改后的eDRX参数,所述更改后的eDRX参数用于所述第一接入网设备发送所述第二参数信息后,采用eDRX模式向所述终端发送寻呼消息;Receive parameter information of the first eDRX from the first access network device, where the parameter information of the first eDRX includes first parameter information or second parameter information, and the first parameter information is used to indicate extended discontinuous reception eDRX parameter, the eDRX parameter is used by the first access network device to send a paging message to the terminal in the eDRX mode, the second parameter information is used to indicate the changed eDRX parameter, and the changed eDRX parameter is used for After the first access network device sends the second parameter information, it sends a paging message to the terminal in an eDRX mode;
    根据所述第一eDRX的参数信息向所述终端发送寻呼消息。Send a paging message to the terminal according to the parameter information of the first eDRX.
  26. 一种第一接入网设备,其特征在于,包括:A first access network device, comprising:
    处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口用于所述第一接入网设备进行通信,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得所述第一接入网设备执行如权利要求1-14任一项所述的方法。a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface used for the first access network device to communicate, the processor is coupled to a memory, the memory is used to store a program or instruction, when the program or instruction is used by the When executed by the processor, the first access network device is caused to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-14.
  27. 一种终端,其特征在于,包括:A terminal, characterized in that it includes:
    处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口用于所述终端进行通信,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得所述终端执行如权利要求15-18任一项所述的方法。a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is used for the terminal to communicate, the processor is coupled with a memory, the memory is used for storing programs or instructions, when the programs or instructions are executed by the processor, The terminal is caused to perform the method according to any one of claims 15-18.
  28. 一种核心网设备,其特征在于,包括:A core network device, comprising:
    处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口用于所述核心网进行通信,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得所述核心网设备执行如权利要求19-24任一项所述的方法。a processor and a communication interface for the core network to communicate, the processor coupled to a memory for storing programs or instructions when the programs or instructions are executed by the processor , so that the core network device executes the method according to any one of claims 19-24.
  29. 一种第二核心网设备,其特征在于,包括:A second core network device, comprising:
    处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口用于所述核心网进行通信,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得所述核心网设备执行如权利要求25所述的方法。a processor and a communication interface for the core network to communicate, the processor coupled to a memory for storing programs or instructions when the programs or instructions are executed by the processor , so that the core network device executes the method according to claim 25 .
  30. 一种计算机可读介质,其上存储有计算机程序或指令,其特征在于,所述计算机程序或指令被执行时使得计算机执行如权利要求1至14中任一项所述的方法,或者如权利要求15至18中任一项所述的方法,或者如权利要求19至24中任一项所述的方法,或者如权利要求25所述的方法。A computer-readable medium on which a computer program or instruction is stored, characterized in that, when the computer program or instruction is executed, the computer executes the method according to any one of claims 1 to 14, or as claimed in claim 1. The method of any one of claims 15 to 18, or the method of any one of claims 19 to 24, or the method of claim 25.
PCT/CN2022/079566 2021-03-12 2022-03-07 Communication method and apparatus WO2022188751A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110269593.1 2021-03-12
CN202110269593 2021-03-12
CN202110350309.3 2021-03-31
CN202110350309.3A CN115086987A (en) 2021-03-12 2021-03-31 Communication method and device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022188751A1 true WO2022188751A1 (en) 2022-09-15

Family

ID=83227409

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/079566 WO2022188751A1 (en) 2021-03-12 2022-03-07 Communication method and apparatus

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2022188751A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP4140210A4 (en) * 2020-08-07 2024-01-17 Zte Corp Method, device, and system for paging and transmitting ue identities in wireless networks

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109041269A (en) * 2018-08-02 2018-12-18 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 A kind of method and communication device in determining eDRX period

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109041269A (en) * 2018-08-02 2018-12-18 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 A kind of method and communication device in determining eDRX period

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
CATT: "On eDRX for NR RRC Inactive and Idle", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-2101241, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG2, no. electronic; 20210125 - 20210205, 15 January 2021 (2021-01-15), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051974204 *
CATT: "Summary of offline 109 - [REDCAP] eDRX cycles", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-2102040, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG2, no. electronic; 20210125 - 20210205, 10 February 2021 (2021-02-10), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051977886 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP4140210A4 (en) * 2020-08-07 2024-01-17 Zte Corp Method, device, and system for paging and transmitting ue identities in wireless networks

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI812971B (en) An ieee 802.11 station and a method for use therein
KR102166986B1 (en) Grantless actions
US9814070B2 (en) Small data communications in a wireless communication network
EP3826369A1 (en) Sleep method and apparatus for terminal device
TWI596967B (en) Mobility management entity, user equipment and method to support extended discontinuous reception mechanism
WO2018137284A1 (en) Method and device for transmitting paging message
WO2019104685A1 (en) Communication method and communication device
US20230050355A1 (en) Wus for paging for rrc inactive states
WO2018137457A1 (en) Paging optimization method and apparatus
US20230413178A1 (en) Methods for Discontinuous Reception (DRX) in Conjunction with Guaranteed Low-Latency Services
EP4344313A1 (en) Edrx enhancement for reduced capability device
US20220312531A1 (en) Synchronization of RRC Status of a Multi-SIM User Equipment with a Base Station
CN117837103A (en) Sleep wake-up method for discontinuous coverage in non-ground network
WO2021008756A1 (en) User equipment involved in monitoring the downlink control channel
US20230389110A1 (en) Terminal device, core network node, network device and method therein for facilitating paging procedure
WO2021062797A1 (en) Configuration method and apparatus
WO2022188751A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
EP4213548A1 (en) Peips applicability considering non-3gpp registration
CN115086987A (en) Communication method and device
WO2022073395A1 (en) Communication method and device
EP4192051A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2018233453A1 (en) De-registration method, and session processing method and device
US10681759B2 (en) Paging schemes for peer-to-peer communications
US20230379984A1 (en) Ad-hoc radio bearer and inline signalling via medium access control
WO2019028838A1 (en) Network slice-specific paging cycles for wireless networks

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22766274

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 22766274

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1